Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAbout2003-118A.2 1 � _ � uoV3 � - F 1 oRi 1 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR EAST GIFFORD STORMWATER IMPROVEMENTS ' PROJECT NO . 9219 - BID NO . 5063 PREPARED FOR 1 THE BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS INDIAN RIVER COUNTY , FLORIDA 1 KENNETH R . MACHT , CHAIRMAN COMMISSIONER CAROLINE D . GINN , VICE CHAIRMAN COMMISSIONER FRAN B . ADAMS COMMISSIONER ARTHUR R . NEUBERGER COMMISSIONER THOMAS S . LOWTHER 1 JAMES E . CHANDLER, COUNTY ADMINISTRATOR JEFFREY K. BARTON , CLERK OF COURT WILLIAM G . COLLINS , II , ESQ . , COUNTY ATTORNEY W . KEITH McCULLY, P . E . , ESQ . , STORMWATER ENGINEER VOLUME 2 SPECIFICATIONS ' DATE PREPARED : APRIL 1 , 2003 ' 00001 - Project Title Page 00001 - 1 R\Public Works\KeithM\Stomnvater Projects\Gifford East\Construction Contract\Bidding & Contract Documents\Bldding & Contract Documents\00001 • Project Title Page.doc Rev. 05/01 1 1 1 1 1 � SPECIFICATIONS 1 TABLE OF CONTENTS FOR THE SPECIFICATIONS EAST GIFFORD STORMWATER IMPROVEMENTS ' COUNTY PROJECT NUMBER 9219 Section No . Title DIVISION 1 = GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01009 Special Provisions 01010 Summary of Work 01014 Maintenance of Operations 01025 Measurement and Payment 01026 Schedule of Values 01040 Project Coordination 01045 Cutting and Patching 01050 Surveying and Field Engineering Services 01091 Reference Standards 01092 Abbreviations and Symbols 01210 Preconstruction Conference ' 01215 General Quality Control 01220 Progress Meetings 01310 Construction Schedules 01330 Required Submittals 01340 Submittal of Shop Drawings , Product Data , and Samples 01380 Construction Photographs 1 01410 Testing Laboratory Services 01520 Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls 01541 Protection of the Work and Property ' 01542 Operations in Highway Rights-of--Way 01543 Maintenance and Protection of Traffic 01550 Access Roads and Parking Areas ' 01610 Transportation and Handling of Material and Equipment 01611 Storage of Material and Equipment 01630 Substitutes and "Or- Equals" 01710 Site Cleanup and Restoration 01720 Record Drawings 01810 Project Closeout ' 01830 Bonds and Equipment Warranties [The remainder of this page was left blank intentionally] 00010- 1 EAST GIFFORD F:\Public Works\KeithM\Stormvater Projects\(afford East\Construction Contract\Technical Specifications\Rnal Specifications\Table ' of Contents for Specifications .doc DIVISION 2 = SITE WORK 02040 Demolitions 02050 Site Preparation 02220 Excavation and Backfill 02225 Erosion Control and Treatment of Dewatering Water and Stormwater Runoff From the Construction Site 02230 Grading 02232 Grassing by Hydro-Seeding ' 02236 Sodding 02250 Crossings by Boring and Jacking 02510 Stabilized Subgrade ' 02514 Limerock Base 02518 Prime and Tack Coats for Base Courses 02520 Type S- I , II , and III Asphaltic Concrete Pavement ' 02526 Sidewalk and Pavement Removal and Restoration 02530 Concrete Gutters , Curbs , Sidewalks , and Driveways 02550 Drainage Pipe 02552 Installation of Drainage Pipe 02560 Drainage Structures 02561 Sand-Cement Riprap ' 02562 Rubble Riprap 02565 Geotextile Fabric 02570 Coated Chain-Link Fencing + + END OF TABLE OF CONTENTS FOR THE SPECIFICATIONS + + ' 00010-2 EAST GIFFORD FAPublic Works\KeithM\Stormmter Projects\Gfford East\Construction Contract\Technical Specifications\Rnal Specifications\Table ' of Contents for Specifications.doc SECTION 01009 ' SPECIAL PROVISIONS 1 . 1 GENERAL ' A . Visits to the construction site may be made by representatives of permitting or governing bodies . Submit details of all instructions from the above to the ENGINEER immediately . The Work will not be accepted by the OWNER until final acceptance has been received from the various Regulatory Agencies having 1 jurisdiction . B . Furnish sufficient labor, construction equipment and materials , and work such ' hours , including night shifts and overtime operations , as may be necessary to insure the prosecution of the work in accordance with the approved progress schedule . If, in the opinion of the ENGINEER , the CONTRACTOR falls behind the progress schedule , take such steps as may be necessary to improve progress , all without additional cost to the OWNER . 1 . Failure to comply with the requirements of the ENGINEER under this provision shall be grounds for determination by the ENGINEER that the CONTRACTOR is not prosecuting the work with such diligence as will insure completion within the time specified . Upon such determination , the 1 ENGINEER may recommend to the OWNER to seek such legal remedy as is deemed necessary to protect the OWNER's interest . ' C . All salvageable material and equipment for which specific use , relocation or other disposal is not specifically noted , shall remain the property of the OWNER and ' shall be delivered to the OWNER at the following location : the Indian River County Road ' and Bridge Facility at 4550 41st Street , Vero Beach , at the CONTRACTOR' s expense . All material and equipment not in salvageable condition , as determined bythe ENGINEER and the OWNER , shall be disposed of bythe CONTRACTOR , at 1 the CONTRACTOR's expense . 1 D . Requirements of Permits or Grants : In addition to these Specifications , all work shall comply with the requirements of local permitting agencies , St . Johns River Water ' Management District, Florida Department of Environmental Protection , Florida Department of Transportation , and all other state or federal agencies ' permit or grant requirements . If there is a conflict between the Specifications and any permit or grant requirement , then the most stringent specification or requirement shall govern . In any event , the ENGINEER shall determine which specification or ' requirement governs , and the ENGINEER ' s decision shall be final . E . Other Specifications and Requirements : In some instances , the Specifications Last revised 9/6/02 01009- 1 EAST GIFFORD FAPublic Works\KeithM\storm ater Projects\Cifford East\construction contractnechnical Specifications\Final Specifications\Division ' 1 \01 009 - special Provisions.doc contained herein may refer y to other requirements or specifications (such as FDOT' s Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction ) . If there is a conflict ' between the Specifications and any referenced specification or requirement , then the most stringent specification or requirement shall govern . In any event, the ENGINEER shall determine which specification or requirement governs , and the ' ENGINEER' s decision shall be final . F . Notify all permitting agencies of intention to begin construction . Give proper notification within the time frame required by the agency. G . Give the ENGINEER ten ( 10 ) days minimum notice before beginning work on the Project . H . Give the ENGINEER a minimum of 48 hours notice before performing any test . I . Before performing any work outside the designated limits of the work site , secure any necessary permits and authorization from the applicable owner, or verify in writing that such has been previously obtained . Follow all requirements of any said permits or authorization . Give the ENGINEER and appropriate ownerten ( 10 ) days minimum notice before commencing construction operations outside the designated limits of the work site . J . Do not work overtime unless authorized to do so by OWNER . If overtime is required , provide 48 hours minimum notice to the ENGINEER . ' K . Do not perform any work on holidays or weekends that requires inspection by the ENGINEER or OWNER , without first obtaining the OWNER 's written permission . L . Do not start any work that involves modification to existingfacilities ,, until written approval and authorization has been received from the OWNER or his designated representative . When written approval and authorization has been received , give the OWNER a minimum of 48 hours advance notice before starting any work that involves modifications to existing facilities . M . Anything mentioned in the Specifications and not shown in the Drawings , or shown in the Drawings and not mentioned in the Specifications , shall be of like effect as if shown or mentioned in both . + + END OF SECTION + + ' Last revised 9/6/02 01009-2 EAST GIFFORD RIPublic Works\Keithmstormmter Projects\Gifford East\Construction Contract\Technical Specifications\Fnal Specifications\Division 1 \0 1009 - Special Provisions.doc 1 1 SECTION 01010 SUMMARY OF WORK 1 . 1 GENERAL A . The summary of the Work described in this Section is an overall summary of the responsibilities of the CONTRACTOR and his relation to the OWNER . 1 . 2 LOCATION OF WORK B . The proposed work is approximately located south of 43rd Street , north of South Gifford Road ' s (41 st Street) south right-of-way, west of U . S . Highway No . 1 , and east of the Indian River Farms Water Control District boundary . 1 . 3 WORK TO BE DONE A . To determine the full scope of the project or any particular part of the project , coordinate the applicable information in the various parts of these Contract Documents . A brief summary of the project follows : The Contractor shall construct a stormwater collection , conveyance , 1 and detention system (6 ± acre wet pond ) in a poorly drained area west of the Florida East Coast Railroad track . It shall also construct a stormwater collection and conveyance system in the western right-of- way of U . S . Highway No . 1 . Stormwater runoff will drain into concrete drainage structures and it will be conveyed by concrete pipe . The Work also includes a bore and jack underneath the railroad track . The project is in the vicinity of the City of Vero Beach Municipal Airport and will be regulated by the Federal Aviation Authority . Other permitting authorities include St . Johns River Water Management District and the Florida Department of Transportation . B . Furnish all the labor, materials , equipment , tools , plant , supervision , 1 transportation , safety control , traffic control , services , incidentals , etc , to complete all of the work in a first-class workmanlike manner as required by the Contract Documents to the full and complete satisfaction of the Owner. All work shall be performed by craftsmen skilled in their trade . C . Work shall include all repairs , replacements and restoration required as a ' result of damages caused during the construction process . D . Furnish and install all materials , equipment and labor which are reasonably iLast revised 2/ 18/03 01010- 1 EAST GIFFORD FAPublic Works\KeithM\Stormmter Projects\Gifford East\Construction ContrachTechnical Specifications\Fnal Specifications\Division 1 \01010 - Summary of the ' Work.doc Iand properly inferable and necessary for thero er completion of th p p p e work , even though said materials , equipment and labor may not be specifically indicated in the Contract Documents , 1 . 4 CONTRACTS A . The Work shall be constructed under onerime p contract . ' 1 . 5 PARTIAL UTILIZATION BY OWNER A. Conduct the Work to maintain existing facilities in operation at all times . ' 1 . 6 CONTRACTOR' S USE OF PREMISES A . Secure a location for on -site storage of all material and equipment necessary to completion the project . The following location may be used for staging and storing material : the westerly 300 feet of the private property abutting the istormwater detention pond . See sketch below . I > ` J A $ to AC M AC =110 .-- 65 55 50 W 790 'i...., ae Ac rJ3 we m C t3 R A ACAC AC AC AC 21AC •1Z .TL 15 C .12 .12 .12 .12 A AC Q 42ND STREET AC AC AC 0 AC AC42ND STREET }i 1 4+815 1 9� 1 5"�'bRMwiRTEi� Rom 721 AC 43 A n 74 AC f I 57511 IS2 AC ' 41ST STREET SOUTH GIFFORD ROAD CITY OF VERO BEACR SMXV1 #J6 mab ST0Ru�4G 275 25 � IAAy OCCUX IM TK tS AREA . REFER TO secmoN 25' 02050 FOR UMITS 4=NW► 4E guFFE7I2 To cc.EARtnl6 �r e�12v$ 6lNG REMAIN G+lrua�STuRBED ' Last revised 2/ 18/03 01010-2 EAST GIFFORD FAPublic Works\KeithM\Stormmater Projects\Gfford East\Construction Contract\Technical Specifications\Fnal Specifications\Division 1 \01010 - Summary of the 1 Work.doc 1Be Assume full responsibilityfor protection and safekeeping P ping of products stored on or off premises . Co Move stored products that interfere with the operations of the OWNER . D . Obtain and pay for all additional storage or work areas required . E . Provide and pay for labor, materials and equipment; tools , construction equipment and machinery; water, heat and utilities required for construction ; and other facilities and services necessary for proper execution and completion of the work . F . Secure and pay for Government Fees and Licenses . G . Give required notice to Agencies and to the public . Take particular care to adequately inform the public of scheduled temporary disruption of water, drainage , and/or sewer services . H . ComI with p y codes , ordinances , rules , regulations , orders and other legal ' requirements of public authorities which bear on performance of the Work . I . Maintain traffic on all roads and streets , in compliance with the Contract Documents . END OF SECTION ' Last revised 2/ 18/03 01010-3 EAST GIFFORD F:\Public Works\KeithM\Stormvwater Projects\Gfford East\Construction Contract\Technical Specifications\Fnal Specifications\Division 1 \01010 - Summary of the Work.doc 1 SECTION 01014 ' MAINTENANCE OF OPERATIONS 1 . 1 GENERAL A . Schedule and perform the Work in a manner such that the OWNER can keep ' existing facilities in continuous dependable operation . Be Perform all construction necessary to complete connections and tie- , ins/shutdowns to existing facilities . C . Keep existing facilities in operation unless otherwise specifically permitted in these specifications or approved in writing by the OWNER . Maintain existing drainage during construction . 1 . 2 GENERAL CONSTRAINTS A . Furnish any temporary work, facilities , roads , walks , protection of existing ' structures , piping , blind flanges , valves , equipment , etc . that may be required to maintain continuous and dependable operation of existing systems , at no extra cost to the OWNER: Be Schedule the Work in such a manner so that all existing systems are maintained in continuous operation . All short-term system or partial system shutdowns shall be approved in writing by the OWNER . If, in the opinion of the ENGINEER, a shutdown Is not required in order to perform the Work, utilize alternative methods to accomplish the Work. Schedule and coordinate all shutdowns at times r suitable to the OWNER . Provide the OWNER with a minimum of 7 days notice of the need for any system shutdown . C . Required shutdowns shall not begin until all materials are on -hand , pre- assembled (as possible ) , and ready for installation . At a time approved by the 1 OWNER , the shutdown period will commence and the CONTRACTOR shall proceed with the work continuously, start to finish , until the work is completed and the system is tested , cleared for service , and ready for operation . If the I CONTRACTOR completes all required work before the specified shutdown period has ended , the OWNER may immediately place the system back in service . iD . The OWNER shall have the authority to order work stopped or prohibited which would , in its opinion , unreasonably result in stopping the necessary functions of Last revised 7/16/01 01014= 1 EAST GIFFORD FAPublic WorksWeithM\Stormvater Projects\Gifford East\Construction Contract\Technical Specifications\Fnal Specifications\Division 1 \01014 - Maintenance ofoperations.doc 1 the operations . E . The OWNER reserves the right to cancel scheduled shutdowns if conditions warrant. Delays to the CONTRACTOR caused by cancellations will be considered in evaluating requests for time extension . IF . All operations of existingvalves shall be done by the Utility Company that owns the valves . There is no guarantee that valves will be 100 percent watertight . ' G . All facilities shall be tested and in operating p ating condition before final tie- ins are made . ' 1 . 3 SUBMITTALS A . Submit a detailed schedule of proposed connections , testing , etc . 1 . 4 WORK SEQUENCE A . The sequence q e of construction is the CONTRACTOR' s responsibility. + + END OF SECTION + + r Last revised 7/16/01 01014-2 EAST GIFFORD RIPublic Works\KeithM\storm"ater Projects\Gifford East\Construction Contract\Technical Specifications\Final Specifications\Division 1 \01014 - Maintenance ofOperations.doc SECTION 01025 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT ' 1 . 1 DESCRIPTION A . The items listed below, beginning with Paragraph 1 .4 , refer to and are the same pay ' items listed in the Bid Form . They constitute all of the pay items for the completion of the Work . Furnish and install any items shown or omitted that are required for a complete installation , at no additional cost to the OWNER . No direct or separate payments will be made for providing miscellaneous temporary or accessory works , plant, services , CONTRACTOR 's or ENGINEER' s field offices , repair or replacement of existing utilities , job signs , sanitary requirements , testing , safety ' devices , replacement of unpaved roads , clean -up , protection of the Work and property, field verification or location of buried utilities , water supplies , power, maintaining traffic , removal of waste , watchmen , and all other similar requirements of the General Conditions , Supplementary Conditions , General Requirements , and the Specifications . Compensation for all such services , things , and materials shall be included in the prices stipulated for the lump sum or unit price pay items , as applicable , listed herein . Be Each lump sum and unit bid price will be deemed to include an amount considered by CONTRACTOR to be adequate to cover CONTRACTOR' s overhead and profit for each separately identified item . rC . Note that many of the descriptions for payment of the bid items listed below may include the words "including but not limited to , " followed by a list of specific items 1 that are included in the bid item . The use of "included but not limited to , " or similar words , means that other items may be included in the bid item , but they have not been listed by the ENGINEER . If a list is provided , it is intended only as an aid to 1 the CONTRACTOR and it shall not limit the actual items that are included in the bid item . ' 1 . 2 ENGINEER' S ESTIMATE OF QUANTITIES A . ENGINEER ' s estimated quantities for unit bid prices , as listed in the Bid Form , are ' approximate only and are included solely for the purpose of comparing Bids . OWNER does not expressly or by implication agree that the nature of the materials encountered or the actual quantities of material encountered or required will correspond therewith . OWNER reserves the right to increase or decrease any quantity or to eliminate any quantity as OWNER may deem necessary. CONTRACTOR will not be entitled to any adjustment in a unit bid price as a result ' Last revised 3/31 /03 01025- 1 EAST GIFFORD RIPublic Works\KeithM\stormmter Projects\Gifford East\Construction contract\Technical specifications\Fnal Specifications\Division 1 \01025 - Measurement and Paynent.doc 1 ' of any change in an estimated quantity ty and agrees to accept the aforesaid unit bid prices as complete and total compensation for any additions or deductions caused ' by a variation in quantities as a result of more accurate measurement , or by any changes or alterations in the Work ordered by OWNER , and for use in the computation of the value of the Work performed for progress payments . 1 . 3 RELATED PROVISIONS A . Payments to CONTRACTOR : Refer to General Conditions and Agreement . B . Changes in Contract Price : Refer to General Conditions , 1A BID ITEMS ' GENERAL ITEMS A . Item 1 . 01 — Mobilization/Demobilization : ' 1 . Measurement and Payment : The lump sum payment will be full compensation for mobilization of construction operations , including but not limited to , ' performance of construction preparatory operations , including all labor and materials necessary to transport equipment and personnel to the project site , temporary construction utilities , CONTRACTOR's field offices , and removing all of the CONTRACTOR' s equipment, etc , from the project site when the Work is complete . The total lump sum to be paid for this item shall not exceed five (5) percent of the total bid . Fifty (50 ) percent of the bid item amount may be paid in the first application for payment and the remaining fifty (50 ) percent of the bid item amount shall be paid in the last application for payment as demobilization . No additional payment will be made for demobilization or remobilization due to shutdowns , suspensions of work or for other mobilization activities . B . Item 1 . 02 - Maintenance of Traffic : 1 . Measurement and Payment: The lump sum payment will be full compensation for implementation of the Traffic Control Plan , including but not limited to , ' furnishing all labor, materials , equipment and incidentals required to maintain traffic , including necessary detour facilities and traffic control signals during construction , and conformance to requirements of the Contract Documents , the I "Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices " ( M . U . T . C . D . ) Part IV , and Florida Department of Transportation Roadway and Traffic Design Standards Index No . 600 series . Payment will be based on percent of earned contract ( i . e . , 10 percent of lump sum amount will be paid at 10 percent of earned contract amount) . ' Last revised 3/31 /03 01025-2 EAST GIFFORD F:\Public Works\KeithM\Stormweter Projects\Gifford East\Construction contract\Technical Specifications\Final SpecificationsUvision 1 \01 025 - Measurement and Paynent.doc C . Item 1 . 03 - Project Record Documents : 1 . Measurement and Payment : The lump sum payment will be full compensation , ' including but not limited to , all labor, materials , and equipment required to prepare Project Record Documents , including survey work and AutoCad work . This bid item shall be paid in the final pay request and after the Record ' Documents have been approved by the ENGINEER . No partial payments for Project Record Documents shall be made . No additional payment will be made for revisions to Project Record Documents to make them comply with the contract requirements . D . Item 1 . 04 - Performance Bond : ' 1 . Measurement and Payment : The lump sum payment will be full compensation for providing a Performance Bond as required by these Contract Documents . The total lump sum to be paid for this item shall not exceed one and one - , half ( 1 . 5) percent of the total bid . Twenty-five (25 ) percent of the bid item amount may be paid in the first application for payment and the remaining seventy-five (75 ) percent of the bid item amount shall be paid in the last application for payment . E . Item 1 . 05 - Payment Bond : 1 . Measurement and Payment: The lump sum payment will be full compensation for providing a Payment Bond as required by these Contract Documents . The total lump sum to be paid for this item shall not exceed one and one -half ( 1 . 5) percent of the total bid . Twenty-five (25 ) percent of the bid item amount may be paid in the first application for payment and the remaining seventy-five (75 ) percent of the bid item amount shall be paid in the last application for payment. ' F . Item 1 . 06 - Survey Work : 1 . Measurement and Payment : The lump sum payment will be full compensation , including but not limited to , all labor, materials , and equipment required to establish and protect survey control points , replace disturbed or destroyed property monuments and survey control points , and perform construction staking . Twenty-five (25 ) percent of the bid item amount may be paid in the first ' application for payment , twenty-five (25 ) percent may be paid at approximately the one-half way point in the construction contract , and the remaining fifty (50 ) percent of the bid item amount shall be paid in the last application for payment . G . Item 1 . 07 — Project Photographs : 1 . Measurement and Payment : The lump sum payment will be full compensation for photographic construction documentation as specified . Twenty-five (25 ) percent of the bid item amount may be paid in the first application for payment and the remaining seventy-five (75 ) percent of the bid item amount shall be Last revised 3/31 /03 01025-3 EAST GIFFORD RIPublic Works\Keithmstorm%ater Projects\Gifford East\Construction contracmechnicai Specifications\nnal Specifications\Division 1 \0 1025 - Measurement and PaKnent.doc ' paid in the last application forPaY ment . ' H . Item 1 . 08 - Insurance Coverage (Bid Items 1 . 08A through F , inclusive ) : 1 . Measurement and Payment: The lump sum payment will be full compensation for providing the insurance coverage required by the Contract Documents . Payment for Insurance Coverage will not be made until the project is complete and accepted by the OWNER . EARTHWORK I . Item 2 . 01 — Prevention , Control , and Abatement of Erosion and Water Pollution ' From the Construction Site and the Contractor' s Activities : 1 . 1 Item 2 . 01A — Design : 1 . Measurement and Payment: The lump sum payment will be full compensation for site-specific design of an erosion and stormwater pollution control system (s ) by a specialty subcontractor in accordance with the Contract Documents and regulatory requirements , including but not limited to , all labor; materials ; and equipment . 1 . 2 Item 2 . 01 B — Installation : 1 . Measurement and Payment : The lump sum payment will be full compensation for a specialty subcontractor installing an erosion and stormwater pollution control system (s ) in accordance with the Contract Documents and regulatory requirements , including but not limited to , all labor; materials ; and equipment . Upon proper installation , the CONTRACTOR may be paid for up to 75 percent of the bid item amount , with the remainder being paid when the Work is complete and accepted by the OWNER . 1 . 3 Item 2 . 01 C — Maintenance : 1 . Measurement and Payment : The lump sum payment will be full compensation for a specialty subcontractor maintaining the erosion and stormwater pollution control system (s ) in accordance with the Contract Documents and regulatory requirements , including but not limited to , all labor; additional materials ; replacement materials ; and equipment. The CONTRACTOR may invoice for 50 percent of this bid item when the Work is approximately one- half complete . The remainder will be paid when the Work is complete and accepted by the ' OWNER . J . Item 2 . 02 - Demolitions : ' 1 . Measurement and Payment : The lump sum payment will be full compensation for providing all labor, materials , equipment, and transportation required for demolition activities , including but not limited to protection of surrounding property, demolition , disposal of demolished materials (including but not limited to existing structures , trash , debris , equipment , etc . ) , and cleaning . ' Last revised 3/31 /03 01025-4 EAST GIFFORD RIPublic Works\KeithM\Stormv,eter ProjectsIGfford East\construction contracnechnical Specifications\Fnal Specifications\Division ' 1 \01025 - Measurement and PaKnent.doc ' K . Item 2 . 03 - Clearing and Grubbing , 9 1 . Measurement and Payment: The lump sum payment will be full compensation ' for clearing and grubbing , including but not limited to , all labor, materials and equipment , obtain required permits , permit fees , removal of existing pipe , and disposal of debris . ' L . Item 2 . 04 - Grading Swales : 1 . Measurement and Payment : The lump sum payment will be full compensation for grading swales , including but not limited to , all labor, grading , compaction , testing , materials , and equipment . ' M . Item 2 . 05 - Driveway Reconstruction : 1 . Measurement and Payment: The lump sum payment will be full compensation for driveway reconstruction , including but not limited to all labor, equipment , grading , compaction , testing , removing and replacing existing driveway culverts with new culverts meeting Indian River County standards , and removing and replacing existing driveway materials . N . Item 2 . 06 - Sodding - Bahia : 1 . Measurement: The quantity of sod in - place will be the actual number of square i yards furnished and installed . 2 . Payment : The unit price for each square yard of sod will be full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials , and equipment for installation , including but not limited to , grading , sod , fertilizer, maintenance , mowing , and watering . Note : Payment for sodding will only be made within the limits shown on the Drawings or specified . All other sodding required due to the CONTRACTOR working outside the Limits of Construction shall be at no cost to the OWNER . O . Item 2 . 07 — Hydro-Seeding : 1 . Measurement: The quantity of hydro-seeding will be the actual number of square yards hydro-seeded . 2 . Payment: The unit price for each square yard of hydro-seeding will be full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials , and equipment for installation , including but not limited to , grading , seed , mulch , fertilizer, maintenance , and watering . Note : Payment for hydro-seeding will only be made within the limits shown on the Drawings or specified . All other hydro-seeding required due to the CONTRACTOR working outside the Limits of Construction shall be at no ' cost to the OWNER . P . Item 2 . 08 — Stormwater Pond Excavation : 1 . Measurement and Payment : The lump sum payment will be full compensation for excavating and constructing the stormwater pond , including but not limited to , all labor, materials , and equipment , and hauling and disposing unsuitable Last revised 3/31 /03 01025-5 EAST GIFFORD RIPublic Works\Keithmstormwater Projects\Gifford East\Construction Contract\Technicai Specifications\Fnal Specifications\Division ' 1 \01025 - Measurement and Paynent.doc ' material . Q . Item 2 . 09 — Stockpile Excess Topsoil and Excavated Material Per Specifications : 1 . Measurement and Payment: The lump sum payment will be full compensation for hauling and stockpiling excess topsoil and excess excavated material . The ' lump sum payment includes , but is not limited to furnishing all labor, materials , tools , equipment, and transportation . Note : Indian River County will provide labor, equipment, and machinery necessary to spread and stockpile the material at the stockpile site . STRUCTURES ' R . Items 3 . 01 1029 30039 3 . 04 , and 3 . 05 [Miscellaneous Structures] : 1 . Measurement: The quantity of structures in -place will be the number furnished and installed as shown and specified on the Drawings . 2 , Payment : The unit price for each structure will be full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials and equipment for installation , including but not limited to , furnishing and installing structure , inlet frame and grate/cover, dewatering , excavation , bedding stone , temporary sheeting , pipe connections , ' PIPES backfill , compaction , and final grading to provide a complete installation . ' S . Items 4 . 01 , 4 . 029 4 . 03 , 4 . 04 , 4 . 05 , 4 . 062 4 . 07 , 4 . 089 4 . 099 4 . 10 , 4 . 11 , and 4 . 12 — [Miscellaneous Drainage Pipe] : 1 . Measurement: The quantity of drainage pipe in -place will be the number of linear feet of each size and type furnished and installed as shown on the Drawings . The lengths of pipe will be measured horizontally along the ' centerline of the completed pipe . 2 . Payment: The unit price per linear foot will be full compensation for all labor, materials , tools and equipment , including but not limited to clearing and ' grubbing ; trench excavation ; concrete jackets/sleeves and filter fabric , furnishing , installing , cleaning , and testing of pipe ; drainage and dewatering ; site restoration ; temporary sheeting , shoring and bracing ; restoration of unpaved areas ; pipe bedding ; backfill and compaction ; grading ; and protection of existing utilities and structures . ' T. Item 4 . 13 — Railroad Crossing — Jack and Bore with Steel Carrier Pipe & Steel Casing Pipe , complete : 1 . Measurement and Payment : The lump sum payment will be full compensation for the bore and jack with steel carrier pipe and steel casing pipe in - place , furnished and installed as shown on the Drawings . The lump sum payment will be full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials , tools and equipment , Last revised 3/31 /03 01025-6 EAST GIFFORD R\Public Works\KeithM\Stormweter Projects\Gifford East\Construction Contract\Technical Specifications\Final Specifications\Division ' 1 \01 025 - Measurement and Paynent.doc including but not limited to installation casing pipe ; boring ; jacking ; casing spacers ; carrier pipe ; jointing ; cleaning ; drainage and dewatering ; specials ; site restoration ; temporary sheeting ; shoring and bracing ; excavation ; backfill and compaction ; protection of exiting utilities and structures ; and conformance to the requirements of the Florida East Coast Railway Company , L . L . C . ' U . Items 4 . 14 , 4 . 15 , 4 . 16 , and 4 . 17 — Mi [ scellaneous 2 : 1 Metered End Sections , including connector Pipe] : 1 . Measurement: The quantity of mitered ends in -place , will be the number of each size furnished and installed as shown on the Drawings . 2 . Payment : The unit price per mitered end will be full compensation for all labor, ' materials , tools and equipment , including but not limited to , clearing and grubbing ; trench excavation ; furnishing , installing , cleaning ; drainage and dewatering ; site restoration ; temporary sheeting , shoring and bracing ; ' restoration of unpaved areas ; pipe bedding ; backfill and compaction ; grading ; and protection of existing utilities and structures . V . Item 4 . 18 - Trench Safety System : 1 . Measurement and Payment : The lump sum payment will be full compensation for installing and maintaining a trench safety system , including but not limited to , ' all labor; materials ; and equipment . MISCELLANEOUS ' W . Item 5 . 01 - Remove and Replace 5 Wide Sidewalk: ' 1 . Measurement : The quantity of sidewalk removed and replaced will be the number of linear feet removed and replaced as shown on the Drawings . 2 . Payment: The unit price will be full compensation for all labor, materials , tools ' and equipment , including but not limited to , clearing and grubbing , compaction , forming , concrete , reinforcement , stripping forms , final grading , and site restoration . X . Item 5 . 02 Adjust Existing Water Mains : 1 . Measurement and Payment: The lump sum payment will be full compensation for all labor, materials , tools and equipment, including but not limited to clearing and grubbing ; trench excavation ; fittings and appurtenances , specials , backfill and compaction , grading , testing , and all other work required by Indian River ' County Division of Utility Services and in accordance with Indian River County Division of Utility Services standards and specifications . ' Y . Item 5 . 03 — Core Existing Catch Basin : 1 . Measurement and Payment : The lump sum payment will be full compensation for coring the existing catch basin and connecting the pipe to the structure , ' Last revised 3/31 /03 01025-7 EAST GIFFORD RIPublic Works\Kemmstormveter Projects\Efford East\construction Contract\Technical Specifications\Fnal Specifications\Division ' 1 \01025 - Measurement and PaKnent.doc including but not limited to all labor, materials equipment , connection , excavation , dewatering , grout, fittings and appurtenances , backfill , compaction ' and final grading . Z . Item 5 . 04 — Clean Yellow Sand Berm : 1 . Measurement and Payment : The lump sum payment will be full compensation for constructing the clean yellow sand berm as shown on the Drawings , including but not limited to all labor, materials , equipment, transportation , yellow sand , transportation , sieve analysis , placing , compaction and final grading . AA . Item 5 . 05 — 8 ' High Chain Link Fence and 16 ' wide Double Swing Gate , with 3- ' strand Barb Wire : 1 . Measurement: The quantity of chain link fence and swing gate in - place , will be the number of linear feet of fence furnished and installed as shown on the Drawings . 2 . Payment : The unit price per linear foot will be full compensation for all labor, materials , tools and equipment required for a complete installation , including but ' not limited to clearing and grubbing , grading , polyolefin elastomer coating , chain link fence fabric , tension wire , barbed wire , barbed wire attachments , line posts , corner posts , end posts , braces , truss rods , tie wires , swing gate , appurtenances , fittings , hardware , concrete , furnishing , installing , and site restoration . iBB . Item 5 . 06 — Asphalt Pavement Repair at Road Crossings : 1 . Measurement and Payment : The lump sum payment will be full compensation for restoring the roads in accordance with the Construction Drawings and Specifications , and as directed by the ENGINEER . The lump sum paymentwill be full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials and equipment including , but not limited to , saw cutting ; pavement removal and disposal , including transportation and disposal fees ; compaction ; permits ; limerock base ; temporary asphalt seal coat surface ; pavement markings ; repair or replacement of damaged traffic signal devices and loops ; prime coat; tack coat ; and Type S - 1 asphaltic concrete for a complete patch . ' CC . Item 5 . 07 - Remove Existing 29 "x45 " Mitered End : 1 . Measurement and Payment : The lump sum payment will be full compensation for all labor, materials , tools and equipment, including but not limited to removal ' and disposal of existing mitered end ; clearing and grubbing ; excavation ; drainage and dewatering ; restoration ; backfill and compaction ; protection of existing utilities and structures ; and coordination for the relocation of existing ' facilities by the OWNER or utility. ADDITIONAL UNIT PRICES Last revised 3/31 /03 01025-8 EASTI G FFORD R\Public WorksWeithmstormmeter Projects\Gifford East\Construction Contract\Technical Specifications\Final Specifications\Division ' 1 \01025 - Measurement and PaKnent.doc t DD . Items 6 . 01 and 6 . 02 — Imported "Type 2 " and "Type 3 " Fill/Backfill Material , in-place and compacted : 1 . Measurement: This volume will be calculated based on a trench or other excavation having the lines or grades shown or specified . The quantity will be calculated based on an in- place and compacted volume . 2 . Payment : The unit price per cubic yard for furnishing and installing the material will be full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials , tools and equipment, including but not limited to transportation , furnishing , placing , and compacting . EE . Item 6 . 03 - Excavation of Unsuitable Material as described in Paragraph 3 . 4 of Section 02220 : 1 . Measurement: This volume will be calculated based on a trench or other excavation having the lines or grades shown or specified . The quantity will be based on the calculated volume of the excavation (no "fluff factor" ) . 2 . Payment: The unit price per cubic yard for excavating and disposing unsuitable material will be full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials , tools and equipment , including but not limited to excavation , transportation , and disposing unsuitable material . ' FF . Item 6 . 04 — Trench Sheeting left in place at the ENGINEER' s directions : 1 . Measurement : The payment quantity will be the actual number of square feet of sheeting left in place at the direction of the ENGINEER . Measurement will ' consist of the area of the sheeting left in place from the bottom of the trench to a cut-off point two feet below the finished grade or as directed by the ENGINEER . ' 2 . Payment : The unit price per square foot for sheeting left in place at the direction of the ENGINEER will be full compensation for providing and installing sheeting , ' complete . GG . Item 6 . 05 - Sodding — St . Augustine " Bitter- Blue" : ' 1 . Measurement: The quantity of sod in -place will be the actual number of square yards furnished and installed . 2 . Payment : The unit price for each square yard of sod will be full compensation ' for furnishing all labor, materials , and equipment for installation , including but not limited to , grading , sod , fertilizer, maintenance , mowing , and watering . Note : Payment for sodding will only be made within the limits shown on the Drawings or specified . All other sodding required due to the CONTRACTOR working outside the Limits of Construction shall be at no cost to the OWNER . ' HH . Item 6 . 06 — Seed and Mulch : 1 . Measurement: The quantity of seed and mulch will be the actual number of square yards seeded and mulched . Last revised 3/31 /03 01025-9 EAST GIFFOR FAPublic Works\KeithM\Stormmter Projects\Gifford East\Construction Contract\Technical Specifications\Fnal Specifications\Division ' 1 \01 025 - Measurement and Paynent.doc 1 2 . Payment: The unit price for each square and of seed an q Y d mulch will be full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials , and equipment for installation , ' including but not limited to , grading , seed , mulch , fertilizer, maintenance , and watering . Note : Payment for seed and mulch will only be made within the limits shown on the Drawings or specified . All other seed and mulch required due to ' the CONTRACTOR working outside the Limits of Construction shall be at no cost to the OWNER . ALTERNATIVE BID ITEMS II . Item 7 . 012 — Dispose Excess Topsoil and Excess Excavated Material at a site selected by the CONTRACTOR : 1 . Measurement and Payment : The lump sum payment will be full compensation for hauling and stockpiling excess topsoil and excess excavated material . The ' lump sum payment includes , but is not limited to furnishing all labor, materials , tools and equipment, transportation and disposal . ' JJ . Item 7 . 021 — Provide equipment to spread and stockpile excess topsoil and excess excavated material at the Indian River County disposal site : 1 . Measurement and Payment : The lump sum payment will be full compensation for spreading and stockpiling excess topsoil and excess excavated material . The lump sum payment includes , but is not limited to furnishing all labor, materials , tools and equipment , spreading , and stacking . KK . Item 7 . 03 - Selectively clear and grub (per Section 02050 ) the Edward Berndt property immediately west of the proposed stormwater detention site , including permits , demolition , disposal , etc . : 1 . Measurement and Payment : The lump sum payment will be full compensation for selective clearing and grubbing , including but not limited to , all labor, ' materials and equipment , stumping , obtain required permits , permit fees , removal of existing pipe , and disposal of debris . + + END OF SECTION + + Last revised 3/31 /03 01025- 10 EAST GIFFORD FAPublic Works\KeithM\Stormvater Projects\Gifford East\Construction Contract\Technical Specifications\Final Specifications\Division ' 1 \01025 - Measurement and Paynent.doc SECTION 01026 ' 1 . 1 GENERAL SCHEDULE OF VALUES ' A . The Schedule of Values is an itemized list that establishes the value or cost of each part of the Work. It shall be used as the basis for preparing progress payments and may be used as a basis for negotiations concerning additional work or credits which may arise during the construction . ' 1 . 2 PREPARATION A. The schedule shall show breakdown of labor, materials , equipment, and other costs used to prepare the Bid . Be Costs shall be in sufficient detail to indicate separate amounts for each Section of the Specifications . C . Schedule of Values shall be prepared on 8- 1 /2-inch by 11 - inch white paper. ' D . Use the Bid Tabulation Form as the basis for the Schedule of Values format , modified to include columns for labor, materials , equipment, and other costs used to prepare the Bid . E . When requested by ENGINEER , support values with data that will substantiate their ' correctness . F . The sum of the individual values shown on the Schedule of Values must equal the ' total Contract Price , G . Each item shall include a directly proportional amount of the CONTRACTOR'S 1 overhead and profit. H . Schedule shall show the purchase and delivery costs for materials and equipment ' that the CONTRACTOR anticipates he shall request payment for prior to their installation . 1 . 3 SUBMITTAL A . Submit two copies of Schedule to ENGINEER for approval at least 20 days prior to ' submitting first application for a progress payment . After review by ENGINEER , revise and resubmit Schedule as required until it is approved . + + END OF SECTION + + Last revised 7/16/01 01026- 1 EAST GIFFORD PIPublic works\Keithmstormvketer Projects\Gifford Easaconstruction Contract\Technical Specifications\Specifications to be Revised\Division 1 \01026 - Schedule ofValues.doc SECTION 01040 ' PROJECT COORDINATION ' 1 . 1 SCOPE A . CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible for coordination ( including scheduling ) t of all of the work to insure completion of the Work within the Contract Time . Supervise , direct and cooperate fully with all subcontractors , manufacturers , fabricators , suppliers , distributors , installers , testing agencies and all others whose services , materials or equipment are required , including the work of any other contractor, utility service company or OWNER'S employees performing additional work related to the Project at the site . C . Maintain sufficient competent personnel , drafting equipment and supplies for the purpose of preparing layout and coordination drawings . These drawings shall supplement the Contract Documents , working drawings , and Shop Drawings as necessary, to correlate the work of various trades . Where such drawings are to be prepared by Subcontractors , ensure that each Subcontractor maintains the required personnel and facilities : D . Attend and participate in all project meetings and report on the progress of all work and compliance with schedules . 2 . 1 COORDINATION WITH FLORIDA EAST COAST RAILWAY COMPANY L . L . C . A . At least five days before entering onto Railway property , schedule a Florida East Coast Railway Company, L . L . C . ( FEC ) flagman/watchman by calling Mr. Charles Stone of the FEC Engineering Department at ( 904 ) 826-2369 . B . Locate FEC Railway' s signal and train control cables by calling the FEC Signal Department at (904 ) 826-2377 . C . Submit a Certificate of Insurance to Mr. M . O . Bagley, Director of Industrial Development and Real Estate , Florida East Coast Railway Company , L . L . C . , One Malaga Street , St , Augustine , Florida 32084 , naming the FEC as an additional insured . Refer to the " Indemnity of Florida East Coast Railway , L . L . C . and Insurance Requirements , " in Appendix A, for details . D . Several communication companies have installed a fiber optic communications system within the FEC Railway property. Before performing any work on FEC Last revised 9/6/02 01040- 1 EAST GIFFORD RIPublic Works\Keithmstonrnmeter Projects\(afford East\Construction Contract\Technical Specifications\Final Specifications\Division ' 1 \01040 - Project coordination .doc ' Railway "SUNSHINE "property, call SUNSHINE at 1 -8004324770 to notify those companies and other companies who may have utilities buried in the FEC Railway property . 2 . 2 COORDINATION WITH THE FEDERAL AVIATION ADMINISTRATION A. At least ten working days before commencing construction , coordinate all construction activities with the Federal Aviation Administration via Mr. Ericson W . Menger, Airport Director, City of Vero Beach , (561 ) 56745267 City of Vero Beach I Municipal Airport, B . If cranes will be used during construction , notify City of Vero Beach Airport staff a ' minimum of 72 hours in advance to allow the City to issue a Notice to Airmen . 2 . 3 COORDINATION WITH THE FLORIDA DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION A . Are- p construction conference with the Florida Department of Transportation ' s ( FDOT) project engineer must be held before performing construction work in FDOT right-of-way. If possible , this meeting will be included in the regular pre-construction meeting scheduled by the ENGINEER . Otherwise , the CONTRACTOR shall schedule the meeting . B . Prepare and discuss an emergency restoration plan to address eventualities such ' as hurricanes . C . Provide FDOT' s project engineer with an emergency 24-hour telephone number. D . Notify local law enforcement agencies before closing one or more lanes of the State highway system for periods exceeding two hours . tE . Safely conduct the public through the permitted work area from the time the work begins to the time of final completion . Fully comply with these Specifications and 1 FDOT' s Roadway and Traffic Design Standards (600 Series ) ; in the event of a conflict , the more stringent specification or requirement shall govern . F . Contact Jim Decaro of FDOT 48 hours in advance of beginning work in FDOT right-of-way. Telephone number = (772 ) 465-7396 , Fax number = ( 772 ) 489 - 7120 . ' + + END OF SECTION + + 1 ' Last revised 9/6/02 01040-2 EAST GIFFORD RIPublic Works\Keithmstorm%ater Projects\Afford East\Construction Contract\Technical Specifications\Fnal Specifications\Division 1 \01040 - Project Coordination .doc 1 ' SECTION 01045 CUTTING AND PATCHING 1 . 1 GENERAL 1 A This section Includes all cutting and patching of all Work under construction , completed Work and existing facilities in order to accommodate the coordination of Work , install other Work , uncover Work for access , inspection or testing , or similar purposes . " Demolition Work" is specified elsewhere . Execute all cutting ' and patching , including excavation , backfill and fitting required to : 1 . Remove and replace defective Work or Work not conforming to requirements of the Contract Documents . 2 . Remove samples of installed Work as required for testing . 3 . Remove all construction required to provide for the specified alteration or addition to existing Work . 4 . Uncover Work to provide for the ENGINEER ' s inspection of covered Work or inspection by regulatory agencies having jurisdiction . 5 . Connect to completed Work that was not accomplished in the proper sequence . 6 . Remove or relocate existing utilities and pipes , which obstruct the Work to which connections must be made . 7 . Make connections or alterations to existing or new facilities . ' B . Restore all existing work to a state equal to that which it was in prior to cutting and restore new Work to the standards of these Specifications . C . Submittals : 1 . Prior to any cutting which may affect the integrity and design function of the Project , OWNER ' s operations , or work of another contractor, submit written ' notice to the ENGINEER , requesting consent to proceed with the cutting . The request shall include : a . Identification of Project . b . Description of affected work of CONTRACTOR and work of others . C , Necessity for cutting . d . Effect on other work and on structural integrity of Project . e . Description of proposed work . Designate : 1 ) Scope of cutting and patching . ' 2 ) CONTRACTOR , Subcontractor or trade to execute the work . 3 ) Products proposed to be used . 4) Extent of refinishing . 5 ) Schedule of operations . 1 Last revised 7/ 17/01 01045- 1 EAST GIFFORD FAPublic WorksWeithM\Stormwater Projects\Gifford East\Construction Contract\Technical Specifications\Division 1 \01045 - Cutting ' & Patching .doc 1 f. Alternatives for cutting and patching , if any , g . Designation of party responsible for cost of cutting and patching . 2 . Should conditions of Work , or schedule , indicate change of materials or methods , submit written recommendation to ENGINEER, including : a . Conditions indicating change . b . Recommendations for alternative materials or methods . C, Submittals are required for substitutions . 3 . Submit written notice to the ENGINEER , designating the time the Work will be uncovered , to provide for observation . Do not begin cutting or patching operations until authorized by the ENGINEER. ' E . Provide shoring , bracing and support as required to maintain the structural integrity of the Project and protect adjacent Work from damage during cutting and patching . F . Conform to all applicable Specifications for application and installation of materials used for patching . G . Obtain all required permits . + + END OF SECTION + + Last revised 7/ 17/01 01045-2 EAST GIFFORD RIPublic Works\Keithmstorrnwater Projects\Gifford East\Construction Contrach7rechnical SpecificationsTivision 1 \01045 - Cutting ' & Patching .doc SECTION 01050 ' SURVEYING AND FIELD ENGINEERING SERVICES 1 . 1 GENERAL A. Provide civil , structural or other professional engineering services specified or required , to execute the CONTRACTOR's construction methods . B . Develop and make all detail surveys and measurements needed for construction ' including but not limited to , slope stakes , batter boards , piling layouts and all other working lines , elevations and cut sheets . Co Keep a transit and leveling instrument on the site at all times and a skilled instrument man available whenever necessary for layout of the Work . ' D . Provide all material required for benchmarks , control points , batter boards , grade stakes , and other items . ' E . Be solely responsible for all locations , dimensions and levels . No data other than written orders of the ENGINEER shall justify departure from the dimensions and levels required by the Drawings . F . Safeguard all points , stakes , grademarks , monuments and benchmarks made or established on the Work, and reestablish same if disturbed . Rectify all Work 1 improperly installed because of not maintaining , not protecting or removing without authorization such established points , stakes , marks and monuments . 1 G . When requested by the ENGINEER , provide such facilities and assistance as may be necessary for the ENGINEER to check line and grade points placed by the CONTRACTOR. Do no excavation or embankment work until all cross-sectioning necessary for determining pay quantities has been completed and checked by the ENGINEER . ' 1 . 3 CONTRACTOR' S FIELD ENGINEER/SUPERINTENDENT A. Employ and retain at the site of the Work, a field engineer and/or superintendent 1 capable of performing all engineering tasks required of the CONTRACTOR . These tasks include , but are not limited to : 1 . If requested by the ENGINEER , by 4 : 00 p . m . on each workday, prepare and submit to the ENGINEER , a list of work to be completed the following day. The projection shall include : Last revised 5/29/02 01050- 1 EAST GIFFORD FAPublic WorksWeithM\Stormwiter Projects\Gifford East\Construction Contract\Technical Specifications\Fnal Specifications\Division 1 \01050 - Feld ' Engineering .doc a . Location of all areas in which construction will be done (including Subcontractors ) . ' b . Major construction equipment utilized . c . Equipment and materials to be installed . 2 . Check all formwork, reinforcing , inserts , structural steel , bolts , sleeves , piping , other materials and equipment. 3 . Maintain office files and drawings , Record Documents , and coordinate all work with Subcontractors . Prepare layout and construction drawings for construction operations . 4 . Check and coordinate the Work for conflicts and interferences and ' immediately advise the ENGINEER in writing , of all discrepancies noted . 5 . Coordinate with the ENGINEER in field inspections . 1 . 3 SURVEY WORK A . Prior to commencing work, the CONTRACTOR shall satisfy himself as to the accuracy of all survey and existing site information as indicated in the Contract Documents . Immediately notify the ENGINEER upon discovery of any errors , inaccuracies or omissions in the survey data . The commencing of any of the work by the CONTRACTOR shall be held as the CONTRACTOR's acceptance that all survey or existing site information is correct and accurate , it any reasonably inferable errors , inaccuracies or omissions . ' B . The CONTRACTOR shall carefully preserve all control stakes , benchmarks , reference points and property corners and will be responsible for any mistake or loss of time caused by their unnecessary loss or disturbance . If the loss or disturbance of any stakes or marks cause a delay in the Work, the CONTRACTOR shall have no claim for damages or extension of time . Control stakes , benchmarks , reference points and property corners disturbed by the CONTRACTOR's work shall be replaced by a Florida Registered Land Surveyor and 1 Mapper, at the CONTRACTOR's expense . If the OWNER must provide the services of the Florida Registered Surveyor and Mapper to perform this replacement work, the cost of the surveying services will be deducted from any sums due the CONTRACTOR for the work performed under this Contract. C . All construction survey work shall be performed under the guidance and direction of a Florida Registered Surveyor and Mapper. D . All survey work for Record Drawings shall be performed under the guidance and direction of a Florida Registered Surveyor and Mapper. ' E . Maintain a complete , accurate log of all control and survey as work it progresses . ' Last revised 5/29/02 01050-2 EAST GIFFORD FAPublic WorksVeithM\StormHeter ProjectsMord East\Construction ContrachTechnical Specifications\Final Specifications\Division 1 \01050 - Feld Engineering.doc 1 1 .4 SUBMITTALS A. Before beginning work, submit name and qualifications of Field Engineer/Superintendent to ENGINEER . B . Before beginning work, submit name and address of Professional Surveyor and Mapper to ENGINEER . C . On request of ENGINEER , submit documentation to verify accuracy of field engineering work. ' D . Complete and submit Section 00634 — " Professional Surveyor and Mapper's Certification as to Elevations and Locations of the Work, " with the Final Application for Payment. + + END OF SECTION + + 1 1 Last revised 7/17/01 01050-3 EAST GIFFORD F:\Public WorksWeithmstormwiter Projects\Gifford East\Construction Contract\Technical Specifications\Final Specifications\Division 1 \01050 - Field Engineering.doc SECTION 01091 ' REFERENCE STANDARDS 1 . 1 GENERAL ' A . Whenever reference is made to the furnishing of materials or testing thereof to conform to the standards of any technical society, organization or body, it shall be construed to mean the latest standard , code , specification or ' tentative specification adopted and published at the date of advertisement for bids , even though reference has been made to an earlier standard . When a reference standard is specified , comply with requirements and recommendations stated in that standard , except when they are modified by the Contract Documents , or when applicable laws , ordinances , rules , regulations or codes establish stricter standards . The list of specifications presented in Paragraph B is hereby made a part of the Contract, the same as if repeated herein in full . Be Reference to a technical society, organization , or body may be made in the Specifications by abbreviations , in accordance with the following list: I AASHTO The American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials 1 ACI American Concrete Institute AGA American Gas Association 1 AISC American Institute of Steel Construction AISI American Iron and Steel Institute ANSI American National Standards Institute ' API American Petroleum Institute ' ASCE American Society of Civil Engineers ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers 1 ASTM American Societyfor ' Testing and Materials Last revised 5/29/02 01091A EAST GIFFORD FAPublic Works\KeithM\Stormweter Projects\Gifford East\Construction Contract\Technical Specifications\Master SpecdcationsOv- 1 \01091 - Reference Standards.doc 1 A WPA American Wood Preservers Association AWWA American Water Works Association AWS American Welding Society FED . SPEC . Federal Specifications CIPRA Cast Iron Pipe Research Association ' CRSI Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute FDEP/DEP Florida Department of Environmental Protection DIPRA Ductile Iron Pipe Research Association DNR Department of Natural Resources IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers NCPI National Clay Pipe Institute ' NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association NFPA National Fire Protection Association ' NEC National Electric Code ' NSF National Sanitation Foundation NLMA National Lumber Manufacturers Association NSPE National Society of Professional Engineers ' OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Administration PCI Prestressed Concrete Institute SBCC Standard Building Code Congress International , Inc. ' FDOT/DOT Florida Department of Transportation Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction ' Last revised 5/29/02 01091 -2 EAST GIFFORD RIPublic WorksWeithmstommeter ProjectsMord East\construcUon ContractUbchnical Specifications\Master Specifcations\Div- 1 \01091 - Reference Standards.doc t ' FDOT/DOT Florida onda Department of Transportation Roadway and Traffic ' Design Standards U . L . , Inc. Underwriter's Laboratories , Inc. ' OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Act SSPC Steel Structures Painting Council SJRWMD St. Johns River Water Management District ' C . When no reference is made to a code , standard or specification , the standard specifications of ASTM , ANSI , ASME , IEEE or NEMA shall govern . ' D . In the event of a conflict between the specifications prepared by the ENGINEER and the above referenced specifications , codes , and standards , ' or any other regulatory specification , code or standard , the more stringent requirement prevails . + + END OF SECTION + + Last revised 5/29/02 01091 -3 EAST GIFFORD FAPublic Works\KeithM\Stormater ProjectsMord East\Construction Contract\Technical Specdcations\Master SpecdcationsOv- ' 1 \01091 - Reference Standards.doc SECTION 01092 ' ABBREVIATIONS AND SYMBOLS 1 . 1 ABBREVIATIONS A. Common abbreviations which may be found in the Specifications are : alternating current = a-c Fahrenheit = F ' ante meridian = am feet = ft. ampere = A feet per hour = fph average = avg . feet per minute = fpm biochemical oxygen demand = BOD feet per second = fps brake horsepower = bhp figure = Fig . British thermal unit = Btu flange = flg . foot-pound = ft-Ib gallon = gal . Centigrade = C gallons per minute = gpm company = Co . gallons per second = gps cubic inch = cu in gram = g cubic foot = CF , cu . ft. cubic yard = cu . yd . Hertz = Hz, cubic feet per minute = cfm hour = hr. cubic feet per second = cfs horsepower = hp inch = in . decibel = db inch -pound = in-Ib degree Centigrade (or Celsius ) _ (say) 20C inside diameter = I . D . degree Fahrenheit = (say) 68F kilovolt-ampere = kva diameter = dia . kilowatt = kw direct current = d-c kilowatt-hour = kwhr dollars = $ linear foot = LF each = ea . liter = L efficiency = eff. maximum = max . revolutionser minute = rpm mercury = Hg p p ' milligram = mg milligrams per liter = mg/I second = sec. milliliter = ml specific gravity = sp . gr. ' Last revised 5/29/02 01092- 1 EAST GIFFORD RIPublic Works\Keithmstormweter Projects\Gifford East\Construction Contract\Technical Specifications\Fnal Specifications\Division ' 1 \01092 - Abbreviations and SKnbols.doc millimeter = mm square = sq . million gallon = MG square foot = SF , sq ft ' million gallons per day = MGD square inch = sq . in . square yard = SY , sq . yd . minimum = min . standard = std , standard cubic feet per minute = scfm net positive suction head = npsh ' number = No . total dynamic head = TDH National Pipe Threads = NPT totally-enclosed-fan -cooled TEFC ounce = oz. outside diameter = O . D . volt = v parts per million = ppm ' post meridian = pm pound = Ibe pounds per square foot = psf pounds per square inch = psi pounds per square inch absolute = psia pounds per square inch gage = psig 1 . 2 ORGANIZATION ABBREVIATIONS A. Abbreviations of organizations which may be used in these Specifications are : ACS American Chemical Society ACI American Concrete Institute AGMA American Gear Manufacturers Association AIChE American Institute of Chemical Engineers AISC American Institute of Steel Construction AISI American Iron and Steel Institute ANSI American National Standards Institute APHA American Public Health Association AREA American Railway Engineering Association ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials ASCE American Society of Civil Engineers ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers ASHRAE American Society of Heating , Refrigerating and Air Conditioning Engineers AWWA American Water Works Association AWS American Welding Society CRSI Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute EPA Environmental Protection Agency FM Factory Mutual Last revised 5/29/02 _ 01092 2 EAST GIFFORD ' RIPublic worksweithmstorm ater Projects\(afford East\Construction Contract\Technical Specifications\Fnal Specifications\Division 1 \01092 - Abbreviations and SKnbols.doc HEW Department of Health , Education and Welfare HUD Department of Housing and Urban Development IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers IRI Industrial Risk Insurance ISO Insurance Services Office NAAMM National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers ' NARUC National Association of Railroad and Utilities Commissioners NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association ' NFPA National Fire Protection Association NSF National Sanitation Foundation OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Administration PCI Precast Concrete Institute SMACNA Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning National Association ' SSPC Steel Structures Painting Council UL Underwriters' Laboratories , Inc . USGS United States Geological Survey USPHS United States Public Health Service WWEMA Water and Wastewater Equipment Manufacturers Association FDOT/DOT Florida Department of Transportation FDEP/DEP Florida Department of Environmental Protection SJRWMD St. Johns River Water Management District IRFWCD Indian River Farms Water Control District USEPA United States Environmental Protection Agency 1 . 3 . SYMBOLS A . Refer to Drawings for symbols used on the Drawings . + + END OF SECTION + + ' Last revised 5/29/02 01092-3 EAST GIFFORD ' RIPublic Works\KeithM\StorMmeter Projectm afford East\Construction Contract\Technical Specifications\Final Specifications0vision 1 \01 092 - Abbreviations and SKnbols.doc SECTION 01210 ' PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE 1 . 1 SCOPE A . Date , Time and Location : The Conference will be held after execution of the ' Agreement and before construction is started at the site . ENGINEER will fix the date , time and location of the meeting in accordance with the General Conditions . ' Be ENGINEER shall prepare agenda , preside at meeting , and prepare and distribute a transcript of proceedings to all parties . ' C . CONTRACTOR shall provide data required , contribute appropriate items for discussion , and be prepared to discuss all items on agenda . f1 . 2 REQUIRED ATTENDANCE A. CONTRACTOR and major Subcontractors . Be OWNER's representative . ' C . ENGINEER . ' D . Representatives of governmental agencies having any degree of control or responsibility, if available . 1 . 3 AGENDA A . Agenda will include , but will not necessarily be limited to , the following : ' 1 . Designation of responsible personnel . 2 . Subcontractors . 3 . Coordination with other contractors . ' 4 . Progress schedule . 5 . Processing of Shop Drawings . 6 . Schedule of Shop Drawing submittals . 7 . Processing of Field Orders and Change Orders . 8 . Requirements for copies of Contract Documents , 9 . Insurance in force . ' 10 . Schedule of values . 11 . Processing of progress payments . 12 . Use of premises . ' Last revised 5/29/02 01210- 1 EAST GIFFORD RIPublic Works\Keithmstorrnmeter Projects\Gifford East\Construction Contract\Technical Specifications\Final Specifications\Division 1 \01210 - Preconstruction Conierence.doc ' 13 CONTRACTOR 's responsibility for safety and first aid procedures . ' 14 . Security, 15 . Housekeeping , 16 . Field Offices . ' 17 . Record Drawings . 18 . Traffic Control Plan . ' + + END OF SECTION + + ' Last revised 01 / 02 / 2001 01210 - 2 PROJECT 1 SECTION 01215 ' GENERAL QUALITY CONTROL ' 1 . 1 DESCRIPTION OF REQUIREMENTS ' A . Definitions : Specific quality control requirements for the work are indicated throughout the Contract Documents . The requirements of this section are primarily related to the performance of the work beyond the furnishing of manufactured ' products . The term "Quality Control" includes , but is not necessarily limited to , inspection and testing and associated requirements . This section does not specify or modify the OWNER and ENGINEER duties relating to quality review and ' Contract surveillance . 1 . 2 RESPONSIBILITY FOR INSPECTIONS AND TESTS ' A . OWNER Responsibility: The OWNER will employ and pay for the services of independent testing laboratories to perform required inspections and tests . See Section 01410 . Be CONTRACTOR's General Responsibility: No failure of test agencies , whether ' engaged by the OWNER or CONTRACTOR, to perform adequate inspections of tests or to properly analyze or report results , shall relieve the CONTRACTOR of responsibility for the fulfillment of the requirements of the Contract Documents . Itis ' recognized that the required inspection and testing program is intended to assist the CONTRACTOR , OWNER , ENGINEER , and governing authorities in the nominal determination of probable compliance with requirements for certain crucial elements ' of work. The program is not intended to limit the CONTRACTOR in his regular quality control program , as needed for general assurance of compliance . ' 1 . 3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A . General Workmanship Standards : It is a requirement that each category of ' tradesman or installer performing the work be pre-qualified , to the extent of being familiar with the applicable and recognized quality standards for his category of work, and being capable of workmanship complying with those standards . 1 .4 SUBMITTALS ' A. General : Refer to Section 01330 for the general submittal requirements applicable to inspection and test reports , project photographs , damage surveys , quality control samples , maintenance agreements , guarantees , warranties , and similar ' documentation of quality compliance as required . Last revised 5/29/02 01215= 1 EAST GIFFORD 1 . 5 PRODUCT DELIVERY-STORAGE-HANDLING ' A . General : Handle , store and protect materials and products , including fabricated ' components , by methods and means which will prevent damage, deterioration and losses (and resulting delays ) , thereby ensuring highest quality results as the performance of the work progresses . Control delivery schedules so as to minimize unnecessary long-term storage at the project site prior to installation . 1 . 6 PREPARATION FOR INSTALLATION ' A . Pre- Installation Conferences : Well in advance of the installation of every major unit of work which requires coordination with other work, meet at the project site with installers and representatives of manufacturers and fabricators who are involved in or affected by the unit of work, and in its coordination or integration with other work which has preceded or will follow. Advise the ENGINEER and OWNER of ' scheduled meeting dates . At each meeting , review the progress of other work under consideration , including the requirements of the Contract Documents , options , related change orders , purchases , deliveries , shop drawings , product data , ' quality control samples , possible conflicts , compatibility problems , time schedules , weather limitations , temporary facilities , space and access limitations , structural limitations , governing regulations , safety, inspection and testing requirements , ' required performance results , recording requirements , and protection . Record the significant discussions of each conference , and the agreements and disagreements , along with the final plan of action . Distribute a record of the meeting promptly to ' everyone concerned , including the OWNER and ENGINEER . 6 . Do not proceed with the work if the associated pre-installation conference cannot ' be concluded successfully. Investigate actions to resolve impediments to the performance of the work, and reconvene the conference at the earliest date feasible . ' C . Installer's Inspection of Conditions : Require q the Installer of each mayor unit of work to inspect the substrate to receive the work and the conditions under which the work ' will be performed , and to report (in writing to the CONTRACTOR) unsatisfactory conditions . Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the Installer. ' 1 . 7 COORDINATION OF TEST AGENCY WORK ' A . Coordination : 1 . General : Afford access and reasonable time in the construction sequence for OWNER and ENGINEER inspections and tests to be performed . ' Cooperate with test agencies and provide incidental labor and services needed for the removal and delivery of test samples , and for inspections and taking measurements . Provide patching and restoration services where test Last revised 5/29/02 01215=2 EAST GIFFORD samples p have been removed . Be Test Agency Responsibility: 1 . General : Each test agency shall coordinate its assigned work with the construction schedule as maintained by the CONTRACTOR , and shall perform its work promptly so as not to avoidably delay the work. Observances (by test agencies ) having a bearing on the work shall be reported to the ENGINEER and OWNER , in the most expeditious way possible , and shall be recorded in writing by the test agency. Test agency personnel shall not interfere with or assume the duties of the ' CONTRACTOR. 1 . 8 PROJECT PHOTOGRAPHS ' A. Refer to Section 03180 . 1 . 9 INSTALLATION QUALITY CONTROL A. Manufacturer's Instructions : Where installations include manufactured products , ' comply with the manufacturer's applicable instructions and recommendations for installation , to whatever extent these are more explicit or more stringent than applicable requirements indicated in the Contract Documents . ' Be Inspect each item of materials or equipment immediately prior to installation , and reject damaged and defective items . ' C . Recheck measurements and dimensions of the work , as an integral step of starting each installation . ' D . Install work during conditions of temperature , humidity,p m dity, exposure , forecasted weather, and status of project completion , which will ensure the best possible ' results for each unit of work, in coordination with the entire work. Isolate each unit of work from non -compatible work, as required to prevent deterioration . + + END OF SECTION + + Last revised 5/29/02 01215-3 EAST GIFFORD SECTION 01220 ' 1 . 1 SCOPE PROGRESS MEETINGS ' A. Date and Time : As mutually agreed upon by ENGINEER and CONTRACTOR . ' Be Place : ENGINEER's office or other mutually agreed upon location . C . ENGINEER shall prepare agenda , preside at meetings , and prepare and distribute ' a transcript of proceedings to all parties . D . CONTRACTOR shall provide data required and be prepared to discuss all agenda items . E . Representatives present for each party shall be authorized to act on their behalf. i 1 . 2 MINIMUM ATTENDANCE A. CONTRACTOR: 1 . When needed for the discussion of a particular agenda item , require representatives of Subcontractors or suppliers to attend the meeting . ' Be ENGINEER . ' C . OWNER's representative . 1 . 3 AGENDA A. Agenda will include , but will not necessarily be limited to , the following: 1 . Transcript of previous meeting . ' 2 . Progress since last meeting . 3 . Planned progress for next period . 4 . Problems , conflicts and observations . 5 . Change Orders . 6 . Status of Shop Drawings . 7 . Quality standards and control . ' 8 . Schedules , including off-site fabrication and delivery schedules . Corrective measures , if required . 9 . Coordination between parties . 10 . Safety concerns . 11 . Other business . + + END OF SECTION + + Last revised 5/29/02 01220- 1 EAST GIFFORD ' FAPublic Works\KeithM\Stormvater ProjectsMord East\Construction ContrachTechnical Specifications\Final Specifications\Division 1 \01 220 - Progress Meetings.doc SECTION 01310 t CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES ' 1 . 1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS ' A. No partial payments shall be approved bythe ENGINEER until there is an approved construction progress schedule . Be Designate an authorized representative who shall be responsible for development and maintenance of the schedule and of all progress and payment reports . This representative shall have direct project control and complete authority to act on ' behalf of the CONTRACTOR in fulfilling the commitments of the CONTRACTOR's schedules . ' 1 . 2 REVISIONS TO THE CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES A. When the ENGINEER requires the CONTRACTOR to submit revised (updated ) progress schedules on a monthly basis the CONTRACTOR shall : 1 . Indicate the progress of each activity to the date of submission . 2 . Show changes occurring since the previous submission listing : a . Major changes in scope . b . Activities modified since the previous submission . c. Revised projections of progress and completion . ' d . Other identifiable changes . 3 . Provide a narrative report as needed to define : a . Problem areas , anticipated delays , and the impact on the schedule . ' b . Corrective action recommended and its effect. c. The effect of changes on schedules of other prime contractors . ' 1 . 3 SUBMISSION OF THE CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES A . On or before the tenth day after the effective date of the Agreement, submit the ' initial schedules to the ENGINEER . The ENGINEER will review the schedules and return a review copy to the CONTRACTOR within 10 days after receipt . If required by the ENGINEER , resubmit revised schedules on or before the seventh day after ' receipt of the review copy. If required by the ENGINEER, submit revised monthly progress schedules with that month's application for payment. ' 1 .4 DISTRIBUTION OF THE CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES A. After receiving approval by the ENGINEER , distribute copies of the approved initial Last revised 5/29/02 01310- 1 EAST GIFFORD ' FAPublic Works\KeithM\Storrnmter Projects\afford East\Construction Contract\Technical Specifications\Final Specifications\Division 1 \01310 - Construction Schedules.doc schedule and all reviewed revisions (updated ) to . 1 . Job site file . ! 2 . Subcontractors . 3 . Other concerned parties . 4 . OWNER (two copies ) . 5 . ENGINEER B . In the cover letter, instruct recipients to report promptly to the CONTRACTOR , in writing , any problems anticipated by the projections shown in the schedules . 1 + + END OF SECTION + + 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Last revised 5/29/02 01 - 310 2 EAST GIFFORD RIPublic Works\KeithM\Stormmater Projects\Gifford East\construcuon ContracK%chnical Specifications\Fnal Specifications\Division ' 1 \01310 - Construction Schedules.doc 1 SECTION 01330 REQUIRED SUBMITTALS ' 1 . 1 GENERAL A . Submit Record Drawings , photographs and video tapes , pay requests , change orders , construction schedules , etc. , as required or inferred by these Contract Documents , 1 . 2 DESCRIPTION OF REQUIREMENTS A . The individual submittal requirements are specified in the applicable section for each unit of work. 1 . Unless otherwise noted , submit each item of work-related submittal to the ENGINEER for review prior to construction or installation . The ENGINEER' s review of work-related submittals is for general conformance with the design concept and the Contract Documents . Be Definitions : The work-related submittals of this section , in addition to the definitions of the General Conditions and elsewhere in the Contract Documents , are defined as follows : 1 . Shop Drawings include custom- prepared data of all forms including drawings , diagrams , performance curves , data sheets , schedules , templates , patterns , reports , calculations , instructions , measurements ' and similar information not in standard printed form applicable to other projects . Refer to Section 01340 for specific general requirements for Shop Drawings . ' 2 . Product data include standard printed information on materials , products and systems ; not custom-prepared for this project, other than the designation of selections from available choices . 3 . Samples include both fabricated and unfabricated physical examples of materials , products and work; both as complete units and as smaller portions of units of work; either for limited visual inspection or ' (where indicated ) for more detailed testing and analysis . C . Miscellaneous submittals related directly to the work ( non -administrative ) ' include warranties , guarantees , maintenance agreements , workmanship bonds , project photographs/videos , survey data and reports , physical work records , statement of applicability, quality testing and certifying reports , ' copies of industry standards , record drawings , operating and maintenance materials , overrun stock, security/protection/safety keys and similar information , devices and materials applicable to the work and not defined as ' Last revised 5/30/02 01330- 1 EAST GIFFORD FAPublic Worksveithmstormweter Projects\Gitford East\Construction Contract\Technical Specifications0raft Specifications0vision ' 1 \01330 - Required Submittals.doc ' shopdrawings , product g , p data or samples . ' 1 . 3 GENERAL SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Coordination and Sequencing : Coordinate the preparation and processing of ' submittals with the performance of the work so that work will not be delayed by submittals . Coordinate and sequence different categories of submittals ' for the same work, and for interfacing units of work , so that one will not be delayed for coordination with another. No extension of time will be allowed because of failure to properly coordinate and sequence submittals . Do not ' proceed with purchasing , fabrication and delivery of work related to a submittal until the submittal procedure has been successfully completed . Be Preparation of Submittals : Provide permanent marking on each submittal to identify it by project, date , Contractor, subcontractor, submittal name and similar information to distinguish it from other submittals . Show ' CONTRACTOR' s approval marking and provide space for review marking . Package each submittal appropriately for transmittal and handling . Submittals which are received from sources other than the CONTRACTOR's ' office will be returned without review. 1 .4 SPECIFIC CATEGORY SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS : WORK- RELATED AND MISCELLANEOUS SUBMITTALS A. General : Except as otherwise indicated in individual work sections , comply ' with the general requirements specified for each indicated category of submittal . Provide and process intermediate submittals (where required between initial and final ) similar to initial submittals . ' Be Shop Drawings : Provide newly-prepared information , show dimensions and note those based on field measurements , identify materials and product in ' the work shown , indicate compliance with standards and special coordination requirements . Do not allow shop drawing copies without appropriate final review markings by the ENGINEER to be used in connection with the work. ' Submit shop drawings as outlined in Section 01340 of these specifications . C . Product Data : Collect the required data into one submittal for each material , ' product or system ; and mark each copy to show which choices and options are applicable to the project. Include manufacturer' s standard printed recommendations for application and use , compliance with standards , application of labels and seals , notation of field measurements which have been checked , and special coordination requirements . Maintain one set of product data for each submittal at the project site , available for reference by Last revised 5/30/02 01330-2 EAST GIFFORD FAPublic Works\Keithmstorm oter Projects\Gfford East\construction contract\Technical Specifications0raft SpecificationsUvision ' 1 \01330 - Required Submittals.doc ' the OWNER ENGINEER or others . 1 . Submittal : Six (6 ) prints of shop drawings or copies of manufacturers ' product data ; three (3 ) will be retained and the remainder will be returned , one of which is to be marked-up and maintained by the ' CONTRACTOR as the "Record Document" . 2 . Submit product data as outlined in Section 01340 of these Specifications . ' D . Samples : Provide units identical with the final condition of the proposed materials or products for the work. Include "range" samples ( not less than ' three units ) where variations occur, and identify each unit of each set. Provide full set of optional samples where OWNER ' s or ENGINEER' s selection is required . Prepare samples to match the selection sample where so indicated . Include information with each sample to show generic description , source or product name and manufacturer, limitations , and compliance with standards . Samples are submitted for review and confirmation of color, pattern , texture and " kind " by the ENGINEER , who will ' not "test" them (except as otherwise indicated ) for other requirements , which are therefore the exclusive responsibility of the CONTRACTOR . 1 . Submittal : At his option , the CONTRACTOR may provide a preliminary submittal of a single set of samples for the ENGINEER' s review and "Action , Otherwise , the initial submittal is the final submittal unless it is returned with "Action " which requires resubmittal . Submit three sets of samples in the final submittal ; two sets will be returned . 2 . Quality Control Set : Maintain one of the returned final sets of samples at the project site , in suitable condition and available for quality control comparisons by the OWNER , ENGINEER and others . ' 3 . Submit samples as outlined in Section 01340 of these Specifications . E . Inspection and Test Reports : Submittals are classified either as "shop drawings" or "product data , " depending upon whether the report is uniquely prepared for the project or a standard publication of regular product or workmanship control testing at the point of production (respectively) . ' F . Photographs : Photographs shall be taken and submitted to the ENGINEER as outlined in Section 01380 of these Specifications . ' H . Warranties : Refer to individual sections for specific general requirements on the submittal of warranties , guarantees , product/workmanship bonds , and maintenance agreements that are uniquely prepared and executed for the project. Furnish two executed copies , except furnish two additional (conformed ) copies where required for maintenance manuals . Last revised 5/30/02 01330-3 EAST GIFFORD FAPublic WorksWeithmstormweter Projects\Gifford East\construction contracnechnical Specifications0raft SpecificationsUvision ' 1 \01 330 - Required Submittals.doc I . Receipts : Furnish all pertinent receipts (e . g . landfill receipts , etc. ) . 1 . 5 SPECIFIC CATEGORY SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS : ADMINISTRATIVE SUBMITTALS ' A. Affidavits : Affidavits from each subcontractor and supplier shall be submitted with the Final Payment Request. Affidavits shall be prepared on the form ' supplied with the Contract Documents . ' Be Pay Requests : All pay requests shall be submitted as outlined in the General Conditions and shall be accompanied by photographs as discussed in Section 01380 . ' C . Change Orders : Change orders shall be submitted in accordance with the Contract Documents . D . CONTRACTOR's Close-Out Submittals : Refer to Section 01810 titled "Project Closeout". ' E . Construction Schedules : Construction Schedules , if required , shall be submitted to the ENGINEER as outlined in Section 01310 of these ' Specifications . + + END OF SECTION + + ' Last revised 5/30/02 013304 EAST GIFFORD PIPublic Works\KeithM\StormVW3ter Projects\Gifford East\Construction Contract\Technical Specifications0raft Specifications0vision ' 1 \01330 - Required Submittals.doc SECTION 01340 ' SUBMITTAL OF SHOP DRAWINGS , PRODUCT DATA, AND SAMPLES 1 . 1 SCOPE A . Submit shop drawings , product data and samples as required by or inferred by the Drawings and Specifications . Submittals shall conform to the requirements of Section 6 . 17 of the General Conditions , Section 01330 , and as described in this Section . 1 . 2 SHOP DRAWINGS A . Shop drawings are original drawings , prepared by the CONTRACTOR , a subcontractor, supplier, or distributor, which illustrate some portion of the work ; showing fabrication , layout , setting , or erection details . Shop ' drawings are further defined in Section 01330 . B . Shop drawings shall be prepared by a qualified detailer and shall be identified by reference to sheet and detail numbers on the Contract Drawings . 1 . 3 PRODUCT DATA A . Product data are manufacturer's standard schematic drawings and manufacturer's catalog sheets , brochures , diagrams , schedules , performance charts , illustrations , and other standard descriptive data . Product data are further defined in Section 01330 . B . Modify standard drawings to delete information which is not applicable to the project and supplement them to provide additional information applicable to the project . C . Clearly mark catalog sheets , brochures , etc . , to identify pertinent materials , products , or models . 1 . 4 SAMPLES 1 Samples are physical examples to illustrate materials , equipment , or workmanship and to establish standards by which work is to be evaluated . ' Samples are further defined in Section 01330 . ' Last revised 7/17/01 01340- 1 EAST GIFFORD F:\Public Works\KeithM\Stormmter Projects\Efford East\Construction Contract\Technical Specifications\Final Specifications\Division ' 1 \01340 - Submittal of Shop Drawings , Product Data , and Samples .doc ' 1 . 5 CONTRACTOR'S S RESPONSIBILITIES FOR SUBMITTAL OF SHOP DRAWINGS , PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES ' A . The CONTRACTOR' s CTOR s responsibilities for submittal of shop drawings , product data , and samples are set forth in paragraph 6 . 17 of the General Conditions and further explained herein . A . Prior to submission , thoroughly check shop drawings , product data , and samples for completeness and for compliance with the Contract Documents , verify all dimensions and field conditions , and coordinate the shop drawings with the requirements for other related work . Also review each shop drawing before submitting it to the ENGINEER to determine that it is acceptable in terms of the means , methods , techniques , sequences and operations of construction , safety precautions and programs incidental thereto , all of which are the CONTRACTOR's responsibility . 1 . It is CONTRACTOR'S responsibility to review submittals made by his suppliers and Subcontractors before transmitting them to ENGINEER to assure proper coordination of the Work and to determine that each submittal is in accordance with its desires and that there is sufficient information about materials and equipment for ENGINEER to determine compliance with the Contract Documents . 2 . Incomplete or inadequate submittals will be returned for revision without review. B . The CONTRACTOR's responsibility for errors and omissions in submittals Is not relieved by the ENGINEER's review of submittals . The CONTRACTOR shall approve the shop drawings based on his in -the-field measurements , prior to submittal to the ENGINEER for his review. C . Notify the ENGINEER , in writing at the time of submission , of deviations in submittals from the requirements of the Contract Documents . The CONTRACTOR's responsibility for deviations in submittals from the requirements of the Contract Documents is not relieved by the ENGINEER's review of submittals , unless the ENGINEER gives written acceptance of specific deviations . ' D . Begin no work , which requires submittals until return of submittals with the ENGINEER's stamp and initials or signature indicating the submittal has ' been reviewed . 1 . 6 SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS AND ENGINEER ' S REVIEW FOR SHOP Last revised 7/17/01 01340-2 EAST GIFFORD FAPublic Works\KeithM\Stormwater Projects\Gfford East\Construction contracnechnical Specifications\Final Specifications\Division 1 \01340 - Submittal of Shop Drawings , Product Data , and Samples.doc ' DRAWINGS PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES ' A . Submit to : Indian River County Keith McCully, P . E . , Esq . 1840 25th Street ' Vero Beach , FL 32960 Be A letter of transmittal shall accompany each submittal . If data for more ' than one Section of the Specifications is submitted , a separate transmittal letter shall accompany the data submitted for each Section . 1 C . At the beginning of each letter of transmittal , provide a reference heading indicating the following : 1 . OWNER'S Name 2 . Project Name 3 , Contract Number 4 . Transmittal Number 5 , Section Number D . All submittals shall have a title block with complete identifying information satisfactory to the ENGINEER . The following is a sample Submittal Form that the CONTRACTOR may use : 1 [The remainder of this page has been left blank intentionally] i i 1 1 ' Last revised 7/17/01 01340-3 EAST GIFFORD RIPublic Works\KeithM\Storm%oter Projects\G afford East\Construction Contract\Technical Specifications\Final Specifications\Division 1 \01340 - Submittal of Shop Drawings , Product Data , and Samples .doc 1 Owner' s Name : INDIAN RIVER COUNTY 1 Project Name : EAST GIFFORD Indian River County Contract Number 9219 1 CONTRACTOR'S Name : SUBMITTAL NUMBER : 1 ----------------------------------------------------------------- Date ----------------------------------- Item : 1 Specifications : Section : Page Number: Paragraph Number: Drawing Number: of ' Location : ' Approved By: (Contractor) ' Contractor' s Comments : 1 i 1 1 Last revised e sed 7/17/01 013404 EAST GIFFORD FAPublic Works\Keithwstormwater Projects\Gifford East\Construction Contract\Technical Specifications\Final Specifications\Division 1 \01340 - Submittal of Shop Drawings , Product Data , and Samples.doc 1 E . All submittals shall bear the stamp pp 9 of approval and signature of CONTRACTOR as evidence that they have been reviewed by CONTRACTOR . Submittals without this stamp of approval will not be reviewed by the ENGINEER and will be returned to CONTRACTOR . F . Assign a number to each Submittal starting with No . 1 and thence numbered consecutively. Identify resubmittals by the original submittal number followed by the suffix "A" for the first resubmittal , the suffix " B " for ithe second resubmittal , etc . G . Initially submit to ENGINEER a minimum of six (6 ) copies of all submittals ' that are on 11 -inch by 17- inch or smaller sheets ( no less than 8 1 /2 - inch x 11 - inch ) , and one unfolded sepia and 2 prints made from that sepia for all submittals on sheets larger than 11 - inch by 17- inch . H . After ENGINEER completes his review , Shop Drawings well be marked with one of the following notations : 1 . Approved 2 . Approved as Corrected 3 . Approved as Corrected - Resubmit 4 . Revise and Resubmit 5 , Not Approved I . If a submittal is acceptable , it will be marked "Approved " or "Approved as Corrected " . Three ( 3 ) prints or copies of the submittal will be returned to ' CONTRACTOR . J . Upon return of a submittal marked "Approved " or "Approved as Corrected " , CONTRACTOR may order, ship or fabricate the materials included on the submittal , provided it is in accordance with the corrections indicated . ' K . If a Shop Drawing marked "Approved as Corrected " has extensive corrections or corrections affecting other drawings or Work , ENGINEER may require that CONTRACTOR make the corrections indicated thereon and resubmit the Shop Drawings for record purposes . Such drawings will have the notation , "Approved as Corrected - Resubmit . " ' L . If a submittal is unacceptable , three (3 ) copies will be returned to CONTRACTOR with one of the following notations : 1 . " Revise and Resubmit' 2 . " Not Approved " Last revised 7/17/01 01340-5 EAST GIFFORD FAPublic Works\KeithM\Storm\Aater Projects\Gfford East\Construction Contract\Technical Specifications\Final Specifications\Division ' 1 \01340 - Submittal of Shop Drawings , Product Data, and Samples .doc ' M . Upon return of a submittal marked " Revise and Resubmit" make p the corrections indicated and repeat the initial approval procedure . The " Not ' Approved " notation is used to indicate material or equipment that is not acceptable . Upon return of a submittal so marked , repeat the initial ' approval procedure utilizing acceptable material or equipment . N . Any related Work performed or equipment installed without an "Approved " ' or "Approved as Corrected " Shop Drawing will be at the sole responsibility of the CONTRACTOR . ' O . Submit Sop Drawings well in advance of the need for the material or equipment for construction and with ample allowance for the time required to make delivery of material or equipment after data covering such is approved . CONTRACTOR shall assume the risk for all materials or equipment which are fabricated or delivered prior to the approval of Shop Drawings . Materials or equipment will not be included in periodic progress ' payments until approval thereof has been obtained in the specified manner. ' P . ENGINEER will review and process all submittals promptly , but a reasonable time should be allowed for this , for the Shop Drawings being revised and resubmitted , and for time required to return the approved Shop Drawings to CONTRACTOR . Q . Furnish required submittals with complete information and accuracy in order to achieve required approval of an item within three submittals . All costs to ENGINEER involved with subsequent submittals of Shop Drawings , Samples or other items requiring approval , will be backcharged ' to CONTRACTOR in accordance with the General Conditions and the Supplementary Conditions . If the CONTRACTOR requests a substitution for a previously approved item , all of ENGINEER' S costs in the reviewing and approval of the substitution will be backcharged to CONTRACTOR unless the need for such substitution is beyond the control of CONTRACTOR . R . Close Out Submittals : Refer to Section 1810 for specific general requirements on the submittal of closeout information , materials , tools , ' and similar items . + + END OF SECTION + + 1 Last revised 7/ 17/01 01340-6 EAST GIFFORD FAPublic Works\KeithM\Stormwater Projects\Gfford East\Construction Contract\Technical Specifications\Fnal Specifications\Division ' 1 \01340 - Submittal of Shop Drawings, Product Data , and Samples .doc SECTION 01380 CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS ' 1 . 1 SUMMARY ' A. This Section specifies requirements of photographic documentation of project conditions before , during , and after construction . ' Be Take photographs of: 1 . All work areas just prior to construction ; 2 . Construction progress , installation of major equipment, and unusual construction conditions , and 3 . All work areas after construction . ' C . The ENGINEER has the authority to reject any or all photographs and order that they be redone at no additional charge . Re- photograph areas of unacceptable ' coverage within five (5 ) days after being notified by the ENGINEER . All photographs shall become the property of the OWNER . ' 1 . 2 SUBMITTALS A. Furnish one ( 1 ) copy of all photographs to the ENGINEER during each submittal . iBe Required submittals : 1 . Pre-construction photographs : Submit before construction activities commence . 2 . Construction progress photographs and other construction photographs : Submit with each pay request. ' 3 . Post-construction photographs : Submit with the final application for payment. Be Photographs : All photographs shall be in color. Provide the photographs in two ' formats : 1 . hard -copy (3-inch by 5-inch ) ; 2e digital photographs on 3 . 5-inch disks or CD ' s . 1 . 3 QUALITY ASSURANCE ' A . Take post-construction photographs at the same time of day as those taken for preen construction records . Be Index and catalog photographs in such a manner that each scene is readily Last revised 5/30/02 01380- 1 EAST GIFFORD ' FAPublic WorksVeithmstormvater Projects\Gifford East\Construction Contract\Technical Specifications\Final Specifications\Division 1 \01 380 - Construction Photographs.doc identifiable . (e . g . For each photograph , provide appropriate written documentation describing the location , orientation of view, date , time of day, and other pertinent comments . ) 2 . 1 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTATION A . Pre-Construction Photographs : 1 . Within fourteen days before construction commences , take photographs of all areas where construction is to take place . The purpose of the prem construction photographs is to determine any damage to private or public property during construction . These photographs will serve as a record of existing conditions for disputes arising from the restoration , and shall therefore clearly depict details of existing conditions . 2 . Photograph coverage shall include all surface features located within the zone of influence of .construction . Such coverage shall include , but not be limited to , existing driveways , sidewalks , curbs , pavements , ditches , mailboxes , landscaping , trees , culverts , fences , signs , and headwalls within the area covered . t3 . No construction shall begin prior to the ENGINEER' s review of the photographs covering the construction area . Be Construction Progress Photographs and Other Construction Photographs : 1 . Take photographs as necessary during construction to clearly document ' construction phases , installation of major equipment, and construction progress . 2 . Photograph unusual conditions encountered during construction . 3 . Submit construction photographs with each pay request for the period covered by that pay request. C . Post-Construction Photographs : Upon completion of construction work and before final payment, take photographs of all completed construction and of all areas disturbed or restored by construction activities . + + END OF SECTION + + Last revised 5/30/02 01380=2 EAST GIFFORD ' RIPublic WorksVeithM\Stormweter Projects\Giftord East\Construction Contract%chnical Specifications\Final Specifications\Division 1 \01380 - Construction Photographs.doc t SECTION 01410 TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES 1 . 1 GENERAL A. The OWNER will employ and pay for an independent testing laboratory to perform the specified services . The testing laboratory shall be : ' AM Engineering & Testing , Inc. Contact person = David Aucker Telephone number = (772 ) 567=6167 . 1 Even though the OWNER is hiring the testing laboratory, the CONTRACTOR shall schedule and order all testing services . Be Inspection , sampling and testing shall be as specified in the individual Sections . These may include but are not limited to : 1 . Section 03300 , Concrete . 2 . Section 02220 , Excavation and Backfill . C . The OWNER will pay for the testing listed above except for repeat testing due to test results failing to meet the Specification requirements . D . CONTRACTOR shall pay for: 1 . Tests not listed above . 2 . Tests made for the CONTRACTOR's convenience . 3 . Repeat tests required because of failure to meet Specification requirements . E . The testinglaboratory is not authorized to approve or accept an portion of the rY PP P Y Work ; rescind , alter or augment the requirements of the Contract Documents ; or perform any duties of the CONTRACTOR . 1 . 2 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES A . Cooperate with laboratory Personnel Provide access to Work and to manufacturer's operations . Be Provide to laboratory, preliminary representative samples of materials to be tested , ' in required quantities . Co Furnish copies of product test reports . ' D . Provide to the laboratory the preliminary design mix proposed for concrete , and other material mixes that require testing by the testing laboratory. Last revised 5/30/02 01410= 1 EAST GIFFORD FAPublic WorksWeithM\Storm ester Projects\Gifford East\Construction ContrachTechnical Specifications\Final Specifications\Division 1 \01410 - Testing Laboratory Services.doc i E . Furnish labor and facilities . 1 . To provide access to Work to be tested . 2 . To obtain and handle samples at the site . 3 . To facilitate inspections and tests . i 4 . For laboratory's exclusive use for storage and curing of test samples . 5 . Forms for preparing concrete test beams and cylinders . ' F . Notify laboratory and ENGINEER sufficiently in advance of operations to allow for assignment of personnel and scheduling of tests . i G . Arrange with laboratory and pay for, additional samples and tests required for CONTRACTOR'S convenience . + + END OF SECTION + + iLast revised 5/30/02 01410-2 EAST GIFFORD FAPublic Works\Keithmstormweter Projects\Gifford East\Construction ContrachTechnical Specifications\Final Specifications0vision ' 1 \01410 - Testing Laboratory Services.doc SECTION 01520 CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS 1 . 1 SCOPE A . Provide all construction equipment and facilities and temporary controls required to satisfactorily complete the work represented on the Drawings and described in the Specifications . 1 . 2 RESPONSIBILITY A . All construction facilities and temporary controls remain the property of the Contractor establishing them and shall be maintained in a safe and useful condition until removed from the construction site . B . All false work , scaffolding , ladders , hoistways , braces , pumping plants , shields , trestles , roadways , sheeting , centering forms , barricades , drains , flumes , and the like , any of which may be needed in construction of any I part of the work and which are not herein described or specified in detail , must be furnished , maintained and removed by the CONTRACTOR , who is responsible for the safety and efficiency of such work and for any 1 damage that may result from their failure or from their improper construction , maintenance or operation . ' C . In accepting the Contract , the CONTRACTOR assumes full responsibility for the sufficiency and safety of all hoists , cranes , temporary structures or work and for any damage which may result from their failure or their iimproper construction , maintenance or operation and will indemnify and save harmless the OWNER and ENGINEER from all claims , suits or ' actions and damages or costs of every description arising by reason of failure to comply with the above provision . ' 1 . 3 TEMPORARY UTILITIES AND SERVICES A . TEMPORARY WATER 1 . Provide a temporary water service as required for all construction purposes and pay for all water used . 2 . Furnish potable drinking water in suitable dispensers and with cups ' for use of all employees at the job . 3 . Provide all temporary piping , hoses , etc . , required to transport ' Last revised 7/ 17/01 01520- 1 EAST GIFFORD FAPublic Works\KeithM\Stormwater Projects\Gifford East\Construction Contract\Technical Specifications\Division 1 \01520 - Construction Facilities & Temporary Control .doc water to the point of usage by all trades . 4 . When temporary water service is no longer required , remove all temporary water lines . B . TEMPORARY SANITARY FACILITIES 1 . Provide temporary toilet facilities separate from the job office . Maintain these during the entire period of construction under this Contract for the use of all construction personnel on the job . Provide enough chemical toilets to conveniently serve the needs of all personnel . Properly seclude toilet facilities from public ' observation . 2 . Chemical toilets and their maintenance shall meet the requirements of State and local health regulations and ordinances . Immediately correct any facilities or maintenance methods failing to meet these requirements . Upon completion of work , remove the facilities from the premises . C . TEMPORARY ELECTRICITY 1 . Provide temporary electric service as required for all construction purposes and pay for all electricity used . 1 .4 CONSTRUCTION AIDS ' A . MATERIAL HOISTS AND CRANES 1 . Provide material hoists required for normal use by all trades and ' employ skilled hoist operators . Provide all necessary guards , signals , safety devices , etc . , required for safe hoist operation . The ' construction and operation of material hoists shall be in accordance with the applicable ANSI Standards , the " Manual Code of Accident Prevention in Construction " of the Associated General Contractors of America , OSHA , and of other Federal , State and municipal codes or ordinances . Prohibit the use of hoist for transporting personnel . Hoists shall be located to avoid risk of damage to completed work. 2 . Special rigging and hoisting facilities shall be provided by each trade requiring their use . ' B . TEMPORARY RUNWAYS , SCAFFOLDING , AND LADDERS 1 . Provide temporary ladders , ramps , and runways as required for ' performance and inspection of the work . Construct and maintained these facilities in accordance with the applicable Federal , State , iLast revised 7/17/01 01520-2 EAST GIFFORD FAPublic Works\KeithM\Stormwater Projects\Gifford East\Construction Contract\Technical Specifications\Division 1 \01 520 - ' Construction Facilities & Temporary Control .doc and Municipal regulations and codes . 2 . Erect permanent stairs , if any , as soon as possible , and provide suitable temporary treads , risers , railings , etc . , as required for safety. 3 . Furnish , erect , and maintain all scaffolding required for this work . Construct and maintain scaffolding in accordance with applicable State and Federal laws and local ordinances . Promptly remove scaffolding after it has served its purpose . 4 . The structural strength and safety of scaffolding , runways , covers , railings , ladders , stairs , etc . , and compliance with law shall be the ' sole responsibility of the CONTRACTOR . C . TEMPORARY CHUTES - No materials shall be dropped from structures ' except through enclosed wooden or metal chutes which shall be provided and maintained as required for the performance of the work by the various trades. 1 . 5 SECURITY ' A . Full time watchmen will not be specifically required as a part of the Contract , but the CONTRACTOR shall provide inspection of work area daily and shall take whatever measures are necessary to protect the ' safety of the public , workmen , and materials , and provide for the security of the site , both day and night. ' 1 . 6 TEMPORARY CONTROLS A . Take all necessary precautions to control dust and mud associated with the work of this Contract . In dry weather, spray dusty areas daily with water in order to control dust . Take necessary steps to prevent the tracking of mud onto adjacent streets and highways . 1 . 7 REMOVAL OF TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES A . Remove the various temporary facilities , services , and controls and legally dispose of them as soon as the work is complete . The areas of the site ' used for temporary facilities shall be properly reconditioned and restored to a condition acceptable to the OWNER . + + END OF SECTION + + ' Last revised 7/17/01 01520-3 EAST GIFFORD F :\Public Works\KeithM\Stormwater Projects\Gifford East\Construction Contract\Technical Specifications\Division 1 \01 520 - ' Construction Facilities & Temporary Control .doc I SECTION 01541 ' PROTECTION OF THE WORK AND PROPERTY ' 1 . 1 GENERAL A . Take all precautions , provide all programs , and take all actions necessary to maintain , protect , and repair the Work and all public and private property and facilities from damage until the OWNER formally accepts the Work . B . In order to prevent damage , injury or loss , CONTRACTOR' s actions shall include , but not be limited to , the following : 1 . Store apparatus , materials , supplies , and equipment in an orderly , safe manner that will not unduly interfere with the progress of the Work or the Work of any other. Contractor or utility service company . 2 . Provide suitable storage facilities for all materials that are subject to injury by exposure to weather, theft , breakage , or otherwise . 3 . Place upon the Work or any part thereof, only such loads as are consistent with the safety of that portion of the Work . 4 . Clean up frequently all refuse , rubbish , scrap materials , and debris caused by construction operations , so that at all times , the site of the Work presents a safe , orderly , and workmanlike appearance . 5 . Provide barricades and guard rails around openings , for scaffolding , for temporary stairs and ramps , around excavations , elevated walkways and other hazardous areas . 6 . Keep all haul roads clean from dirt and debris from haul operations . 7 . Provide site drainage ( including temporary drainage systems ) such that the Work is not damaged as a result of stormwater runoff from rainfall . All ' protective drainage activities shall comply with the requirements of Section 02225 , C . Except after written consent from proper parties , do not enter or occupy privately-owned land with men , tools , materials or equipment, except on easements ' provided herein . D . Assume full responsibility for the preservation of all public and private property or ' facility on or adjacent to the site and work area . If any direct or indirect damage is done by or on account of any act , omission , neglect or misconduct in the execution of the Work by the CONTRACTOR , it shall be restored by the CONTRACTOR , at ' its expense , to a condition equal to or better than that existing before the damage was done . Last revised 7/17/02 01541 - 1 EAST GIFFORD F:\Public WorksWeithM\Stormmeter Projects\Gifford East\Construction Contract\Technical Specifications\Fnal Specifications\Division ' 1 \01541 Protection ofthe Work and Property.doc ' 1 . 2 BARRICADES AND WARNING SIGNALS ' A . Where Work is performed on or adjacent to any roadway , right-of-way , or public place , provide barricades , fences , lights , warning signs , danger signals , and watchmen , and take other precautionary measures for the protection of persons or ' property and of the Work. Paint barricades so they are visible at night . From sunset to sunrise , furnish and maintain at least one light at each barricade . Erect sufficient barricades to keep vehicles from being driven on or into Work under construction . Furnish watchmen in sufficient numbers to protect the Work . CONTRACTOR' s responsibility for the maintenance of barricades , signs , lights , and for providing watchmen shall continue until the Project is accepted by OWNER . 1 . 3 PROTECTION OF TREES , PLANTS , ETC , A . Do not disturb specimen trees , historic trees or other trees , shrubs and plants that are to remain , proposed or existing conservation easements , natural buffers , water bodies , or similar areas . Locate these areas and protect them with barricades or rigid fencing to prevent any unauthorized clearing or damage . Locate barricades and other protective fencing at the drip line of existing native trees or at the edge of the native understory habitat, whichever is nearest to the construction activity. Do I not begin any clearing or grubbing operations until the protective barricades and fencing have been approved by the OWNER . Maintain all barricades and fencing until completion of construction . B . Fires are not permitted under or adjacent to trees and plants . ' C . Within the limits of the Work , water trees and plants that are to remain , in order to maintain their health during construction operations . ' D . Cover all exposed roots with burlap and keep it continuously wet . Cover all exposed roots with earth as soon as possible . Protect root systems from mechanical damage and damage by erosion , flooding , run -off or noxious materials 1 in solution . E . If branches or trunks are damaged , prune branches immediately and protect the cut ' or damaged areas with emulsified asphalt compounded specifically for horticultural use . ' F . Remove all damaged trees and plants that die or suffer permanent injury and replace them with a specimen of equal or better quality . rLast revised 7/17/02 01541 -2 EAST GIFFORD F:\Public Works\KeithM\Stormweter Projects\Gifford East\Construction Contract\Technical Specifications\Final Specifications\Division ' 1 \01541 - Protection of the Work and Property.doc ' G . Where fill material is intended to be installed adjacent to existing vegetation that is intended to remain natural , water bodies , etc . , install silt fencing in addition to the protective barriers . H . Coordinate Work in this Section with requirements of other sections herein . 1 . 4 PROTECTION OF EXISTING STRUCTURES ' A . Underground Structures : 1 . Underground structures are defined to include , but not be limited to , all sewer, water, gas , and other piping , and manholes , chambers , electrical conduits , ' tunnels and other existing subsurface work located within or adjacent to the limits of the Work . 2 . All underground structures known to ENGINEER except service connections for water, sewer, electric , and telephone are shown . This information is shown for the assistance of CONTRACTOR in accordance with the best information available , but is not guaranteed to be correct or complete . The existing utilities shown on the Contract Drawings are located according to the information available to the ENGINEER at the time the Drawings were prepared and have not been independently verified bythe OWNER orthe ENGINEER . Guarantee is not made that all existing underground utilities are shown or that the locations of those shown are accurate . The locations shown are for bidding purposes only . Finding the actual location of any existing utilities is the ' CONTRACTOR's responsibility and shall be done before it commences any work in the vicinity . Furthermore , the CONTRACTOR shall be fully responsible for any and all damages that might be occasioned by the CONTRACTOR'S failure to exactly locate and preserve any and all underground utilities . The OWNER or ENGINEER will assume no liability for any damages sustained or costs incurred because of the CONTRACTOR's operations in the vicinity of ' existing utilities or structures , nor for temporary bracing and shoring of same . If it is necessary to shore , brace , or swing a utility , contact the utility company or department affected and obtain their permission regarding the method to use for such work . 3 . Contact the various utility companies which may have buried or aerial utilities ' within or near the construction area before commencing work . Provide 48 hours minimum notice to all utility companies prior to beginning construction . A list of the utility companies which the CONTRACTOR MUST call before commencing work is provided below. This list serves as a guide only and is not intended to limit the utility companies which the CONTRACTOR may wish to notify. ' a . Indian River County Division of Utility Services 1840 25th Street Vero Beach , Florida 32960 tLast revised 7/17/02 01541 -3 EAST GIFFORD R\Public Works\KeithM\Stormmter Projects\(afford East\Construction Contract\Technical Specifications\Final Specifications\Division 1 \01 541 - Protection of the Work and Property.doc ' ( 772 ) 567-8000 b . Southern Bell 3300 Okeechobee Road , Room 246 Ft . Pierce , Florida 33450 Engineering Office : (772 ) 465-9736 ' Cable Locator Number: 1 -800-432-4770 c . Florida Power and Light Co . 1050 SE Brandon Circle ' Port St . Lucie , Florida 34952 1 -800-995-5762 FAX (772 ) 337-7099 ' d . Florida Gas Transmission Company 3400 Ranch Road Melbourne , Florida 32904 ' (321 ) 723-8998 e . City of Vero Beach 1053 20th Place Vero Beach , Florida 32960 ( 772 ) 978 -5151 f. Florida Department of Transportation Permitting Department I 3601 Oleander Avenue Ft. Pierce , Florida 34982 ( 772 ) 468 -3909 g . Florida Department of Transportation 7900 Forest Hill Boulevard West Palm Beach , Florida 33413-3342 (561 ) 434-3918 h . AT&T Broadband P . O . Box 2530 ' Vero Beach , Florida 32961 -2530 (772 ) 778-9635 i . Buried Telephone Cable Locator Number ' 1 -800-432-4770 4 . Schedule and execute all work involving existing utilities in order to minimize necessary interruption of services . Whenever such interruption is necessary for completion of the work , notify the ENGINEER and the appropriate utility at least 48 hours in advance . Perform all work to repair/restore utility service to ' the satisfaction of the appropriate utility . Include all costs related to service maintenance , interruption , and restoration in the appropriate line item in the Contract. 1 5 . Explore ahead of trenching and excavation work and uncover all obstructing underground structures sufficiently to determine their location , to prevent damage to them and to prevent interruption of the services that such structures ' Last revised 7/17/02 01541 -4 EAST GIF FORD FAPublic Works\KeithM\Storrnmter Projects\Efford East\Construction Contract\Technical Specifications\Final Specifications\Division 1 \01 541 - Protection of the Work and Propertydoc ' provide . If CONTRACTOR damages an underground structure , restore it to original condition at CONTRACTOR' s expense . ' 6 . Necessary changes in the location of the Work may be made by ENGINEER , to avoid unanticipated underground structures . 7 . If permanent relocation of an underground structure or other subsurface facility ' is required and is not otherwise provided for in the Contract Documents , ENGINEER will direct CONTRACTOR in writing to perform the Work , which shall be paid for under the provisions of Article 11 of the General Conditions . ' B . Surface Structures : 1 . Surface structures are defined as structures or facilities above the ground ' surface . Included with such structures are their foundations and any extension below the surface . Surface structures include but are not limited to , buildings , tanks , walls , bridges , roads , dams , channels , open drainage , piping , poles , wires , posts , signs , markers , curbs , walks and all other facilities that are visible above the ground surface . C . Protection of Underground and Surface Structures : 1 . Sustain in - place and protect from direct or indirect injury , all underground and surface structures located within or adjacent to the limits of the Work . Such sustaining and supporting shall be done carefully , and as required by the party owning or controlling such structure . 2 . Assume all risks attending the presence or proximity of all underground and surface structures within or adjacent to the limits of the Work . CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for all damage and expense for direct or indirect injury caused by its Work to any structure . CONTRACTOR shall repair immediately all damage caused by his work, to the satisfaction of the owner of the dam- aged structure . D . All other existing surface facilities , including but not limited to , guard rails , posts , guard cables , signs , poles , markers , and curbs which are temporarily removed to facilitate installation of the Work shall be replaced and restored to their original condition at CONTRACTOR'S expense . 1 . 5 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED PRODUCTS AND LANDSCAPING A . Provide protection of installed products to Prevent damage from subsequent ' operations . Remove protection facilities when no longer needed , prior to completion of Work . ' B . Control traffic to prevent damage to equipment , materials and surfaces . C . Provide coverings to protect equipment and materials from damage . ' Last revised 7/17/02 01541 -5 EAST GIFFORD FAPublic Works\KeithM\Stormweter Projects\(afford East\Construction Contract\Technical Specifications\Final Specifications\Division ' 1 \01541 - Protection of the Work and Property.doc 1 . 6 PROTECTION OF PRIVATE PROPERTY ' A . Assume full responsibility for the preservation of all private property on or adjacent to the site and work area . If any direct or indirect damage is done by or on account ' of any act , omission , neglect or misconduct in the execution of the Work by the CONTRACTOR , it shall be restored by the CONTRACTOR , at its expense , to a condition equal to or better than that existing before the damage was done . This restoration includes but is not limited to , sprinkler systems , lawns and landscaping , lighting , driveways , etc . installed by private individuals or entities within public right- of-way. 1 . 7 PROTECTION OF THE WORK FROM STORMWATER RUNOFF A . Protect the Work from damage caused by stormwater runoff from rainfall . Comply with the requirements of Section 02225 . During the course of construction , it is possible that heavy rains may occur. Clean all dirt and debris from pipes and drainage structures , and repair all flooding , washouts , and other erosion damage to the Work caused by stormwater runoff, regardless of the state of completion of the Work , and until the Work is accepted by the OWNER , at no cost to the OWNER . 1 . 8 PAYMENT A . There shall be no separate payment for the work under this Section . + + END OF SECTION + + i 1 1 1 Last revised 12/31 /02 01541 -6 EAST GIFFORD F:\Public WorksWeithM\Stormvater Projects\Gifford East\Construction Contract\Technical Specifications\Final Specifications\Division ' 1 \01541 - Protection of the Work and Propert)Ooc ' SECTION 01542 1 OPERATIONS IN HIGHWAY RIGHTS OF WAY 1 . 1 GENERAL A . Obtain all necessary permits not obtained by ENGINEER , and arrange all inspection required by the State , County , and City , and pay all charges . Conform with all applicable Florida Department of Transportation , County , and City rules and regulations . Be Portions of the Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction p g n of the Florida Department of Transportation , latest edition , and Supplement thereto hereinafter referred to as the FDOT Specifications , are referred to and amended , in part , and the same hereby made a part ' of this CONTRACT to the extent of such references and shall be binding upon the CONTRACTOR . C . Maintain traffic flow in all areas of the work . Traffic control shall be indicated by the maintenance of traffic plans in the Contract Documents and/or as directed by the applicable governmental entity' s traffic operation engineer. D . Take all means necessary to prevent accidents . Furnish sufficient ' flagmen , barricades , lights , signs and all other precautions necessary to provide safe conditions . ' E . Pavement : Replace damaged or destroyed street pavement and base in complete accordance with the requirements of the controlling authority and the Contract Documents . + + END OF SECTION + + Last revised 7/17/01 01542- 1 EAST GIFFORD R\Public WorksVeithM\Stormwater Projects\Gifford East\Construction ContractUechnical Specifications\Division 1 \01 542 - Operations in Highways.doc ' - SECTION 01543 MAINTENANCE AND PROTECTION OF TRAFFIC 1 . 1 GENERAL A . The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for implementation of a Traffic Control System in accordance with M . U . T. C . D . , Part IV and Florida Department of Transportation Roadway and Traffic Design Standards Index No . 600 series . Submit a Traffic Control plan at the Preconstruction Conference for review and acceptance by the OWNER . B . Supply a Certified Worksite Traffic Supervisor for the duration of the project who has been trained and certified by the "American Traffic Safety ' Service/Association . " Give the name and telephone number of the supervisor to the OWNER and ENGINEER prior to start of construction . C . No additional compensation shall be made for compliance with these requirements . D . Keep all streets and trafficways open for the passage of traffic and pedestrians during the construction period unless otherwise approved by the ENGINEER or authority having jurisdiction over same . E . When required to cross , obstruct or temporarily close a street or trafficway, provide and maintain suitable bridges , detours or other approved temporary ' facilities expedient for the accommodation of traffic . Give no less than 72 hours notice in advance of the time to close a street or trafficway or as may be otherwise provided in the Traffic Control Plan . Closings shall be effected only during non - peak traffic periods as directed by the City Traffic Engineer. Closings shall remain in effect for the shortest time practical , and passage shall be restored immediately after completion of backfill and temporary paving or bridging . If required , obtain a permit or permits from the duly constituted public authority having jurisdiction over the thoroughfare . F . Give the required advance notice of proposed operations to the fire and police departments . ' G . Give no less than 72 hours notice to owners or tenants of private property who may be affected by operations . E . Provide signs , signals , barricades , flares , lights and all other equipment , service and personnel required to regulate and protect all traffic , and warn of hazards . ' Last revised 5/30/02 01543- 1 EAST GIFFORD F:\Public WorksWeithM\Stormwater Projects\Gifford East\Construction Contract\Technical Specifications\Final Specifications\Division 1 \01543 - Maintenance & Protection ofTraffic.doc ' All such work shall conform to requirements of the authority having jurisdiction . Remove temporary equipment and facilities when no longer required , restore ' grounds to original , or to specified conditions . Furnish and install any and all maintenance of traffic hardware necessary to implement a safe and efficient Maintenance of Traffic Plan . ' 1 . 2 APPLICABLE STANDARDS ' A . Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction , latest edition , including supplements issued by the Florida Department of Transportation ( FDOT) , specified hereinafter as FDOT Spec . ' B . Manual of Traffic Control and Safe Practices for Street and Highway Construction , Maintenance and Utility Operations , FDOT, 3 . All references to " Department" in referenced standards shall be construed to mean " Owner" for this Work . 1 . 3 TRAFFIC SIGNALS AND SIGNS A . Provide and operate traffic control and directional signals required to direct and maintain an orderly flow of traffic in all areas under CONTRACTOR' s control , or affected by CONTRACTOR' s operations . ' B . Provide traffic control and directional signs , mounted on barricades or standard posts : ' 1 . At each change of direction of a roadway and at each crossroad . 2 . At detours and hazardous areas . 3 . At parking areas . 1 . 4 FLAGMEN ' A . Provide qualified and suitably equipped flagmen when construction operations encroach on traffic lanes , as required for regulation of traffic and in accordance with the requirements of the authority having jurisdiction . 1 . 5 FLARES AND LIGHTS A . Provide flares and lights during periods of low visibility: 1 . To clearly delineate traffic lanes , to guide traffic and to warn of hazardous areas . 2 . For use by flagmen in directing traffic . ' Last revised 5/30/02 01543-2 EAST GIFFORD FAPublic Works\KeithM\Storrn%eter Projects\Gifford East\Construction Contract\Technical Specifications\Final Specifications\Division ' 1 \01 543 - Maintenance & Protection ofTraffic.doc ' B . Provide illumination of critical traffic and parking areas . 1 1 . 6 PARKING CONTROL A . Control all CONTRACTOR related vehicular parking within the limits of the ' WORK to preclude interference with public traffic or parking , access by emergency vehicles , OWNER' s operations , or construction operations . Provide temporary parking facilities for the public as may be required because of ' construction or operations . B . Monitor parking of all construction and private vehicles : ' 1 . Maintain free vehicular access to and through parking areas . 2 . Prohibit parking on or adjacent to access roads , or in non -designated areas . ' 1 . 7 SIDEWALKS AND STORMWATER SYSTEMS A . Provide access for foot passengers , either by bridging or otherwise , and do not ' obstruct the sidewalks , gutters nor prevent in any manner the flow of water in the latter. Use all proper and necessary means to permit the free passage of surface water along the gutters . Immediately cart away all offensive matter, ' exercising such precautions as may be directed by the ENGINEER or OWNER . All material excavated shall be so disposed of as to not inconvenience the public and adjacent tenants . ' 1 . 8 HAUL ROUTE FOR EXCESS SUITABLE MATERIAL AND EXCESS TOPSOIL ' A . Excess suitable material and excess topsoil from the jobsite shall be stockpiled at the Indian River County Road and Bridge Complex , located at 4550 41st Street. Before commencing work on the Project, contact the Indian River County Road and Bridge Division at 770-5085 to coordinate the placement of the material . The haul route for transporting excess suitable material from the jobsite to the stockpile area is 41 st Street . (See also Section 02220 . ) Confine ' construction traffic to designated haul routes. 1 . 9 RESPONSIBILITIES WHEN HAULING FILL MATERIAL EXCESS MATERIAL ' OR DEBRIS A . Provide traffic control at critical areas of haul routes to expedite traffic flow and to minimize interference with the normal public traffic . B . Cleanup any spillage of dirt , mud , or other material along all roads . Immediately cleanup all spillage that creates a safety problem . Cleanup all other spillage within a reasonable time or as directed by OWNER . When hauling dirt or debris over ' Last revised 5/30/02 01543-3 EAST GIFFORD F:\Public Works\KeithM\Stormweter Projects\Gifford East\Construction Contract\Technical Specifications\Fnal Specifications\Division ' 1 \01543 - Maintenance & Protection ofTraffic.doc 1 ' unpaved roads , maintain the road surface in a safe condition by grading , rolling , etc. as necessary. C . Off- road construction equipment shall not travel over public or private roads . D . All work covered under paragraph 1 . 9 shall be at the CONTRACTOR' s expense and shall be included in the applicable pay item in its bid . No separate payment will be made for this work. + + END OF SECTION + + ' Last revised 5/30/02 01543-4 EAST GIFFORD F:\Public Works\KeithM\Stormweter Projects\Efford East\Construction Contract\Technical Specifications\Final Specifications\Division ' 1 \01543 - Maintenance & Protection ofTraffic.doc 1 SECTION 01550 ' ACCESS ROADS AND PARKING AREAS ' 1 . 1 GENERAL A . Provide all temporary construction roads , walks and parking areas required ' during construction and for use of emergency vehicles . Design and maintain temporary roads and parking areas so they are fully usable in all weather ' conditions . B . Prevent interference with traffic and the OWNER's operations on existing roads . Indemnify and save harmless the OWNER from any expenses caused by CONTRACTOR's operations over these roads . ' C . Roadways damaged by CONTRACTOR shall be restored to their original condition by the CONTRACTOR subject to approval of the OWNER or ENGINEER . D . Remove temporary roads , walks and parking areas prior to final acceptance and return the ground to its original condition , unless otherwise required by the ' Contract Documents . + + END OF SECTION + + ' Last revised 7/ 17/01 01550- 1 EAST GIFFORD F :\Public WorksWeithM\Stormwater Projects\Gifford East\Construction Contract\Technical Specifications\Division 1 \01 550 - Access ' Roads & Parking Areas .doc SECTION 01610 ' TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING OF MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT 1 . 1 GENERAL A . Make all arrangements for transportation , delivery and handling of equipment and materials required for prosecution and completion of the Work . ' B . Shipments of materials to CONTRACTOR or Subcontractors shall be delivered to the site only during regular working hours . Shipments shall be addressed and consigned to the proper party giving name of Project , street number and ' city . Shipments shall not be delivered to OWNER except where otherwise directed . C . If necessary to move stored materials and equipment during construction , CONTRACTOR shall move or cause to be moved materials and equipment without any additional compensation . 1 . 2 DELIVERY , ' A . Arrange deliveries of products in accord with construction schedules and in ample time to facilitate inspection prior to installation . ' B . Coordinate deliveries to avoid conflict with Work and conditions at site and to accommodate the following : ' 1 . Work of other contractors , or OWNER . 2 . Limitations of storage space . 3 . Availability of equipment and personnel for handling products . ' 4 . OWNER' S use of premises . C . Do not have products delivered to project site until related Shop Drawings have been approved by the ENGINEER . D . Do not have products delivered to site until required storage facilities have been ' provided . E . Have products delivered to site in manufacturer's original , unopened , labeled ' containers . Keep ENGINEER informed of delivery of all equipment to be incorporated in the Work . Last revised 7/17/01 01610- 1 EAST GIFFORD FAPublic Works\KeithM\Stormwater Projects\Gifford East\Construction Contract\Technical Specifications\Division 1 \01610 - Materials & Equipment.doc F . Partial deliveries of component parts of equipment shall be clearly marked to ' identify the equipment , to permit easy accumulation of parts , and to facilitate assembly . ' G . Immediately on delivery , inspect shipment to assure : 1 . Product complies with requirements of Contract Documents and reviewed submittals . ' 2 . Quantities are correct . 3 . Containers and packages are intact , labels are legible . ' 4 . Products are properly protected and undamaged . 1 . 3 PRODUCT HANDLING ' A . Provide equipment and personnel necessary to handle products , including those provided by OWNER , by methods to prevent soiling or damage to products or packaging . B . Provide additional protection during handling as necessary to prevent scraping , marring or otherwise damaging products or surrounding surfaces . C . Handle products by methods to prevent bending or overstressing . ' D . Lift heavy components only at designated lifting points , 9 9 E . Materials and equipment shall at all times be handled in a safe manner and as recommended by manufacturer or supplier so that no damage will occur to ' them . Do not drop , roll or skid products off delivery vehicles . Hand carry or use suitable materials handling equipment . ' + + END OF SECTION + + Last revised 7/17/01 01610-2 EAST GIFFORD R\Public WorksWeithM\Stormwater Projects\Gifford East\Construction Contract7echnical Specifications\Division 1 \01610 - ' Materials & Equipment.doc SECTION 01611 ' STORAGE OF MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT 1 . 1 GENERAL A . Store and protect materials and equipment in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and requirements of Specifications . B . Make all arrangements and provisions necessary for the storage of materials and equipment . Place all excavated materials , construction equipment , and materials ' and equipment to be incorporated into the Work, so as not to injure any part of the Work or existing facilities , and so that free access can be had at all times to all parts of the Work and to all public utility installations in the vicinity of the Work . ' Keep materials and equipment neatly and compactly stored in locations that will cause a minimum of inconvenience to other contractors , public travel , adjoining owners , tenants and occupants . Arrange storage in a manner to provide easy ' access for inspection . C . Material and equipment may be stored at the location specified in Section 01010 , ' paragraph 1 . 6 . D . Store materials and equipment which are to become the property of the OWNER to facilitate their inspection and insure preservation of the quality and fitness of the Work , including proper protection against damage by freezing and moisture . Place them in inside storage areas unless otherwise acceptable to OWNER . ' E . Do not use lawns , grass plots or other private property for storage purposes without written permission of the OWNER or other person in possession or control of such premises . F . CONTRACTOR shall be fully responsible for loss or damage to stored materials ' and equipment . G . Do not open manufacturers containers until time of installation unless recommended by the manufacturer or otherwise specified . ' H . Do not store products in the structures being constructed . 1 . 2 UNCOVERED STORAGE A . The following types of materials may be stored out-of-doors without cover: 1 . Masonry units . Last revised 2/19/03 01611 - 1 EAST GIFFORD FAPublic Works\KeithM\Storm\wter Projects\Gfford East\Construction Contract\Technical Specifications\Final Specifications\Division ' 1 \01611 - Storage of Material & Equipment.doc 2 . Reinforcing steel . 3 . Structural steel . ' 4 . Piping . 5 . Precast concrete items . 6 . Castings . ' 7 . Handrailing . Be Store the above materials on wood blocking so there is no contact with the ground . 1 . 3 COVERED STORAGE ' A . The following types of materials may be stored out-of-doors if covered with material impervious to water: 1 . Rough lumber. 2 . Filter media . Be Tie down covers with rope and slope to prevent accumulation of water on covers . ' C . Store materials on wood blocking . 1 . 4 FULLY PROTECTED STORAGE A. Store all products not named above in buildings or trailers which have a concrete or wooden floor, a roof, and fully closed walls on all sides . Be Provide heated storage space for materials which would be damaged by freezing . C . Protect mechanical and electrical equipment from being contaminated by dust , dirt , and moisture . ' D . Maintain humidity at levels recommended by manufacturers for electrical and electronic equipment . ' 1 . 5 MAINTENANCE OF STORAGE ' A. Maintain periodic system of inspection of stored products on scheduled basis to assure that : ' 1 . State of storage facilities is adequate to provide required conditions . 2 . Required environmental conditions are maintained on continuing basis . 3 . Products exposed to elements are not adversely affected . ' Last revised 2/19/03 01611 -2 EAST G I FFO RD FAPublic Works\KeithM\Stormweter Projects\Cfford East\Construction Contract\Technical Specifications\Final Specifications\Division ' 1 \01611 - Storage of Material & Equipment.doc ' B . Mechanical and electrical equipment which requires long term storage shall have complete manufacturer's instructions for servicing accompanying each item , with notice of enclosed instructions shown on exterior of package . 1 . Comply with manufacturer's instructions on scheduled basis . 2 . Space heaters which are part of electrical equipment shall be connected and ' operated continuously until equipment is placed in service . + + END OF SECTION + + ' Last revised 2/19/03 01611 -3 EAST GIFFORD F:\Public WorksWeithM\Stormeter Projects\Gifford East\Construction Contract\Technical Specifications\Final Specifications\Division 1 \01 611 - Storage of Material & Equipment.doc 1 . ' SECTION 01630 ' SUBSTITUTES AND " OR-EQUALS " 1 . 1 GENERAL A . Requests for review of a substitution shall conform to the requirements of ' Article 6 . 05 of the General Conditions , and shall contain complete data substantiating compliance of the proposed substitution with the Contract Documents . ' 1 . 2 CONTRACTOR'S OPTIONS A . For materials or equipment ( hereinafter products ) specified only by reference standard , select product meeting that standard by any manufacturer, fabricator, supplier or distributor ( hereinafter manufacturer) . To the maximum extent possible , ' provide products of the same generic kind from a single source . B . For products specified by naming several products or manufacturers , select any ' one of the products or manufacturers named which complies with Specifications . C . For products specified by naming one or more products or manufacturers and ' stating "or equivalent" or "or-equal , " submit one of those named products or an Is or "or-equal " product for the ENGINEER ' s review. ' D . For products specified by naming only one product or manufacturer and followed by words indicating that no other product is permitted , there is no option . 1 . 3 SUBSTITUTIONS A. During a period of 15 days after date of commencement of Contract Time , ENGINEER will consider written requests from CONTRACTOR for substitution of products or manufacturers , and construction methods ( if specified ) . ' 1 . After end of specified period , requests will be considered only in case of unavailability of product or other conditions beyond control of CONTRACTOR . ' B . Submit 5 copies of Request for Substitution . Submit a separate request for each substitution . In addition to requirements set forth in Article 6 . 05 of the General Conditions , include in the request the following : ' 1 . For products or manufacturers : a . Product identification , including manufacturer's name and address . ' Last revised 11 /14/02 01630- 1 EAST GIFFORD F:\Public Works\KeithM\Stormmter Projects\Gifford East\Construction Contract\Technical Specifications\Final Specifications\Division 1 \01 630 - Substitutions .doc ' b . Manufacturer's literature with product description , performance and test data , and reference standards . c . Samples , if appropriate . d . Name and address of similar projects on which product was used , and date of installation . 2 . For construction methods ( if specified ) : a . Detailed description of proposed method . b . Drawings illustrating method . 3 . Such other data as the ENGINEER may require to establish that the proposed substitution is equal to the product , manufacturer or method specified . ' C . In making Request for Substitution , CONTRACTOR represents that : 1 . CONTRACTOR has investigated proposed substitution , and determined that it is equal to or superior in all respects to the product , manufacturer or method ' specified . 2 . CONTRACTOR will provide the same or better guarantees or warranties for proposed substitution as for product , manufacturer, or method specified . ' 3 . CONTRACTOR waives all claims for additional costs or extension of time related to a proposed substitution that subsequently may become apparent . D . A proposed substitution will not be accepted if: 1 . Acceptance will require changes in the design concept or a substantial revision of the Contract Documents , 2 . It will delay completion of the Work , or the work of other contractors . 3 . It is indicated or implied on a Shop Drawing and is not accompanied by a formal Request for Substitution from CONTRACTOR . E . If the ENGINEER determines that aro osed substitute is not equal to that P P q specified , furnish the product , manufacturer, or method specified at no additional cost to OWNER . F . Approval of a substitution will not relieve CONTRACTOR from the requirement for submission of Shop Drawings as set forth in the Contract Documents . ' + + END OF SECTION + + Last revised 11 /14/02 01630-2 EAST GIFFORD FAPublic WorksWeithM\Stormwater Projects\Gifford East\Construction Contract\Technical Specifications\Final Specifications\Division 1 \01 630 - Substitutions .doc ' SECTION 01710 ' SITE CLEANUP AND RESTORATION 1 . 1 SCOPE ' A . Furnish all labor, equipment, appliances , and materials required or necessary to clean up and restore the site after the construction is completed . ' 1 . 2 REQUIREMENTS ' A . During the progress of the project , keep the work and the adjacent areas affected thereby in a neat and orderly condition . Remove all rubbish , surplus materials , and unused construction equipment. Repair all damage so that 1 the public and property owners will be inconvenienced as little as possible . Be Provide onsite containers for the collection of waste materials , debris , and ' rubbish and empty such containers in a legal manner when they become full . C . Where material or debris has been deposited in watercourses , ditches , gutters , drains , or catch- basins as a result of the CONTRACTOR'S operations , such material or debris shall be entirely removed and satisfactorily disposed of during the progress of the work , and the ditches , ' channels , drains , etc . , shall be kept clean and open at all times . D . Before the completion of the project , unless otherwise especially directed or permitted in writing : 1 . Tear down and remove all temporary buildings and structures ; 2 . Remove all temporary works , tools , and machinery , or other construction equipment furnished ; 3 . Remove all rubbish from any grounds occupied ; and 4 . Leave the roads , all parts of the premises , and all property affected by construction operations , in a neat and satisfactory condition . ' E . Restore or replace any public or private property damaged by construction work, equipment, or employees , to a condition at least equal to that existing immediately priorto the beginning of the operations . (This includes but is not ' limited to , items such as sprinkler systems , lawns and landscaping , lighting , driveways , etc. installed by individuals or entities within public right-of-way . ) Restore all private property and all highway, roadside , and landscaping work ' within any right-of-way, platted or prescriptive . Acceptable materials , equipment, and methods shall be used for such restoration . Reinstall all mailboxes removed during construction to the required height per the U . S . ' Last revised 7/10/02 01710- 1 EAST GIFFORD FAPublic Works\KeithM\Stormveter Projects\Afford East\Construction Contract\Technical Specifications\Rnal Specifications\Division ' 1 \01710 - Site Cleanup & Restoration .doc ' Postal Service (36 ' to 42 " ) , regardless of the original height. 9 9 ' F . Thoroughly clean all materials and equipment and on completion of the work, deliver the facilities undamaged and in fresh and new-appearing condition . ' G . It is the intent of the Specifications to place the responsibility on the CONTRACTOR to restore to their original condition all items disturbed , destroyed , or damaged during construction . ' H . When finished surfaces require cleaning with cleaning materials , use only those cleaning materials which will not create hazards to health or property and which will not damage the surfaces . Use cleaning materials only on those surfaces recommended by the manufacturer. Follow the manufacturer's directions and recommendations at all times . I . Keep the amount of dust produced during construction activities to a minimum. At CONTRACTOR' s expense , spray water or other dust control agents over the areas which are producing the dust. Schedule construction operations so that dust and other contaminants will not fall on wet or newly- coated surfaces . 1 . 3 CLEANUP AND RESTORATION A . Prior to final completion , the OWNER , ENGINEER and CONTRACTOR shall review the work area with regards to cleanup and restoration . Clean and/or restore all items determined to be unsatisfactory by the OWNER or ENGINEER , at no additional expense . B . Petroleum or Hazardous Material Spills : If any petroleum product or hazardous material is spilled on the ground or water surface , immediately begin cleanup operations and immediately report the spill to the ENGINEER and the Indian River County Health Department (794-7400 ) . Remove all contaminated soil and remove all spilled material from canals and other waterways and dispose of it in an approved manner. All cleanup and restoration shall be at the CONTRACTOR' s expense . 1 . 4 PAYMENT ' A . There shall be no separate payment for any work required by this Section . All necessary work required or implied herein shall be at the CONTRACTOR' s expense . + + END OF SECTION + + Last revised 7/10/02 01710-2 EAST GIFFORD FAPublic Works\KeithM\Stormmter Projects\Efford East\Construction Contract\Technical Specifications\Fnal Specifications\Division ' 1 \01710 - Site Cleanup & Restoration .doc ' SECTION 01720 ' RECORD DOCUMENTS 1 . 1 GENERAL A . Maintain and provide the ENGINEER with record documents as specified below , except where otherwise specified or modified in Divisions 1 - 16 or the Supplementary Conditions . B . Maintenance of Documents : 1 . Maintain complete sets of record documents in clean , dry , legible condition . " Record Documents " include but are not limited to : Drawings ( including I Contract Drawings , Record Drawings , and electronic files of Record Drawings ) , Specifications , Addenda , approved Shop Drawings , samples , photographs , Change Orders , other modifications of Contract Documents , test ' records , survey data , Field Orders , and all other documents pertinent to CONTRACTOR'S Work , 2 . Provide files and racks for proper storage and easy access . File in I accordance with filing format of Construction Specification Institute ( CSI ) . 3 . Make documents available at all times for inspection by ENGINEER and OWNER . 4 . Do not use record documents for any other purpose . D . Recording : 1 . Label each document " PROJECT RECORD " in 2 - inch high printed letters . 2 . Keep record documents current . 3 . Do not permanently conceal any Work until required information has been recorded . 1 . 2 RECORD DRAWINGS A . Duringthe entire construction operation , maintain records of all deviations from the P ' Drawings and Specifications and prepare therefrom , " Record Drawings " showing correctly and accurately , all changes and deviations from the work made during construction , to reflect the work as it was actually constructed . ' B . Mark whichever drawing is most capable of showing the constructed condition fully and accurately; however, where shop drawings are used for mark- up , record a cross- reference at the corresponding location on the contract drawings . Mark- up new information that is recognized to be of importance to the OWNER , butwas not shown on either the contract drawings or shop drawings . Give particular attention ' to concealed work that would be difficult to measure and record at a later date . Note related change order numbers where applicable . ' Last revised 8/7/02 01720- 1 EAST GIFFORD C . Organize record drawing sheets into manageable sets , bind with durable paper cover sheets , and print suitable titles , date and other identification on the cover of each set. Include the following minimum information , as applicable : a . Depths of various elements of foundation in relation to datum . ' b . Horizontal and vertical location of underground utilities and appurtenances referenced to permanent surface improvements . c . Location of internal utilities and appurtenances concealed in construction ' referenced to visible and accessible features of structure . d . Field changes of dimensions and details . e . Changes made by Change Order or Field Order. f. Details not on the original Drawings . g . Information to be shown for potable water mains , reuse water mains , and sanitary force mains shall include but not be limited to , the location of valves , tees , bends and crosses dimensioned to the baseline survey or monument , including the station and offset . Elevations at top of pipe shall be provided every 100 foot and at locations where design elevations were shown on the plans . For situations where the pipeline is being adjusted to avoid conflicts with other utilities ( less than 100 ' in total length ) , then elevations shall be provided at the beginning of the deflection ( i . e . the first bend ) , middle of the deflection ( i . e . the point where the conflict would have occurred with the utility) , and the end of the deflection ( i . e . the last bend ) . h . Information to be shown for gravity spry sewer mains shall include but not be limited to , top of grate and invert elevations at all manholes . i . Information to be shown for stormwater management and conveyance systems shall include but not be limited to : ' 1 . Stormwater discharge structures — Dimensions of all discharge structures including all weirs , slots , gates , pumps , pipes , and oil and grease skimmers . ' 2 . Retention/detention ponds — Dimensions , elevations , contours , and cross- sections . Also , calculate the basin surface areas and storage volumes at the control water surface elevation , and at the overflow elevation , and at iother points as required to establish the actual stage-storage relationships of the storage area and the permanent pool depth and volume below the ' control elevation . 3 . Underground systems - For underdrain systems , show locations , dimension , and elevations of all filter, exfiltration , or underdrain systems , ' including clean -outs , pipes , connections to control structures , and points of discharge to the receiving waters . 4 . Drainage culverts and structures - All culvert inverts , top of inlet grate and bottom elevations , pipe material , and diameter. 5 . Drainage swales - Swale beginning and end bottom elevations , and cross- sections every 50 feet . ' Last revised 8/7/02 01720-2 EAST GIFFORD ' 6 . Offsite stormwater conveyance systems — Dimensions , elevations , contours , final grades , or cross-sections of all conveyance systems ' utilized to convey off-site stormwater runoff around the system . 7 . Water elevations — Show water elevation (s ) and the date determined . 8 . General — Show dimensions , elevations , contours , final grades , or cross- sections of the drainage system . The purpose is to allow the ENGINEER to determine flow directions , and whether or not the constructed stormwater conveyance system will function as permitted . ' j . Information to be shown for roadways shall include but not be limited to , elevation of Point of Vertical Intersection ( PVI ) at the Profile Grade Line ( PGL ) , edge of pavement elevations at curb inlets , centerline of roadway elevations at ' 200 foot intervals , and stations and offsets for all structures . k . Show elevation and location of all benchmarks used . L In addition to the information required above for piping systems , include the ' length of all installed pipe . The constructed length shall be shown between discrete points , such as between drainage structures , manholes , valves , fittings , etc . This information shall be provided for all pipe , including but not ' limited to drainage pipe , gravity sewer, sewage force main , reuse water main , and potable water main . 1 . 3 CERTIFICATION OF PROJECT RECORD DRAWINGS A . OWNER will supply CONTRACTOR with Project Drawings in AutoCad Release 14 ' format on compact disc or 3 . 5 " floppy discs . Input Record Drawing information onto the AutoCad files and return the files to the OWNER in accordance with Section 01810 — Project Closeout . ' B . CONTRACTOR and CONTRACTOR' s surveyorwill each certify as to the accuracy of the Record Drawings and submit six (6 ) sets to the OWNER in accordance with Section 01810 — Project Closeout . The following certifications shall appear on each sheet of the Record Drawings : CONTRACTOR ' S CERTIFICATION AS TO ACCURACY OF RECORD DRAWINGS : ' I HEREBY CERTIFY that to the best of my knowledge and belief, these Project Record Drawings are complete and accurate and correctly represent the constructed Work for this project . ' Contractor: Date : ' Contractor' s License Number: ' [The remainder of this page was left blank intentionally] ' Last revised 8/7/02 01720-3 EAST GIFFORD SURVEYOR' S CERTIFICATION AS TO ACCURACY OF RECORD DRAWINGS : ' I HEREBY CERTIFY that to the best of my knowledge and belief, the land surveying information shown on these Project Record Drawings is complete and correctly represents ' the constructed Work for this project . I FURTHER CERTIFY that this survey work was performed by me personally or performed by individuals under my direct control and supervision . I ALSO CERTIFY that all the survey work for these Project Record Drawings ' meets all state laws and regulations regarding Land Surveyors and Mappers . Professional Surveyor and Mapper: ' Printed Name : Date : (SEAL ) License Number: ' 1 . 4 SPECIFICATIONS AND ADDENDA A . Legibly mark up each Section to record : a . Manufacturer, trade name , catalog number , and supplier of each product and ' item of equipment actually installed . b . Changes made by Change Order or Field Order. c . Other matters not originally specified . ' 1 . 5 SUBMITTAL OF RECORD DOCUMENTS ' A . Deliver the following Record Documents to OWNER in accordance with Section 01810 — Project Closeout : a . Two bound sets , signed and sealed . b . One digital copy in AutoCad Release 14 format . c . One reproducible mylar set. Retainage will not be released until satisfactory record documents are received by ENGINEER . Be Accompany submittal with transmittal letter containing : a . Date . b . Project title and number. ' Last revised 8/7/02 01720-4 EAST GIFFORD ' c . CONTRACTOR' S name and address . d . Title and number of each record document . ' e . Certification that each document as submitted is complete and accurate . f. Signature of CONTRACTOR , or his authorized representative . 1 . 6 RESPONSIBILITY FOR ACCURACY OF RECORD DOCUMENTS A . The CONTRACTOR will be held responsible for the accuracy of Record Document ' data and shall bear all costs incurred by the OWNER as a result of incorrect data furnished by the CONTRACTOR that is contained in the Record Documents . ' 1 . 7 PAYMENT A. Payment for Record Documents shall be made under the pay item for Record Documents . + + END OF SECTION + + 1 ' Last revised 8/7/02 01720-5 EAST GIFFORD ' SECTION 01810 PROJECT CLOSEOUT 1 . 1 DESCRIPTION OF REQUIREMENTS A . Definitions : Closeout is defined to include the general requirements near the end of the Contract Time , in preparation for final acceptance , final payment , normal termination of the Contract , occupancy by the OWNER and similar actions evidencing completion of the work . ' 1 . 2 PREREQUISITES FOR FINAL ACCEPTANCE ' A . Related Requirements : 1 , General Conditions , 2 . Supplementary Conditions . 3 . Section 01330 , Required Submittals . 4 , Section 01830 , Bonds and Equipment Warranties . 5 , Section 01710 , Site Cleanup and Restoration . 6 . All other Sections of these Specifications that require specific close-out submittals or requirements of various trades . ' B . Prior to requesting the OWNER's final inspection for certifications of final acceptance and final payment , as required by the General Conditions , complete and submit the following and list known exceptions ( if any ) in request : ' 1 . Final payment request . 2 . Final releases and supports from all subcontractors and suppliers not previously submitted and accepted . ' 3 . Certificates of insurance for products and completed operations . 4 . Updated final statement , accounting for additional changes to the Contract ' Sum . 5 . Certified copy of OWNER' s final punch - list of itemized work to be completed or corrected , stating that each item has been completed or ' otherwise resolved for acceptance , endorsed and dated by the OWNER' s Project Representative . 6 . Project Record Documents . ' 7 . Operating and Maintenance Manuals . 8 . Instructions to Owner's personnel . 9 . Warranties . ' 10 . Keys and Keying Schedule . 11 . Spare Parts , Parts Lists , and Maintenance Materials . Last revised 7/17/01 01810- 1 EAST GIFFORD F:\PublicWorks\KeithM\StormwaterProjects\Gifford East\Construction Contract\Technical Specifications\Division 1 \01810 - Project ' Closeout.doc ' 12 . All test certificates and/or affidavits requested by the ENGINEER . 13 . Section 00632 — Contractor' s Final Certification of the Work . ' 14 . Section 00634 - Professional Surveyor and Mapper' s Certification as to Elevations of the Work . 15 . All other items required by these Contract Documents . ' 1 . 3 FINAL CLEANING ' A . General : As specified herein and in Section 01710 , provide final cleaning of the Work . ' B . Clean project site , including landscaping and development areas , of litter and foreign substances . Sweep paved areas to a broom-clean condition ; remove stains , petrochemical spills and other foreign deposits . Rake grounds which ' are neither planted nor paved , to a smooth even -textured surface . 1 . 4 REMOVAL OF PROTECTION ' A . Except as otherwise indicated or requested by the OWNER , remove temporary protection devices and facilities which were installed during the course of the work to protect previously completed work during the remainder of the construction period . ' 1 . 5 COMPLIANCY A . Comply with safety standards and governing regulations for cleaning ' operations . Do not burn waste materials at the site , or bury debris or excess materials on the OWNER's property , or discharge volatile or other harmful or 1 dangerous materials into drainage systems ; remove waste materials from the site and dispose of in a lawful manner. B . Where extra materials of value remaining after completion of the associated work have become the OWNER's property , dispose or store at the site as directed by the OWNER . + + END OF SECTION + + ' Last revised 7/17/01 01810-2 EAST GIFFORD FAPublic WorksWeithM\Stormwater Projects\Gifford East\Construction Contract\Technical Specifications\Division 1 \01810 - Project ' Closeout.doc SECTION 02040 ' DEMOLITIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1 . 1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK ' A . Provide all labor, materials , equipment , and transportation required . The work includes but may not be limited to : 1 . Removal of all existing structures , trash , debris , equipment , etc . within the ' work areas . 2 . Removing and legally disposing such materials . 3 . Removing miscellaneous materials and equipment or work necessary to ' install the new Work as shown and specified and to connect same with existing work . ' B . Related work : 1 . Section 01541 - Protection of the Work and Property 2 . Section 01710 - Site Cleanup and Restoration . ' 3 . Section 02050 - Site Preparation 4 . Section 02220 - Excavation and Backfill 5 , Section 02526 - Sidewalk and Pavement Removal and Restoration . ' 1 . 2 PROJECT CONDITIONS ' A . Protection : Perform demolition work to prevent injury or damage to adjacent trees and to the general public . 1 . Provide free and safe passage to and from adjacent property . ' 2 . Closing or obstructing of roadways , sidewalks , and passageways adjacent to the Work by the placement or storage of materials will not be permitted and all operations shall be conducted with a minimum interference to traffic . 3 . Erect and maintain barriers , lights , sidewalk sheds , and other necessary protective devices . ' 4 . Repair damage to facilities that will remain and to any other property damaged by the CONTRACTOR' s operations . All repairs shall restore the damaged property to equal or better condition than existed before the CONTRACTOR damaged it . 5 . Provide necessary barricades , warning lights , and enclosures for public and worker safety and for protection of adjacent trees that will remain . ' 6 . Damage to existing trees designated to remain shall result in the CONTRACTOR replacing these damaged trees with trees of the same species , and in quantity equal to the value of those damaged . The cost of ' Last revised 3/ 10/03 02040- 1 EAST GIFFORD RIPublic Works\KeithM\Stormweter ProjectslWord East\Construction Contract\Technical Specifications\Rnal Specifications\Division ' 2\02040 - Demolitions.doc ' replacement trees shall be the sole responsibility of the CONTRACTOR . ( See also Section 01541 . ) ' B . Existing utility services : Notify applicable utility company and obtain approval for terminating existing utility services . ' 1 . Disconnect , seal , or cap utility services scheduled for demolition . Perform work in accordance with applicable utility company requirements . 2 . Identify utility service terminations on the project Record Documents . Place ' markers to indicate location of disconnected utility services below grade . C . Explosives : Use of explosives is not permitted . ' D . Scheduling : Carry out operations so as to avoid interference with OWNER's operations . E . Notification : At least 48 hours prior to commencement of a demolition or removal , notify ENGINEER in writing of proposed schedule . OWNER will inspect the existing ' equipment and mark for identification those items which are to remain the property of the OWNER . Do not start removals without the permission of the ENGINEER . ' F . Note that the County Code Enforcement Department has reported that large quantities of trash , junk , debris , etc , are present along and inside the proposed stormwater pond ' s north property line and also along and inside the north property t line of the land west of the stormwater pond site that will be cleared and grubbed in Alternate Bid Item No . 7 . 03 . ' 1 . 3 INSPECTION A . Examine the site . Verify extent of demolition work required and condition of the ifacilities scheduled for demolition . PART 3 - EXECUTION 3 . 1 DEMOLITION ' A . Pollution Controls : Use water sprinkling , temporary enclosures , and other suitable methods to limit the amount of dust and dirt rising and scattering in the air to the ' lowest practical level . Comply with governing regulations pertaining to environmental protection . 1 . Do not use water when it may create hazardous or objectionable conditions ' such as flooding or pollution . ' Last revised 3/ 10/03 02040-2 EAST GIFFORD RIPublic Works\Keithmstorm ester Projects\Gifford East\Construction Contract\Technical Specifications\Final Specifications\Division 2\02040 - Demolibons.doc ' 2 . Clean adjacent structures , facilities , and improvements of dust , dirt , and debris caused by demolition operations . Return adjacent areas to conditions ' existing prior to the start of the Work . Be Perform demolition by methods of Contractor's choice , in accordance with governing ' regulations . Co Mechanical Removal of Piping : 1 . Mechanical removals shall consist of dismantling and removal of existing piping and other appurtenances as specified , shown , or required for the completion of the Work . It shall include cutting , capping , and plugging as ' required . 2 . Existing piping not required for the new Work shall be removed where shown or where it will interfere with new Work . Piping not indicated to be removed ' or which does not interfere with new Work shall be removed to the nearest solid support , capped and left in place . 3 . When underground piping is to be altered or removed , securely strap the ' remaining piping . Abandoned underground piping may be left in place unless it interferes with new Work or is shown or specified to be removed . 4 . Any changes to potable water piping and other systems shall be made in ' conformance with all applicable codes and under the same requirements as other underground piping . All portions of the potable water system that have been altered or opened shall be pressure tested and disinfected in ' accordance with local codes . D . Break concrete and masonry into sections less than 3 '-0 " in any dimension . ' E . Remove all below-grade wood , organic material , and metal construction within building demolition area . F . Grade compacted surface to meet adjacent grades and provide proper surface drainage . Provide uniform levels and slopes . 1 3 . 2 DISPOSAL OF DEMOLISHED MATERIALS ' A . Dispose all demolition materials , equipment , debris , and all other items not marked to remain property of the OWNER , off the site and in conformance with all existing applicable laws and regulations . Pay all disposal fees . Accumulation is not ' permitted . ' Be Maintain disposal routes clear, clean , and free of debris . C . On -site burning of combustible demolished materials is not permitted . ' Last revised 3/ 10/03 02040-3 EAST GIFFORD FAPublic Works\KeithM\Stormmter Projects\Efford East\Construction Contract\Technical Specifications\Fnal Specifications\Division ' 2\02040 - Demolitions.doc t 1 3 . 3 CLEANING 1 A . Upon completion of site demolition work , clean all areas disturbed by the demolition , including off-site areas , and remove tools and equipment . Leave the construction site clear, clean , free of demolished materials , and suitable for site work operations . 3 . 4 SALVAGED MATERIALS 1A , All materials and equipment removed by the demolition shall become the property of the CONTRACTOR , except for those marked to become the property of the 1 OWNER . Carefully remove all materials and equipment marked to be the property of the OWNER , so as not to damage them , and clean and store them on or adjacent to the site in a protected place specified by the ENGINEER , or load them 1 onto trucks provided by the OWNER . Remove demolished materials from the site as work progresses . Storage and sale of Contractor's salvage items on site is not permitted . PART 4 - PAYMENT 1 A . All demolition work required by this Section for the property west of the stormwater pond (see sketch on page 02050-3 ) shall be paid under Alternate Bit Item 7 . 03 . All other demolition work required by this Section shall be paid under Bid Item 2 . 02 , 1 " Demolitions . " + + END OF SECTION + + i 1 1 1 1 1 Last revised 3/ 10/03 020404 EAST GIFFORD FAPublic Works\KeithM\Stormweter Projects\Gifford East\Construction Contract\Technical Specifications\Fnal Specifications\Division 1 2\02040 - Demolitions.doc 1 ' SECTION 02050 ' SITE PREPARATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1 . 1 SCOPE A . This Section covers work along the construction site , including clearing , grubbing , stripping and disposal , complete as specified herein . ' 1 . 2 LIMITS OF CLEARING AND GRUBBING A . Clear and grub only as necessary for the installation of the Work and as indicated ' on the sketch on page 02050-3 . Unless specifically indicated , do not clear and grub outside of right-of--way lines or easements . At the stormwater pond site , a strip of land west of the proposed fence along the western property line is to remain undisturbed (see page 02050-3 ) , together with all of the land east of the proposed fence along the eastern property line . B . Alternate Bid Item 7 . 03 - Selectively clear and grub ( including stumping ) the private property shown on the sketch on page 02050-3 , leaving an undisturbed 25-foot wide buffer strip along the east line of said property. Do not remove or disturb any native trees . Underbrush and remove all exotic vegetation . C . Apply for and obtain an Indian River County Land Clearing Permit. An application is provided at the end of this Section . Pay all associated permit application fees . 1 . 3 CLEARING ' A . The surface of the round for the area to be cleared and rubbed shall g g be completely cleared of all timber, brush , stumps , roots , grass , weeds , structures designated to be removed , concrete , rubbish and all other objectionable obstructions resting on or protruding through the surface of the ground . However, ' all trees shall be preserved unless they are specifically listed in the Contract Documents to be removed . Conduct clearing operations so as to prevent damage to trees to be saved , to existing structures and installations , and to those under ' construction , and so as to provide for the safety of employees and others . Clearing for structures shall consist of topsoil and vegetation removal . ' 1 . 4 GRUBBING ' Last revised 2/ 19/03 02050- 1 EAST GIFFORD RIPublic Works\Kemm,stormwater Projects\Gifford East\Construction Contract\Technical Specifications\Final Specifications\Division ' 2\02050 - Site Preparation .doc ' A . Grubbing shall consist of the complete removal of all stumps , roots largerthan 1 - 1 /2 inches in diameter, matted roots , brush , timber, logs and any other organic , metallic , ' or other debris not suitable for foundation purposes , resting on , under or protruding through the surface of the ground to a minimum depth of 18 inches below the subgrade . All depressions excavated below the original ground surface for or by the removal of such objects , shall be refilled with suitable materials and compacted to a density conforming to the surrounding ground surface . 1 . 5 STRIPPING A . The top six inches of the existing ground surface shall be considered topsoil . Reuse ' topsoil on the project site to the best extent practical , but do not use it inside the stormwater pond . Dispose of any topsoil remaining after all work is in place as specified in Section 02220 , paragraph 3 . 15 and Section 01543 , paragraph 1 . 8 . Segregate this material at the haul site from all other excess excavated material . 1 . 6 DISPOSAL OF MATERIAL ' A . No burning is permitted on -site . B . OFF-SITE DISPOSAL : Haul the material off-site and dispose of it in a legal manner. ' C . Obtain and comply with the provisions of all necessary permits and pay all required fees . ' D . Under no circumstances shall material be buried on -site . 1 . 7 LANDSCAPE PRESERVATION ' A . Take all steps necessaryto preserve the natural landscape . Conduct construction operations to prevent any damage or destruction to the natural surroundings in the vicinity of the work . Except where clearing is necessary for permanent works , approved construction roads and for excavation operations , all native vegetation shall be preserved and protected from damage . All movements of crews and equipment shall be performed in a manner to prevent damage to any public or private property. Also see ' Section 01541 . 1 . 8 PRESERVATION OF PUBLIC AND PRIVATE PROPERTY A . Exercise extreme care to avoid unnecessary disturbance of public and ' Last revised 2/ 19/03 02050-2 EAST GIFFORD RIPublic Works\Keithwstormmter Projects\Gifford East\Construction contract\Technicai Specifications\Final Specifications\Division ' 2\02050 - Site Preparation .doc ' private property. Replace and replant trees , shrubbery , gardens , lawn , and other landscaping to restore the property to the condition existing prior to ' construction . B . All soil preparation procedures and replanting operations shall be under the supervision of a nurseryman experienced in such operations . C . Improvements to the land such as fences , walls , outbuildings , etc . , which of necessity must be removed shall be replaced with equal quality materials and workmanship . ' D . Clean up the construction site immediately after construction is completed . Keep the site free of debris and dress up the construction site as the work progresses . EASTERN Una ITS c F PR.oPoSED FrNGE A{ZcxuaD S"IaRMwATE� 5c[E vi fv7 4 Ss r q A 7 n ,AD. M 6 #{ . 4 � J004 S i i 5 . �4 �. .. . 6 Vis' � � I`ACA 2B AC .�..,...... �........ .. . r . O IMNA e to AC d2 AC ^, 09 f ^ i . : 5fie 60 60 3050 90 60 40 60 Jul `. S p O 8 `i M AC I • , 1 .13 13 /3 13 13 .tt ,Z1 AC •tt .tt :ACW AC .13 12 .tt .tt .w, i ., AC AC AC AC AC C AC C A AC AC AC' Q ' } J"'" ,,,�y - 42ND STREET 42ND STREET �` � , lo> ^ A LTERNATCI D / TE'M 7, 0 3 , 91 G 12 I � sTowv�wA�l2 � , x Paw D SITE ". 721 ACINA; GAS AC 7.o AC Z . ' SEE SHEETof TtkE P�.AN S11 4� 41ST STREET SOUTH GIFFO ROAD ' CITY OF VEHEA RO ; z ,Y (7Vl$ X4 eN 71D 25 ' WESTERN ,: RFJuAt� UNDl5TvR8ED U titc TS OF ' PRO PCXSED FEtiCE `� ARouti b SToRWIJ R ' + + END OF SECTION + + Last revised 2/ 19/03 02050-3 EAST GIFFORD FAPublic Works\KeithM\Stormmter Projects\Gifford East\Construction Contract\Technical Specifications\Fnal Specifications\Division ' 2\02050 - Site Preparation .doc INDIAN RIVER COUNTY ' LAND CLEARING APPLICATION Date Application Received: ' PROJECT NUMBER ASSIGNED : GENERAL INFORMATION ' 1 . Applicant/Agent Name. Address : ' Phone: ' 2. Location where the proposed activity will occur : Tax Parcel I.D. #: Street Address : U. S . Census Tract & Block: ' 3 . Reason(s) for clearing [check appropriate reason(s)] : ' The land clearing or grubbing is necessary in order to make site improvements authorized by an approved site plan, subdivision approval, or land development permit and the area to be cleared is the minimum necessary for such work. In the event the aforementioned approvals are not required bylaw, the proposed clearing is the necessary for the proposed use or improvement. ' Specify proposed use : ' 4 . Erosion Control Plan: Please describe briefly the method(s) to be used in controlling erosion that may be expected to occur as a result of the proposed clearing or grubbing. 1 ' 5 . Person or Company to be responsible for land clearing : Name : 1 Address : Phone : ' 6. Method of debris disposal (check appropriate method) : Debris to be removed to an approved disposal facility. tDebris to be burned with an air curtain incinerator in accordance with Indian River Environmental Health Department permit. 7 . Date the clearing is proposed to begin Date the clearing is proposed to be complete ' F.\COMMUN= DEVELOPMEN nUSERSCODE ENFORCEMENTIAPPUCA NS\I AND CLEARING APP.DOC ' THE APPLICATION MUST BE SIGNED BY THE PERSON WHO DESIRES TO UNDERTAKE THE PROPOSED CTIVITY, HOWEVER, THE APPLICATION MAY BE SIGNED BY A DULY AUTHORIZED AGENT IF t` _ ACCOMPANIED BY A STATEMENT BY THAT PERSON DESIGNATING THE AGENT AND AGREEING TO FURNISH UPON REQUEST, SUPPLEMENT INFORMATION IN SUPPORT OF THE APPLICATION. I, the undersigned, do hereby certify that I am familiar with Chapter 927 (Tree Protection and Land Clearing) of the Land Development Regulations of Indian River County and that the information contained within this application, to the best of my knowledge and belief, is true complete and accurate. I agree to provide any additional information/data that maybe necessary to fully process this application. I also agree to provide entry to the project site for inspectors from the Indian River County ' Planning and Development Division of an authorized agent for Indian River County Planning and Development Division for the purposed of allowing preliminary analysis of the site and for any subsequent monitoring of the project as may be required . I further certify that I possess the authority to undertake the proposed activities . ' Signature of Applicant Date A $40 . 00 filing fee must be attached. Please remit checks or money order only - payable to Indian River County. The following information is required for application completeness. Please check that the attachments are submitted to ensure prompt processing of your application. ' Location Map Tree Survey and/or Aerial Deed of Ownershlp ' OFFICE USE ' Application Complete ' Date Initials ' FACOMMUNnY DEVELOPN E MUSERSICODE ENF0RCEMEN7%APPLICA NS% AND CLEARING APP.DOC DO YOU HAVE THE NECESSARY PERMITS FOR YOUR PROPERTY? ' not, you could experience costly delays. Avoid this by starting out right and checking with the St. Johns River Water _ . .anagement District to determine what permits you may need. If a permit is required for your project, you must obtain it ' before you start clearing the land. The St. Johns River Water Management District regulates construction of drainage systems, stormwater treatment ponds , large uses of water and other types of projects in order to protect the state ' s water resources and the rights of existing water users . WHO NEEDS A PERMIT ? ' Most probably you do if ' * You are building any commercial development, including additions. * Your project is a residential/subdivision development, including additions. * The project involves any dredging, drainage, or filling of wetlands. ' * Your project includes any ditches, dikes, or other major drainage improvements. * You have any agricultural or industrial discharges into surface waters. * Your project includes any bridge construction or roads. * You are building a public supply well. This is only a general overview of proj ects which may require District permits. Our Applicant' s Handbooks and Rules further define these thresholds and are available by calling the district. ' REMEMBER - you need to find out about what permits you are going to need before you start CLEARING THE LAND . u may call any of the following District field offices to find out if your project needs a permit from the District : Janice Unger David Dewey Carolyn Wirz Compliance Coordinator Compliance Coordinator Compliance Coordinator Melbourne Field Office Orlando Field Office Jacksonville Field Office 305 East Drive 618 E. South St, 7775 Baymeadows Way, Suite 102 ' Melbourne, FL 32904 Orlando, FL 32901 Jacksonville, FL 32256 (407) 984-4940 (407) 894=5423 (904) 730-6270 ' For: Brevard, Osceola, Orange, Lake, Volusia, Alachua, Baker, Flagler, Nassau, Indian River, Okeechobee Seminole, Marion, Polk Putnam, Duval, St. Johns, Bradford ' FACOMMUNITY DEVELOMMSMUSEMCODE ENF0RCEMENIIAPF11CAWNS\LAND CLEARING APP.DOC FLORIDA DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION �t ` TTENTION : STATE PERMITS MAY BE REQUIRED FOR DEVELOPMENT ACTIVITIES . This fact sheet has , een developed to assist property owners by providing information on permit requirements and the agencies to contact for ' further information. Many properties in Indian River County include areas of wetlands . Before proceeding with any work in or near a wetland or waterbody, it is advised that your check with the agencies listed below. You may be required to obtain permits from local , state and federal agencies. Unauthorized wetland alterations may result in agency enforcement actions requiring site restoration and payment of civil penalties. Wetlands are a valuable resource that are protected by federal, state and in some cases, local regulation. Wetlands provide important economic and recreational values that are damaged by uncontrolled development and alteration. Wetlands filter pollutants from stormwater runoff. They protect shorelines from erosion and provide flood storage. Wetlands are nurseries for fish and shellfish and provide critical habitat to wildlife. Vegetation, soils and hydrology are the major factors in determining if an area is considered a wetland. The following may be ' an indication of the presence of.wetlands : * Standing water after rain. * Adjacent waterbodies such as creeks, rivers, lakes and bays. * Ditches which connect to any waterbodies. * Dark mucky soils. * Plants such as cypress, mangrove, red maple, loblolly bay, willow, sweet bay, water oak, ash, dahoon holly, tupelo, ferns, rushes, sedges, and many types of grasses. * Swollen tree bases. * Floodplain. ' These indicators are only a guide. You may still have wetlands even though you do not have any of the conditions listed above. Wetlands generally do not include longleaf or slash pine flatwoods with an understory of saw palmetto . ' Activities in or near wetlands that may require a permit or site evaluation include : * Clearing or grading. * Dredging or excavating. * Filling,_ the placement of sand, soil, debris or structures. * Septic system installations. * Boat docks or ramps. * Boardwalks. * Seawalls or revetments. * Mangrove trimming. The following agencies regulate activities within wetlands in Indian River County and should be contacted for further ' information: Indian River County (772) 567-8000 Florida Department of Environmental Protection - DEP (407) 894=7555 - Orlando Office (permitting) (407) 9844800 = Melbourne Office (compliance and enforcement) St. Johns River Water Management District (407) 9844940 ' U. S. Army Corps of Engineers - ACOE (772) 567=1496 ' F:\COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENnUSERS\CODE ENF0RC0yfflNTIAPP1ICA3I0Nn AND CLEARING APP.DOC WHEN IS LAND CLEARING AND/OR TREE REMOVAL PERMIT REQUIRED ' FOR SINGLE-FAMILY LOT DEVELOPMENT IN THE COUNTY? A LAND CLEARING PERMIT IS REQUIRED IF : - the lot is greater that 1 acre (43 ,560 sq . ft.) in size; and - development of the lot requires the removal of any living rooted vegetation (i . e. -trees, shrubs , grass or brush) . A LAND CLEARING PERMIT IS NOT REQUIRED IF : - the lot is less than or equal to 1 acre (43,560 sq. ft.) in size; or - if no living root vegetation (i. e. -trees, shrubs, grass or brush) is disturbed. ' A TREE REMOVAL PERMIT IS REQUIRED IF; - the lot is greater than 1 acre in size; and - if a protected tree* is to be damaged or removed. A TREE REMOVAL PERMIT ISNOT REQUIRED IF : ' - the lot is less than orequal to 1 acre in size; or - if the trees to be removed are not protected trees as defined by County Ordinance. ' *PROTECTED TREE : Any tree having a Adiameter at breast height- (DBI) of four (4") inches or more, and all mangroves regardless of size . Protected trees do not include : Australian pine Casuarina sp .), Brazilian pepper (Schinus terebinthifolius), or Melaleuca elaleuca quinquenervial . ' Cabbagepalms (Sabel palmetto) and citrus trees are notprotected trees, although the County encourages their preservation for landscaping. However, a land clearing permit maybe necessaryfor their removal (see land clearing above). IF A LAND CLEARING OR TREE REMOVAL PERMIT IS REQUIRED : Applications for land clearing and/or tree removal permits can be picked up at the front desk of the County Planning Division. PERMIT FEES : LAND CLEARING, . , . . . . . . . $40 . 00 TREE REMOVAL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $40 . 00 ' DUNE VEGETATION/ MAINTENANCE PERMIT. . . . . . . . 1 . 1 . $40 . 00 ' (Make check Payable to Indian River County) As part of the application, a copy of deed of ownership and a tree survey must be submitted. For further ' information, contact an environmental planner at 772-567-8000, extension 215 . Note: Failure to secure the necessary permits prior to commencing work could result in substantial fines ' and/or penalties. F:ICOMMUN= DEVELOPMEN nUSERSICODE ENFORCEMENTIAPPUCAJWNWAND CLEARING APP.DOC ' TREE PROTECTION AND LAND CLEARING § 927. 05 CHAPTER 927. TREE PROTECTION AND Section 927.03. Purpose and intent. LAND CLEARING The purpose of this chapter is to provide for the Sec. 927.01. Short title, protection and preservation of trees and vegeta. See. 927.02. Applicability. tion within Indian River County in order to min- Sec. 927.03. Purpose and intent, imine environmental degradation caused by un- Sec. 927.04. Definitions referenced, necessary or excessive destruction of trees and Sec. 927.05. General prohibitions . other valuable vegetation . Sec. 927.06. Exemptions. g Sec. 927.07. Permits available; criteria governing issuance. (Ord . No. 9046 , § 1 , 941 -90) Sec. 927.08. Reserved. Sec. 927.09. Additional dune and shoreline vegetation Section 927.04. Definitions referenced. protection. Sec. 927. 10. Additional upland native vegetation The definitions of certain terms used in this protection, I chapter are set forth in Chapter 901 , Definitions , Sec. 927. 11. Application procedure and fees . of the Indian River Land Development Code . ' Sec. 927. 12. Determination of critical root zone. Sec. 927. 13. Local permit not exclusive. (Ord. No. 90- 16 , § 1 , 9- 11-90) Sec. 927. 14. Open burning/air curtain incinerator regulations referenced. Section 927.05. General prohibitions. ' Sec. 927. 15. Variances and administrative appeals. Sec. 927. 16. Tree protection as justification for variance Unless expressly exempted herein, it shall be relief from other land development unlawful and subject to the penalties provided regulations. herein for any person directly or indirectly by Sec. 927. 17. Penalties and enforcement. another on his behalf to : Section 927.01. Short title. ( 1) Remove, relocate, destroy or damage any protected tree or specimen tree ( as de- This chapter shall be known and may be cited fined in Chapter 901 ) on any site or tract as the "Indian River County Tree Protection and without first obtaining a tree removal Land Clearing Ordinance. " permit pursuant to this chapter: (Ord. No. 90461 § 19 9- 11-90) (2) Perform any land-clearing or grubbing unless a land-clearing permit, if required, has been issued and is posted on-site Section 927.02. Applicability. pursuant to this chapter; ' This chapter shall be applicable to all land (3) Perform tree removal, land-clearing, grub- lying in the unincorporated area of Indian River bing, grading, excavation, construction, or County, Florida. make or install any improvement upon any site or tract, regardless of the exist- This chapter shall not apply to the following ence of valid permits or approvals for the ' species of mangroves ; however, the trimming, given activity, unless each protected tree cutting, removal, or other similar actions are and each specimen tree to be preserved regulated by the Florida Department of Environ- pursuant to this chapter has been marked mental Protection and/or the St. Johns River by a highly visible band and unless all Water Management District and these actions critical root zones established pursuant to may require permits from one of these agencies. this chapter have been surrounded by a protective barrier prior to the beginning ' Avicenna germinans - black mangrove of development activities ; Rhizophora mangle red mangrove (4) Encroach onto critical root zones estab- lished pursuant to this chapter by any of Laguncularia racemosa - white mangrove the following acts or omissions : (Ord. No. 90- 16, § 1, 9- 11-90; Ord. No . 2002-030 , (a) Movement or storage of any vehicle § 22 11- 12-02) within or across a critical root zone; Supp. No. 45 927/1 ' § 927. 05 INDIAN RIVER COUNTY CODE I (b) The storage of building materials , tion 932 .05 of Chapter 932 , Coastal Man-debris , fill, soil or any other matter agement, pertaining to the protection of within a critical root zone ; dune and shoreline vegetation; or ( c) The cleaning of material or equip- (6) Violate or fail to observe any of the ' re- ment within a critical root zone; quirements or provisions set forth in Chap. ter 929, Upland Habitat Protection, per= (d) The disposal of any liquid or solid taining to the protection of native .plant waste material such as paints, oils , communities , solvents, asphalt, concrete, mortar, ( Ord. No . 90- 16 , § 1, 9- 11-90; Ord . No. 2002-030,. : or other materials similarly harmful § 2 , 11- 12-02) within a critical root zone ; and (e) The placement of any structure or Section 927.06. Exemptions. site improvement within a critical root zone with the exception of land- Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in scaping or related irrigation improve- this chapter, the following activities shall be law- ments unless expressly determined ful without application for or issuance of a tree by environmental planning staff that removal or land clearing permit. None of these ' such structure or site improvement - exemptions shall apply to any mangrove, dune will not result in the death or dam- vegetation, specimen or historic tree, or upland age to the subject tree . In making native plant community conservation area, unless this determination, environmental otherwise stated below. The burden of proving planning staff shall consider, but is entitlement to any particular exemption shall lie not limited to, the following informa- with the person claiming use of the exemption, in ' tion which shall be provided by the the event the exempted activity ever becomes landowner or applicant: subject to an enforcement proceeding. 1. The type of proposed impact; ( 1) The removal, trimming, pruning, or alter- ' 2 . The amount area of the CRZ to ation of any non-protected tree, non- be affected; specimen tree, or other vegetation as nec- essary for: ' 3 . The location of the impact area within the CRZ; and (a) The clearing of a path not to exceed four (4) feet in width to provide phys- 4. Efforts or actions taken to re- ical access or view necessary to con- duce or eliminate impacts to duct a survey or site examination for the tree. Ithe preparation of subdivision plats, As an alternative to a determination site plans, or tree surveys ; or ' by environmental planning staff, the (b) The clearing of a path not to exceed landowner or applicant may supply ten (10) feet in width to provide to environmental planning staff a vehicular access necessary to con- written and signed statement from a duct soil percolation and/or soil bore certified arborist that states to the tests on a property, provided such best of his/her knowledge and abili- clearing or removal is conducted un- ties that the proposed structure or der the direction of a Florida regis ' site improvement will not result in tered surveyor or engineer, the death or damage to the subject tree. (2) Routine landscape maintenance such as trimming or pruning of vegetation which (5) Violate or fail to observe any of the re- does not result in the eventual death of quirements or provisions set forth in sec- the plants, mowing of yards or lawns , . or Supp. No. 45 PP 927/2 ' TREE PROTECTION AND LAND CLEARING § 927. 07 ' any other landscaping or gardening activ- the use of Best Management Prac- ity which is commonly recognized as rou- tices, as applicable to the specific tine maintenance or replacement, area being cleared . (3) The removal, trimming, pruning or alter- (6) Any tree which has been destroyed or ation of any tree or vegetation in an damaged beyond saving, or which consti- existing utility easement or right-of-way tutes an immediate peril to life, , property, provided such work is done by or under or other trees , may be removed without a the control of the operating utility com- permit, pany and said company has received all ' necessary licenses or permits to provide (7) Tree removal, land-clearing, or grubbing utility service within the easement. of any vegetation, except mangrove or dune vegetation, upon any detached single- (4) The removal, pruning, trimming or alter- family residential lot or parcel . : of land ation of any tree or vegetation for the having an area of one ( 1 . 0) acreor less; purpose of maintaining existing access to provided, this exemption shall not be Ion- a property. strued to allow land-clearing, grubbing, or tree removal without permit of any (5) Any activity conducted by a lawfully op- such lot or parcel by its subdivider unless erating and bona fide commercial ours- the subdivider intends in good faith to ery, tree farm, agricultural operation, forthwith begin construction of a dwelling silvicultural operation, ranch, or similar unit or units upon said lot. Advertisement operation, when the activity occurs on the or listing for sale of the particular lot or property owned or lawfully occupied by parcel without the dwelling unit shall ' the person conducting said activity and 'is create a presumption that the subdivider done in pursuit of said activity. This ex- does not intend to forthwith begin such emption shall include the purposeful re- construction and that the intent is for the moval of a tree or trees for their perma- lot or parcel to be developed by a subse- neat relocation at another site undergoing quent purchaser. development. When land-clearing or tree (Ord. No . 9046, § 1 , 9-11-90; Ord. No. 92 -39 , § 23 , removal has been performed under this 9-29-92 ; Ord . No . 2002-030, § 2, 11- 12-02) exemption based upon the use of the prop- erty for an agricultural or silvicultural Section 927.07. Permits available;criteria operation, the following shall apply: governing issuance. (a) No land development order shall be approved for any non-agricultural or ( 1) [Generally. ] The following permits shall be non-silvicultural use or improve- available upon proper application to the commu- went on the same site within two (2) pity development department and compliance with years of the completion of such land this chapter: tree removal permit; land-clearing clearing or tree removal. permit; and dune vegetation maintenance permit. ' (b) Pertaining to silviculture, opera- (2) Criteria governing issuance: tions are encouraged to implement a State Division of Forestry approved (a) Tree removal permit. No tree removal ' management plan, including a refor- permit shall be issued unless the review- estation plan for harvested lands . ing environmental planner finds that a least one of the following criteria has been ' (c) Pertaining to agriculture, operations satisfied with respect to each protected are encouraged to implement a Soil tree and each specimen tree . designated and Water Conservation District ap- for removal under the permit. Notwith- proved conservation plan, including standing, no historic tree (as . defined in Supp. No. 45 927/3 ' § 927.07 INDIAN RIVER COUNTY CODE ' Chapter 901) shall be removed except as planner, unless it can be demon- expressly approved by the board of county strated by the applicant that the commissioners , remaining site cannot be designed to 1. That the tree is located within an accommodate and sustain the substi- ' existing or proposed right-of--way; toted tree or trees . All replacement 2 . That the tree is located within an trees shall be of a minimum four (4) inches diameter-at-breast-height existing or proposed easement, or (dbh); . stormwater management tract, pro- vided that only the minimum area 8• That the tree is located on a portion necessary for the contemplated ser- of the site .where structural develop- vice or use shall be considered under ment is proposed, provided reason- this criterion; able effort has ' been made to pre- serve protected trees and specimen 3 . That the tree is located where its trees to the -:extent feasible under continued existence would unreason- this criterion. ably interfere with the physical con- struction of the improvements on a (b) Land-clearing permit. No land clearing ' particular site as may result from permit shall be issued unless the environ- inmental planner terference with the access to the finds that each of the site by construction equipment, or following criteria has been satisfied : with the operation of the equipment 1 . That the land clearing or grubbing is ' on the site in the immediate vicinity necessary in order to make site im- of the proposed structure or improve- provements , authorized by an ap- menta; proved site plan, subdivision ap- ' 4. That the tree is located where it proval, building permit, or land creates or will create a safety or development permit, and that the health hazard, or a nuisance with area to be cleared is the minimum respect to existing or proposed strut- necessary for such work or, in the tures or vehicle or pedestrian routes , - event the aforementioned approvals and relocation of the tree on the site are not required by law for the ir- is not a feasible alternative; tended use of the property, that the ' 5 . That the tree is located where it proposed clearing is the minimum interferes with the installation, de- necessary for the proposed use or improvement. Land clearing or grub- s livery, or maintenance of proposed or Bing of a site associated with apro- existing utility services to the site; posed development plan ( e.g. , site 6 . That the tree is diseased, injured, or plan or subdivision preliminary plat) ' in danger of falling; shall not be allowed to occur prior to 7 . That the tree is located on a portion county approval of the applicable of the site to be used for construction development plan, except as specifi- ' of required parking areas or vehicu- cally exempt in section 927 . 06 . lar and pedestrian ingress and egress 2 . That the .applicant has provided a areas; provided that, when this cri- reasonable, written plan to control terion is used to justify removal of a erosion which may be expected to 1 tree or trees located within required occur as a result of the proposed yard setback areas, the applicant clearing or . grubbing. The plan shall shall replace any such tree or trees incorporate some or all of the follow- ' with an equal number of trees of ing means as determined by the ap- similar ecological or aesthetic value, plicant: . , temporary seeding and as determined by the environmental mulching, sodding, diversion berms, Supp. No. 45 927/4 ' TREE PROTECTION AND LAND CLEARING § 927. 10 interceptor ditches , sediment Barri- revegetation and maintenance, as ap- ers, sediment basins, and related proved by county environmental planning appurtenances or devices . All provi- staff and FDEP, as applicable. ' sions of an erosion control plan shall (Ord. No . 90- 16, § :1 , 9- 11 -90; Ord. No . 2002-030, be incorporated as express condi- § % 11- 12-02 ) tions of the land-clearing permit is- sued and a violation of the condi- tions or provisions of the plan shall Section 927.08. . .Reserved. be considered a violation of this chap- Editor's note—Ord. No. 2002-030, § 2, adopted Nov 12, ter and subject to all enforcement 2002 , repealed § 927.08, which pertained to additional man- provisions .. Environmental planning grove protection. Seethe .Table of Amendments. staff may request written elabora- tion of a proposed plan prior to issu- Section 927.09: Additional dune and shore- ante of a permit in order to clarify line vegetation protection, the nature and design of measures intended by the applicant. In addition to the provisions of this chapter, 3 . That the applicant has provided ver- dune and shoreline vegetation shall be protected ification of St. John River Water from disturbance in accordance with the provi- Management District (SJRWMD) ap- sions of section 932 . 06, Chapter 932 , Coastal proval or exemption regarding the Management, of the County Land Development proposed land clearing or grubbing Code . activity. (Ord. No. 90- 16, § 1, 9- 11-90) 4. That the applicant has or is comply- Section 927.10. Additional upland native ' . ing with all tree protection provi- vegetation protection. sions contained elsewhere in this chapter. Chapter 929, Upland Habitat Protection, of the A land-clearing permit does not au- County Land Development Code provides stan- thorize the removal or destruction of dards and criteria relating to the protection of protected trees , specimen trees, or native plant communities, in addition to the pro- , historic trees . Notwithstanding any- visions of this chapter. No land clearing or tree thing in section 927 . 07 to the con- removal activity shall be allowed to conflict with trary, no tree removal or land clear- the provisions of Chapter 929 , including: ing permit shall be construed to authorize any act with respect to a ( 1) Provisions pertaining to upland native plant community conservation areas, ap- mangrove , plicable to property five (5) acres or larger ' (c) Dune vegetation maintenance permit. Per- in size; mits to trim dune vegetation shall be (2) Provisions establishing a shoreline vege- available upon proper application in ac- tation protection buffer zone along the St. cordance with section 932 . 06( 11 ) of Chap- Sebastian River and Indian River Lagoon ter. 932 , Coastal Management, which con- Aquatic Preserve; ditions shall govern use of the permit. No permit shall be issued for the removal of (3) Provisions , requiring the removal of nui- any native vegetation oceanward of the sance. exotic .vegetation from development county dune stabilization setback line sites ; 'and (DSSL), with the exception of projects ' approved by the Florida Department of (4) Provisions restricting the removal of up- Environmental Protection (FDEP), and land native vegetation contributing to the when associated with a plan for dune stabilization of the banks of canals, ditches, Supp. No, 45 927/5 1 d ' § 927. 10 INDIAN RIVER COUNTY CODE or natural water course , provided such (d) An erosion control plan as described in restricts do not impede maintenance of section 927 .07(2 )(b) , together with rea- such water courses or drainage courses , sons for clearing or grabbing of the site, if ( Ord . No. 90- 16, § 1 , 9- 11-90) land clearing is intended. ' (e) The application shall be submitted and Section 927. 11 . Application procedure and. processed concurrently with site plan rem fees. view or subdivision review, as the case may be, when such approvals are other- ( 1) Application for issuance of any permit re- wise required to make use of the property. quired by this chapter shall be made in writing to The site plan or subdivision preliminary ' the community development department on a plat shall be prepared in a manner to form provided by environmental planning staff. allow ready comparison with the tree sur- The form shall request all information necessary . vey, to assess whether the cited criteria to evaluate a particular application including but have been met. All items shown shall be not limited to : properly dimensioned, scaled and refer- enced to the property lines , and setback or ( a) A statement as to the applicant' s interest yard requirements . If known, existing and ' in the property, proof of ownership, and proposed site elevations and major con- agent authorization from the property tours shall be included. owner, as applicable. (fj An administrative fee to offset the cost of ' (b ) A legal description of the property and a evaluating the application shall be col- boundary survey or accurate scaled draw- lected in an amount determined by reso- lution of the board of county commission- ing thereof. ers . (c) A tree survey indicating which protected (2) The filing of an application shall be deemed trees and specimen trees are intended for to extend permission to the environmental plan- removal, relocation or alteration in any ner to inspect the subject property if necessary for way and those which will be left undis- purposes of evaluating the application. turbed . On-sites which are larger than two (2 . 0) acres, protected trees and spec- (3) For those applications which are not being imen trees may be depicted as a group or processed concurrently with site plan or subdivi- cluster rather than as individual trees , sion approval, the community development dem provided the group or cluster is one which partment shall have ten ( 10) working days follow- 1 is to be either entirely removed or left ing receipt of a completed application within entirely undisturbed. A written explana- which to make a determination of whether a tion shall be included with the tree survey permit shall be issued as requested. If the permit ' which identifies those criteria in section is not issued, the environmental planner shall 927 . 07 of this chapter which justify issu- state in writing the reasons of denial and advise ante of the requested permit. the applicant of any appeal remedies available . If no action has been taken on the application within In addition to the standard tree survey stated time, the application shall be deemed to described above, a survey of species of have been approved, and the applicant shall be special concern, threatened, or endan- . entitled to issuance of the permit in accordance gered species shall be required on-sites with the application. For good cause, the environ- with characteristics conducive to support mental planner may request an extension of an such species , as identified by county envi- additional ten ( 10) working days in which to make ' ronmental planning staff, in accordance a determination, provided the extension is rem with section 929 .09 of Chapter 929, Up- quested prior to expiration of the initial ten-day land Habitat Protection. period. Supp. No. 45 927/6 . . ' TREE PROTECTION AND LAND CLEARING § 927. 16 (4) Any permit issued hereunder shall remain . . Section 927.13. Local permit not exclusive, valid for a term of one year and may be renewable I for a second one year period upon request to the t is the intent of this chapter that permits or ' environmental planner, provided said request oc approval required hereunder shall be in addition curs prior to the expiration date of the initial to and not ilieu f tial on eu oany regional or federal, state, reg permit. The environmental planner may require . other local approvals which may be required for reapplication and full review in those renewal the same or similar activities . In the event this ' cases where site conditions have changed substan chapter conflicts with any other regulations on tially from the date of issuance of the initial this subject matter, the more restrictive shall permit as a result of natural growth of trees and apply, with the exception that in a municipality, ' vegetation, or high winds, hurricane, tornado , the municipal ordinance shall prevail. Compli- flooding, fire, or other act of God. If a permit ante with provisions of this chapter does not required by this chapter has been issued concur excuse any person for noncompliance with other ' rently with site plan or subdivision approval, then ' applicable federal,. state, regional or local laws , such permit shall run concurrently with the site (Ord. No. 90- 16, § 1 , 9- 11-90) plan or subdivision approval and shall be re- newed together therewith. Section 927.14. Open burning(air curtain in- (Ord. No. 9046, § 1, 941-90; Ord. No . 2002-030, cinerator regulations refer. § 2, 1142-02) enced. The provisions of Chapter 925 , Open Burning/ ' Section 927.12. Determination of critical Air Curtain Incinerator Regulations, shall apply root zone. regarding the burning of debris associated with The critical root zone (CRZ) is an area around land clearing and tree removal activities, as ap- a tree that is regulated by the Indian River plicable. County Land Development Regulations for the ( Ord. No. 9046 , § 1, 9- 11-90) purpose of protecting the roots and trunk of a Section 927.15. Variances and administra- protected tree or a specimen tree, both during and tive appeals. after construction. It is a circular area using a . radius measured from the center of the tree . The A variance from any of the substantive require- radius is calculated as one ( 1) foot of radius for ments of this chapter or an appeal of any admin- each one ( 1) inch of diameter at breast height (4. 5 istrative determination made by the environmen- feet above grade). For any fraction of a foot over a tal planner may be obtained in accordance with whole foot, the diameter at breast height will be the procedures set forth for such relief under the rounded up to the next whole number. Example : a land development regulations of . Indian River tree has a diameter at breast height of twenty-one County; however, the planning and zoning com- and one-quarter (211/4) inches; the CRZ is a circle, mission of Indian River County shall be the board ' centered on the center of the tree, with a radius of to which all such variance requests or appeals are twenty-two (22) feet. made. In no event shall the CRZ be less than an area (Ord. No. 90- 16 , § 1, 9- 11-90) ' measured five (5) feet radially from the center of Section 927.16. Tree protection as justifica- the tree at its base unless expressly determined tion for variance relief from by the environmental planner that a smaller other land development reg- specified CRZ may be established. A tree well. Mations. design shall be required as appropriate in cases when the placement of fill threatens the viability Inasmuch as the requirements of this chapter of a protected tree or specimen tree to be pre- have been determined to be of vital importance to served. . the health, safety and well-being of the commu- (Ord. No. 9046, § 1, 9- 11-90; Ord, No . 2002-030, pity, the desire to preserve a protected tree, § 22 1142-02) whether mandated by this chapter or not, shall be Supp. No, 45 927/7 ' § 927. 16 INDIAN RIVER COUNTY CODE considered prima facie a unique or special condi- (4) Any person who commits a violation speci- tion or circumstance peculiar to the land involved fled in paragraph ( 1)(b) above shall be subject to a for the purpose of application for a variance from fine of one thousand dollars ($ 1 , 000 . 00) . The the literal requirements of land,development reg- removal, destruction, or killing of each protected ' ulations pertaining to building setbacks, parking tree under this chapter shall be considered a space requirements, or minor or residential street separate offense. right-of--way widths , provided :adjustments are made elsewhere on the site to preserve the max- (5) Any person who commits a violation speci- imum permitted lot coverage and the total mini- fled in paragraph ( 1)(c) above shall be subject to a mum number of parking spaces , and provided fine of up to fifteen thousand dollars ($ 15 ,000 . 00) . p g p p The removal, destruction, or killing of each spec- safety precautions are taken to offset any hazard imen tree under this chapter shall be considered a resulting from decreased right=of=way.widths . separate offense. ( Ord. No. 9046, § 1 , 9-11-90) ` In determining the fines provided for in this Section 927.17. Penalties and enforcement. subsection, the code enforcement board shall con- ( 1 ) It shall be a violation of this chapter for any sider: person: (a) The gravity of the violation; (a) To fail to obtain any permit required by (b) Any actions taken by the violator to cor- this chapter, or to violate or fail to comply rect the violation; and with the provisions of any permit issued (c) Any previous violations committed by the under this chapter; violator. (b) To, without a required permit, remove, (6) Any person who commits a violation speci- fied in paragraph ( 1)(d) above shall be subject to a ' (c) To, without a required permit, remove, fine of not less than one hundred dollars ($ 100 . 00) destroy, or kill a specimen tree( s); and not greater than fifteen thousand dollars (d) To, without a required permit, perform ( $ 15 , 000 . 00) per separate offense. The amount of any land clearing or grubbing; the fine shall be calculated as follows [sections (a), (b), and (c)] : (e) To, with or without a permit, not properly (a) For low .quality vegetation removal, a dispose of tree removal or land clearing debris; base fee of twenty-five cents ( $ 0.25) per square foot of area illegally cleared land (fl To not properly install and maintain tree shall be charged. Low quality vegetation protection barriers around each tree to be generally consists of plants such as dog saved, or groups of trees , as described in fennel, grape vine, goose-foot grass, or section 927 . 05(3) . non-native vegetation such as Brazilian (2) The violation described in section 927 . 17( 1xc) pepper. above shall be deemed to be irreparable and (b) For high quality vegetation removal, a irreversible [see Chapter 162 . 09 , Florida Statutes base fee of fifty cents ($0 . 50) per square ' (F. S .)] , foot of area illegally cleared land shall be (3) Any person who commits a violation speci- charged. High quality vegetation gener- fied in paragraph ( 1)(a) above shall be subject to a ally consists of native vegetation such as fine of u to two hundred and palmettos , gallberry, or wax myrtle . p fifty dollars ($250 .00) for each day the violation continues to exist be- (c) In the event that the quality of vegetation yond a code enforcement board established date of removed cannot be determined, a base fee compliance . This fine can be in addition to any of thirty-seven and one-half cents ($ 0 .375) other fine and/or penalty specified by the Code of per square foot of area illegally cleared Aian River County. land shall be charged. Supp. No. 45 927/8 ' TREE PROTECTION AND LAND CLEARING § 927. 17 (d) In addition to the above noted penalties, success criteria for a period of up the area that was illegally cleared or on to three (3 ) years after revegeta- which protected trees or specimen trees tion. ' were illegally removed shall be revegetated The purpose of the revegetation plan is to under the following circumstances : establish a native plant community to 1 . The property on which the illegal replace the plant community destroyed by ' land clearing and/or tree removal the illegal activity. For the lost of mature occurred is five . (5) acres or larger native plant communities, only the larg- and the area of illegal land clearing est plants that can reasonably be ex- ' and/or tree removal was done within pected to survive ( and can be procured) native uplands, as defined in section will be authorized for revegetation. 929. 05 ; or.., . . ( 7) Any person who commits a violation speci- 2 . The area of the illegal land clearing fled in paragraph ( 1 )(e) above shall be subject to a and/or tree removal was within a fine of two hundred and fifty dollars ($250. 00) per conservation easement, a conserva- day starting on the 61st day after commencement tion tract, the Jungle Trail Buffer, or of the tree removal or land clearing. If the date of other similar protected area. the commencement of activities cannot be deter- mined, the fine shall start ten ( 10) days after the Under circumstance W)(d) 1. above, the landowner and/or agent for the landowner is area of revegetation shall be that area notified in writing that the debris must be re that would have been required to have moved. If an extension has been granted, the fine been set aside as detailed in section 929 . 05 . shall commence on the day after the end of the ' No fee-in-lieu of payment will be ac- extension. cepted. (8) Any person who commits a violation speci- Under circumstance (6)(d)2 . above, the fled in paragraph ( 1)(f) above shall be subject to a area of revegetation shall be that area fine of two hundred and fifty dollars ($250 . 00) per where the illegal activity occurred within day for each saved tree that does not have prop= the conservation, easement, the conserva- erly installed and maintained protective barriers tion tract, the Jungle Trail Buffer, . or installed. The fine shall commence on the date other similar protected area. that any development activity begins on the prop- The area shall be revegetated with plant eTty associated with the project and the protective. barriers are either improperly installed or not material that is native to Florida, consis- installed at all. In the event that the date the tent with surrounding plant material, and development activity cannot be established, the suitable for the area of revegetation. A fine shall commence on the date that Indian River revegetation plan must be submitted and County staff has verified that development activ- approved by environmental planning staff ity has begun and that the protective barriers are This plan shall include: either improperly installed or not installed at all. ' • a plan view showing the areas of (9) permits required by this chapter may be revegetation, to include location obtained after-the-fact for land clearing and pro- of different species; tected or specimen tree removal activities , upon • the type; size, and spacing of the determination by the environmental planner that plants to be used, canopy, such activities were performed in accordance with subcanopy, :ground cover in propor- permit issuance criteria specified in section 927 .07. tion to that illegally cleared; The issuance of an after-the-fact permit abates ' • a schedule _ for completion; and the penalties described in this section for those actions or activities authorized by the after-them • a maintenance plan, to include fact permit. The fee for an after-the-fact permit Supp. No. 45 927/9 ' § 927. 17 INDIAN RIVER COUNTY CODE ' shall be three (3 ) times the amount of the normal administrative fee as provided for in section 927 . 11( 1)(0. ( 10) With respect to any violation of this chap- ter, the . owner of the property on which the violation . occurred is presumed to have under- taken, caused to be taken, or authorized the illegal activity. The owner may present evidence proving that the presumption is incorrect in their case. ' ( 11) ,Aviolation of any provision of this chapter shall be punishable upon conviction by a fine not to exceed five hundred dollars ($500 .00), or by ' imprisonment in the county jail up to sixty (60) days , or both such fine and imprisonment. The destruction or alteration of each tree or plant under this chapter shall be considered a separate offense . The destruction of an historic or a speci- ment tree or any dune vegetation, contrary to this chapter shall receive the maximum penalty pro- vided by law. ( 12) The county or any aggrieved party having ' substantial interest in the protection provided this chapter may apply directly to a court of competent jurisdiction for mandatory or prohibi- tive injunctive relief. In any enforcement proceed- ing, the adjudicating body may consider mitigat- ing measures voluntarily undertaken by the alleged violator such as replacement or relocation of trees or vegetation, or other landscaping improve- ments, in fashioning its remedy. Such body may also require such restorative measures . ( Ord. No. 90- 16, § 1 , 941-90; Ord. No . 9241, § 22 , 4-22-92; Ord . No. 2002-030 , § 21 1142-02) Supp. No., 46 927/10 ' SECTION 02220 ' EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL PART GENERAL 1 . 1 SCOPE A . Provide all labor, materials , equipment and incidentals required to perform all excavating , backfilling , filling and grading , and disposing of earth materials as shown , specified , and required for construction of manholes , wet wells , conduits , ' pipelines , structures , roads , wetland treatment areas , retention and detention areas , and all other facilities required to complete the Work in every respect . ' B . All necessary preparation of subgrade for slabs and pavements is included . C . No classification of excavated materials will be made . Excavation includes all ' materials regardless of type , character, composition , moisture , or condition thereof. ' D . Examine the site and review the available test borings or undertake an independent subsurface investigation prior to submitting a bid , taking into consideration all conditions , including water table , that may affect the work . The ' OWNER and ENGINEER will not assume responsibility for variations of subsoil quality conditions at locations other than places shown and at the time the investigations were made . 1 . 2 RELATED SECTIONS ' A . Section 02050 , Site Preparation , B . Section 01410 , Testing Laboratory Services . ' C . Section 02225 , Erosion Control and Treatment of Dewatering Water and Stormwater Runoff From the Construction Site . 1 . 3 DEFINITIONS A . Excavation - Earth or other below surface material to be removed from a trench or other cavity for installation of structures or underground utilities . B . Earth/Soil - Unconsolidated material in the crust of the Earth derived by weathering and erosion . Earth includes : 1 . Materials of inorganic and organic origin ; 2 . Boulders less than 1 /3 cubic yard in volume , gravel , sand , silt , and clay ; ' Last revised 9/10/02 02220- 1 EAST GIFFORD RIPublic Works\Keithmstormmeter Projects\Gifford East\construction contract\Technicai Specifications\Final Specifications\Division ' 2\02220 - Excavation and Backill .doc 3 . Materials which can be excavated with a backhoe , trenching machine , dragline , clamshell , bulldozer, highlift , or similar excavating equipment ' without the use of explosives , rock rippers , rock hammers or jack hammers . ' C . Rock - A natural aggregate of mineral particles connected by strong and permanent cohesive forces . Rock includes : 1 . Limestone , sandstone , dolomite , granite , marble and lava ; 2 . Boulders 1 /3 cubic yard in volume , gravel , sand , silt and clay; 3 . Materials which cannot be excavated with equipment which is used to remove earth overburden without the use of explosives , rock rippers , rock hammers or jack hammers ; 4 . Materials which cannot be excavated with a backhoe , trenching machine , dragline , clamshell , bulldozer, highlift or similar excavating ' equipment without the use of explosives , rock rippers , rock hammers or jackhammers . ' D . Undercutting - An example of undercutting is the excavation of rock and unsuitable earth below the bottom of the pipe or conduit to be installed in the trench . ' E . Bedding - An example of bedding is material placed in a trench to support pipe or conduit. F . Backfill - Earth placed and compacted in a trench or other excavation ( 9e . . from the top of bedding to finish grade , or to the subbase of pavement) . ' G . Fill/Embankment - Soilslaced and compacted above existing round P P 9g surface . ' H . Topsoil - Earth containing sufficient organic materials to support the growth of grass . 1 . 4 QUALITY ASSURANCE ' A . Tests : 1 . The OWNER will employ an independent testing laboratory. Payment ' for testing services shall be as specified in Section 01410 , Testing Laboratory Services , 2 . Order and schedule all testing and notify ENGINEER at least two ' business days prior to performance of any test . 3 . Do not proceed with construction on work requiring testing until all tests for that work have proved satisfactory. Last revised 9/ 10/02 02220-2 EAST GIFFORD R\Public Works\KeithM\Storm%eter Projects\Gifford East\Construction Contract\Technical Specifications\Fnal Specifications\Division 2\02220 - Excavation and Backill.doc 4 . Tests shall be taken at the locations specified herein or at locations selected by the ENGINEER . ' B . Permits and Regulations : 1 . Obtain and pay for all required permits not secured by the ENGINEER at the time of Contract award . 2 . Perform excavation work in compliance with applicable requirements of governing authorities having jurisdiction . C . Reference Standards : Comply with applicable provisions and recommendations of the following except as otherwise shown or specified . ' 1 . ASTM A36 , Specification for Structural Steel , 2 , ASTM A328 , Specification for Steel Sheet Piling . 3 . ASTM D422 , Method for Particle-Size Analysis of Soils . 4 , ASTM D1556 , Test Method for Density and Unit Weight of Soil in Place by the Sand-Cone Method . 5 , ASTM D1557 , Test Methods for Moisture- Density Relations of Soils and Soil -Aggregate Mixtures Using 104b (4 . 54 kg ) Rammer and 184 . (457 mm ) Drop . 6 , ASTM D2922 , Test Methods for Density of Soil and Soil -Aggregate in ' Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth ) . 7 , AISC Specifications for the Design , Fabrication , and Erection of Structural Steel for Buildings . 8 , OSHA Standard , Title 29 , Code of Federal Regulations ( CFR ) , Part 1926 , Section . 650 (Subpart P - Excavations ) . 9 , Florida Department of Transportation Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction . 1 . 5 SUBMITTALS ' A . Test Reports - Borrow , Backfill , and Grading : 1 . Testing laboratory will submit two (2 ) signed and sealed copies of the following reports directly to ENGINEER , with copy to CONTRACTOR : a . Tests on borrow material . b . Tests on footing subgrade . ' c . Field density tests . d . Optimum moisture - maximum density curve for each soil used for backfill . e . Tests of actual unconfined compressive strength or bearing tests of each strata . ' 1 . 6 JOB CONDITIONS Last revised 9/ 10/02 02220-3 EAST GIFFORD FAPublic Works\KeithM\StormmterProjects\afford East\Construction Contract\Technical Specifications\Fnal Specifications\Division 2\02220 - Excavation and Backill .doc ' A . Subsurface Information : Test borings and other exploratory operations may be made by the CONTRACTOR , at no cost to the OWNER , to obtain ' subsurface information . All borings/test holes shall be completely filled with clean sand upon completion of testing . B . Existing Structures : The Drawings show certain surface and underground utilities adjacent to the Work . This information has been obtained from existing records provided by others . It is not guaranteed to be correct or I complete and is shown only for the convenience of CONTRACTOR . Explore ahead of the required excavation to determine the exact location of all structures . Support and protect all structures from damage . If they are broken or damaged , restored them immediately at no additional expense . C . Existing Utilities : Locate existing underground utilities in the areas of Work . If utilities are to remain in place , . provide adequate means of protection during all operations . 1 . If uncharted or incorrectly charted piping or other utilities are ' encountered during excavation , consult ENGINEER immediately for directions as to procedure . Cooperate with OWNER and utility companies in keeping respective services and facilities in operation . Repair damaged utilities to satisfaction of utility owner. 2 . In general , service lines to individual houses and businesses are not shown ; however, assume that a service exists for each utility to each house or business . 3 . Do not interrupt utilities serving existing facilities except when permitted in writing by the owner of the facility and the ENGINEER and then only ' after acceptable temporary utility services have been provided . 4 . Demolish and completely remove from the site , existing underground utilities indicated to be removed . Coordinate with utility companies for shut-off of services if lines are active . D . Protection of Persons and Property : Barricade open excavations occurring ras part of this Work and post with warning lights . Operate warning lights during hours from dusk to dawn each day and as otherwise required . 1 . Protect structures , utilities , sidewalks , pavements , and other facilities from damage caused by settlement , lateral movement , undermining , washout and other hazards created by earthwork operations . E . Dust Control : Prevent air and water pollution through dust and dirt control to the satisfaction of the OWNER in the following areas : ' 1 . In the streets , sidewalks , and drives within the limits of the contract . 2 . Any haul roads leading to or away from the project that are used by the CONTRACTOR , its sub-contractors , and its material suppliers . Last revised 9/ 10/02 022204 EAST GIFFORD RIPublic Works\Keithmstormmater Proiects\Gifford East\Construction contract\Technical Specifications\Fnai Specifications\Division ' 2\02220 - Excavation and Backtll .doc ' 3 . Take all necessary steps to prevent soil from eroding onto all paved areas and into all watercourses , ditches , and the public sewer systems . ' 4 . Comply with the above requirements on a daily basis . If the CONTRACTOR fails to perform the above work in a satisfactory manner, all work , except cleanup operations , will be stopped ' immediately until the CONTRACTOR has complied with the above requirement to the satisfaction of the OWNER or their ENGINEER . PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2 . 1 SOIL MATERIALS ' All backfill material shall be either Type 1 , Type 2 , or Type 3 as described below . A . TYPE 1 - Type 1 material shall be either well-graded crushed stone or crushed gravel meeting the requirements of ASTM Designation C33-71 a , Gradation 67 (3/4 inch to No . 4 Sieve ) or air cooled blast furnace slag along ' or in combination with crushed stone and/or crushed gravel conforming to ASTM Designation C33-71 a requirements . 1 . Type 1 material shall be used as foundation material for manholes , drainage structures , pump stations and similar structures . B . TYPE 2 - Type 2 material shall be unclassified material obtained from the ' Contractor's excavations . The material shall be substantially free from wood , roots , humus , peat , muck , and other organic materials . It shall not contain clods , stones , masonry rubble , and the like greater than 6 inches through the largest dimension . In general , Type 2 material shall consist of sand , loam , sandy- loam , clayey-sand , gravel , or crushed stone . ' C . TYPE 3 - Type 3 material shall be select granular material , free from organic matter, of such size and gradation that the desired compaction can be readily attained and shall meet the requirements for A3 material accord - ' ing to the Revised Bureau of Public Roads Classifications , 1 . Unless otherwise shown or specified , material for filling or backfilling around structures shall be Type 3 . Advise ENGINEER in writing of the source and submit a sample of the material to the ENGINEER . Also , submit a signed and sealed sieve analysis from a Florida Professional 1 Engineer employed by the selected soils testing laboratory , and a statement from that Engineer that the material meets the requirements for Type 3 material . ' D . If soil cement paving is proposed , local yellow sand or hard pan shall not be used in the subgrade nor in the base . Last revised 9/ 10/02 - 02220 5 EAST GIFFORD FAPublic Works\KeithM\Storm ater Projects\Efford East\Construction Contract\Technical Specifications\Fnal Specifications\Division ' 2\02220 - Excavation and Backill .doc E . IMPORTED FILL/BACKFILL : If there is not enough excavated material to complete the work , provide and deliver the necessary suitable material to the job site . Unless otherwise specified herein , this imported fill/backfill shall meet the requirements of Type 2 material . Advise ENGINEER in writing of the source and submit a sample of the material to the ENGINEER . Also , submit a signed and sealed sieve analysis from a Florida Professional Engineer employed by the selected soils testing laboratory , and a statement from that Engineer that the material meets the requirements for Type 2 material . PART 3 - EXECUTION 3 . 1 TEST PITS A . Excavate and backfill test pits in advance of construction , as required to determine conditions or location of existing facilities . Perform all work required in connection with excavating , stockpiling , maintaining , sheeting , shoring , backfilling and replacing pavement for the test pits . Be No separate payment will be made for specified test pits or those made by CONTRACTOR for his own use . ' 3 . 2 DEWATERING A . Design and operate the dewatering scheme , including the handling of the discharge for the system . Furnish , install and operate all necessary machinery , appliances and equipment to keep excavations free from water during construction , and dispose of the water so as not to cause injury to ' any portion of the Work under construction or completed or to public or private property or to cause a nuisance or a menace to the public or to result in violations of State water quality standards in receiving waters . Any and all damage caused by dewatering shall be promptly repaired by the CONTRACTOR at no cost to the OWNER . The receiving point for water from the dewatering operation shall be approved by the applicable regulatory agency . Obtain all required permits and any other approval necessary. Convey water from the construction site in a closed conduit . Do 1 not use trench excavations as temporary drainage ditches . The CONTRACTOR will not be allowed to discharge water into storm drainage systems without written approval from the Owner of the drainage system . Be At all times have on hand sufficient pumping equipment ( including backup units ) and machinery in good working condition for all ordinary 1 Last revised 9/ 10/02 02220-6 EAST GIFFORD FAPublic Works\Keithmstormmeter Projects\Gifford East\construction contract\Technical Specifications\Final specifications\Division ' 2\02220 - Excavation and Backill .doc emergencies , and have available at all times competent workmen for the operation of the pumping equipment . The dewatering systems shall not be shut down between shifts , on holidays , or weekends , or during work stoppages . Pumps and engines for well point and other dewatering systems shall be operated with mufflers and at a minimum noise level suitable for a residential area . C . The control of groundwater shall be such that softening of the bottom of excavations , or formation of "quick" conditions or "boils " are prevented . Dewatering systems shall be designed and operated so as to prevent the removal of natural soils . The static water level shall be drawn down below the bottom of the excavation so as to maintain a dry working surface and to maintain the undisturbed state of the natural soils and to allow the placement of any fill or backfill to the required density. For structures , the groundwater table shall be lowered to at least two (2 ) feet below the maximum excavation depth . D . While dewatering for new construction in the vicinity of existing structures , depletion of the groundwater level underneath these existing structures may cause settlement . To avoid this settlement , the groundwater level under these structures shall be maintained . E . The release of groundwater to its static level shall be performed in such a ' manner as to maintain the undisturbed state of the natural foundation soils , prevent disturbance of compacted fill or backfill , and prevent flotation or movement of all structures , pipelines and sewers . F . Well point holes shall be completely filled with clean sand or grout at the time the points are pulled . If necessary , a rod or vibrator shall be used to prevent bridging of the backfill . G . Comply with Section 02225 — " Erosion Control and Treatment of Dewatering Water and Stormwater Runoff From the Construction Site . " 3 . 3 EXCAVATION IA . Perform all excavation required to complete the Work . Where it is necessary to cut roots projecting into an excavation or to trim branches for requipment clearance , all cut ends over 1 /2" diameter shall be treated with an asphalt based pruning paint . ' B . The elevation of the bottom of footings shown shall be considered as approximate only and ENGINEER may order such changes in dimensions Last revised 9/ 10/02 02220-7 EAST GIFFORD F:\Public WorksWeithM\Stormmater Projects\Gfford East\Construction Contract\Technical Specifications\Fnal Specifications\Division 2\02220 - Excavation and Backill .doc and elevations as may be required to secure a satisfactory footing . Take care not to disturb the bottom of the excavation . Excavate to final grade for 1 structures just before concrete reinforcement is placed . For structures , trim bottom to the required lines and grades to leave a solid base to receive concrete . All structure excavations shall be trimmed to permit the placing of full widths and lengths of footings on horizontal beds . Rounded and undercut edges will not be permitted . ' C . Excavations shall be extended sufficiently on each side of structures , footings , etc. , to permit setting of forms , installation of shoring or bracing or the safe sloping of banks . D . Subgrades for roadways , structures and trench bottoms shall be firm , dense , and thoroughly compacted and consolidated ; shall be free from mud , muck , and other soft or unsuitable materials; and shall remain firm and intact under all construction operations . Subgrades which are otherwise solid , but which become soft or mucky on top due to construction 1 operations , shall be reinforced with crushed stone or gravel . The finished elevation of stabilized subgrades shall not be above subgrade elevations shown . ' E . Pipe Trench Excavation : 1 . Trench grade for pipe or drainage structures not requiring special bedding material shall be defined as the grade of the bottom surface of the utility or structure to be constructed or placed within the trench . Such shaping of the trench bottom , as may be required to provide suitable bedding , shall be considered to be a part of this work . Trench grade in non-cushioning material shall be defined as 6 inches below the outside of the bottom of the utility, which 6 inches shall be backfilled with suitable bedding material . Unauthorized excavation below trench grade shall be backfilled to trench grade and suitably compacted by the CONTRACTOR without additional cost to the OWNER . (See also paragraph 3 . 5 , " Unauthorized Excavation . " ) Final trimming and grading of trench bottom shall be done manually . 2 . Keep pipe laying operations as close to the excavation operation as ' possible during the prosecution of the work . No more than 100 feet of trench may be opened in advance of pipe laying . 3 . Minimize trench width to the greatest extent practical but conform to rthe following : a . Sufficient to provide room for installing , jointing and inspecting piping , but where possible, no wider at top of pipe than pipe barrel outside diameter ( OD ) plus 2 feet. If this width is exceeded , 1 Last revised 9/ 10/02 02220-8 EAST GIFFORD R\Public Works\KeithM\Stormveter Projects\(afford East\Construction Contract\Technical Specifications\Fnal SpecificationsUvision 2\02220 - Excavation and Backfll.doc iprovide at no additional cost , such additional bedding or select backfill materials as the ENGINEER may require . ' b . Trench enlargements at pipe joints may be made if required . c . Sufficient for shoring and bracing , or shielding and dewatering . d . Sufficient to allow thorough compaction of backfill adjacent to bottom half of pipe . e . Do not use excavating equipment that requires the trench to be excavated to excessive width . 4 . Depth of trench shall be as shown on the Drawings or Specifications , as applicable . 5 . Refer to the Supplement to Section 02220 , Trench Details and General ' Trench Notes , at the end of this Section (4 pages ) . F . Material Storage : Stockpile satisfactory excavated materials in approved areas . Place , grade and shape stockpiles for proper drainage . 1 . Locate and retain stockpiles of soil materials away from edge of excavations . ' 2 . Dispose of excess soil material and waste materials as specified hereinafter. 3 . 4 REMOVAL OF MUCK , ROCK , AND OTHER UNSTABLE MATERIAL A . If the ENGINEER determines that the soil conditions encountered at the bottom of the excavation are unsuitable for foundation material then remove and dispose of the unsuitable material and replace with "Type 3 " material as specified in paragraph 2 . 1 . C . Remove the unsuitable material until suitable bearing material is encountered . The ENGINEER shall determine the extent of excavation required . Unsuitable material includes muck , clay , roots , heterogenous fill material , and any other organic or similar materials . Unforseen items such as buried trees , timbers , abandoned utilities , metal objects , concrete masses , and the like , shall also be removed from the excavation area . Be Removal of unsuitable foundation material within areas that will receive footings , slabs , or other foundations shall be completed for the full area under each structure and to five feet minimum outside the structure's perimeter. In areas to receive pavement , unsuitable material shall be removed under all pavement surface areas and to five feet minimum outside the shoulders and under sidewalks and bike paths , or as directed by the ENGINEER . Last revised 9/ 10/02 02220-9 EAST GIFFORD F:\PublicWorks\KeithM\Storinmeter Projects\Gifford East\Construction Contract\Technical Specifications\Final Specifications\Division ' 2\02220 - Excavation and Backill .doc ' C . All excess excavation due to unsuitable material must be field verified by the ENGINEER . Otherwise , the OWNER will not pay for the excess ' excavation or its subsequent replacement with Type "3 material . " 3 . 5 UNAUTHORIZED EXCAVATION A. All excavation outside the lines and grades shown , together with the removal and disposal of the associated material shall be at CONTRACTOR'S expense . The unauthorized excavation shall be filled and compacted with "Type 3 " material as defined in paragraph 2 . 1 . C , by CONTRACTOR at his expense . Claims and damages resulting from ' CONTRACTOR's unauthorized excavation will be his sole responsibility . 3 . 6 SPECIAL EMPHASIS ON EXCAVATION SAFETY AND TRENCH CONSTRUCTION A . The following are complementary to these Specifications : Occupational ' Safety and Health Administration ' s (OSHA' s ) trench safety standards , 29 , C . F . R . , s . 1926 . 650-652 Subpart P , and all subsequent revisions or updates adopted by the Department of Labor and Employment Security; and ' Florida ' s Trench Safety Act ( Florida Statutes Chapter 553 Part VI — Trench Safety Act ) . If there is any duplication , redundancy or conflict between the stipulations of these Specifications and those governmental standards , the ' most stringent requirement shall govern . Consider these and any more stringent trench safety standards as minimum Contract requirements . B . It is the CONTRACTOR's responsibility to ensure that excavations do not endanger workmen , existing structures , utilities , or other facilities . If such conditions occur which may endanger workmen , existing structures , utilities ( or other facilities , immediately install and maintain adequate sheeting and bracing per OSHA specifications . Cease all work until the sheeting and bracing has been properly and completely installed . Install the sheeting and ' bracing in a manner that will allow removal without injuring or endangering workmen , the work , adjacent structures , and the like . Promptly and completely fill all voids caused by the withdrawal of sheeting with sand and compacted to a degree equal to the surrounding soil . Remove the sheeting as the work progresses or, at the discretion of the ENGINEER , cut the ' sheeting off below finished grade and leave in place . Sheeting and bracing may be either steel or wood at the option of the CONTRACTOR . ' 3 . 7 SHEETING , SHORING AND BRACING A . General : ' Last revised 9/ 10/02 02220- 10 EAST GIFFORD RIPublic Works\Keithwstonrnmter Projects\(afford East\Construction Contract\Technical Specifications\nnal Specifications0vision 2\02220 - Excavation and Backill .doc 1 ' 1 . Used material shall be in good condition , not damaged or excessively pitted . All steel or wood sheeting designated to remain in place shall be new . New or used sheeting may be used for temporary work . 2 . All timber used for breast boards ( lagging ) shall be new or used , meeting the requirements for Douglas Fir Dense Construction Grade with a bending strength not less than 1500 psi or Southern Pine No . 2 Dense , 3 . All steel work for sheeting , shoring , bracing , cofferdams etc . , shall be designed in accordance with the provisions of the "Specifications for the Design , Fabrication and Erection of Structural Steel for Buildings" , of the AISC except that field welding will be permitted . ' 4 . Steel sheet piling shall be manufactured from steel conforming to ASTM A328 . Steel for soldier piles , wales and braces shall be new or used and shall conform to ASTM A36 , 5 . Maintain shoring and bracing in excavations regardless of time period excavations will be open . Carry down shoring and bracing as excavation progresses . ' 6 . Safe and satisfactory sheeting , shoring and bracing shall be the entire responsibility of CONTRACTOR . i B . Removal of Sheeting and Bracing : 1 . Remove sheeting and bracing from excavations unless otherwise ordered in writing by ENGINEER . Removal shall be done so as to not ' cause injury to the Work and shall not effect backfill compaction . Removal shall be equal on both sides of excavation to ensure no unequal loads on pipe or structure . ' 2 . Defer removal of sheeting and bracing , where removal may cause soil to come into contact with concrete , until the following conditions are satisfied : ' a . Concrete has cured a minimum of 7 days . b . Wall and floor framing up to and including grade level floors are in place . C . Sheeting left in place : If directed by the OWNER'sP roject representative , sheeting shall be cut off by the CONTRACTOR during backfill operations and left in place . Payment shall be made under the applicable item . ' 3 . 8 TRENCH SHIELDS A . Excavation of earth material below the bottom of a shield shall not exceed 1 the limits established by ordinances , codes , laws and regulations . ' Last revised 9/ 10/02 02220- 11 EAST GIFFORD FAPublic Works\KeithM\Storm%ater Projects\Gfford East\Construction Contract\Technical Specifications\Final Specifications\Division ' 2\02220 - Excavation and Backfill .doc ' B . When using a shield for pipe installation , the bottom of the shield shall not . extend below the mid -diameter of installed pipe at any time . ' C . When using a shield for the installation of structures , the bottom of the shield shall not extend below the top of the foundation bedding for the structures . D . When a shield is removed or moved ahead , extreme care shall be taken to ' prevent the movement of pipe or structures or the disturbance of the bedding for pipe or structures . Pipe or structures that are disturbed shall be removed and reinstalled as specified . 3 . 9 PRE - BACKFILLING/ FILLING REQUIREMENTS ' A . Before placing fill or backfill the following must be completed : 1 . Observation and recording locations of underground utilities . 2 . Removal of all concrete formwork . 3 . Removal of all below grade shoring and bracing , and backfilling and properly compacting all voids with satisfactory materials . 4 . Permanent or temporary horizontal bracing is in place on horizontally supported walls . 5 . Placement of settlement plates . 6 . Acceptance by ENGINEER of construction below finish grade , ' including dampproofing and waterproofing . 7 . Removal of all trash and debris . 8 . Fill or backfill shall not be placed against concrete structures until they have attained their specified compressive strength . 9 . Prepare ground surfaces for buildings and roads to receive fill as follows : Remove all vegetation , debris , unsatisfactory soil materials , obstructions and deleterious materials from the ground surface prior to placement of fill . Plow or break- up sloped surfaces steeper than 1 vertical to 4 horizontal so that the fill material will bond with the existing surface . When the existing ground surface has a density less than that which will be required for the fill material , the ground surface shall be plowed , pulverized , and compacted to the density which the fill material ' is to receive . 10 . Compaction Requirements : As a minimum , compact the top 1400t of all areas that will require fill/backfill and compaction , to a minimum 98 percent of maximum dry density . Density tests shall be taken at the locations selected by the ENGINEER or his representative . ' 3 . 10 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL - REQUIRED DENSITY TESTS Last revised 9/ 10/02 02220- 12 EAST GIFFORD R\Public Works\KeithM\Stormwater Projects\Gifford East\Construction Contract\Technical Specificafions\Final Specificafions\Division ' 2\02220 - Excavation and Backill .doc ' A . The soil testing service must inspect and approve subgrades and fill layers before construction work is performed thereon . The OWNER will pay for ' soil testing services as specified in paragraph 1 . 4 . A . 1 . The CONTRACTOR shall order and schedule all tests . B . Density Tests Required for Areas That Will Receive Fill/Backfill and Compaction : These tests are required to be performed on earth that has been prepared to receive fill/backfill , prior to the fill/backfill being placed . Unless otherwise specified , take one ( 1 ) density test per every 10 , 000 square feet of surface area . The Modified Proctor Maximum Dry Density Test (ASTM D1557 ) shall be used for all density tests . ' C . Density Tests Required for Fill and Backfill Material : 1 . Each inherently different material to be used for compacted backfill , fill or embankment fill shall be tested for maximum dry density/optimum moisture content. The Modified Proctor Maximum Dry Density Test (ASTM D1557 ) shall be used for all density tests . 1 2 . A minimum of one test per 200 cubic yards of fill material shall be performed at the point of use . Tests shall be taken at locations designated by the ENGINEER or specified elsewhere . If any tests are unsatisfactory , the CONTRACTOR shall recompact the material , at his expense , until the required density is obtained . 3 . Footing Sub-grade : For each strata of soil on which footings will be placed , conduct at least one test to verify required design bearing capacities . Subsequent verification and approval of each footing subgrade may be based on a visual comparison of each subgrade with 1 related tested strata , when acceptable to ENGINEER . 4 . Paved Areas and Building Slab Subgrade : Make at least one field density test in each compacted layer of subgrade for every 2000 square feet of overlaying paved area or building slab , but in no case less than 3 tests per layer. 5 . Foundation Wall Backfill : Take at least 2 field density tests , at locations and elevations as directed . 6 . Density Test Locations for Pipelines : The compacted backfill/fill shall ' be tested for in - place density at the rate of one test location per 200 lineal feet (or fraction thereof) of trench , or as shown on the Drawings or as directed by the ENGINEER . The density tests shall be taken at each location in one-foot intervals beginning at the trench bottom and ending at the final grade . At road or pavement crossings , a minimum of two (2 ) density tests per crossing per lift is required . ' 7 . Density test locations for manholes and drainage structures : At least one test shall be taken at the center of the bottom of the excavation and subsequent tests shall be taken at one-foot intervals on at least ' Last revised 9/ 10/02 02220- 13 EAST GIFFORD RIPublic Works\KeithM\Stormweter Projects\Gifford East\construction Contract\Technical Specifications\Fnal Specifications\Division ' 2\02220 - Excavation and Backill .doc two opposite sides of the structure , beginning at the bottom of the excavation and ending at finish grade . D . If any tests are unsatisfactory , the CONTRACTOR shall re-excavate and/or recompact the material at his expense , until the required density is ' obtained . 3 . 11 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PLACEMENT AND COMPACTION OF ' BACKFILL AND FILL A . Furnish , place and compact all backfill and fill material required for ' structures and trenches and to provide the finished grades shown and specified . Unless otherwise specified , material may be obtained from on -site sources . Additional materials , if required , shall be furnished from ' off-site sources in accordance with paragraphs 2 . 1 . C . and 2 . 1 . E . B . In general , spread and dump fill in horizontal loose layers not exceeding 12 . ' inches loose thickness . Within 5 feet of structures , the fill/backfill shall not exceed 6- inches loose thickness . Mix and spread the fill in a manner assuring uniform lift thickness after placing . Backfill around buried walls 1 should be placed in level lifts not exceeding 6 - inches loose thickness . During the process of dumping and spreading , remove all roots , debris , and stones greater than 1 - 1 /2 inches diameter from the fill areas . Assign a ' sufficient number of men to this work to insure satisfactory compliance with these requirements . C . If the compacted surface of any layer of material is determined to be too smooth to bond properly with the succeeding layer, loosen the surface before the succeeding layer is placed . ' D . All backfill and fill materials shall belaced and compacted " in -the-dry" . P P rY Dewater excavated areas as required to perform the work and in such manner as to preserve the undisturbed state of the natural inorganic soils . ' E . Place backfill and fill materials evenly adjacent to structures , to required elevations . Take care to prevent wedging action of backfill against structures by carrying the material uniformly around the structure to approximately the same elevation in each lift. F . Prior to the installation of pipes which are to be installed in fill or ' embankment sections , place the fill until a minimum height of 24eet above the pipe is reached , unless otherwise specified . The pipe trench shall then Last revised 9/ 10/02 02220- 14 EAST GIFFORD RIPublic Works\Keithmstorm ater Projects\Efford East\construction contract\Technical Specifications\Final Specifications\Division ' 2\02220 - Excavation and Backill .doc ' be excavated and the pipe installed and backfilled . The remainder of the fill section shall then be placed and compacted . G . Control the water content of backfill and fill material during placement within the range necessary to obtain the compaction specified . In general , the ' moisture content of the material shall be within ±2 percent of the moisture content for optimum compaction as determinedly laboratory tests . Perform all necessary work to adjust the water content of the material to within the range necessary to permit the compaction specified . Do not place backfill or fill material when free water is standing on the surface of the area where it is to be placed . No compaction will be permitted with free water on any portion of the material to be compacted . H . Perform compaction of fill with equipment suitable for the type of material placed and which is capable of providing the densities required . Compaction should result in a firm and unyielding base . I . Compact fill shall be compacted by at least two coverages of all portions of the surface of each lift by compaction equipment . A single coverage is defined as the condition obtained when all portions of the surface of the fill ' material have been subjected to the direct contact of the compactor. J . Test the effectiveness of the equipment selected by CONTRACTOR at the ' commencement of compaction by construction of a small section of fill within the area where fill is to be placed . If tests on this section of fill show that the specified compaction is not obtained , increase the number of coverages , decrease the lift thickness or obtain a different type of compactor. No additional cost to OWNER shall be incurred . K . Perform backfill around structures using the specified procedures , except that within 10 feet of foundations and underground structures , use light compaction equipment . Take care not to over compact the backfill around buried structures , thereby over stressing the walls of the structure . L . Compaction Requirements : Unless specified elsewhere or otherwise shown on the Construction Drawings or stated by the ENGINEER , each layer of all fill and backfill , including that for utility trenches , shall be compacted to the ' density listed below as determined by AASHTO T- 180 . Each layer shall be compacted to the specified density before placing subsequent layers . 1 . Structures and building slabs and footings , within 10 feet around perimeter of buildingslabs - 98 percent of maximum dry density . Compact the material under slab and footing bottoms for a minimum depth of 24eet , to no less than 98 percent maximum dry density . Note : Last revised 9/ 10/02 02220,, 15 EAST GIFFORD FAPublic Works\KeithM\Storm%ater Projects\Afford East\Construction Contract\Technical Specifications\Final Specifications\Division 2\02220 - Excavation and Backfll.doc ' Compact backfill around structures with buried walls to 95 percent of maximum dry density. ' 2 . Grassed or unpaved areas - 95 percent of maximum dry density. 3 . Sidewalks , driveways and bike paths - 98 percent of maximum dry density. ' 4 . Paved areas and within 6 feet around the perimeter of paved areas - 98 percent of maximum dry density . 5 . Utility Trench Backfill : ' a . Pipe Bedding and Foundation - Compact the material below the bottom of the pipe barrel to 98 percent of maximum dry density for a minimum depth of 6- inches for the full width and length of the trench . b . Initial Backfill - Initial backfill is defined as the backfill from the trench bottom to 124ches above the top of the pipe . Compact to ' 98 percent of maximum dry density . C , Subsequent Backfill - Subsequent backfill is the backfill placed above the initial backfill . Compact to the limits denoted in ' paragraphs 3 . 11 . L . 1 , 2 , 3 , and 4 , as applicable . 6 . Manholes and Drainage Structures : a . Bottom of Excavation - Compact the material below the bottom of the excavation to 98 percent of maximum dry density for a minimum depth of 12 - inches for at least three feet beyond the structure perimeter. ' b . Backfill — Compact to the limits denoted in paragraphs 3 . 11 . L . 1 , 2 , 3 , and 4 , as applicable . ' M . If the specified densities are not obtained , perform whatever work is required to provide the required densities . This work shall include complete removal of unacceptable fill areas , and replacement and recompaction until acceptable fill is provided . N . After excavation fora structure is completed , notify the OWNER's Project ' Representative . No concrete or reinforcing steel shall be placed until the OWNER' s Project Representative has approved the depth of the excavation and the character of the foundation material . O . Fill/backfill slopes shall not exceed two horizontal to one vertical (2H : 1 V ) ' 3 . 12 SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PLACEMENT AND COMPACTION OF BACKFILL AND FILL FOR UTILITIES A . In addition to the requirements of paragraph 3 . 11 , above , the following shall apply for the construction of utilities in trenches . Last revised 9/ 10/02 02220- 16 EAST GIFFORD RIPublic Works\KeithM\stop-nmter Projects\Gifford East\Construction Contract\Technical Specifications\Final Specifications\Division ' 2\02220 - Excavation and Backtll .doc B . Bedding and Foundations : 1 . Class A (Concrete Cradle or Concrete Arch Bedding ) This class of bedding shall be used only where specifically shown in the Drawings or directed by the Engineer. If the use of a concrete cradle is required , the pipe shall be bedded in a monolithic concrete cradle with a minimum thickness equal to 1 /4 the outside pipe diameter or to a minimum of four inches under the barrel , whichever is greatest , ' and extending up the sides of the pipe to a height equal to 1 /2 of the outside pipe diameter. The cradle shall have an overall width equal to 1 - 1 /4 of the outside diameter of the pipe or a minimum width equal to ' the outside diameter of the pipe plus eight inches , whichever is greater. The concrete shall have a minimum 28 day compressive strength of 2 , 500 psi . 2 . Class B ( First-class Bedding ) a . Where Class B Bedding is required , the trench shall be excavated below the planned bottom of the pipe to a depth equal to 1 /4 the ' nominal diameter of the pipe , or 6 inches , whichever is greater. The over-excavated depth shall be backfilled using either Type 1 or Type 3 materials , carefully compacted and shaped to provide a uniform support for the lower portion of the pipe barrel . Shaping under the pipe bells shall be so that the bell does not support the pipe and joints can be made without bedding material interference . ' b . At the option of the CONTRACTOR , Class B Bedding may be used in place of Class C (Ordinary Bedding ) provided that the exercise of this option shall create no additional expense to the OWNER . c . If Type 1 material is used , construct a dam at minimum 200- foot intervals , across the full trench width for the height of the Type 1 material . The purpose for this dam is to prevent the Type 1 material from serving as a channel or conduit for the flow of groundwater along the outside of the pipe . 3 . Class C ( Ordinary Bedding ) a . For Class C Bedding the pipe shall be placed on undisturbed native soil and in such a manner that the lower portion of the pipe barrel is uniformly supported for the full length of the barrel . The trench bottom shall be hand shaped to provide a firm support for ' the pipe . Excavation under the bell shall be sufficient so that the bell does not support the pipe and the joint can be made without interference . b . Use Class C Bedding for all pipeline construction unless unsuitable bedding material is encountered , or unless shown otherwise on the Contract Drawings , or unless the CONTRACTOR Last revised 9/ 10/02 02220- 17 EAST GIFFORD RIPublic Works\Keithmstormeter Projects\Gifford East\Construction Contract\Technical Specifications\nnal Specifications\Division ' 2\02220 - Excavation and Back411 .doc ' exercises the option to use Class B Bedding at no extra cost to the OWNER . ' C . Unsuitable Bedding Material : If the materials encountered at the normal bottom of the trench excavation are in the sole judgment of the ENGINEER , ' unsuitable to act as foundation for the pipe , such material shall be excavated to the depth necessary to obtain a suitable foundation . ( Refer to paragraph 3 . 4 , " Removal of Muck , Rock and Other Unstable Material . " ) Remove the unsuitable material and replace it with "Type 3 " material as defined in paragraph 2 . 1 . C . ' D . Pipe Trench Backfill : 1 . Place all backfilling in pipe trenches that are below structures , other pipes or paved areas , in horizontal layers not exceeding 6 -inches in ' depth and thoroughly compact each before the next layer is placed . In other pipe trenches , compacted layers shall be 6- inches thick up to the pipe centerline and up to 12 - inches thick thereafter. 2 . Backfill shall be deposited evenly along both sides of the pipe from a maximum height of 2 feet above the top of the pipe . Material shall not be dropped directly on the unprotected pipe surface . ' 3 . Where thrust blocks , encasement , or other cast-in - place concrete items are used , no backfilling shall be placed until the specific items have been observed and accepted by the ENGINEER . ' 4 . Backfill Material : a . In most circumstances , excavated material from the pipe trench should be acceptable as backfill . This backfill material must meet ' the requirements of "Type 2 " material as defined in paragraph 2 . 1 . 13 . Otherwise , use "Type 3 " material as defined in paragraph ' 2 . 1 . C . b . The backfill from the trench bottom to 124ches above the top of the pipe shall not contain rock or stone fragments greater than 1 - ' 1 /2 inches diameter. The maximum diameter of a rock or stone fragment in the rest of the backfill shall not exceed 6- inches . E . Compaction Methods : ' 1 . All backfill to the springline ( centerline ) of the pipe shall be thoroughly compacted with curved end tamping bars under and on each side of ' the pipe and flat tamped between the pipe and the trench wall . This compaction shall be completed before the remainder of the trench is backfilled . Take extra care to adequately compact the haunch area of the pipe without lifting the pipe off the bedding . The remainder of the ' backfill may be compacted by power-operated tampers , rollers , or vibratory equipment . Last revised 9/ 10/02 02220- 18 EAST GIFFORD FAPublic Works\KeithM\stop-nmter Projects\Gfford East\Construction Contract\Technical Specifications\Final Specifications\Division ' 2\02220 - Excavation and Backill .doc 2 . Flooding or puddling with water to consolidate backfill will not be permitted . ' F . Refer to the Supplement to Section 02220 , Trench Details and General Trench Notes , at the end of this Section (4 pages ) . ' 3 . 13 CONSTRUCTION OF EMBANKMENTS ' A . To the maximum extent available , use excess earth obtained from structure and trench excavations for construction of embankments . Import additional material from borrow pits as necessary . After preparation of the ' embankment area , level and roll the subgrade so that surface materials of the subgrade will be compacted and well - bonded with the first layer of the embankment . All material deposited in embankments shall be free from ' rocks or stones , brush , stumps , logs , roots , debris , and organic or other objectionable materials . Construct embankments in horizontal layers not exceeding 8 inches in uncompacted thickness . Spread and level material ' deposited by excavating and hauling equipment prior to compaction . Thoroughly compact each layer by rolling or other methods . ' 3 . 14 GRADING A . General : Uniformly grade areas within limits of grading under this Section , ' including adjacent transition areas . Smooth subgrade surfaces within specified tolerances , compact with uniform levels or slopes between points ' where elevations are shown , or between such points and existing grades . The tops of embankments and breaks in grade shall be rounded with a minimum radius of 6 feet . All surfaces shall be free of roots , debris , and other deleterious material . ' B . Grading Outside Building Lines Grade areas adjacent to building lines to drain away from structures and to prevent ponding . Finish surfaces free ' from irregular surface changes , and as follows : 1 . Turfed Areas or Areas Covered with Gravel , Stone , Wood Chips , or ' Other Special Cover: Finish areas to receive topsoil or special cover to within not more than 1 inch above or below the required subgrade elevations . In areas to receive sod , the finish grading shall allow for ' the thickness of the sod so that the new sod will match the existing sod , pavement , walks , etc . 2 . Walks : Shape surface of areas under walks to line , grade and ' cross- section , with finish surface not more than 1 - inch above or below the required subgrade elevation . Last revised 9/ 10/02 02220- 19 EAST GIFFORD FAPublic WorksWeithmstormweter Projects\Efford East\Construction Contract\Technicai Specifications\Final Specifications\Division ' 2\02220 - Excavation and Backill.doc ' 3 . Pavements : Shape surface of areas under pavement to line , grade and cross-section , with finish surface not more than 1 /2 inch above or ' below the required subgrade elevation . C . Grading Surface of Fill Under Building Slabs : Grade smooth and even , free ' of voids , compacted as specified , and to required elevation . Provide final grades within a tolerance of 1 /2 inch when tested with a 10 foot straightedge . ' D . Compaction : After grading , compact subgrade surfaces to the depth and percentage of ' maximum density for each area classification . 3 . 15 DISPOSAL OF EXCESS SUITABLE EXCAVATED MATERIAL ' A . Haul away all suitable material removed from the excavations that is in excess of that required for backfill , and dispose of it in compliance with ordinances , codes , ' laws and regulations . Be Stockpile all excess suitable material from the jobsite at the Indian River County ' Road and Bridge Complex , located at 4550 41st Street. Before commencing work on the Project, contact the Indian River County Road and Bridge Division at 770-5085 to coordinate the placement of the material . Refer to Section 01543 for the haul route . At the stockpile site , segregate excess topsoil ( See Section 02050 , paragraph 1 . 5 ) from the excess suitable excavated material . Indian River County will provide all labor, machinery , and equipment necessary to spread and ' pile the excess material at the stockpile site . 3 . 16 DISPOSAL OF UNSUITABLE MATERIAL ' A . Unsuitable material includes muck , clay, 9 roots , heterogenous fill material , and any other organic or similar materials . Unforseen items such as buried trees , ' timbers , abandoned utilities , metal objects , concrete masses , and the like , are also considered unsuitable material . If there is a doubt as to whether the material is classified as suitable or unsuitable , the ENGINEER shall make the ' determination . At no additional cost to the OWNER , haul away all unsuitable material and dispose of it in compliance with ordinances , codes , laws and regula- ' tions . 3 . 17 RESTORATION ' A . Restoring and Resurfacing Existing Roadways and Facilities : ' Last revised 9/ 10/02 02220-20 EAST GIFFORD RIPublic Works\Keithwstormweter Projects\Gifford East\construction Contract\Technical Specifications\Final Specifications\Division ' 2\02220 - Excavation and Backfll .doc 1 . Place 1 - 1 /2 inches of temporary bituminous pavement immediately after backfilling trenches in paved roadways which are to be retained for ' permanent use . Maintain the surface of the paved area over the trench in good and safe condition during progress of the entire Work , and promptly fill all depressions over and adjacent to the trench caused by settlement of ' backfilling . The permanent replacement pavement shall be equal to that of the existing roadways unless otherwise specified . 2 . All pavement, gutters , curbs , sidewalks or roadways disturbed or damaged ' by the CONTRACTOR'S operations , except areas designated " New Pavement" or " Proposed Pavement" , shall be restored by him at his own expense to as good condition as they were previous to the commencement of the Work and in accordance with applicable local and Florida Department of Transportation specifications . In the event of a conflict , the more stringent specification shall govern . ' B . All paved alleys and driveways of shell , limerock , stabilized soil or gravel , g rass plots , sod , shrubbery, ornamental trees , signs , fences , or other surface ' improvements on public or private property which have been damaged or removed in excavating shall be restored to conditions equal to or better than conditions existing prior to beginning work . Restoration of shoulders shall ' consist of sodding , seeding and mulching and/or stabilizing with limerock as determined by the OWNER . C . The cost of restoration shall be included in the cost of the various applicable items . ' 3 . 18 SETTLEMENT A . The CONTRACTOR shall repair at his expense , all damage caused by any ' settlement occurring within one year from the date of final acceptance by the OWNER . Make all repairs and replacements within 30 days after notice from ' ENGINEER or OWNER . + + END OF SECTION + + Last revised 9/10/022 - 02 20 21 EAST GIFFORD F:\Public Works\KeithM\stormmater Projects\Gifford East\construction contract\Technical Specifications\Fnai Specifications\Division ' 2\02220 - Excavation and Backfll.doc PROVIDE TRENCH SLOPE AS REQUIRED FINISH GRADE zo DETEC11ON TAPE 12 ' MAXIMUM LAYERS ' - % SEE NOTE 6 co AT 95% COMPACTION ir z o SEE NOTE 4 o 0 SEE NOTE 10 w z U < Q N 12" MAXIMUM LAYERS - o AT 98% COMPACTION BACKFILL WITH MECHANICAL COMPACTION NOT oo EXCAVATED MATERIAL IF ALLOWED BELOW THIS LEVEL _ PI E _ ACCEPTABLE . UNSUITABLE 6 " MAXIMUM LAYERS MATERIAL SHALL BE REPLACED , AT 98% COMPACTION MAXIMUM WATER LEVEL ALLOWABLE f' DURING CONSTRUCTION . MAINTAIN ( z A DRY WORKING SURFACE AND MAINTAIN THE UNDISTURBED STATE OF THE NATURAL SOILS , SEE NOTE 9 12" PAPE 12 " TRENCH WIDTH UNDISTURBED SOIL , W, TRENCH DETAIL : UNPAVED AREA SUPPLEMENT TO SECTION 02220 TRENCH DETAILS AND GENERAL TRENCH NOTES PAGE 1 OF 4 NEW SURFACING MATERIALS SHALL BE 4' ( MINj rE REPLACEMENT CONSISTENT WITH EXISTING, HOWEVER , MONOLITHIC SLAB CONCRETE PAVEMENT USE MINIMUM 4, 000 PSI , 28- DAY 6X6 - 6 /6 COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH CONCRETE MIN . EXISTING CONCRETE WITH FIBERMESH . WWF PAVEMENT 00 ♦ " W z 18 14" > o Oo SEE NOTE 4 - " 0 k' az SEE NOTE 10 DETECTION TAPE 6 " MAXIMUM LAYERS iv SEE NOTE 6 AT 98% COMPACTION 00 t o MECHANICAL COMPACTION NOT i BACKFILL WITH ALLOWED BELOW THIS LEVEL EXCAVATED MATERIAL IF rp , E _ ACCEPTABLE . UNSUITABLE 6 " MAXIMUM LAYERS MATERIAL SHALL BE REPLACED WITH AT 98% COMPACTION SELECT FILL AS SPECIFIED . MAXIMUM WATER LEVEL ALLOWABLE DURING CONSTRUCTION . MAINTAIN f `O A DRY WORKING SURFACE AND MAINTAIN THE UNDISTURBED STATE SEE NOTE 9 i OF THE NATURAL SOILS, 12 PIPEel O. D . ; TRENCH WIDTH UNDISTURBED SOIL W' TRENCH DETAIL : CONCRETE PAVED AREA SUPPLEMENT TO SECTION 02220 TRENCH DETAILS AND GENERAL TRENCH NOTES PAGE 2 OF 4 TRENCH WIDTH ' W' + 4' MIN , SURFACE RESTORATION NEW SURFACING MATERIALS SHALL BE MECHANICALLYSAW CONSISTENT WITH EXISTING AND SHALL( 1 - 1 /2 " MINIMUM ) 6 " EXISTING PAVEMENT HAVE LAPPED AND FEATHERED JOINTS. MI EXISTING ASPHALT PAVING 7 EXISTING BASE ' REPLACEMENT ; o LIMEROCK BASE SEE NOTE 4 / / / ` / IN 3 LIFTS AT 0 o 98% COMPACTION w SEE NOTE 10 N ' < Z 6 " MAXIMUM LAYERS iv DETECTION TAPE v Q AT 98% COMPACTION SEE NOTE 6 00 w * o MECHANICAL COMPACTION NOT BACKFILL WITH ALLOWED BELOW THIS LEVEL EXCAVATED MATERIAL IF 6 " MAXIMUM LAYERS _ PI E _ ACCEPTABLE . UNSUITABLE AT 98% COMPAC11ON MATERIAL SHALL BE REPLACED. MAXIMUM WATER LEVEL ALLOWABLE 77177 %� Z DURING CONSTRUCTION . MAINTAIN /j R cO g A DRY WORKING SURFACE AND „ MAINTAIN THE UNDISTURBED STATE SEE NOTE 9 - ; r1 rte: OF THE NATURAL SOILS. 12" PI 12" �`.; . O. D . TRENCH WIDTH UNDISTURBED SOIL ' W TRENCH DETAIL : ASPHALT PAVED AREA SUPPLEMENT TO SECTION 02220 TRENCH DETAILS AND GENERAL TRENCH NOTES PAGE 3 OF 4 GENERAL TRENCH NOTES 1 , IT IS THE CONTRACTOR ' S RESPONSIBILITY TO ENSURE THAT EXCAVATIONS DO NOT ENDANGER WORKMEN , EXISTING STRUCTURES , UTILITIES , OR OTHER FACILITIES . COMPLY WITH OSHA ' S EXCAVATION SAFETY STANDARDS 29 , CFR PART 1926 . 650 - 652 SUBPART P , AND WITH FLORIDA ' S TRENCH SAFETY ACT ( FLORIDA STATUTE 90 - 96 ) , IF THERE IS A CONFLICT BETWEEN THOSE STANDARDS AND THESE DRAWINGS , THE MORE STRIGENT REQUIREMENT SHALL GOVERN , 2 . SHEETING WILL BE REQUIRED AS DETERMINED IN THE FIELD , BY CONTRACTOR , 3 . COMPACTION PERCENTAGES SHOWN REFER TO MODIFIED PROCTOR MAXIMUM DRY DENSITY ( ASTM D1557 ) . 4. MAINTAIN TRENCH WIDTH TO THIS LEVEL. 5 , TRENCH WIDTH " W" = PIPE O . D . PLUS 2 ' - 0 6 . 3 " WIDE IDENTIFICATION /WARNING TAPE OVER CENTER OF PIPE . TAPE TO BE AS SHOWN BY " UTILITY PIPE IDENTIFICATION /WARNING TAPE " DETAIL. ( NOT APPLICABLE FOR STORM SEWERS ) 7 , FOR MORE INFORMATION ON EXCAVATION , BACKFILL, AND COMPACTION , REFER TO SECTION 02220 OF THE TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS , WHICH GOVERN OVER THE CONSTRUCTION DETAILS , 8 , ALL RESTORATION IN EASEMENTS OR RIGHT - OF- WAYS SHALL CONFORM TO THE SPECIFICATIONS OR THE JURISDICTIONAL AGENCY ' S SPECIFICATIONS , WHICHEVER IS MORE STRINGENT. 9 , VERIFY THAT THERE ARE NO SHARP OR DELITERIOUS OBJECTS THAT MAY DAMAGE THE PIPE FOR A MINIMUM DEPTH OF 6 - INCHES BELOW THE BOTTOM OF THE PIPE BARREL FOR THE FULL WIDTH OF THE TRENCH . COMPACT THE MATERIAL BELOW THE BOTTOM OF THE PIPE BARREL TO 98 PERCENT DENSITY FOR A MINIMUM DEPTH OF 6 - INCHES FOR THE FULL WIDTH OF THE TRENCH . IF THE MATERIAL AT THE BOTTOM OF THE TRENCH IS DETERMINED TO BE UNSUITABLE BY THE ENGINEER , EXCAVATE TO THE DEPTH NECESSARY TO OBTAIN A SUITABLE FOUNDATION AND REPLACE THE UNSUITABLE MATERIAL WITH SUITABLE MATERIAL PER SECTION 02220 . 10 . COMPACT WITH HAND OPERATED COMPACTING EQUIPMENT ONLY, SUPPLEMENT TO SECTION 02220 TRENCH DETAILS AND GENERAL TRENCH NOTES PAGE 4 OF 4 SECTION 02225 ' EROSION CONTROL AND TREATMENT OF DEWATERING WATER AND STORMWATER FROM THE CONSTRUCTION SITE ' PART 1 — GENERAL 1 . 1 SCOPE A . This Section covers erosion control and the treatment of dewatering water and stormwater runoff from the construction site and work area . The pollution control measures shall prevent turbid or otherwise polluted waters from being discharged from the construction site or work area , to ' undeveloped portions of the site or off-site . B . The OWNER considers pollution from dewatering water and stormwater runoff from a construction site or work area to be a very serious offense . The CONTRACTOR is solely responsible for preventing pollution caused by dewatering water and stormwater runoff from the construction site or work area . C . The pollution control measures specified herein represent minimum standards to be adhered to by the CONTRACTOR throughout the Project' s construction . The OWNER reserves the right to require the CONTRACTOR to employ additional pollution control measures , when in the sole opinion of the OWNER , they are warranted . If site specific conditions require additional erosion and stormwater pollution control measures during any phase of construction or operation to prevent erosion or to control sediment or other pollution , beyond those specified in the Drawings or herein , implement additional best management practices as necessary , in accordance with Chapter 4 , " Best Management Practices for Erosion and Sedimentation Control " of the Florida Erosion and Sediment Control Inspector' s Manual , included herein in Appendix " B " . ' D . The OWNER may terminate this Contract if the CONTRACTOR fails to comply with this Section . Alternatively , the OWNER may halt the ' CONTRACTOR' s operations until the CONTRACTOR is in full compliance with this Section . If the OWNER halts the CONTRACTOR' s work as a result of its failure to comply with this Section , the Construction Contract ' time clock will continue to run . E . In addition to these Specifications , comply with Chapter 4 , " Best Management Practices for Erosion and Sedimentation Control " of the Florida Erosion and Sediment Control Inspector' s Manual , included herein ' Last revised 3/31 /03 02225- 1 EAST GIFFORD FAPublic WorksWeithM\Stormwater Projects\Gifford East\Construction ContrachTechnical Specifications\Final ' SpecificationsTivision 2\02225 - Erosion Control & Treatment.doc ' in Appendix " Be " In the event of a conflict between the referenced Chapter 4 and these Specifications , the more stringent requirement shall prevail . 1 . 2 SOME PERMITS TO BE OBTAINED BY THE CONTRACTOR A . The OWNER has obtained certain permits for this project and they are listed in paragraph SC-6 . 08 of the Supplementary Conditions . Per paragraph SC-6 . 08 . 0 of the Supplementary Conditions , the t CONTRACTOR shall apply for, obtain , and pay for all other required permits and licenses . This may include but not be limited to : 1 . Long -term or short-term dewatering permit as required by the St . ' Johns River Water Management District (SJRWMD ) . Contact SJRWMD at (321 ) 9844940 to determine which permit is required and the associated statutory requirements ; 2 . Florida Department of Environmental Protection ( FDEP ) " Notice of Intent to Use Generic Permit for Stormwater Discharge From Construction Activities That Disturb Five or More Acres of Land " ' permit application form . Contact FDEP at (407 ) 894-7555 or (850 ) 921 =9904 ; and 3 . U . S . Environmental Protection Agency ( EPA) " Notice of Intent ' ( NOI ) for Storm Water Discharges Associated With Construction Activity Under a NPDES General Permit. " Be Provide copies of all permits to the OWNER and ENGINEER and comply with all conditions contained in all permits at no extra cost to the OWNER . If there is a conflict between any permit requirement and these Specifications , the more stringent specification or requirement shall govern . 1 . 3 GENERAL A . Do not begin any other construction work until the pollution control and treatment system has been constructed in accordance with approved plans and approved for use by the OWNER and applicable permitting ' authorities . Be From time to time , the OWNER or ENGINEER will inspect the pollution ' control and treatment system and may take effluent samples for analysis by a testing laboratory selected and paid for by the OWNER . If at any time , the OWNER or ENGINEER determines that the pollution control and ' treatment system is not in compliance with the approved system , the OWNER or ENGINEER will shut the portion of the project down that is not in compliance , and it shall remain shut-down until the pollution control and treatment system is properly constructed or repaired , and complies with the approved pollution control and treatment system plans and specifications . ' Last revised 3/31 /03 02225-2 EAST GIFFORD FAPublic WorksVeithmstormwater Projects\Gifford East\Construction Contract\Technical Specifications\Final ' Specifications\Division 2\02225 - Erosion Control & Treatmentdoc S C . Schedule construction to minimize erosion and stormwater runoff from the construction site . Implement erosion control measures on disturbed areas as soon as practicable in portions of the site where construction activities have temporarily or permanently ceased , but in no case more than 7 days ' after the construction activity in that portion of the site has temporarily or permanently ceased . ' D . Inspect each pollution control system at least once per day . Clean and maintain each pollution control system as required by its manufacturer or the OWNER , until the system is no longer needed . If a water quality violation occurs , immediately cease all work contributing to the water quality violation and correct the problem . E . Discharge shall not violate State or local water quality standards in the receiving waters , nor cause injury to the public health or to public or private property, nor to the Work completed or in progress . The receiving tpoint for water from construction operations shall be approved by the applicable regulatory agency and the ENGINEER . ' F . Promptly repair all damage at no cost to the OWNER . 1 . 4 SUBMITTALS ' A . Shop Drawings : Submit shop drawings of the proposed pollution control and treatment systems in accordance with Section 1340 . 1 . 5 " POLLUTION " AND CERTAIN UNCONTESTABLE POLLUTION EVENTS 1 DEFINED A . Except as may be defined otherwise in paragraphs 1 . 6 . 13 , 1 . 6 . C , and 1 . 6 . D , " pollution " is the presence in off-site waters of any substances , tcontaminants , or manmade or human-induced : impairment of waters or alteration of the chemical , physical , biological , or radiological integrity of ' water in quantities or at levels which are or may be potentially harmful or injurious to human health or welfare , animal or plant life , or property . Pollutants to be removed include but are not limited to , sediment and ' suspended solids , solid and sanitary wastes , phosphorus , nitrogen , pesticides , oil and grease , concrete truck washout , construction chemicals , and construction debris . ' B . When the Discharge is Directly Into an Existing Water Body , Pollution Occurs When . . . An existing water body ( including ditches and canals ) is ' defined to be polluted by the CONTRACTOR' s operations when at any time , the turbidity of the water immediately downstream of the CONTRACTOR' s discharge point(s ) is 29 nephelometric turbidity units ' Last revised 3/31 /03 02225=3 EAST GIFFORD FAPublic Works\KeithM\Storrnwater Projects\Gifford East\Construction Contract\Technical Specifications\Final ' SpecificationsOivision 2\02225 - Erosion Control & Treatment.doc ( NTUs ) higher than the turbidity of the background water upstream of the discharge point(s ) . [See Fla . Administrative Code 62-302 . 530] The ' ENGINEER or OWNER shall determine the locations where the turbidity is measured . ' C . When the Discharge is not Directly Into an Existing Water Body, Pollution Occurs When . . . In some instances , dewatering water or stormwater runoff from the construction site or work area may reach a water body ' indirectly , such as after traveling through pipes or by overland flow . Before construction commences , the OWNER or ENGINEER will measure background levels of total suspended solids (TSS ) and turbidity , in the ' immediate vicinity of the discharge water' s ultimate discharge point into the receiving water body. If the discharge water' s TSS and turbidity measurements exceed these pre-construction background values by 29 ' NTUs for turbidity, then the discharge from the CONTRACTOR' s operations is defined to be polluted . ' D . Pollution Always Occurs When The discharge is defined to be polluted whenever any of the following is present in the discharge water: ( 1 ) Hazardous waste or hazardous materials in any quantity, ' (2 ) Any petroleum product or by- product in any quantity, ( 3 ) Any chemical in any quantity, or (4 ) Concentrated pollutants . ' E . Above paragraphs 1 . 6 . 13 , 1 . 6 . C , and 1 . 6 . D do not in any way , limit the types of conditions in which pollution may be determined to occur. ' 1 . 6 PENALTIES FOR NONCOMPLIANCE WITH THIS SECTION ' A . In addition to the OWNER' s other remedies listed herein , if the CONTRACTOR fails to comply with this Section and erosion or pollution is caused by dewatering water or stormwater runoff from the construction site , the OWNER will report the violations to the Indian River County Code Enforcement Board , SJRWMD , Indian River Farms Water Control District (or other F . S . Chapter 298 Drainage District , as appropriate ) , and other pertinent regulatory or enforcement agencies . ' PART 2 MATERIALS AND INSTALLATION 2 . 1 GENERAL ' A . Staked Silt Fences : 1 . General : Use silt fences to control runoff from the construction site ' where the soil has been disturbed . 2 . Installation : Install per the manufacture ' s recommendations and as specified herein . In general , install the silt fence in a manner that Last revised 3/31 /03 022254 EAST GIFFORD FAPublic Works\KeithM\Stormwater Projects\Gifford East\Construction Contract\Technical Specifications\Final ' SpecificationsUvision 2\02225 - Erosion Control & Treatment.doc allows it to stop the water long enough for the sediment to settle while the water passes through the silt fence fabric . All supporting ' posts shall be on the down -slope side of the fencing . Place the bottom of the fabric 6-inches minimum , under compacted soil to prevent the flow of sediment underneath the fence . Otherwise , ' install in accordance with FDOT Index No . 102 . 3 . Removal : The silt screens shall become the property of the OWNER upon completion of the project . When they are no longer ' needed , carefully remove and clean the silt screens and contact Indian River County Road and Bridge Division (772-5085 ) , which will provide a truck to pickup the silt screens . Load the silt screens ' barriers onto the County truck . 4 . Product : All material shall be new and unused . Use FDOT Type IV silt fences where large sediment loads are anticipated , where slopes are 1 :2 (vertical : horizontal ) or steeper, or as directed by the ENGINEER ; otherwise use FDOT Type III silt fence . (a ) For FDOT Type III Silt Fence - ACF Environmental , Catalog No . 360800000 , Florida DOT Silt Fence . U . S . Sieve = 309 tensile strength = 120 pounds . The heavy-duty filter fabric shall be pre-attached to 48-inch long stakes on 6400t ' centers . ( 1 -800448-3636 ) . ( b ) For FDOT Type IV Silt Fence , modify the above Catalog No . 360800000 to comply with FDOT Index No . 102 . (c) Or equivalent . B . Turbidity Barriers : 1 . General : Use turbidity barriers to control sediment contamination of rivers , lakes , ponds , canals , etc . 2 . Installation : Install per the manufacturer' s recommendations and per FDOT Index No . 103 unless directed otherwise by the ENGINEER . 3 . Removal : The turbidity barriers shall become the property of the ' OWNER upon completion of the project . When they are no longer needed , carefully remove and clean the turbidity barriers and contact Indian River County Road and Bridge Division (770-5085 ) , which will provide a truck to pickup the barriers . Load the turbidity barriers into the County truck. ' 4 . Product: All material shall be new and unused . The turbidity barrier shall be a pervious barrier and the fabric color shall be yellow . a . Parker Systems , Inc. ( 1 -866-472-7537 ) , model Type I . ' b . Or equivalent . C . Sedimentation Control From Dewatering or Pumping Operations Using ' Filter Bags : 1 . Remove silt , sediment , and other particles from dewatering or pumping applications using a filter bag . The bag shall be Last revised 3/31 /03 02225-5 EAST GIFFORD R\Public Works\KeithM\Stormwater Projects\Gifford East\Construction Contract\Technical Specifications\Final ' Specifications\Division 2\02225 - Erosion Control & Treatment.doc ' manufactured using a polypropylene non -woven geotextile and sewn by a double-needle machine , using a high strength nylon ' thread . The bag shall have a fill spout large enough to accommodate a 4-inch pump discharge hose . Straps shall be attached to the bag to secure the hose and prevent pumped water from escaping without being filtered . 2 . Installation : Install in accordance with the manufacturer' s specifications . Use as many filter bags as required , at no additional ' cost to the OWNER . Dispose of the bags offsite , at no cost to the OWNER . If the bags are placed on aggregate to facilitate filtration efficiency, do not use limerock aggregate . 3 . Product: The filter bag shall be supplied with lifting straps . a . " DIRTBAG 53 or 55 as applicable , " supplied by ACF Environmental , Inc. ( 1 -800-448-3636 ) . b . " DANDY DEWATERING BAG " supplied by Dandy Products , Inc . ( 1 -800-591 -2284 ) . C . Or equivalent . ' D . Curb Inlet Protection : 1 . Filter stormwater before it enters curb inlets . 2 . Installation : Install in accordance with the manufacturer' s specifications . Use as many of the specified filtration devices as required , at no additional cost to the OWNER . 3 . Removal : The filtration devices shall become the property of the OWNER upon completion of the project. When they are no longer needed , carefully remove and clean the filtration devices and contact Indian River County Road and Bridge Division ( 772-5085 ) , which will provide a truck to pick them up . Load the filtration devices onto the County truck . ' 4 . Product : All materials shall be new and unused . The length of the curb inlet filtration device shall be at least 24eet longer than the curb inlet opening . ' a . "GUTTERBUDDY , " supplied by ACF Environmental , Inc . ( 1 - 800-448-3636 ) . 1 b . Or equivalent. E . Catch Basin Protection : ' 1 . Filter stormwater before it enters catch basins (drop inlets ) . The "sack" shall be manufactured from woven polypropylene geotextile and sewn by a double- needle machine , using a high strength nylon thread . The sack shall be manufactured to fit the opening of the ' catch basin or drop inlet and it shall have the following features : two dump straps attached at the bottom to facilitate emptying ; lifting loops as an integral part of the system to be used to lift the sack from the basin ; and a yellow restraint chord approximately halfway up the sack to keep the sides away from the catch basin walls . The Last revised 3/31 /03 02225-6 EAST GIFFORD FAPublic Works\KeithM\Stormwater Projects\Gifford East\Construction Contract\Technical Specifications\Final ' Specifications\Division 2\02225 - Erosion Control & Treatment.doc tyellow restraint chord shall also serve as a visual means of indicating when the sack should be emptied . ' 2 . Installation : Install in each catch basin in accordance with the manufacturer' s specifications . Use as many of the specified filtration devices as required , at no additional cost to the OWNER . 3 , Removal : The filtration devices shall become the property of the OWNER upon completion of the project . When they are no longer needed , carefully remove and clean the filtration devices and contact Indian River County Road and Bridge Division ( 772-5085 ) , which will provide a truck to pick them up . Load the filtration devices onto the County truck . I 4 . Product: All materials shall be new and unused . a . "SILTSACK" ( regular flow) , supplied by ACF Environmental , Inc . ( 1 -80044&3636 ) . ' b . " FloGuard + PLUS , " supplied by Kristar Enterprises , Inc . ( 1 . 800-579-8819 ) . c . Or equivalent. ' F . Construction Site Egress Driveways : Minimize the transport of sediment and soil from the construction site or work area by vehicle wheels . Construct a crushed rock driving surface at the vehicle exit point(s ) . Provide an area large enough to remove the sediment and soil from vehicle wheels before the vehicle leaves the construction site or work 1 area . Provide wash -down stations as required to wash vehicle tires and retain all washwater on-site . ' G . Rock and Stone for Erosion Control and Pollution Control and Treatment : 1 . Crushed Limerock : Crushed limerock shall not be used under any circumstance . ' 2 . Acceptable Material : FDOT #4 non-calcareous aggregate ( usually granite ) , washed and meeting the requirements of FDOT Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction , Section 901 . 1 H . Hay Bales : Hay bales shall not be used . PART 3 EXECUTION A . State Certified Erosion Control Specialty Subcontractor is Required for ' Design , Installation , and Maintenance : Site-specific design of the erosion and stormwater pollution control system , and installation and maintenance ' of all erosion and stormwater pollution control devices , shall be by a State Certified erosion control subcontractor who specializes in the design , installation , and maintenance of such devices . After installation , this specialty subcontractor shall maintain the erosion and stormwater pollution control devices until in the ENGINEER' s sole opinion , the devices Last revised 3/31 /03 02225-7 EAST GIFFORD FAPublic WorksVeithM\Stormwater Projects\Gifford East\Construction Contract\Technical Specifications\Final ' Specifications\Division 2\02225 - Erosion Control & Treatment.doc are no longer necessary (such time not to extend past the date the OWNER formally accepts the project as complete ) . ' B . Design , construct , and maintain the pollution control and treatment system to minimize erosion and capture and remove pollutants from the construction site and from all other areas disturbed by construction activities . + + END OF SECTION + + 1 Last revised 3/31 /03 02225=8 EAST GIFFORD FAPublic Works\KeithM\Stormwater Projects\Gifford East\Construction ContrachTechnical Specifications\Final ' Specifications\Division 2\02225 - Erosion Control & Treatment.doc ' SECTION 02230 GRADING PART 1 - GENERAL 1 . 1 SCOPE A . Furnish all material , labor, equipment , and supervision required to grade the areas shown on the Contract Drawings and specified herein . Where not specifically ' indicated , all disturbed areas shall receive as a minimum , finish grading , topsoil preparation , hydro-seeding , seed and mulch , or sod , as specified . PART 2 — MATERIALS — Not Used PART 3 - EXECUTION 3 . 1 WORKMANSHIP A. FINISH GRADING - As soon as practical after completion of backfilling , rough grade the site . In areas to receive topsoil , the topsoil shall then be placed (4 "- 6" deep ) and worked to the finish grades as shown by hand shoveling and raking . For areas 1 which will not receive sod , the finished grade shall vary no more than plus or minus 0 . 1 foot from the design elevation except the final grade adjacent to pavement , grates , or sidewalks shall match the edge of the pavement , grate , or sidewalk . In areas that will receive sod , the finished grade shall allow 2 to 3 inches for the thickness of the sod so that the new sod will match the existing sod , pavement , walks , etc . All depressions (except those shown on the Drawings ) and other 1 irregular surface features shall be eliminated . Round the tops of embankments and breaks in grade with a minimum radius of 6 feet . Slope all surfaces to drain , except designated retention/detention areas . Within 10 feet of structures and paved areas , slope all surfaces to drain away at a minimum of 1 /4 inch per foot , unless shown otherwise on the Drawings or directed by the ENGINEER . All surfaces shall be free of roots , debris , and other deleterious material . Follow this procedure with one pass of a steel wheel roller weighing not more than 100 pounds per linear foot and not less than 25 pounds per linear foot . No power rolling will be permitted within 8 feet of any wall or structure . On slopes steeper than 4 : 1 , ram or tamp the topsoil into place . B . DRAINAGE SWALES ' 1 . Hand -dress the swale in confined areas where equipment operation is restricted and as required to produce a well graded swale . 2 . Compact all swales by rolling to a firm , even surface which is true to grade Last revised 5/31 /02 02230- 1 EAST GIFFORD ' RIPublic worksweithmstorm ester Projects\Gifford East\construcuon contractmchnicai specifications\Final Specifications\Division 2\02230 - Grading.doc 1 ' and cross section . 3 . Fine grade and sod the swales before pavement is laid unless written permission is given by the ENGINEER to do otherwise . If permission is given by the ENGINEER to fine grade and /or sod after the pavement has been laid , use extreme care when dressing areas adjacent to pavement to avoid damage to the pavement and to prevent dirt from falling or being dragged onto the pavement . No handling of any swale material shall be permitted on the paved surface . The CONTRACTOR shall promptly repair, ' at its expense , any and all damage done to paved surfaces due to fine grading or sod laying operations . 4 . When the swales have been final dressed , hydro-seed , seed and mulch , or 1 sod them as required by the Drawings . 5 . Maintain all swales , keep them free from leaves , sticks , rubble , and all other debris , repair washouts , ruts caused by equipment , etc . , and keep the swales graded until final acceptance of the Work . + + END OF SECTION + + 1 i 1 1 Last revised 5/31 /02 02230-2 EAST GIFFORD RIPublic Works\KeithM\storm ate, Projects\Cfford East\construction contract\Technical Specifications\nnal Specifications\Division 2\02230 - Grading .doc 1 SECTION 02232 GRASSING BY HYDRO -SEEDING PART 1 - GENERAL 1 . 1 SCOPE A . Furnish all material , labor, equipment , and supervision required to hydro-seed the areas shown on the Drawings or specified herein . All disturbed areas not to receive sod shall receive hydro-seeding . Produce a healthy stand of grass , free of weeds and foreign growth . Be Areas to be hydro-seeded for payment : 1 . Hydro-seed the area outside of the stormwater pond between the proposed fence and the 41 st Street pavement . PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2 . 1 MATERIALS A . FERTI LIZER - Fertilizer shall be slow release fertilizer and It shall comply with state fertilizer laws and shall have a 164-8 chemical analysis as follows : ( 1 . Total Nitrogen - not less than 16 percent . 2 . Available Phosphoric Acid - not less than 4 percent. At least 50 percent of the phosphoric acid shall be from normal super phosphate or an equivalent source that will provide a minimum of two units of sulfur. The amount of sulfur shall be indicated on the quantitative analysis card attached to each bag or other container. 3 . Water Soluble Potash an not less than 8 percent . Apply the fertilizer at a rate of 1 , 000 pounds per acre . Be SEED - The quantity of grass seed shall be as specified in Index 104 of the F . D . O . T . " Roadway and Traffic Design Standards , " and the seed shall conform ' to the requirements of Section 981 of the F . D . O . T . "Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction . " ' C . MULCH — The mulch shall be a wood cellulose fiber especially prepared for use in hydro-seeding , such as the material supplied by Terra- Mulch (800 ) 726-6414 . Apply the mulch in the slurry mixture at the rates recommended by the manufacturer ' for the slopes being covered . PART 3 - EXECUTION Last revised 5/31 /02 02232- 1 EAST GIFFORD RIPublic Works\Keithmstormmeter Projects\Gifford East\construction Contract\Technical Specifications\Final Specifications\Division ' 2\02232 - Hydro-Seeding.doc 1 r 3 . 1 WORKMANSHIP r A . HYDRO-SEEDING 1 . Mix the proportions of seed , mulch , and fertilizer with water and other appropriate components , such as lime tacking agents and growth stimulants . Mix and apply the slurry with equipment specifically designed for this purpose . Uniformly apply the slurry over the area being covered and provide the specified rates of application . All work shall be in accordance with the directions of the hydro-seeding equipment manufacturer and the material supplier. r + + END OF SECTION + + r r r r r r r r r r r Last revised 5/31 /02 02232-2 EAST GIFFORD RIPublic worksweithmstormweter Projects\Gifford East\construction Contract\Technical Specifications\nnai Specifications\Division ' 2\02232 - Hydro-Seeding.doc r ' SECTION 02236 ' SODDING PART 1 - GENERAL ' 1 . 1 SCOPE ' A . Furnish all material , labor, equipment , and supervision required to sod the areas shown on the Drawings and specified herein . Where not specifically indicated to receive sod , all disturbed areas shall receive as a minimum , finish grading , topsoil ' preparation , and hydro-seeding . 1 . 2 GENERAL A . The Contractor shall be responsible for producing a good health stand ofgrass , p p 9 9 Y ' free of weeds and foreign growth , where shown and on any areas disturbed by his operations . In general , all work shall comply with Section 575 of the F . D . O . T . " Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction " , as applicable , and as ' may be modified by these Specifications . B . The following areas are to be sodded solid for payment : I 1 . Sod the stormwater pond area ( inside the proposed fence to the design water surface ) . (The area south of the fence (from the fence to the 41st Street pavement) may be hydroseeded . ) 2 . The pipe installation work within the limits of construction along U . S . Highway No . 1 shall be sodded as shown or reasonably inferred from the Drawings . 3 . All work within the limits of construction for 41st Street , 42nd Place , 42nd Street , 24th Avenue , and all easements shall be sodded as shown or reasonably inferred from the Drawings . Sod or hydro-seed as required , all other areas disturbed by the CONTRACTOR ' s activities , at no additional cost to the OWNER . See Sections 01541 and 01710 . PART 2 - PRODUCTS ' 2 . 1 MATERIALS A . FERTILIZER - Fertilizer shall comply with state fertilizer laws and shall have a 16 -4- 8 chemical analysis as follows : 1 . Total Nitrogen - not less than 16 percent . ' 2 . Available Phosphoric Acid - not less than 4 percent . At least 50 percent of the phosphoric acid shall be from normal super phosphate or an equivalent source that will provide a minimum of two units of sulfur. The amount of Last revised 9/ 11 /02 02236- 1 EAST GIFFORD RIPublic Works\KeithM\stormmter Projects\Gifford East\Construction contract\Technical Specifications\Fnai Specifications\Division 2\02236 - Sodding.doc sulfur shall be indicated on the quantitative analysis card attached to each bag or other container. ' 3 . Water Soluble Potash - not less than 8 percent . B . SOD ' 1 . Sod shall be the same as that existing in residential , commercial and other landscaped areas . Argentine Bahia may be used in undeveloped areas . At the time of placing , all sod shall be fresh , live , and well rooted , and at least 2 inches thick . 2 . The sod shall be certified premium grade by a grower's association and shall be of tough texture , having a compact growth of grass with good root system . ' It shall contain no noxious weeds , seeds , or other objectionable vegetation . St . Augustine Bitter Blue grass , if used , shall be of a chinch bug resistant strain . ' 3 . Where designated on the Drawing or by the Engineer, the existing sod shall be removed , maintained , and replaced , utilizing the same methods required for new sod . If the existing sod that is removed shows signs of dying or is ' not properly maintained , replace it with new sod at no additional expense . 4 . The soil embedded in the sod shall be good clean earth , free of vermin , fungus , and other diseases . 5 . Before being cut and lifted , the sod shall have been mowed at least three times with a lawn mower, with the final mowing not more than seven days before sod is cut . The sod shall be carefully cut into uniform dimensions not more than 12 inches wide . 6 . Submit a letter of certification from the Grassing Contractor as to when the sod was cut . ' PART 3 - EXECUTION 3 . 1 WORKMANSHIP ' A . SOD LAYING 1 . Do not place any sod shall until exterior construction , grading , and paving are complete unless approved by the ENGINEER . Immediately before the sod is placed , spread fertilizer at the rate of approximately 1 , 000 pounds per acre . ' Incorporate the fertilizer into the top 2-3 inches of soil with light cultivation and apply water (equivalent to 1 /2 " water application ) . Place sod only when ' the soil is moist and in proper condition to induce growth . 2 . Whenever an area has been graded and is ready for sodding , proceed at once with the sodding of the available areas . Incorporate sodding into the ' project at the earliest practical time in the life of the Contract . Any sod which is not planted within 24 hours after cutting shall be properly stacked and maintained properly moistened . Sod will not be allowed to be stored on the Last revised 9/ 11 /02 02236 -2 EAST GIFFORD FAPublic Works\KeithM\Stormmter Projects\Gfford East\Construction Contract\Technical Specifications\Fnal Specifications\Division ' 2\02236 - Sodding.doc site longer than two days without being laid . Water all sod within three days of being laid . ' 3 . Place the sod so that the entire area so indicated is covered with sod . Sod shall be brought in a neat , clean manner to the edge of all roads , bike path , sidewalk , shrub beds , etc . as indicated . ' 4 . Do not lay sod when weather and soil conditions are unsuitable for proper results . 5 . Place the sod on the prepared surface , with edges in close contact , and ' firmly and smoothly embed it by light tamping with appropriate tools . Where in the opinion of the ENGINEER , the sod has not been placed properly , roll the sodded area with a steel wheel roller weighing between 25 and 100 ' pounds per lineal foot . No power rolling will be permitted within 8 feet of any wall or structure . 6 . The sodded surface shall be smooth and free of gaps , holes , and uneven areas , etc . or it will not be accepted . If the OWNER or the ENGINEER determines that the sodded area is unacceptable , fill all gaps , holes , etc , with topsoil , re- roll , or relay the sod as applicable . No additional payment will be ' made for such work . 7 . Where new sod is laid adjacent to existing sod , the existing sod shall be trimmed on an even , straight line , and adjacent grading shall be such that finish grade of the new sod matches the existing grade of the existing sod . An uneven irregular finish at the interface of the new and existing sod will not be permitted . If the OWNER or ENGINEER find the interface work between the new and existing sod unacceptable , remove the new sod , re-trim the existing sod , regrade the area , and replace the new sod . No additional payment will be made for such work. 8 . Where sodding is used in drainage ditches , stagger the setting of the pieces to avoid a continuous seam along the line of flow. Along the edges of such staggered areas , the offsets of individual strips shall not exceed six inches . To prevent erosion caused by vertical edges at the outer limits , tamp the outer pieces of sod to produce a featheredge effect . 9 . On areas where the sod may slide due to height and slope , peg the sod with pegs driven through the sod blocks into firm earth , at suitable intervals . No additional payment will be made for sod that is placed on sloped surfaces , ' regardless of the degree of slope . 10 . Remove from the work , any pieces of sod that after placing , show an appearance of extreme dryness . ' 11 . Where existing sod is to be removed , maintained and re- installed , remove the existing sod with an appropriate sod cutter. Re- installation of the existing sod shall be as specified herein . ' 12 . When new sod is laid and the abutting property has existing sod , the new sod to be laid shall be the same type as the existing sod on the abutting property. Last revised 9/ 11 /02 02236-3 EAST GIFFORD F:\Public Works\KeithM\Stormeter ProjectslMord East\Construction Contract\Technical Specifications\nnal Specifications\Division 2\02236 - Sodding.doc E . MAINTENANCE 1 . The CONTRACTOR shall , at his expense , maintain the planted areas in a satisfactory condition until final acceptance of the project , and in no case ' less than 2 weeks . Water the planted areas as necessary to provide optimum growth conditions . Maintenance shall include the filling , leveling , and repairing of any rutted , washed or eroded areas , regardless of when the erosion occurs relative to the time the sod is placed . The ENGINEER , at any time , may require replanting of any area in which the establishment of the grass stand does not appear to be developing satisfactorily . Maintenance also includes mowing the sod at least once , with additional mowings as required by the OWNER . Grass clippings shall be bagged and taken to the County Landfill , 2 . If a planted area must be replanted , such replacement shall be at the CONTRACTOR's expense . 3 . When the grass begins to firmly establish itself, apply an application of nitrate of soda or sulfate of ammonia fertilizer uniformly at a rate of 300 pounds per acre . Apply after the soil is sufficiently moist to insure quick dissolving of fertilizer. If the grass has not established itself sufficiently by ' the time the Contract is complete , give the fertilizer to the OWNER , delivering it to the County Park' s Department , at 5350 77th Street , Wabasso , Florida (contact Jim Romanek at 589-9223 ) . + + END OF SECTION + + Last revised 9/ 11 /02 02236-4 EAST GIFFORD RIPublic Works\Keithmstormweter Projects\Gfford East\Construction Contract\Technical Specifications\Final Specifications\Division ' 2\02236 - Sodding .doc SECTION 02250 BORING AND JACKING PART 1 - GENERAL 1 . 1 SCOPE A . Provide all labor, materials , equipment , supervision and incidentals required to furnish and install casing pipe and carrier pipe as shown on the Plans or specified ' herein . B . Related Work Specified Elsewhere : 1 . Section 01541 , Protection of the Work and Property 2 . Section 02040 , Demolitions 3 . Section 02220 , Excavation and Backfill ' 4 . Section 02230 , Grading 1 . 2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A . Installer' s Qualifications and Experience : 1 . Installer shall be a specialist in the construction of casing pipes by boring and jacking , and shall have at least five years experience in this specialty. Installer shall have satisfactorily constructed completely in his own name , during the past five years not less than ten similar installations which are comparable in diameter and length to that shown and specified herein . 2 . Use only personnel thoroughly trained and experienced in the skills required . The field supervisor of boring operations and the boring machine operator shall have not less than 12 months experience in the operations of the equipment being used . 3 . Welds shall be made only by welders , tackers and welding operators who have ibeen previously qualified by tests as prescribed in American Welding Society , AWS DAA to perform the type of work required . Show proof of current certification when requested . Certification shall not be more than 6 months old ' from the date the Work is to be performed . ' B . Requirements of Regulatory Agencies : 1 . The OWNER has obtained permission from the applicable authorities for locating the pipeline under the facilities . The CONTRACTOR shall comply with all provisions of these permits at his own expense . All casing installations shall ' be as required by the Florida East Coast Railway Company , L . L . C . ( FEC ) , One Magnolia Street , St . Augustine , Florida 32804 , (904 ) 826-2269 . Refer to Appendix A for additional requirements (see "General Specifications for Sub- Grade and Above Grade Utility Crossings of Railroad ' s Right-of-Way" ) . In the Last revised 8/30/02 02250- 1 EAST GIFFORD event of a conflict with FEC requirements and these specifications , the more stringent specification or requirement shall govern . ' 2 . The CONTRACTOR shall , in addition to 1 . 2 . 8 . 1 above , obtain all additional permits ( including payment of permit fees ) , provide insurance , bonds , and guarantees , and all else required by FEC and the local governing authorities at its own expense . The CONTRACTOR's responsibility underthis paragraph may include , but is not limited to the following : a . Constructing and removing temporary facilities or structures . b . Providing details of construction methods . C , Providing detailed construction schedules . d . Reimbursing the applicable authority for all expenses incurred by them in ' connection with the work. e . Traffic maintenance . f. Coordination of scheduling with the permitting authority . g . Necessary clean -up and restoration . 3 . Refer to Section 01040 , " Project Coordination , " paragraph 2 . 1 , for additional FEC coordination requirements . ' C . Tolerances : 1 . Install the casing pipe on the line and grade shown on the Plans and within tolerances required to allow the carrier pipe to be installed in accordance with the line and grade shown on the Plans . 2 . The maximum allowable tolerances are : ' a . Allowable Horizontal Tolerance : 0 . 50 feet . b . Allowable Vertical Tolerance : 0 . 25 feet . D . Reference Standards : 1 . ASTM A 139 , Electric- Fusion (ARC Welded ) Steel Pipe . 2 . AREA Chpt . 1 , Part 5 , "Specification for Pipelines Conveying Non - Flammable Substances . " 3 , AWS D1 . 1 , Structural Welding Code . 4 . State of Florida , Department of Transportation ( FDOT) Standards , Utility iAccommodation Guide , latest edition . 1 . 3 SUBMITTALS A . Installation Methods : For each cased crossing location , prepare a report containing ' drawings and descriptions of anticipated construction methods for installing the casing pipe and carrier pipe , dewatering methods , equipment , materials , jacking pit elevations , profile of proposed bores , etc . Submit three copies_ of the report to the ' ENGINEER . Last revised 01 /25/2001 02250-2 EAST GIFFORD RIPublic Wod s\KeithM\stormater Projects\Gifford East\construction Contracnechnical Specifications\Fnal Specifications\Division ' 2\02250 - Crossings by Boring and Jacking .doc B . Technical data , test reports , work schedules and any other information required by the authority having jurisdiction . C . Certificates : Certificate of Conformance in accordance with paragraph 21 . 1 of ASTM A139 . ' 1A PRODUCT DELIVERY , STORAGE , AND HANDLING A . Delivery 1 . Exercise special care during delivery not to damage the casing pipe or carrier pipe . ' 2 . Damaged materials will be rejected and will be replaced by the CONTRACTOR at its expense . 3 . Deliver materials to such locations so as to avoid excessive handling . ' B . Storage : 1 . Store casing pipe and carrier pipe on appropriate blocking for protection from ' corrosion until incorporation into the Work , in accordance with manufacturer's recommendation . 2 . Store in areas approved by the OWNER ' 3 . The OWNER shall be permitted access to inspect the materials in storage areas . ' C . Handling : 1 . Handle materials in a manner so as to avoid damage . 2 . Materials damaged during handling shall be repaired or replaced as ordered by the OWNER , at no expense to the OWNER . 1 . 5 GUARANTEE A . Guarantee of work completed b the CONTRACTOR shall be as specified in the p Y P ' General Conditions of these specifications , except that longer periods may be required where noted in the permits or specified by applicable authorities . PART 2 - MATERIALS 2 . 1 MATERIALS ' A . Steel Casing Pipe : 1 . Casing pipe shall be steel pipe meeting the requirements of ASTM A139 , Grade ' B , leak- proof construction , capable of withstanding AASHTO H &20 wheel loading for road crossings . Pipe shall be seamless or not have more than one longitudinal weld . ' Last revised 01 /25/2001 02250-3 EAST G I FFO RD RIPublic Works\Keithmstormweter Projects\Gifford East\Construction Contracnechnicai Specifications\nnai Specifications\Division ' 2\02250 - Crossings by Boring and Jacking .doc 1 1 2 . Minimum wall thickness shall as shown on the Contract Plans , 3 . Casing pipe shall be furnished with plain ends , mill beveled for field butt welding . Field welded joints shall be full penetration single-vee groove , butt-type welds around the entire circumference of the pipe . ' B . Carrier Pipe : 1 . The carrier pipe shall be Schedule 40 steel pipe . tC . Coatings : The exterior and interior surfaces of the casing pipe and carrier pipe shall receive surface preparation conforming to SSPC-SP6 . One of the following coating systems shall be applied in the shop : a . Koppers : 1 ) Primer: Pug Primer - 1 coat, 1 . 5 dry mils . 2 ) Finish : Bitumastic 300M - 2 coats , 8- 10 dry mils per coat . b . Tnemec : 1 ) Primer: 77 Chem- Prime - 1 coat, 1 . 5 dry mils . ' 2 ) Finish : Tneme-Tar - 2 coats , 8 . 3 dry mils per coat . c . Or equalivent . ' PART 3 - EXECUTION 3 . 1 GENERAL A . Installation of the crossings shall be by boring and jacking and shall conform in all respects to the requirements contained herein and other applicable standards . ' B . Lines and Grades : Establish and maintain proper line and grade at each crossing . 1 . Periodically check the line and grade to assure conformance with the line and grade shown on the Plans and to verify that it is within the tolerances listed in this Section . 2 . Extra work required because of the CONTRACTOR's failure to maintain the proper line and grade as shown on the Plans , shall be performed by the CONTRACTOR , at no additional cost to the OWNER . ' 3 . 2 INSPECTION A . As required by the OWNER , ENGINEER , FEC , or other regulatory authority . ' 3 . 3 PREPARATION ' A . Work pits at each end of the crossings shall be sufficiently large to permit satisfactory installation of the casing pipe . All excavation , backfill , sheeting , shoring , bracing , t Last revised 01 /25/2001 02250-4 EAST GIFFORD ' RIPublic Works\KeithM\Stormweter Projects\Gifford East\Construction Contract\Technical Specifications\Final Specifications\Division 2\02250 - Crossings by Boring and Jacking .doc and dewatering shall comply with the applicable requirements of Section 02220 of these Specifications and the requirements of the applicable authorities . 3 . 4 INSTALLATION A . Installation of Steel Casing Pipe by Boring : 1 . The boring method shall consist of pushing the pipe into the soil with a boring auger rotating inside the pipe to remove the material . 2 . Install in accordance with FEC requirements and these Specifications . In the event of a conflict , the more stringent specification shall govern . 3 . Design bracing and backstops and use jacks of sufficient rating such that jacking ' can be accomplished in a continuous manner until the leading edge of the pipe reaches the final positions shown on the Plans . 4 . Provide the front of the casing pipe with suitable mechanical arrangements or devices that will positively prevent the auger and cutting head from leading the pipe so that there will be no unsupported excavation ahead of the pipe . 5 . The equipment and mechanical arrangements or devices used to bore and remove the 'earth shall be removable from within the casing pipe if an obstruction is encountered . 6 . The face of the cutting edge shall be arranged to provide reasonable obstruction ' to the free flow of soft or poor soil . 7 . Do not use water or other liquids to facilitate casing emplacement or spoil removal . 8 . If voids develop around the casing pipe as it is bored , pump cement grout to fill all such voids . 9 . Fill all voids as specified hereinafter as soon as possible after completion of ' boring operation . B . Obstructions : If an obstruction is encountered during installation to stop the forward action of the casing pipe , and it becomes evident that it is impossible to advance the pipe , remove obstruction at the leading end of the casing pipe . No blasting shall be permitted . C . Installation of the Carrier Pipe : 1 . After completion of the steel casing pipe , install the carrier pipe and pressure test it by an approved method . 2 . Take care to prevent undue disturbances of the joints . ' 3 . Lay the carrier pipe to the line and grade shown on the Plans . 4 . The carrier pipe shall be blocked in place , using stainless steel casing spacers , as manufactured by Advance Products & Systems Inc . , Cascade Waterworks Mfg . , or equivalent , to secure it against movement , including flotation , at a maximum spacing of 5 feet or as recommended by the spacer manufacturer, whichever is less . Last revised 01 /25/2001 02250-5 EAST GIFFORD RIPublic worksweithmstorrnmeter Projects\Cfford East\Construction Contract\Technicai Specifications\Final Specifications\Division ' 2\02250 - Crossings by Boring and Jacking.doc 5 . Repair, replace or take whatever action is deemed necessary by the OWNER to correct all disturbed joints at no additional cost to the OWNER . D . Bulkheads ( End Closure ) : 1 . After the carrier pipe is installed in the steel casing and successfully tested , seal ' the end of the pipe with cement grout as shown on the Plans and as specified herein . 2 . Prior to the installation of bulkheads , the carrier pipe shall be properly and sufficiently secured against flotation and against all movement that may disturb joints . a . The CONTRACTOR is responsible for all joints . b . Repair, replace , or take whatever action is deemed necessary by the OWNER to correct all disturbed joints at no additional expense to the OWNER . ' E . Dewatering : 1 . Dewatering shall be performed in accordance with the criteria specified in Sections 02220 and 02225 . + + END OF SECTION + + Last revised - 01 /25/2001 02250 6 EAST GIFFORD FAPublic Works\KeithM\stormmter Projects\Gifford East\Construction Contract\Technical Specifications\Final Specifications\Division ' 2\02250 - Crossings by Boring and Jacking.doc SECTION 02510 STABILIZED SUBGRADE PART 1 - GENERAL ' 1 . 1 SCOPE A . The work specified in this Section consists of furnishing all material , transportation , tools , labor, and equipment to construct a firm and unyielding subgrade and all items called for or that can be reasonably inferred from the Drawings , including adding material , mixing , stabilizing , compacting , grading , testing , and otherwork as required for a complete job . 1 Be Stabilized Shoulders shall be constructed as specified herein for stabilized subgrade . 1 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2 . 1 PRODUCTS A . MATERIAL - Use local or hauled -in clean sand or sand and clay, Y Be STABILIZERS - Use high -bearing-value soil , sand -clay, ground limestone , crushed limerock , oyster shell , coquina shell , or rock screenings . Do not use muck , trash or hardpan . C . If soil cement paving is proposed do not use local yellow sand . P 9 P P D . In addition to these Specifications , the materials shall be in accordance with Section 914 , " Materials for Subgrade Stabilization , " of the DOT Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction . In the event of a conflict , the more stringent specification shall govern . PART 3 - EXECUTION 3 . 1 EXECUTION A . When completed , the stabilized subgrade shall conform to the sections shown on the Contract Drawings . Fill and backfill shall be placed and compacted per Section 02220 of these Specifications , titled " Excavation and Backfill " . Excavations shall also be per Section 02220 . Last revised 7/25/02 02510- 1 EAST GIFFORD / RIPublic worksweithmstormweter Projects\Gifford East\construction contracnechnical Specifications\Fnai Specifications\Division ' 2\02510 - Stabilied Subgrade.doc Be If the natural soils are acceptable for subgrade material , but do not meet the required stability, approved stabilizing material may be brought in and uniformly mixed with the existing material to the depths shown on the Contract Drawings to produce the required bearing values , in accordance with Section 160-5 . 3 " Mixing" of the DOT Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction . ' C . The required density and cross section of the subgrade shall be maintained until the base has been laid . If the final grade becomes rutted or displaced , regardless of 1 the reason , re-grade and re-compact it at no additional expense to the OWNER . All ditches , drains , and swales shall be maintained along the completed subgrade section after their construction . D . All drainage culverts , conduits , water and sewer lines , and all other construction to be placed under the pavement shall be installed before the final shaping and compaction of the subgrade . 3 . 2 COMPACTION A. FLORIDA BEARING VALUE - Unless otherwise specified or shown on the Plans the stabilized subgrade shall have a minimum Florida Bearing Value of 50 . Be The subgrade shall be shaped to within 1 /4 inch of the cross section rade shown 9 P g on the Contract Drawings prior to taking density tests . Work shall not proceed until all required density tests have passed . C . All subgrade shall be compacted to minimum 98 percent of the maximum dry density per AASHTO T- 180 . D . Compaction shall be accomplished with a self- propelled steel drum or pneumatic tired roller weighing at least 8 tons . Fill all hollows or depressions forming due to rolling with appropriate suitable material . Repeat grading and rolling until depressions no longer develop . 3 . 2 COMPACTION TESTS ' A . Take compaction tests at the locations specified herein or at locations selected by the ENGINEER or his authorized representative . jBe As a minimum , Florida Bearing Value tests shall be taken at 200 linear foot intervals . jC . Density tests ( Modified Proctor Test) perAASHTO T- 180 shall be taken at minimum 200 linear foot intervals . Each subgrade material which is inherently different in Last revised 7/25/02 02510-2 EAST GIFFORD F:\Public worksweithmstorm ester Projects\Gfford East\construction contracnechnical Specifications\Final SpeciticationsUivision 2\02510 - Stabilized Subgrade.doc 1 1 1 composition from other subgrade material shall modified require an additional q defied Proctor Test . ' + + END OF SECTION + + Last revised 7/25/02 02510-3 EAST GIFFORD RIPublic WorksWeithwStormweter Proiects\Gifford East\Construction Contractmchnicai Specifications\nnal Specifications\Division 2\02510 - Stabilimd Subgrade.doc SECTION 02514 1 LIMEROCK BASE PART 1 - GENERAL ' 1 . 1 SCOPE A . The work specified in this Section consists of the construction of a base course composed of limerock constructed on prepared subgrade in accordance with these Specifications and in conformity with the lines , grades , notes , and typical cross sections shown on the Contract Drawings . PART 2 - MATERIALS 2 . 1 MATERIALS A . All limerock shall comply with Section 911 " Limerock Material for Base and Stabilized Base of the DOT's Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction . All limerock used on the project shall be of the same grade and from ' the same source . Be Before placement , 97 percent of the material shall pass a 3- 1 /2 inch sieve and it shall be graded uniformly down to dust . PART 3 - EXECUTION 3 . 1 DUMPING AND SPREADING A . Transport the limerock to the point where it is to be used over rock previously placed , and dump on the end of the last spread . In no case shall rock be dumped directly on the subgrade . Be Limerock shall not be placed until the stabilized subgrade has passed all required compaction testing and been approved by the Engineer or his authorized representative . C . Spread the limerock uniformly . Remove and replace all segregated areas of fine or coarse rock with well -graded rock . D . When the specified compacted thickness of the base is greater than 6 inches , construct the base in two courses . The thickness of the first course shall be approximately one- half of the total thickness of the finished base , or enough Last revised 7/25/02 02514- 1 EAST GIFFORD RIPublic worksweithmIstorm ester Projects\Gifford East\Construction contracnechnical Specifications\Final Specifications\Division ' 2\02514 - Limerock Base.doc additional to bear the weight of the construction equipment without disturbing the subgrade . 3 . 2 FINISHING 1 A . For double-coarse bases , blade the first course if necessary to secure a uniform surface and compact to the density specified herein immediately prior to spreading the second course . No other finishing of this course is required . Be After all spreading is completed , scarify the entire surface and shape it to produce the exact grade and cross section after compaction . For double-course bases , scarifying shall slightly penetrate the surface of the first course . C . If at anytime , the subgrade material becomes mixed with the base course material , Iexcavate and remove the mixture , reshape and compact the subgrade , and replace the materials removed with clean base material , shaped and compacted as specified herein . 3 . 3 MOISTURE CONTENT A. If the limerock does not have the proper moisture content to obtain the specified density, wet or dry it as required . When water is added , mix it uniformly with the 1 limerock . If wetting or drying is required , these operations shall involve the manipulation of the entire width and depth of the base course before compaction . 3 . 4 COMPACTION A . All limerock base shall be compacted to a minimum of 98 percent of the maximum density as determined by AASHTO T- 180 . Be Compaction shall be accomplished with a self-propelled steel drum or pneumatic tired roller weighing at least 8 tons . All areas which are low and do not conform to the design template after rolling shall be scarified , filled with well -graded limerock and the grading and rolling continued until the base conforms to the design grade and section . C . During final compaction operations , if blading of any area is necessary to obtain the true grade and cross section , complete the compacting operations for such area prior to making the density tests on the finished bases . 1 D . If cracks or checks appear in the base , remove them by rescarifying , reshaping , refilling with limerock where needed , and recompacting , at no cost to the OWNER . I Last revised 7/25/02 02514-2 EAST GIFFORD RIPublic worksweithM\stormeter Projects\Gifford East\construction contract\Technical Specifications\Final Specifications\Division 2\02514 - Limerock Base.doc 1 1 3 . 5 DENSITY TESTS A . Compaction tests shall be taken at the locations specified herein or at locations selected by the ENGINEER or his authorized representative . B . All tests shall be taken at 200 linear foot intervals ( minimum ) . 3 . 6 TESTING THE FINISHED SURFACE 1A , The finished surface of the base course shall be checked with a template cut to the required cross section and with a 15 foot straight edge laid parallel to the centerline 1 of the road . Correct all irregularities greater than plus or minus 1 /4 inch by scarifying and removing or adding base , as may be required , after which the entire areas shall be compacted as specified herein . 3 . 7 THICKNESS A . After the base is complete , the Engineer or the soils laboratory shall take cores at intervals of 200 linear feet or less . Completely fill said core holes with a sand I cement grout before the base is primed , or else completely fill said core holes with 3 or more equal layers of base material and adaquatly compact each layer using a short steel rod and hammer. Where the base is more than 1 /2 inch deficient in thickness , correct such areas by scarifying and adding limerock . Scarify to a depth of at least 3 inches and add more base material for a distance of 100 feet in each direction from the edge of the deficient area , so that after proper compacting the thickness will conform to the Plans . 3 . 8 PROTECTION AND MAINTENANCE A . " Hard - plane" the base with a blade grader immediately prior to the applications of prime coat to remove thin-glazed or cemented surfaces , leaving a granular or porous condition that will allow free penetration of the prime material . Remove all materials planed from the base area . B . Protect the base in accordance with Section 02518 , " Prime and Tack Coats for Base Courses" . This surface shall have a minimum curing time of one week before the wearing course is applied . iC . Maintain the true crown and grade with no rutting or other distortion until the surface course is applied . + + END OF SECTION + + Last revised 7/25/02 02514m3 514 3 EAST GIFFORD RIPublic WorksWeithM\stormweter Projects\Qfford East\Construction contracnechnical specifications\Fnal Specifications\Division 2\02514 - Limerock Base.doc SECTION 02518 PRIME AND TACK COATS FOR BASE COURSES PART 1 - GENERAL 1 . 1 SCOPE A . Furnish all materials , transportation , tools , labor and supervision necessary to apply bituminous material and all items called for that can be reasonably inferred from the Specifications and Drawings , including cleaning , applying prime or tack material , bituminous material , covering , and rolling for a complete job . If any items for a complete job are omitted or not shown , furnish and install the same without additional cost to the OWNER . PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2 . 1 PRODUCTS A . Use rapid curing liquid cut back asphalt equal to RC-70 or RC-250 . Prime and tack coats shall conform to Sections 300 and 916-2 of the DOT Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction with the following deletions : ",The F= RgiReer will desegR to the aGt al temneFat ire to er, S „ re i inifnrm distrib Mien ,, from Paragraph 300-6 . 1 , General ; and "The F= Rg * neer will desigRate the nU RRg neried fer the + e+ nL• Goat . ” from Paragraph 300-7 . 5 , Curing and Time of Application . PART 3 - EXECUTION 3 . 1 CLEANING THE BASE A . Before any bituminous material is applied , remove to the shoulders all loose material , dust , caked clay , and foreign material that may prevent proper bonding of the bituminous material with the existing surface . Take particular care to clean the ' outer edges of the strip to be treated to insure that the tack coat will adhere . Remove all materials planed from the base area . Where the prime or tack coat is applied adjacent to curb and gutter' or valley gutter, such concrete surfaces are to be protected and kept free of bituminous material . 3 . 2 WEATHER LIMITATIONS 1 A . Do not apply bituminous material when the air temperature is less than 40 degrees Fahrenheit in the shade , when the weather conditions or the condition of the Last revised 2/26/02 02518- 1 EAST GIFFORD RIPublic Works\KeithM\Stormmoter Projects\Gifford East\construction Contract\Technical Specifications\Final Specifications\Division 2\02518 - Prime and Tack Coats for Base Courses.doc ■ existing surface is unsuitable , while rain is falling , or when there is water on the surface to be covered . 1 3 . 3 APPLICATION OF THE PRIME COAT A . The surface to be primed shall be clean and dry . For limerock bases , the glazed finish shall have been removed as specified in Section 02514 of these Specifications . 1 B . Apply the prime coat uniformly with a pressure distributor. The spray bar shall be set at the height recommended by the manufacturer to insure even distribution . The temperature of the material shall be between 100 and 150 degrees Fahrenheit as required for even distribution . The application rate shall be approximately 0 . 10 to 0 . 25 gallons per square yard , dependent upon the type of base material , sufficient to coat the surface thoroughly and uniformly without having any excess to form pools or flow off the base . C . Preferably , schedule the work so that the asphaltic concrete wearing surface is applied less than 2 hours after the prime coat has been applied . If more than 2 hours will pass before the final wearing surface is to be applied , apply a light , uniform application of clean sand or screenings and roll with a traffic roller to cure the prime coat . This shall be done before opening the road to any traffic . If warranted by traffic conditions , apply the prime coat on only one- half of the base width at one time , taking care to insure that the correct amount of bituminous material is placed at the joint . D . The base must be sufficiently moist in order to obtain maximum penetration of the bituminous material . 3 . 4 APPLICATION OF THE TACK COAT A . On newly constructed base courses , the application of the tack coat shall follow the application of the prime coat immediately prior to placing the wearing surface when the tack coat is required . In general , a tack coat will not be required on prime bases , except in areas which have become excessively dirty and cannot be ' cleaned , or in areas where the prime coat has cured and lost its bonding effect . B . The tack coat shall be an Emulsified Asphalt , Grade RS -2 . Apply the tack coat with a pressure distributor at a rate of 0 . 05 gallons per square yard and at a temperature between 100 and 150 degrees Fahrenheit . Keep the tack coat free of dust , foreign matter, and traffic until the wearing surface has been laid . + + END OF SECTION + + ' Last revised 2/26/02 02518-2 EAST GIFFORD FAPublic Works\KeithM\StormWeter Projects\Gfford East\Construction Contract\Technical Specifications\Fnal Specifications\Division 2\02518 - Prime and Tack Coats for Base Courses.doc SECTION 02520 TYPE S -I , II AND III ASPHALTIC CONCRETE PAVEMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1 . 1 SCOPE A . The work consists of the construction of an asphaltic surface course composed of a mixture of aggregate mineral filler ( if necessary) and asphalt cement to produce the desired stability hereinafter described , properly laid and compacted upon a prepared base , or an existing surface course in accordance with these Specifications and in conformity with the lines , grades , thickness and typical cross section shown on the Contract Drawings . PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2 . 1 PRODUCTS A . The asphaltic concrete pavement shall conform with Section 331 , "Type S Asphalt Concrete" ; Section 332 , "Type II Asphaltic Concrete " ; or Section 333 , "Type III Asphaltic Concrete " of the D . O . T . Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction ( hereinafter referred to as the D . O . T . Specifications ) . PART 3 - EXECUTION ' 3 . 1 LIMITATIONS OF LAYING OPERATIONS ' A . Apply the asphaltic concrete only when the temperature in the shade is 50 degrees Fahrenheit and rising . The CONTRACTOR may lay bituminous mixtures which have been rained upon in transit , at CONTRACTOR' s risk. However, if local ' conditions indicate that rain is imminent , no work shall be started . Under no circumstances shall the mixture be laid while it is raining , or when there is water on the base . If the wind is blowing such that sand , dust , etc . are being deposited on the surface being paved to the extent that the bond between layers will be reduced , the asphalt shall not be spread on the surface . B . Supply thermometers so that the ENGINEER may determine the temperature of the bituminous materials as they are applied . Do not lay the bituminous materials unless they are the proper temperature . ' 3 . 2 TACK ' Last revised 2/26/02 02520- 1 EAST GIFFORD RIPublic Works\Keithwstormmeter ProjectslGfford East\Construction Contract\Technical Specifications\Final Specifications\Division 2\02520 - Asphaltic Concrete Pavement.doc 1 A . If required , a tack coat shall be applied per Section 02518 of these Specifications , " Prime and Tack Coats for Base Courses" . ' 3 . 3 PLACEMENT OF ASPHALTIC CONCRETE A . In addition to these Specifications , place the asphaltic concrete in accordance with Sections 330-3 through 330 - 14 inclusive , of the D . O . T . Specifications , with the following exceptions : 1 . Substitute " Resident Project Representative " for Engineer. 2 . Delete all phrases such as "when directed by the Engineer" that implicitly or explicitly indicate that the Engineer or Resident Project ' Representative shall have authority to supervise or direct performance of the work or authority to undertake responsibility contrary to the provisions of paragraph 9 . 13 or 9 . 14 of the "Standard General ' Conditions of the Construction Contract" . Be Uniformly lay the asphaltic concrete such that it will result in the compacted thickness shown on the Drawings . The temperature of the asphaltic concrete as it is being laid must be between 230 and 310 degrees Fahrenheit . The temperature of the material delivered to the job site shall be constant . No wide fluctuations of ' temperature of delivered material will be allowed . All asphaltic concrete which has a temperature less than 230 degrees Fahrenheit when delivered to the job site shall be rejected . Replace all rejected material with material meeting these Specifications , at no additional cost to the OWNER . C . Use self- propelled pavers , such as a Barber Green , that are capable of making a ' continuous 11 foot wide pull to apply the asphaltic concrete . The paver must have a disbursing hopper, a compacting device , and a heated screed which can be adjusted to produce the required pavement cross section . D . Immediately after spreading the asphaltic concrete , correct all deviations from the required cross section by placing additional material or by removing surplus material . Do this work while the mixture is still hot . 1 E . Begin rolling operations as soon as it is possible to roll the spread material without cracking the mat or having the mix adhere to the roller wheels . To prevent the mix from adhering to the roller, the wheels should be kept moist with only enough water I to avoid picking up the material . The longitudinal joint should be rolled immediately after the spreading operations . ' F . The asphaltic concrete surface shall be rolled by a " Rolling Train " , consisting of a steel wheel seal roller, a pneumatic tired traffic roller, and a steel wheel finish roller . All rollers shall be on the job from beginning to end of the paving work . ' Last revised 2/26/02 02520-2 EAST GIFFORD RIPublic WorksWeithM\stormveeter Projects\Gifford East\Construction Contract\Technical speci,cations\Fnal Specifications\Division 2\02520 - Asphaltic Concrete Pavement.doc G . Use tandem type steel wheel rollers . Rollers used for sealing shall weigh between 5 ' and 12 tons and those used for finish rolling shall weigh between 8 and 12 tons . H . Traffic rollers shall be self- propelled with at least seven smooth tread , low pressure tires . The tire pressure shall be maintained between 50 to 55 pounds . The rollers shall weigh between 6 to 10 tons . Wobble wheeled rollers shall not be used . I . Steel wheel rollers shall not exceed 3 mph and pneumatic tired rollers shall not exceed 5 mph . J . Perform finish rolling before the pavement temperature has dropped below 140 degrees Fahrenheit and while the material is still workable enough to remove roller marks . K . All irregularities or defects remaining after compaction shall be immediately removed and replaced with new material to provide a uniform textured surface that conforms to the required lines and grades . L . All areas which are inaccessible to rollers shall be compacted using hand tamps , 1 small vibratory tampers , or other acceptable means . Such areas shall include adjacent to curbs , gutters , and manholes . M . The edges of the pavement shall be straight , true , and clean , with no exceptions , and must meet the approval of the ENGINEER . All edges not meeting approval shall be saw cut to a straight , true , clean line by the CONTRACTOR at its expense . ' 3 . 4 FINISHED CROSS SECTION ' A . The finished surface shall not vary from the approved section on the Plans by more than 1 /4 inch from a 10 foot straight edge applied both parallel and perpendicular to the centerline of the pavement . The parallel measurement shall not be required if the road centerline is sloped to the grades shown on the Plans . The parallel measurement will be required only on flat (zero slope ) grades . Areas with improper ' cross sections shall be corrected to the proper cross section as specified herein . 3 . 5 PAVEMENT THICKNESS tA. The thickness of the pavement shall be determined from the length of cores , 1 - 1 /2 inches in diameter, taken at random points on the cross section and along the I roadway by a testing laboratory selected by the OWNER . Each core shall represent a section not longer than 200 feet. Actual locations shall be selected by the ENGINEER or his authorized representative . 1 Last revised 2/26/02 02520-3 EAST GIFFORD RIPublic worksweithmstormmeter Projects\Gifford East\Construction Contract\Technical Specifications\nnal specifications\Division 2\02520 - Asphaltic Concrete Pavement.doc 1 r B . The pavement thickness shall vary by no more than plus or minus 1 /4 inch from the ' thickness called for on the Plans . Corrections of deficiencies in pavement thicknesses shall be in strict accordance with Section 330- 15 of the D . O . T . Specifications . ' C . If the CONTRACTOR believes that the number of cores taken by the laboratory is insufficient to properly indicate the thickness of the pavement , the CONTRACTOR may request the laboratory representatives to make additional borings at locations designated by the CONTRACTOR . The cost of these additional borings shall be borne by the CONTRACTOR unless such borings indicate that the pavement within ' the questioned area is of specified thickness . 3 . 6 TESTS A . The testinglaboratory shall provide the following : rY p 9 1 . Verify performance of the CONTRACTOR's proposed mix with these Specifications . 2 . Perform in - plant testing of aggregate , gradation , and bitumen content . Perform at least one test per 100 tons of asphaltic concrete produced or part thereof during each day of operation . 3 . Using a nuclear gage , determine the density of the finished pavement as compared to the density of the design mix . Fill and compact all ' core holes to match the pavement properly. 4 . Take core borings as specified above , to determine pavement thickness . Fill and compact all core holes to match the pavement properly . + + END OF SECTION + + 1 r 1 1 1 Last revised2 2 2/ 6/0 025204 EAST GIFFORD FAPublic WorksWeithM\Storrnmeter Projects\Gifford East\Construction Contract\Technical Specifications\Final Specifications\Division ' 2\02520 - Asphaltic Concrete Pavement.doc 1 SECTION 02526 SIDEWALK AND PAVEMENT REMOVAL AND RESTORATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1 . 1 SCOPE A . Where existing pavement , curb , curb and gutter, sidewalk , driveway , valley gutter, etc . is removed for the purpose of constructing or removing box culverts , pipe , inlets , manholes , appurtenances , facilities , or structures , said pavement , etc . shall be replaced and restored in equal or better condition than the original in accordance with these Specifications , the Contract Drawings , and the requirements of any related permits . Provide all necessary labor, materials , equipment , traffic control , tools , supplies , plant , and equipment required . PART 3 - EXECUTION 3 . 1 GENERAL A . STATE RIGHT-OF-WAY - Pavement , roadway surfaces , and right-of-wayunderthe jurisdiction of the State of Florida shall be protected , removed , and replaced in accordance with the D . O . T . Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction . ' B . COUNTY RIGHT- OF-WAY - Restoration of roadways and pavement within county right-of-ways shall be in accordance with the applicable county standards , regulations , and permits regarding the use of County right-of-way . C . MUNICIPAL RIGHT-OF-WAY - Roadway and pavement restoration and right-of-way utilization within city limits shall be in accordance with all applicable city standards , regulations , and permits . D . No work within State , County , or City right-of-ways shall begin until all the applicable permits for such work from the various agencies having jurisdiction have been received . Verify that all such permits have been obtained before beginning work . Comply with all provisions of all permits and notify the appropriate State , County, or City agencies within the prescribed time period before beginning work within their right-of-ways . ' E . All work and materials shall comply with the appropriate Section of these Specifications and as shown on the Drawings . In the event of a conflict between these Specifications and the appropriate State , City , or County's Specifications , the Last revised 7/25/02 02526- 1 EAST GIFFORD F:\Public WorksWeithmstormw ter Projects\Gifford East\Construction Contract\Technical Specifications\Final Specifications\Division 2\02526 - Sidewalk and Pavement Removal and Restoration .doc ' more stringent specification shall govern . ' 3 . 2 SIDEWALK AND DRIVEWAY RESTORATION A . Replace or repair all existing sidewalks and driveways removed , disturbed , or destroyed by construction . Make the finished work equal to or better than the original in all respects . Remove the sidewalk and /or driveway to existing joints , or saw cut , leaving pieces not less than 5 feet long to avoid leaving odd -sized sections of pavement after repairs have been made . Make all concrete driveway repairs a minimum 6 - inches thick . Restore concrete sidewalks and driveways per Section 02530 of these Specifications , titled "Concrete Gutters , Curbs , Sidewalks , and Driveways . " 3 . 3 ROADWAY AND PAVEMENT RESTORATION 1A , Replace pavement or roadway surfaces cut or damaged in equal or better condition than the original , including stabilization , base course , surface course , curb and gutter, or other appurtenances . Refer to Sections 02510 , 02512 , 02514 , 02516 , 02518 , 02520 , and 02522 of these Specifications , as applicable . 3 . 4 SAW - CUTTING A . Where existing pavement is to be removed , the surface shall be saw-cut , leaving a straight , uniform edge , with minimum disturbance to the adjacent surfacing . If construction results in raveling of the saw-cut edge , re-cut back from the raveled edge prior to restoration . 3 . 5 TEMPORARY SURFACE A . Compact the backfill as specified and bring to grade to match the existing roadway surface . Temporary and permanent pavement repair shall at all times provide a smooth traffic surface . 3 . 6 CONCRETE CURBS AND GUTTERS A . Do not disturb curbs or gutters when it is practical to tunnel underneath . If tunneling is not possible , remove the - curb or gutter to the nearest joint and replace it with ' identical sections . Construct curbs and gutters per Section 02530 of these Specifications , titled " Concrete Gutters , Curbs , Sidewalks , and Driveways . " 3 . 7 SETTLEMENT OF PAVEMENT A . All settlement of pavement occurring within a period of one year after the date of Last revised 7/25/02 02526-2 EAST GIFFORD RIPublic Works\KeithM\Stormv%eter Projects\Gifford East\Construction contract\Technical Specifications\Final Specifications\Division 2\02526 - Sidewalk and Pavement Removal and Restoration .doc final acceptance of the project by the OWNER shall be repaired or replaced b the p Y CONTRACTOR as required by the OWNER and at no cost to the OWNER . 3 . 8 STABILIZED ROADS ' A . On all stabilized roads , the stabilizing material must be replaced and compacted to at least its original condition . ' + + END OF SECTION + + Last revised 7/25/02 02526-3 EAST GIFFORD F:\Public Works\KeithM\Storm%ater Projects\Gifford EasNConstruction Contract\Technical Specifications\Final SPea cations\Division 2\02526 - Sidewalk and Pavement Removal and Restoration .doc SECTION 02530 CONCRETE GUTTERS , CURBS , SIDEWALKS , AND DRIVEWAYS PART 1 - GENERAL 1 . 1 SCOPE A . Furnish all material , equipment , transportation , tools and labor, unless otherwise specified , to construct concrete gutters , curbs , sidewalks , and driveways , other appurtenances , and all items called for or that can be reasonably inferred from the Contract Drawings , including excavation , backfill , forming , placing concrete , finishing , curing , jointing , and testing for a complete fob . If any Items for a complete job are omitted or not shown , furnish and install the same without cost to the OWNER . PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2 . 1 PRODUCTS fA . CONCRETE - Concrete shall be per D . O . T . " Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction " , Section 347 , except that the word " Department" shall be taken as "Owner" . 1 . All concrete sidewalks less than 8 feet wide will be made from Class I concrete , minimum 28-day compressive strength of 2 , 500 psi and a maximum slump of 4 inches . 2 . All driveways and sidewalks 8 feet in width orwiderwill be made from Class I concrete , minimum 28-day compressive strength of 3 , 000 psi and a maximum slump of 4 inches . 3 . Driveways for commercial businesses and sidewalks constructed across driveways to commercial businesses shall be made with high -early strength concrete capable of attaining a compressive strength of 2 , 500 psi within 3 days of pouring . The maximum slump shall be 4 inches . 4 . Gutters and curbs will be made from Class I concrete , minimum 28 -day compressive strength of 2 , 500 psi and a maximum slump of 4 inches . B . FORMING - Use forms of either wood or metal with a depth equal to the Plan dimensions for the depth of concrete being deposited against them . Forms shall be straight , free from warp or bends , and of sufficient strength when staked to resist the pressure of the concrete without deviation from line and grade . Clean the forms each time they are used , and oil or saturate with water prior to placing the concrete . C . JOINT MATERIALS - Joint materials shall be per D . O . T . "Standard Specifications Last revised 7/25/02 02530- 1 EAST GIFFORD ' RIPublic Works\Keithmstormweter Projects\Gifford East\Construction Contract\Technical Specifications\Fnal Specifications\Division 2\02530 - Concrete Gutters, Curbs , Sidemalks, and Driveways.doc for Road and Bridge Construction " , Section 932- 1 , "Joint Materials" . D . CURING MATERIALS - Curing materials shall be per D . O . T . "Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction " , Section 925 , "Curing Materials for Concrete" . E . ADMIXTURES - Air entraining admixtures shall be as specified in ASTM C-260 . F . REINFORCEMENT = Reinforcement shall be per D : O . T . "Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction " , Section 931 , " Metal Accessory Materials for Concrete Pavement and Concrete Structures " , except that the word " Department" ' shall be taken as "Owner ' . PART 3 - EXECUTION ' 3 . 1 EXECUTION A . Construct gutters and curbs per D . O .T . Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction , Section 520 . B . SIDEWALKS AND DRIVEWAYS 1 . FOUNDATION - Excavate or backfill to the required depth . Compact the foundation material upon which the sidewalk , driveway , etc . is to be set to at ' least 98 percent of the maximum density as determined by AASHTO T- 180 , with an even surface , true to line , grade and cross section , and moist at the time that the concrete is placed . i2 . FORMS - Set the forms straight , free from warp or bends , and true to line and grade . Set the forms with a 1 /8-inch - per-foot cross slope or as shown on the Plans . Construct all sidewalks 4 inches thick and all driveways 6 inches thick , unless otherwise shown on the Plans . 3 . REINFORCING - Unless otherwise noted , sidewalks will be unreinforced , ' except at driveways . 4 . PLACING - Place concrete in the forms to the required depth . Consolidate by tamping or vibrating until the mortar entirely covers its surface . Concrete ' shall not be placed during rain , when the threat of rain is imminent , or when there is standing water between forms . If however, the concrete structure has been cast and an unexpected rain shower passes over the site before the concrete has had sufficient time to set , adequately protect the structure from water damage . Repair or removal and replacement of the structure because of water damage will be at the CONTRACTOR' s expense . 5 . JOINTS a . Form 1 /2- inch thick expansion joints with a preformed joint filler between the sidewalk and the curb or between a concrete driveway ' Last revised 7/25/02 02530-2 EAST GIFFORD F:\Public Works\KeithM\Storm%ater Projects\Gifford East\Construction Contract\Technical Specifications\Fnal Specifications\Division 2\02530 - Concrete Gutters , Curbs , Sidevalks, and Drivew,ays.doc ' and sidewalk or curb and in sidewalks at an interval equal to approximately 5 times the sidewalk width . Joints shall also be placed ' at fixed objects . The depth of the expansion joint material shall equal the thickness of the concrete . The joint material shall be rigidly held in place during placement of the concrete so as to form a straight and neat line . Expansion joints are not required between sidewalks and asphalt roads nor between concrete driveways and asphalt roads . b . Contraction joints shall be of the open type and shall be no more than 5 feet apart . Contraction joints shall be installed in the concrete with the use of a mason 's hand groover utilized while the concrete is still in the plastic state . The hand groover must be of sufficient depth to ' leave a finished joint greater than " D "/5 and less than " D "/4 where " D " is the thickness of the concrete pavement . Hand -formed joints must have a finished radius along the joint edge of at least 1 /4 inch . 6 . COMPACTION - The concrete shall be compacted by hand with wood floats and spades worked along both side forms and joints for the full depth . All compacting shall be performed while the concrete is in a plastic state and to such extent as will insure a dense mass with even and uniform surfaces free from segregation , aggregate pockets or honeycomb . 7 . FINISHING a . Strike off the concrete by means of a wood or metal screed used perpendicular to the forms in order to obtain the required grade , and remove surplus water and laitance . b . Light broom-finish the concrete surface . The surface variations shall not be more than 1 /4-inch under a 10400t straight edge , nor more than 1 /8- inch on a 5-foot transverse section . Carefully finish the edge of the sidewalk with an edging tool having a radius of 1 /2 - inch . c . Sprinkling of the surface with dry cement or sand is not permitted . d . The surface shall be protected to prohibit imprints or markings in it before the concrete has set to a firm hardness . Any imprints or markings found in the hardened concrete must be removed and paid for by the CONTRACTOR . ' 8 . CURING - The concrete shall be cured in accordance with Sections 520 -8 . 1 and 520-8 . 3 of the D . O . T . "Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge ' Construction " . Apply the compound in two (2 ) directions over the surface of the concrete , with the second coat applied at right angles to the direction of the first coat. ' 3 . 2 BACKFILLING AND COMPACTING ' A . After the concrete has set sufficiently , but no later than three days after pouring , remove all forms and refill the spaces adjacent to the concrete to the required elevation with suitable material . Place and thoroughly compact to 98 percent of the Last revised 7/25/02 02530-3 EAST GIFFORD F:\Public Works\KeithM\Stormweter Projects\Gifford East\Construction Contract\Technical Specifications\Final Specifications\Division 2\02530 - Concrete Gutters, Curbs , Sidemiks , and Drivemys.doc ' maximum density as determined by AASHTO T- 180 . ' 3 . 3 TESTING A . Concrete strength tests to determine the quality of the concrete being supplied ' during construction shall be made by a testing laboratory per Section 01410 , "Testing and Laboratory Services . " Four cylinders shall be made for each day' s pour, one of which shall be tested at 3 days , one at 7 days and two at 28 days . Cylinders shall be made , cured and tested in accordance with ASTM C-31 and C- 39 . The two 28 -day cylinders shall constitute a strength test . The average strength of all 28 -day cylinders as well as the average of any five consecutive strength tests ' shall be equal to or greater than the specified strength . No strength test shall have an average value less than 80 percent of the specified strength and not more than one strength test in ten consecutive tests shall have an average value of less than ' 90 percent of the specified strength . The Contractor shall arrange for all tests . B . Should concrete during pouring appear to have a slump greater than specified , all ' such concrete shall be flashed from forms and that section re- poured at the CONTRACTOR's expense . As required , reinforcing shall be reinstalled , forms ' rebuilt , and grades re-compacted . Should the CONTRACTOR demonstrate at the site with a slump test that these specifications are met , removal and re- pouring will not be required . Slump test equipment shall be on the site at all times , at the ' CONTRACTOR' s expense . + + END OF SECTION + + Last revised 7/25/02 025304 EAST GIFFORD ' RIPublic Works\Keithmstorrnmter Projects\Gifford East\Construction Contract\Technical Specifications\Final Specifications\Division 2\02530 - Concrete Gutters , Curbs, Sidemelks , and Driveways.doc SECTION 02550 ' DRAINAGE PIPE PART 1 - GENERAL ' 1 . 1 SCOPE ' A . Furnish all labor, tools , materials and equipment required to supply , install , clean , and place in satisfactory operation all piping , as shown and specified herein . ' B . It is the intention of the Drawings and Specifications to provide complete and workable piping systems . Miscellaneous gaskets , fittings , and appurtenances ' required for proper completion of the Work shall be considered as having been included under this Section . 1 . 2 GENERAL A . All piping , fittings , and appurtenances shall be new and clean . In no case will used or damaged material be acceptable . B . All piping shall be of the sizes and materials shown on the Drawings or specified therein . C . Related Work Specified Elsewhere : 1 . Section 02220 , Excavation and Backfill 2 . Section 02552 , Installation of Drainage Pipe . 3 , Section 02560 , Drainage Structures . ' D . Coordination : Review installation procedures under other Sections and coordinate the installation of items that must be installed with the piping . 1 . 3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A . Manufacturer Qualifications : The manufacturer of each particular type of pipe and fittings shall have a minimum of 5 years of experience . All pipe and fittings of a particular material (e . g . concrete pipe ) shall be the product of one manufacturer. ' 1A SUBMITTALS ' A . Shop Drawings : Shop Drawing submittals shall include the following : 1 . Illustrations , specifications , and engineering data including dimensions , materials , size , and weight for all piping and appurtenances , including Last revised 7/ 17/02 02550- 1 EAST GIFFORD ' 17APublic Works\KeithM\Storrnmter Projects\Gifford East\Construction Contract\Technical Specifications\Final Specifications\Division 2\02550 - Drainage Pipe.doc 1 fittings , gaskets , coatings , etc . 9 , 9 s 9 � 2 . Manufacturer' s instructions and recommendations for installation of each ' type of pipe joint and special items . B . Certificates : Submit certificates of compliance with referenced standards . ' PART 2 - MATERIALS 2 . 1 MATERIALS ' A . REINFORCED CONCRETE PIPE - This pipe shall meet the requirements of ASTM C76 ( Class III ) and DOT Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction ( DOT Specifications ) Sections 941 and 942 . Unless otherwise designated , use wall " B " . Reinforced Concrete Pipe may be abbreviated as " RCP " on the Plans . B . CORRUGATED STEEL PIPE - This pipe and required coupling bands shall be 1 corrugated galvanized steel and shall conform to Section 943 of the DOT Specifications . It shall be no lighterthan 16-gauge metal and be furnished in single lengths where possible . Corrugations shall be helical . Bands or couplings shall be ' standard or two- piece type with a neoprene gasket. Corrugated steel pipe may be abbreviated as " CMP" on the Plans . C . CORRUGATED ALUMINUM PIPE - This pipe and required coupling bands shall be corrugated aluminum and shall conform to Section 945 of the DOT Specifications . It shall be furnished in single lengths where practical . Corrugations shall be helical . ' Bands or couplings shall be standard or two- piece type with neoprene gasket . Corrugated aluminum pipe may be abbreviated as "Aluminum CMP " , "Alum . CMP " or " CAP " on the Plans . D . ASPHALT COATED CORRUGATED METAL PIPE - This pipe and its fittings shall be corrugated galvanized steel , no less than 16-gauge , coated on the inside and ' outside per Section 943 of the DOT Specifications . Asphalt coated corrugated metal pipe may be abbreviated as "ACCMP " on the Plans . ' E . FILTER CLOTH - Filter cloth shall be Amoco Propex 4553 ; Phillips Fiber Corporation Supac Type 8NP ; or equivalent . Filter cloth shall meet the pertinent requirements of DOT Roadway and Traffic Design Standard Index No . 199 . F . MITERED END SECTIONS - Mitered end sections shall be constructed per the DOT Roadway and Traffic Design Standard Index called for on the Drawings ( Index ' No . 272 , 273 , or 274 ) . G . FLARED END SECTIONS - Flared end sections shall be constructed in accordance Last revised 7/ 17/02 02550-2 EAST GIFFORD ' R\Public Works\KeithM\Stormweter Projects\Gifford East\Construction Contract\Technical Specifications\Final Specifications\Division 2\02550 - Drainage Pipe .doc 1 ' with DOT Roadway and Traffic Design Standard Index No . 270 . that Note per at ( least one concrete pipe manufacturer, the bell of flared concrete end sections ' greater than 42- inch diameter (and some 424ch diameter flared ends ) may not fit properly onto the concrete pipe and thus , will require the construction of a concrete collar around the pipe . Discuss this with the flared end manufacturer before bidding ' the project and if necessary, include this cost in the unit costs for flared end sections 42- inch and larger. ) ' H . SINGLE BARREL CONCRETE BOX CULVERT WITH PERPENDICULAR HEADWALLS/WINGWALLS — Construct single barrel concrete box culverts with perpendicular headwalls/wingwalls in accordance with DOT Roadway and Traffic ' Design Standard Index No . 290 . 2 . 2 MARKINGS FOR IDENTIFICATION ' A . Alli eline materials shall be stamped , marked or identified with the following : Pp p :9 1 . Name or trademark of the manufacturer. 2 . Size and length dimensions . 3 . Date and place of manufacture . + + END OF SECTION + + Last revised 7/ 17/02 02550-3 EAST GIFFORD FAPublic worksweithmstormweter Projects\Afford East\Construction Contract\Technical Specifications\Fnai Specifications\Division 2\02550 - Drainage Pipe.doc ' SECTION 02552 ' INSTALLATION OF DRAINAGE PIPE PART 1 - GENERAL ' 1 . 1 DESCRIPTION ' A . Scope : Provide all labor, materials , equipment and incidentals as shown , specified , and required to install and test all buried piping , fittings , and specials . The Work includes , but is not limited to , all types and sizes of buried drainage piping , work on or affecting existing piping , testing , cleaning , installation of all jointing and gasketing materials , specials , couplings , and all other Work required to complete the buried piping installation . B . Coordination : Review installation procedures under other Sections and coordinate those procedures with the Work that is related to this Section . ' C . Related Sections : 1 . Section 01410 , Testing Laboratory Services 2 . Division 2 , Site Work , 1 . 2 GOVERNING SPECIFICATIONS AND QUALITY ASSURANCE ' A . This Section 02552 iseneral in nature and it is intended to supplement 9 PP ' Section 430 — Pipe Culverts and Storm Sewers and other pertinent sections of the D . O . T . Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction , latest edition . If there is a conflict between these Specifications and the ' D . O . T . Specifications , then the most stringent specification will govern . Also , if Section 02552 is silent on an issue , then refer to the D . O . T . Specifications . The pay items listed in this Contract govern payment for the work . ' 1 . 3 SUBMITTALS ' A . Shop Drawings : Submit for approval the following : 1 . Detailed drawings in plan and profile . 2 . Laying schedules . ' 3 . Full details of piping , specials , manholes , joints , and connections to existing piping , structures , equipment and appurtenances . B . Certificates : Submit certificates of compliance with referenced standards . C . Record Drawings : Submit in accordance with Section 01720 . ' 1 . 4 PRODUCT DELIVERY , STORAGE AND HANDLING Last revised 7/25/02 02552- 1 EASTGIFFORD R\Public Works\KeithM\Stormmter Projects\Gfford East\Construction Contract\Technical Specifications\Fnal ' Specifications\Division 2\02552 - Installation ofDrainage Pipe.doc A . Schedule delivery of materials to the site to ensure uninterrupted progress of the Work . B . Handle all pipe , fittings , specials and accessories carefully . Do not drop or roll material off trucks . Do not otherwise drop , roll or skid piping . C . Store pipes and fittings on heavy wood blocking or platforms so they are not in contact with the ground . ' D . Unload pipe , fittings and specials opposite to or as close to the place where they are to be installed as is practical to avoid unnecessary handling . Keep pipe interiors free from dirt and foreign matter. E . Inspect delivered pipe for cracked , gouged , chipped , dented or other damaged material and immediately remove damaged material from site . PART 2 - PRODUCTS - Not Used , PART 3 - EXECUTION 3 . 1 INSTALLATION A . General : 1 1 . Install piping as shown , specified , and as recommended by the manufacturer. 2 . If there is a conflict between manufacturer's recommendations and the iDrawings or Specifications , request instructions from ENGINEER before proceeding . 3 . Inspect all pipe bedding conditions prior to laying pipe . Notify ' ENGINEER in advance of excavating , bedding and pipe laying operations . 4 . Schedule and order all required testing services . 5 . Earthwork required is specified in the applicable Sections of Division 2 . B . Separation of Storm Sewers (drainage pipe ) and Potable Water Pipe Lines : Separation shall be in accordance with Florida Department of Environmental Protection and Indian River County Division of Utility Services rules and regulations . In the event of a conflict, the more stringent specification shall govern . C . Bedding Pipe : Bed pipe as specified below and in accordance with the details shown . 1 . Trench excavation and backfill , and bedding materials shall conform to 1 the requirements of Section 02220 , Excavation and Backfill . 2 . No pipe shall be brought into position until the preceding length has been bedded and secured in its final position . ' Last revised 7/25/02 02552-2 EASTGIFFORD FAPublic Works\KeithM\Stormvater Projects\Gifford East\Construction Contract\Technical Specifications\Fnal ' Specifications\Division 2\02552 - Installation ofDrainage Pipe.doc E . Laying Pipe : 1 . Conform to manufacturer's instructions . 2 . Install all pipe accurately to line and grade shown . Use a laser to maintain proper grade during installation of pipe in runs greater than ' 100 feet . Verify invert elevations at sufficient points on all lines during installation to correct errors due to laser misalignment, equipment error, etc . Remove and re-lay pipes that are not laid accurately to line and ' grade . 3 . Slope piping uniformly between elevations shown . 4 . Place bell and spigot pipe so that bells face upstream ( i . e . the flow is into the bell end ) . 5 . Carefully examine all pipe , fittings and specials for cracks , damage or other defects while suspended above the trench before installation . Immediately remove defective materials from site . 6 . Inspect interior of all pipe and fittings and clean all dirt , gravel , sand , debris or other foreign material from pipe interior and joint recesses before it is moved into the trench . Bell and spigot mating surfaces shall be thoroughly wire brushed , and wiped clean and dry immediately before the pipe is laid . 7 . Store and apply gasket lubricants in a manner that minimizes contamination or pick- up of sand or grit . 8 . Field cut pipe with equipment specially designed for cutting piping . ' Make cuts carefully , without damage to pipe or lining , and with a smooth end at right angles to the axis of pipe . File sharp edges of cut pipe smooth . Flame cutting will not be allowed . 9 . Blocking under piping will not be permitted unless specifically approved by ENGINEER for special conditions . If permitted , conform to requirements of AWWA C600 , 10 . Touch up protective coatings as recommended by the manufacturer, prior to backfilling . ' 11 . Do not let the pipe move during installation . 12 . Prevent the pipe from flotation during construction . If a pipe floats for any reason , the CONTRACTOR shall reinstall it to the proper line , grade , and depth , at the CONTRACTOR' s expense . 13 . Wrap all drainage pipe joints with filter cloth per F . D . O . T . Index No . 280 , Use Amoco Propex 4553 ; Phillips Fiber Corporation Supac Type 8NP ; or equivalent . 14 . After installation is complete , clean all dirt , debris , etc . from inside the pipeline and keep the pipeline clean until the Work is accepted by the OWNER , at no cost to the OWNER . F . Jointing Pipe : Join all pipe and fittings per the manufacturer' s directions . 1 Joint tolerance shall be per FDOT Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction orthe pipe manufacturer' s recommendations , whichever criteria is more stringent . Repair all joints not meeting these tolerances or ' Last revised 7/25/02 02552-3 EASTGIFFORD FAPublic Works\KeithM\Stormweter Projects\Gifford East\Construction Contract\Technical Specifications\Final 1 Specifications\Division 2\02552 - Installation ofDrainage Pipe.doc reinstall the affected pipe , as directed by the OWNER and at no expense to the OWNER . ' G . Backfilling : Conform to the applicable requirements of Section 02220 . ' H . Transitions from One Type of Pipe to Another: Provide all necessary adapters , specials , concrete collars , or connection pieces required when connecting different types and sizes of pipe or connecting pipe made by ' different manufacturers . I . Jack and Bore Casing Installation : Install cased crossings in accordance with ' Section 02250 , "Crossings by Boring and Jacking . " J . Cleaning : Clean the inside of all pipe before the final walk-through with the ' ENGINEER . All pipe must be cleaned of all dirt , debris , and other material by the date of the final walk-through or it will not be accepted by the OWNER . This includes dirt, debris , etc . washed into the pipe from stormwater runoff any time after the pipe is installed . If the CONTRACTOR does not clean the pipe , the ENGINEER will either ( 1 ) calculate the percentage of pipe volume lost due to the material in the pipe and deduct an equal percentage from the CONTRACTOR Is payment for the pipe , or (2 ) have the pipe cleaned by a third party or by the OWNER ' s crews and deduct the cost for the cleaning work from the CONTRACTOR' s payment . ' K . Testing : Leaking joints will not be accepted . Repair all leaking joints at no 9 91 P p 9 cost to the OWNER . ' 3 . 2 TOLERANCE A . Install all drainage pipe to plus or minus 0 . 10 feet of the design elevation . If this tolerance is exceeded , reinstall the pipe to the correct elevation , at no ' cost to the OWNER . If the pipe is damaged during reinstallation , replace it with new, unused pipe at no cost to the OWNER . 3 . 3 WORK AFFECTING EXISTING PIPING A . Location of Existing Piping : 1 . The ENGINEER has not physically located any below ground facilities . Locations of existing underground utilities shown on the Drawings were provided by others and the ENGINEER has supplied this information ' solely for the convenience of the CONTRACTOR . The locations shown on the Drawings may not be accurate and there may be existing utilities that have not been shown . ' 2 . Determine the exact location of existing piping and other facilities which could be disturbed during earthwork operations , or which may be ' Last revised 7/25/02 02552=4 EASTGIFFORD FAPublic Works\KeithM\Stormmter Projects\Gifford East\Construction Contract\Technical Specifications\Fnal ' Specifications\Division 2\02552 - Installation ofDrainage Pipe.doc ' affected in any way. The CONTRACTOR is solely responsible for the location of existing utilities . ' 3 . Conform to applicable requirements of Division 1 pertaining to cutting and patching , and connections to existing facilities . ' + + END OF SECTION + + 1 1 Last revised 7/25/02 02552-5 E4STGIFFORD FAPublic Works\KeithM\Storm%ater Projects\Gifford East\Construction Contract\Technical Specifications\Final ' Specifications\Division 2\02552 - Installation ofDrainage Pipe .doc ' SECTION 02560 ' DRAINAGE STRUCTURES PART 1 - GENERAL ' 1 . 1 DESCRIPTION ' A . Scope : Provide all labor, materials , equipment and incidentals as shown , specified and required to furnish and install all drainage structures . ' B . General : 1 . Drainage structures shall conform in shape , size , dimensions , material , and other respects to the details shown or as ordered by the ENGINEER . 2 . Cast- iron frames , grates and covers shall be the standard frame and grate or cover, unless otherwise shown on the Contract Drawings , and shall be as specified herein . ' 3 . All drainage structures , frames , grates , covers , etc . shall be new and clean . In no case shall used or damaged material be acceptable . In no case shall ' drainage structures be installed before they are visually examined by the ENGINEER or his authorized representative . C . Related Sections : ' 1 . Division 2 - Site Work. 2 . Section 03300 , Concrete . 1 . 2 QUALITY ASSURANCE ' A . Reference Standards : 1 . ASTM C478 , Specification for Precast Reinforced Concrete Manhole Sections . 2 , ASTM A48-74 , Manhole Frame and Cover. ' 1 . 3 SUBMITTALS ' A . Shop Drawings : In accordance with Section 01340 , " Submittal of Shop Drawings , Product Data , and Samples , " submit the following : 1 . Shop drawings and design calculations ( including buoyancy calculations ) ' showing design and construction details of all precast concrete units , including details of joints and openings for the connection of pipes . All precast structures shall be designed by a Florida Registered Engineer ( Speciality ' Engineer) retained by the CONTRACTOR . Submit the Specialty Engineer' s signed and sealed design calculations and drawings referencing "Statement of Responsibility" per Florida Administrative Code 21 HA 9 . 001 , 1 2 . Drainage Structure Frames and Covers/ Inlets 3 . Filter Fabric ' Last revised 9/12/02 02560- 1 EAST GIFFORD PART 2 - PRODUCTS ' 2 . 1 PRECAST CONCRETE DRAINAGE STRUCTURES A . Precast drainage structures shall conform to the details shown and all materials used in construction shall conform to Section 346 , " Portland Cement Concrete" (Type II ) , Section 415 , " Reinforcing Steel , (Grade 60 ) , " and Section 425-3 , ' " Materials " of the F . D . O . T . Specifications . Construction of the structures shall be as specified herein and in accordance with Section 425 " Inlets , Manholes , and Junction Boxes , " of the F . D . O . T . Specifications . In the event of a conflict , the more stringent specification shall govern . B . Except where otherwise specified , precast components shall consist of reinforced concrete especially designed for drainage structure construction and manufactured in accordance with ASTM C478 except as modified herein . The base shall be monolithic with the first wall section . Provide cast- in - place concrete bases where shown . C . Precast components shall be manufactured by wet cast methods only, using forms which will provide smooth surfaces free from irregularities , honeycombing or other imperfections . D . Joints between components shall be the tongue and groove type and shall conform to AWWA C302 . The circumferential and longitudinal steel reinforcement ' shall extend into the bell and spigot ends of the joint without breaking the continuity of the steel . E . All precast components shall be of approved design and of sufficient strength to ' withstand the loads imposed upon them . They shall be designed for a minimum earth cover loading of 130 pounds per cubic foot , an 1-1 -20 wheel loading , and an ' allowance of 30 percent in roadways and 15 percent in rights-of-way for impact . Bases shall have two cages of reinforcing steel in their walls , each of the areas equal to that required in the riser sections . Wall thickness shall not be less than 8 ' inches . Concrete top slabs shall not be less than 8 inches thick . F . Lifting holes , if used in components , shall be tapered , and no more than two shall ' be cast in each section . Tapered , solid rubber plugs shall be furnished to seal the lifting holes . The lifting holes shall be made to be sealed by plugs driven from the outside face of the section only . G . Mark date of manufacture and name or trademark of manufacturer on inside of barrel . ' Last revised 7 / 16 / 02 02560 - 2 EAST GIFFORD ' H . Sealingcompound for recast concrete drainage' structure joints shall b p p1 e preformed plastic joint sealer conforming to Federal Specification SS -S -00210 , ' 'Ram- Nek , " as manufactured by K .T . Snyder Co . , Inc . , or equivalent . 2 . 2 DRAINAGE STRUCTURE FRAMES AND COVERS ' A . Drainage structure frames and covers shall be as shown on the Contract Drawing and of such quality and composition as will make the metal of the casting strong , tough and of even grain . They shall be of uniform quality, free from scale , lumps , blisters , cracks , sand holes , etc . No plugging or filing will be allowed . All castings shall have a consistent pattern and all parts shall fit tightly together. All frames and covers shall be capable of withstanding the AASHTO H -20 vertical , dynamic wheel load , and shall have machined bearing surfaces and be designed so they do not rock or rattle under traffic . All covers shall have a non - penetrating or concealed -type pick hole . B . Frames and covers shall be smooth and well cleaned by shot blasting and , unless otherwise specified , completely covered with a smooth coating of coal tar pitch varnish of a type which will be tough , tenacious , and resilient through - out the expected temperature range . ' C . Stamp covers of drainage manholes INDIAN RIVER COUNTY STORMWATER" ' so as to be plainly visible . D . The material used to construct the castings shall conform to ASTM 536 for ductile iron castings . 2 . 3 MISCELLANEOUS A . Each inlet with a grate shall be provided with eye bolt(s ) and chain ( s ) for locking the grates to the inlets , in accordance with Index No . 201 of the F . D . O . T . ' Roadway and Traffic Design Standards . PART 3 - EXECUTION 3 . 1 DRAINAGE STRUCTURE BASES ' A . Precast bases shall be set at the proper grade and carefully leveled and aligned . B . Precast bases shall be set on a crushed stone or gravel foundation , if required . ' 3 . 2 PRECAST SECTIONS A . Set each precast section plumb on abed of sealant to make a watertight joint with the preceding unit - no leakage shall be allowed . Point the joints and wipe off the excess sealant . ' Last revised 7/16/02 02560-3 EAST GIFFORD B . Install sections , joints and gaskets in accordance with manufacturers ' recommendations . C . Seal lifting holes tight with a solid rubber plug driven into the hole from the outside of the barrel and fill the remaining void with non -shrink grout . 3 . 3 EXCAVATION , BACKFILL, AND COMPACTION ' A . Excavate , backfill and compact in accordance with Section 02220 , " Excavation and Backfill " . Do not place backfill against a cast- in- place structure until the concrete has attained sufficient strength to resist the load without damage , and in no case , less than seven days after the concrete was placed . 3 . 4 FILTER FABRIC A . Wrap exterior joints and lifting holes with filter fabric . Filter Fabric shall be Amoco Propex 4553 ; Phillips Fiber Corporation Supac Type 8NP ; or equivalent . ' 3 . 5 GRADING RINGS A . Use grading rings as required to set the frames and covers at the elevations shown on the Plans . Grade rings shall be a maximum of 12 - inches high , constructed on the roof slab or cone section on which the frame and cover will be placed . The height of the grade rings shall be such as is necessary to bring the ' frame to the proper grade . 3 . 6 GRADING AT DRAINAGE STRUCTURES ' A . CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible for the proper height of all drainage structures . CONTRACTOR is cautioned that ENGINEER' s review of shop drawings for drainage structure components will be general in nature and CONTRACTOR shall provide an adequate supply of random length precast drainage structure riser sections to adjust any drainage structure to meet final grading requirements . 3 . 7 PIPE CONNECTIONS A . Construct inlet and outlet pipes of the same size and kind as the connecting pipe shown on the plans . Extend the pipe through the walls for a distance beyond the ' outside surface sufficient for the intended connections , and construct the concrete around them neatly to prevent leakage along their outer surface . Keep the inlet and outlet pipes flush with the inside of the structure wall . Only pipe barrels shall ' be used inside structure walls . Last revised 8/30/02 02560-4 EAST GIFFORD ' FAPublic Works\KeithM\Stormmter Projects\Gifford East\Construction contract\Technical Specifications\Final Specifications\Division 2\02560 - Drainage Structures.doc 3 . 8 CLEANING ' A . Clean all dirt and debris from each drainage structure before the final walk-through with the ENGINEER or the structure will not be accepted by the OWNER . This ' includes dirt , debris , etc . washed into the structure by stormwater runoff any time after the structure is installed . ' 3 . 9 TOLERANCE A . Install all drainage structures to plus or minus 0 . 10 feet of the design elevation (top of grate or cover, inverts , top of weir, etc . ) . If this tolerance is exceeded , the ENGINEER may reject the structure or he may order it modified so that it conforms to the design elevations . All rehabilitative work , including reinstallation or replacement , shall be at no cost to the OWNER . If the structure is damaged during reinstallation , repair or replace it as directed by the ENGINEER , at no cost to the OWNER . + + END OF SECTION + + ' Last revised 8/30/02 02560-5 EAST GIFFORD FAPublic Works\KeithM\Storrs eter Projects\Gifford East\Construction Contract\Technical Specifications\Final Specifications\Division 2\02560 - Drainage Structures .doc ' SECTION 02561 tSAND -CEMENT RIPRAP PART 1 - GENERAL ' 1 . 1 GENERAL ' A . This Section covers the materials and placement of sand -cement riprap . Place riprap where indicated and install as specified herein . B . DOT SPECIFICATIONS - In addition to these Specifications , the sand -cement riprap shall conform to Section 530 — " Riprap " of the DOT Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction . In the event of a conflict , the more stringent specification shall govern . PART 2 - MATERIALS 2 . 1 MATERIALS A . PORTLAND CEMENT - The portland cement used in sand -cement riprap shall be Type I or II from an approved source . B . SAND - Use clean local white sand or other clean sand which is suitable for use as a fine aggregate for concrete or mortar. ' Co SACKS - Use sacks made of jute , cotton , or scrim reinforced paper capable of holding the sand without leakage . All sacks shall be the same size and dimensions ' and free from holes and capable of holding the sand -cement mixture without leakage when handled . Also , the sacks shall be strong enough to stand handling without ripping or splitting . Only one type and size of sack shall be used at any one ' structure . Ensure that the sack material is permeable and absorptive enough to permit passage of water to provide for hydration of the cement . Paper used in sacks shall be non -asphaltic laminated with a polyester fiber scrim reinforcement in ' a three-way directional pattern , and shall be perforated approximately 3/32 inch in approximate 1 inch centers . Extend the perforations continuously throughout the entire wall . ' D . GROUT - The sand and cement mix used between the sacks shall be the product of a reputable manufacturer and of a type and quality that is appropriate for this type of work . F . GEOTEXTILE FABRIC — Meet the requirements of Section 02565 — " Geotextile ' Last revised 7/26/02 02561 - 1 EAST GIFFORD RIPublic Works\KeithM\Stormweter Projects\Gifford East\Construction Contract\Technical Specifications\Fnal Specifications\Division ' 2\02561 - Sand-Cement Riprap.doc Fabric . " ' PART 3 - EXECUTION 3 . 1 MIXING MATERIALS A . The mixing proportions shall be five cubic feet of sand to one 94 pound bag of cement . The sand and cement shall be mixed dry until the mixture is of uniform ' color. 3 . 2 FILLING SACKS A . Fill each sack with anequal amount of the sand -cement mixture . No less than the top 6 inches of each sack shall remain unfilled so the sack can be properly tied or folded and to help insure against breaking the sack during placing . 3 . 2 PLACING FILLED SACKS A . Install the sand -cement ri ra eotextile material . Unless otherwise shown on riprap over 9 the Plans , place the filled sacks with their tied or folded ends all in the same ' direction . Place the sacks in a regular pattern of broken joints . In order to form a close and molded contact after the cement has set , ram or pack the sacks tightly against each other. Replace all ripped , torn , or otherwise damaged sacks with new sacks free from defects . After the sacks are placed , saturate them throughout with water. ' 3 . 3 GROUTING ' A . Immediately after saturating the sacks with water, fill all openings between the sacks with grout . The grout shall consist of one part portland cement to five parts sand . + + END OF SECTION + + ' Last revised 7/26/02 02561 -2 EAST GIFFORD RIPublic Works\KeithM\Storm rooter ProjectslGfford East\Construction Contracnechnical Specifications\nnal Specifications\Division ' 2\02561 - Sand-Cement Riprap.doc SECTION 02562 RUBBLE RIPRAP PART 1 - GENERAL 1 . 1 GENERAL ' A . This Section covers the materials and placement of rubble riprap (consisting of broken stone or broken concrete ) . Place riprap where indicated and install as ' specified herein . When specified in the Plans , place bedding stone under the rubble riprap . ' B . DOT SPECIFICATIONS - In addition to these Specifications , the rubble riprap shall conform to Section 530 — " Riprap" of the DOT Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction . In the event of a conflict , the more stringent specification shall ' govern . PART 2 - MATERIALS 2 . 1 MATERIALS ' A . RUBBLE FOR BANK AND SHORE PROTECTION : 1 . Provide sound , hard durable rubble , free of open or incipient cracks , soft seams , or other structural defects , consisting of broken stone with a specific ' gravity of at least 2 . 30 . Ensure that the stones are rough and angular. 2 . Use broken stone meeting the following gradation and thickness requirements : Weight Maximum Weight 50 % Weight Minimum Minimum Blanket Pounds Pounds Pounds Thickness Feet ' 700 300 60 2 . 5 3 . Ensure that at least 97 percent of the material by weight is smaller than ' Weight Maximum Pounds . Ensure that at least 50 percent weight is greater than 50 % Pounds . Ensure that at least 85 percent of the material by weight is greater than Weight Minimum Pounds . ' B . RUBBLE FOR DITCH LINING 1 . Provide sound , hard durable rubble , free of open or incipient cracks , soft ' seams , or other structural defects , consisting of broken stone or broken concrete with a specific gravity of at least 1 . 90 . Ensure that the stones or broken concrete are rough and angular. Last revised 7/26/02 02562- 1 EAST GIFFORD RIPublic WorksWeithmstorm eter Projects\Gfford East\constructlon contract\Technical Specifications\Final Specifications\Division ' 2\02562 - Rubble Riprap .doc ' 2 . Use broken stone or broken concrete meeting the following gradation and thickness requirements : ' Weight Maximum Weight 50 % Weight Minimum Minimum Blanket Pounds Pounds Pounds Thickness Feet ' 75 30 4 1 . 5 ' 3 . Ensure that at least 97 percent of the material by weight is smaller than Weight Maximum Pounds . Ensure that at least 50 percent weight is greater than 50 % Pounds . Ensure that at least 90 percent of the material by weight is greater than Weight Minimum Pounds , C . PHYSICAL REQUIREMENTS OF BROKEN STONE AND BROKEN CONCRETE : Use broken stone and broken concrete meeting the following physical requirements : 1 . 1 Absorption — maximum 5 % ' 2 . Los Angeles Abrasion ( FM 1 -T096 ) — maximum loss 45 % (granite may not have a loss greater than 55 % ) 3 . Soundness (Sodium Sulphate ) ( FM 1 -T104 ) — maximum loss 12 % ' 4 . Flat and elongated pieces —no more than 10 % of the material by weight can have the least dimension less than one-third of the greatest dimension . 5 . Dirt and fines — materials whose greatest dimension is less than 1 /2 inch and ' which were accumulated from interledge layers , blasting or handling operations , cannot exceed 5 % by weight . ' D . GEOTEXTILE FABRIC : Meet the requirements of Section 02565 — "Geotextile Fabric . " ' E . BEDDING STONE : Limestone shall not be used for bedding stone . Use quarryrun stone with a specific gravity no less than 1 . 90 and that is reasonably free from thin , flat , and elongated pieces . Ensure that the bedding stone is also reasonably free ' from organic matter and soft , friable particles . Meet the following gradation limits : Standard Sieve Sizes Individual Percentage by Weight ' inches Passin 12 inches 100 10 inches 70 to 100 ' 6 inches 60 to 80 3 inches 30 to 50 1 inch 0 to 15 PART 3 - EXECUTION Last revised 7/26/02 02562-2 EAST GIFFORD FAPublic Works\KeithM\storm oter Projects\Gifford East\construction contracnechnical Specifications\Final Specifications\Division 2\02562 - Rubble Riprap.doc 3 . 1 RUBBLE A . Dump rubble in place so that it forms a compact layer conforming to the neat lines and thickness specified in the Plans . Prevent segregation of the rubble and ensure ' that smaller pieces evenly fill the voids between larger pieces . 3 . 2 BEDDING STONE ' A . Place bedding stone without puncturing or tearing the geotextile fabric .c . Remove and replace geotextile fabric damaged as a result of operations at no expense to ' the OWNER . B . The allowable in- place tolerance is ± 1 inch . ' + + END OF SECTION + + Last revised 7/26/02 02562-3 EAST GIFFORD FAPublic WorksVeithM\Stormvieter Projects\Gifford East\Construction Contract\Technical Specifications\Anal Specifications\Division ' 2\02562 - Rubble Riprap .doc SECTION 02570 ' COATED CHAIN -LINK FENCING PART 1 - GENERAL 1 . 1 DESCRIPTION ' A . Scope : 1 . Provide all labor, materials , equipment and incidentals as shown , specified and required to furnish and install fencing . 2 . The extent of fencing is shown on the Drawings . 3 . The types of fencing and appurtenances include the following : a . Galvanized steel systems . ' b . Gate . Ce Accessories and fittings . 1 1 . 2 QUALITY ASSURANCE ' A . Erector Qualifications : Erector must be a firm experienced in the erection of fencing of the type specified . Be Design Criteria : Comply with the standards of the Chain Link Fence Manufacturer's Institute for "Galvanized Steel Chain Link Fence Fabric" and Federal Specification RR- F- 191 (latest revision ) , unless otherwise shown or ' specified . C . Source Quality Control : Provide each type of fence and gate as a complete unit produced by a single manufacturer, including necessary erection accessories , fittings and fastenings . D . Reference Standards : Comply with applicable provisions and recommendations of the following , except as otherwise shown or specified : 1 . ASTM A 53 , Specification for Pipe , Steel , Black and Hot- Dipped Zinc-Coated (Galvanized ) Welded and Seamless . 2 . ASTM A 121 , Specification forZinc-Coated (Galvanized ) Steel Barbed Wire . 1 3 . ASTM A 153 , Specification for Zinc Coating ( Hot- Dip ) on Iron and Steel Hardware . 4 . ASTM A 392 , Specification for Zinc-Coated Steel Chain - Link Fence 1 Fabric . 5 . Chain Link Fence Manufacturer's Institute , Galvanized Steel Chain- Link Fence Fabric. 6 . Federal Specification , RR- F- 191 ( latest revision ) , Fencing , Wire and Post , Metal (Chain-Link Fence Fabric) . Last revised 2/ 10/03 02570- 1 EASTGIFFORD R\Public Works\KeithM\Stonrn%ater Projects\G'ifford East\Construction Contract\Technical SpecificationsTiinal ' Specifications\Division 2\02831 - Coated Chain Link Fencing.doc 1 . 3 SUBMITTALS ' A . Shop Drawings : Submit for approval the following as specified in the General Conditions and Section 01340 , Submittal of Shop Drawings , Product Data , and Samples : 1 . Plan layout and details illustrating fence height , location and sizes of posts , rails , braces , gates , footings , operators , hardware list and erection procedures . ' 2 . Copies of manufacturer's technical data test reports on physical properties , and installation instructions for steel fences and gates . 3 . Manufacturer' s Certificate of Compliance certifying compliance with the applicable specifications and standards . 1 . 4 PRODUCT DELIVERY , STORAGE AND HANDLING A . Deliveryof Materials : Deliver material in manufacturer's original packaging 9 P 9 g with all tags and labels intact and legible . 1 Be Handling of Materials : Handle and store material in such manner as to avoid damage . PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2 . 1 GENERAL ' A . Pipe sizes specified are commercial pipe sizes . Be Tube sizes specified are nominal outside dimension . ' C . Roll -formed section sizes are the nominal outside dimensions . ' D . MATERIALS — Chain-link fence fabric, posts , rails , tension wires , tie wires , stretcher bars , gates , and all miscellaneous fittings and hardware shall meet the requirements of AASHTO M181 unless otherwise specified herein . 1 1 . Polvolefin Elastomer Coating : a . All chain-link fence fabric , posts , framework, gates , fittings , and appurtenances shall receive a polyolefin elastomer coating that is thermally fused to the metal . ( 1 ) Coating thickness on fence fabric = 6 mils to 10 mils (2 ) Coating thickness on posts = 10 mils minimum (3 ) Coating thickness on framework = 10 mils minimum (4 ) Coating thickness on fittings (tension and brace bands , caps , eye tops , rail ends , sleeves , tie wires , etc. ) = 6 mills minimum b . The coating shall be Permafused I I by Master-Halco , or equivalent and the color shall be Master- Nalco Midnight Black . The coating shall be fused and adhered to the wire per ASTM F668 , Class 2b . ' Last revised 2/ 10/03 02570-2 EASTGIFFORD FAPublic WorksWeithM\Stormweter Projects\Gifford East\Construction Contract\Technical Specifications\Final Specifications\Division 2\02831 - Coated Chain Link Fencing.doc 2 . Chain Link Fabric: a . One-piece chain -link fabric widths with No . 9 gage , zinc coated ' steel wires . b . 2- inch mesh with twisted and barbed selvage at the top and bottom , except for fences less than 6 feet high , in which case use ! knuckled top and bottom selvages . c . Height shall be 8 feet . d . The galvanized coating shall be greater than or equal to 1 . 8 ounces of zinc per square foot , complying with ASTM A 392 , Class I . 3 . Posts : ' a . Line Posts : 1 . 5-inch nominal diameter Schedule 40 galvanized steel pipe . Zinc galvanize at the rate of 1 . 8 oz/square foot . Comply with ASTM A53 Table X 2 , ASTM F1083 , and ASHTO ' M111 . , b . Corner, End , and Pull Posts : 2-inch nominal diameter Schedule 40 galvanized steel pipe . Zinc galvanize at the rate of 1 . 8 oz/square foot . Comply with ASTM A53 Table X 2 , ASTM F1083 , and ASHTO Mill , 4 . Rails : 1 . 25-inch nominal diameter Schedule 40 galvanized steel pipe . ' Zinc galvanize at the rate of 1 . 8 oz/square foot . Comply with ASTM A53 Table X 2 , ASTM F1083 , and ASHTO M111 . Furnish the top rails I in the manufacturer's longest lengths , with expansion type couplings , approximately 6 inches long , for each joint . Provide means for attaching the top rail securely to each gate , corner, pull , and end post. 5 . Tension Wire : No . 7 gage steel wire zinc galvanized at the rate of 1 . 2 oz/square foot . Comply with AASHTO M181 . Locate the tension wire at the top and bottom of the fence fabric . 6 . Tie Wire and Hog Wire : No . 9 gage steel wire zinc galvanized at the rate of 1 . 2 oz/square foot. Comply with AASHTO M181 . 7 . Barbed Wire Attachments : Furnish pressed steel , wrought iron , or ' malleable iron barbed wire supporting arms , complete with provisions for anchorage to posts attaching 3 rows of barbed wire to each arm . The cap-arm shall be designed to provide a drive fit over the top of posts and to exclude moisture in posts with tubular sections . Provide a single vertical arm , one for each post . 8 . Barbed Wire : 3-strand , 11 gage wire with 14 gage , 4- point aluminum barbs spaced 5 inches on center. The wire shall be galvanized , complying with ASTM A 121 , Class 3 . 9 . Post Caps : Furnish one cap for each post unless equal protection is 1 afforded by combination post top cap and barbed wire supporting arm , where barbed wire is required . 10 . Gate : The gate shall be a 16-foot wide double chain link swing gate meeting the material requirements described above . Last revised 2/ 10/03 02570-3 EASTGIFFORD R\Public WorksWeithM\Stormweter Projects\Gifford East\Construction Contract\Technical Specifications\Fnal Specifications\Division 2\02831 - Coated Chain Link Fencing .doc 11 . Concrete : Use Class I concrete per FDOT Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction ( Standard Specifications ) Section 347 or ' "Sackcrete" premix . 2 . 2 MANUFACTURER A . The fence , gate , and all associated fittings , and appurtenances shall be provided by a single manufacture with a minimum of five years experience manufacturing thermally fused chain link fencing . The fencing material shall be supplied by: 1 . Master Halco ( 1 -888-643-3623 ) ; 2 . Or equivalent. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3 . 1 INSPECTION A . CONTRACTOR and his installer must examine the conditions under which the fence and gates are to be installed and notify ENGINEER in writing of conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the Work . Do not proceed with the Work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected . 3 . 2 PREPARATION A . Do not begin fence installation and erection before the final grading is completed , with finish elevations established . 3 . 3 INSTALLATION A . Install in accordance with FDOT t S andard Specifications Section 550 for Type B Fence and per FDOT Index No . 452 and in accordance with the manufacturer' s specifications and recommendations . In the event of a conflict , the more stringent requirement shall govern . ' 3 . 4 ADJUSTMENT AND CLEANING A . Adjust all fencing and gates and leave in good working condition . B . Repair or replace any broken or bent components . C . Protect gates and fencing from construction traffic until acceptance of the Work. + + END OF SECTION + + Last revised 2/ 10/03 025704 EASTGIFFORD R\Public WorksWeithM\Stormeter Projects\Gifford East\Construction Contract\Technical Specifications\Final ' Specifications\Division 2\02831 - Coated Chain Link Fencing.doc i APPENDIX A - COPIES OF APPROVED PERMITS 1 . ST . JOHNS RIVER WATER MANAGEMENT DISTRICT PERMIT No . 4 - 061 -71269- 1 2 . FLORIDA EAST COAST RAILWAY COMPANY , L . L . C . — LETTER TO MR . JAMES DAVIS , PUBLIC WORKS DIRECTOR , INDIAN RIVER COUNTY , DATED JULY 9 , 2001 and LETTER TO MR . KEITH McCULLY , INDIAN RIVER COUNTY , DATED DECEMBER 9 , 2002 (WITH ATTACHMENTS ) 3 . FEDERAL AVIATION ADMINISTRATION — LETTER TO W . KEITH McCULLY , INDIAN RIVER COUNTY , DATED JUNE 15 , 2001 (WITH ATTACHMENT ) 1 4 . FLORIDA DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION DISTRICT FOUR GENERAL USE PERMIT APPLICATION PERMIT NUMBER 2002D490 - 0037 5 . DEP CONTRACT NO . WM836 — FLORIDA DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION ' AGREEMENT FOR THE EAST GIFFORD AREA STORMWATER IMPROVEMENT PROJECT 1 � ST . JOHNS RIVER WATER � MANAGEMENT DISTRICT PERMIT No . 4 - 061 - 71269 - 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 i 1 St . ohns River Water Management District Kirby B. Green III , Executive Director • John R. Wehle, Assistant Executive Director Jul Post Office Box 1429 • Palatka, FL 32178- 1429 • (386) 329-450 I. M Y 9 20 02 � U L 15 2002 Indian River County Public Works PUBLIC WORKS DEPT. 1840 25th ST Vero Beach , FL 32960 ' SUBJECT : Permit Number 4-061 - 71269- 1 Gifford Stormwater Improvement Project Dear Sir/Madam : Enclosed is your permit as authorized by the Governing Board of the St . Johns River Water Management District on July 9 , 2002 . This permit is a legal document and should be kept with your other important documents . The attached MSSW/Stormwater As - Built. Certification Form should be filled in and returned to the Palatka office within thirty days after the work is completed . By so doing , you will enable us to schedule a prompt inspection of the permitted activity. ` In addition to the MSSW/Stormwater As- Built Certification Form , your permit also contains conditions which require submittal of additional information . AIL information submitted as compliance to permit conditions must be submitted to the Palatka office address, Permit issuance does not relieve you from the responsibility of obtaining permits from any federal , state and/or local agencies asserting concurrent jurisdiction for this work. In the event you sell your property, the permit can be transferred to the new owner, if we are notified by you within thirty days of the sale . Please assist us in this matter so as to maintain a valid permit for the new property owner. Thank you for your cooperation and if this office can be of any further assistance to you , please do not hestitate to contact us . ' Sincerely, ' Gloria Lewis , Director Permit Data Services Division Enclosures : Permit with EN Form (s) , if applicable 1 cc: District Permit File GOVERNING BOARD Duane Ottenstmer, CHAIRMAN Ometrias D. Long, VICE CHAIRMAN R. Clay Albright, SECRETARY David G. Graham, TREASURER JACKSONVILLE APOPKA EAST LAKE WEIR JACKSONVILLE W. Michael Branch Jeff K. Jennings William Kerr Ann T. Moore Catherine A. Walker FERNANDINA BEACH MAITLAND MELBOURNE BEACH BUNNELL ALTAMONTE SPRINGS ST. JOHNS RIVER WATER MANAGEMENT DISTRICT Post Office Box 1429 Palatka, Florida 32178-1429 PERMIT NO . 4-061 -71269- 1 DATE ISSUED : July 9 , 2002 PROJECT Gifford Stormwater Improvement Project A PERMIT AUTHORIZING : construction of a surface water management system to retrofit a 48-acre drainage area consisting of industrial and residential land development. LOCATION . ' Section (s) : 26 Township (s ) : 32S Range (s) : 39E Indian River County ' ISSUED TO : Indian River County Public Works 1840 25th ST Vero Beach , FL 32960 ' Permittee agrees to hold and save the St . Johns i 9 River Water Management District and its successors harmless from any and all damages , claims , or liabilities which may arise from permit issuance . Said application , including all plans and specifications attached thereto , is by reference made a part hereof. This permit does not convey to permittee any property rights nor any rights of privileges other than those ' specified therein , nor relieve the permittee from complying with any law , regulation or requirement affecting the rights of other bodies or agencies . All structures and works installed by permittee hereunder shall remain the property of the permittee . ' This permit may be revoked , modified or transferred at any time pursuant to the appropriate provisions of Chapter 373 , Florida Statutes : 1 PERMIT IS CONDITIONED UPON : See conditions on attached " Exhibit A " , dated July 9 , 2002 ' AUTHORIZED BY : St . Johns River Water Management District Department of Water Resources Governing Board By. BY Ve geKir B . Green III ctor) (As stant Secretary) " EXHIBIT A" CONDITIONS FOR ISSUANCE OF PERMIT NUMBER 4-061 -71269=1 ' INDIAN RIVER COUNTY PUBLIC WORKS DATED JULY 99 2002 All activities shall be implemented as set forth in the plans , specifications and performance criteria as approved by this permit. Any deviation from the permitted activity and the conditions for undertaking that activity shall constitute a violation of this permit . 2 . This permit or a copy thereof , complete with all conditions , attachments , exhibits , and modifications , shall be kept at the work site of the permitted activity. The complete ' permit shall be available for review at the work site upon request by District staff . The permittee shall require the contractor to review the complete permit prior to commencement of the activity authorized by this permit. 1 3 . Activities approved by this permit shall be conducted in a manner which do not cause violations of state water quality standards . 4 . Prior to and during construction , the permittee shall implement and maintain all erosion and sediment control measures (best management practices ) required to retain sediment on -site and to prevent violations of state water quality standards . All practices must be in accordance with the guidelines and specifications in chapter 6 of the Florida Land . Development Manual : A Guide to Sound Land and Water Management ( Florida Department of iEnvironmental Regulation 1988 ) , which are incorporated by reference , unless a project specific erosion and . sediment control plan is approved as part of the permit, in which case the practices must be in accordance with the plan . If site specific conditions require additional measures during any phase of construction or operation to prevent erosion or control sediment, beyond those specified in the erosion and sediment control ' plan , the permittee shall implement additional best management practices as necessary, in accordance with the specifications in chapter .6 of the Florida Land Development Manual : A Guide to Sound Land and Water Management ( Florida Department of Environmental 1988) . The permittee shall correct any erosion or shoaling that causes adverse impacts ' to the water resources . 5 . Stabilization measures shall be initiated for erosion and sediment control on disturbed areas as soon as practicable in portions of the site where construction activities have temporarily or permanently ceased , but in no case more than 7 days after the construction ' activity in that portion of the site has temporarily or permanently ceased . ' 6. At least 48 hours prior to commencement of activity authorized by this permit, the t ' permittee shall submit to the District a Construction Commencement Notice Form No . 40C4 . 900 (3) indicating the actual start date and the expected completion date . ' 7 . When the duration of construction will exceed one ,earthe permittee shall submit Y construction status reports to the District on an annual basis utilizing an Annual Status ' Report Form No , 40C-4 . 900 (4) . These forms shall be submitted during June of each year. 8 . For those systems which will be operated or maintained by an entity which will require an easement or deed restriction in order to provide that entity with the authority necessary ' to operate or maintain the system , such easement or deed restriction , together with any other final operation or maintenance documents as are required by subsections 7 . 1 81 through 7 , 1A of the Applicant's Handbook: Management and Storage of Surface Waters , must be submitted to the District for approval . Documents meeting the requirements set forth in these subsections of the Applicant's Handbook will be approved . Deed I restrictions , easements and other operation and maintenance documents which require recordation either with the Secretary of State or the Clerk of the Circuit Court must be so recorded prior to lot or unit sales within the project served by the system , or upon completion of construction of the system , whichever occurs first. For those systems which are proposed to be maintained by county or municipal entities , final operation and maintenance documents must be received by the District when maintenance and operation of the system is accepted by the local governmental entity . Failure to submit the appropriate final documents referenced in this paragraph will result in the permittee remaining liable for carrying out maintenance and operation of the permitted system . 9 . Each phase or independent portion of the permitted system must be completed in accordance with the permitted plans and permit conditions prior to the initiation of the permitted ' use of site infrastructure located within the area served by the portion or phase of the system . Each phase or independent portion of the system must be completed in accordance with the permitted plans and permit conditions prior to transfer of responsibility for ' operation and maintenance of that phase or portion of the system to local government or other responsible entity. 10 Within 30 days after completion of constructs Y p on of the permitted system , or independent portion of the system , the permittee shall submit a written statement of completion and certification by a registered professional engineer or other appropriate individual as authorized bylaw, utilizing As Built Certification Form 40C- 1 . 181 ( 13) or 40C- 1 . 181 ( 14) supplied with this permit. When the completed system differs substantially from the permitted plans , any substantial deviations shall be noted and explained and two copies of as-built drawings submitted to the District. Submittal of the completed from shall serve to notify the District that the system is ready for inspection . The statement of completion and certification shall be based on on -site observation of construction (conducted by the registered professional engineer, or other appropriate individual as authorized by law , or under his or her direct supervision ) or review of as-built drawings for the purpose of determining if the work was completed in compliance with approved plans and specifications . As-built drawings shall be the permitted drawings revised to reflect any changes made during construction . Both the original and any revised ' specifications must be clearly shown . The plans must be clearly labeled as " as-built" or " record " drawing . All surveyed dimensions and elevations shall be certified by a registered surveyor. The following information , at a minimum , shall be verified on the as- built drawings : 1 . Dimensions and elevations of all discharge structures including all weirs , slots , gates , pumps , pipes , and oil and grease skimmers ; 2 . Locations , dimensions , and elevations of all filter, exfiltration , or underdrain systems including cleanouts, pipes , connections to control structures , and points of discharge to the receiving waters ; 3 . Dimensions , elevations, contours , or cross-sections of all treatment storage areas sufficient to determine state-storage relationships of the storage area and the permanent pool depth and volume below the control elevation for normally wet systems , when appropriate ; 4 . Dimensions , elevations , contours , final grades , or cross-sections of the system to determine flow directions and conveyance of runoff to the treatment system ; 5 . Dimensions , elevations , contours , final grades , or cross-sections of all conveyance systems utilized to convey off-site runoff around the system ; 6 . Existing water elevation(s) and the date determined ; and Elevation and location of benchmark(s) for the survey. 11 . The operation phase of this permit shall not become effective until the permittee has complied with the requirements of general condition 9 above , the District determines the system to be in compliance with the permitted plans , and the entity approved by the District in accordance with subsections 7 . 1 . 1 through 7 . 1 . 4 of the Applicant's Handbook: Management and Storage of Surface Waters , accepts responsibility for operation and ' maintenance of the system . The permit may not be transferred to such an approved ' operation and maintenance entity until the operation phase of the permit becomes effective . Following inspection and approval of the permitted system by the District, ' the permittee shall request transfer of the permit to the responsible approved operation and maintenance entity , if different from the permittee . Until the permit is transferred pursuant to section 7 . 1 of the Applicant' s Handbook: Management and Storage of Surface Waters , the permittee shall be liable for compliance with the terms of the permit. 12 . Should any other regulatory agency require changes to the permitted system , the permittee shall provide written notification to the District of the changes prior implementation so ' that a determination can be made whether a permit modification is required . 13 . This permit does not eliminate the necessity to obtain any required federal , state , local and special district authorizations prior to the start of any activity approved by this permit. This permit does not convey to the permittee or create in the permittee any property right, or any interest in real property, nor does it authorize any entrance upon or activities on property which is not owned or controlled by the permittee , or convey any rights or privileges other than those specified in the permit and chapter 40C-4 or chapter 40C-40 , F.A. C . ' 14 . The permittee shall hold and save the District harmless from any and all damages , claims , or liabilities which may arise by reason of the activities authorized by the permit or any use of the permitted system . 15 . Any delineation of the extent of a wetland or other surface water submitted as part of the permit application , including plans or other supporting documentation , shall not be considered specifically approved unless a specific condition of this permit or a formal determination under section 373 . 421 (2) , F. S . , provides otherwise . 16 . The permittee shall notify the District in writing within 30 days of any sale , conveyance , or other transfer of ownership or control of the permitted system or the real property at which the permitted system is located . All transfers of ownership or transfers of a permit are subject to the requirements of section 40C- 1 . 612 , F.A . C . The permittee transferring the permit shall remain liable for any corrective actions that may ' be required as a result of any permit violations prior to such sale , conveyance or other transfer. ' 17 . Upon reasonable notice to the permittee , District authorized staff with proper identification shall have permission to enter, inspect, sample and test the system to insure conformity with the plans and specifications approved by the permit . 18 . If historical or archaeological artifacts are discovered at any time on the project site , the permittee shall immediately notify the District. 19 . The permittee shall immediately notify the District in writing of any previously isubmitted information that is later discovered to be inaccurate . ' 20 . This permit for construction will expire five years from the date of issuance . 21 . At a minimum , all retention and detention storage areas must be excavated to rough grade prior to building construction or placement of impervious surface within the area to be served by those facilities . To prevent reduction in storage volume and percolation ' rates , all accumulated sediment must be removed from the storage area prior to final grading and stabilization . 22 . All wetland areas or water bodies that are outside the specific limits of construction authorized by this permit must be protected from erosion , 'siltation , scouring or excess turbidity, and dewatering . : ' 23. Prior to construction , the permittee must clearly designate the limits of construction on -site . The permittee must advise the contractor that any work outside the limits of construction , including clearing , may be a violation of this permit . 24 : The wetland mitigation areas must be planted prior to any of the following events (whichever occurs first) : issuance of the first certificate of occupancy; use of the infrastructure for its intended use ; or transfer of responsibility for operation and maintenance of the system to a local government or other responsible entity. 25 . The Permitteemust furnish the District with two copies of an annual monitoring report in ' the month of August on- District form EN -55 , for the time period' stated in this permit's success criteria condition . 26 . Successful establishment of the wetland mitigation will have occurred when : a . At least 80 percent of the planted individuals in each stratum have survived throughout the ' monitoring period and are showing signs of normal growth , based upon standard growth parameters such as height and base diameter, or canopy circumference ; and , b . At least 80 percent cover by appropriate wetland herbaceous species has been obtained ; and , c . Hydrologic conditions generally conform to those specified in the mitigation plan ; and , d . The above criteria have been achieved by the end of a 5 -year period following initial r - ' planting . ' 27 . If, successful establishment has not occurred as stated above , the permittee must apply to the District for a permit modification no later than 30 days following the termination of the monitoring period . The application must include a narrative describing the type and r causes of failure and contain a complete set of plans for the redesign and/or replacement planting of the wetland mitigation area so that the success criteria will be achieved . ' Within 30 days of District approval and issuance of the permit modification , the permittee must implement the redesign and/or replacement planting . Following completion ' of such work, success criteria as stated above or modified by subsequent permit must again be achieved . In addition , the monitoring required by these conditions must be conducted . 1 28 . In the event that 50% or greater mortality of planted wetland species in any stratum within the mitigation area occurs , the Permittee must undertake a remediation program approved by District staff . ' 29 . The system must be constructed and operated according to the plans submitted on June 27 , 2001 and as modified by the plans and supplementary information submitted on August 23 , 2001 and May 24, 2002 , 30 . Prior to submittal of the first monitoring; report, the permittee must rpermanently mark the boundaries of the off-site mitigation areas by sinking iron rods or 2-inch PVC pipes at all changes in direction such that they protrude a minimum of 8 inches above ground or the seasonal high water (whichever is higher) , and submit a corresponding survey sketch of the mitigation area boundaries defined by these markers to the District's Palm Bay Service Center with the first monitoring report . 31 : The off-site mitigation area must be constructed and mitigaton activities must ' be implemented according to the plans submitted on May 24 , 2002 . Any significant deviation from the permitted mitigation plan must receive prior ' written approval from SJRWMD and appropriate Indian River County Staff , and must remain consistent with the management plan for the Harmony Oaks Conservation Area . r 1 1 1 � FLORIDA EAST COAST RAILWAY � COMPANY , L . L . C . - LETTER TO � MR . JAMES DAVIS , PUBLIC � WORKS DIRECTOR , INDIAN RIVER COUNTY , 1 DATED JULY 9 , 2001 � and LETTER TO MR . KEITH McCULLY , � INDIAN RIVER COUNTY , DATED 1 DECEMBER 9 , 2002 ( WITH � ATTACHMENTS ) 1 1 i 1 1 1 1 FLORIDA EAST COAST RAILWAY COMPANY, L. L. C. P' One Malaga alaga Street St. Augustzne, Florida 32084 Office of the Director - Industrial Development & Real Estate ' Phone: (904) 826-2269 Fax. (904) 826-2322 e-mail: mbagley@a feci. com RECEIVED July 9, 2001 . J U L 1 1 7nn1 CARTER ASSOCIATES ' Blanket File : 226- 1 -0 INDIAN RIVER COUNTY PUBLIC WORKS Addition to Blanket Agreement Subfile : 226-24 SG Stormwater Pipe ' MP 225 + 2430 Gifford Rd. , Vero Bch ' Mr. James Davis, Public Works Director Indian River County Public Works 1840 25th Street Vero Beach, FL 32960 ' Dear Mr. Davis: Please refer to past exchanges pertaining to the captioned file. The application has been approved and we are ' hereby adding this crossing to the Blanket Agreement dated July 7, 2001 , and making revision to Schedule "A" , as of July 6, 2001 , at an annual rental of $372 . 75 . In addition to copies of the plans, copies of Railway's insurance requirements for the construction and the revised Schedule "A" (report date 7/7/01 ) are also ' attached. In compliance with the provisions of this agreement, and at least 5 days prior to you or your contractors or ' subcontractors entering upon Railway property an FEC flagman/watchman must be scheduled by calling Mr. Charles Stone of our Engineering Department at (904) 826-2369 . Railway's signal and train control cables must be located by calling our Signal Department at (904) 826-2377 . In addition, and also prior to any entry ' onto Railway property by you, your contractors or subcontractors, in compliance with the Agreement a Certificate of Insurance naming Railway as an additional insured must be submitted to the undersigned. Please be advised several communications companies have installed a fiber optic communications system within the licensed area and prior to any digging or subgrade work on the licensed premises, you must call ' SUNSHINE at 1400432-4770, in order that the said companies will be properly notifiedand in turn can ' locate cables and protect against damages . 125-81 -0-b1aat=v1tradd.doc i Inasmuch as these additional facilities constitute a change to the blanket agreement, please acknowledge your receipt and acceptance by endorsing below and returning one copy of this letter to the undersigned. ' Sincerely, xpo M. O . Bagley, Director Industrial Development & Real Estate ' MOB /blb/enc . ' cc : Mr. George Simons, PE Carter & Associates, Inc. 1708 21st St. , Vero Beach, FL 32960 ' Amendment to Agreement Acknowledged g and Accepted: By: ' This day of Print Name and Title 125-81 -0-bllaatereAftc1d.doc FEC Florida East Coast RAI L W A Y , L . L . C . M . O . " Mike " Bagley Director ' Industrial Development & Real Estate ' December 9, 2002 EPUSLIC Blanket File : 2264 -0 �2002Mr. W. Keith McCully, P .E . , Esq.Indian River Co�znty Storrnwator EnarePr Indian River County KS DEPT. ' 1840 25 'x' Street Vero Beach, FL 32960- 3365 RE : Addition to Blanket Agreement — Subfile : 226-24 SG Stormwater Pipe MP 225 + 2430 Gifford Road, Vero Beach Dear Mr. McCully: ' This pertains to subject licensed crossing and your letter of August 30 , 2002 , received by Railway on December 2 , 2002 . ' The Railway Engineering Department requested we enclose a copy of the FEC General Specifications for Sub-Grade and Above Grade Utility Crossings , revised January 8 , 2002 , and Railway Contractor Insurance Requirements for your staff and contractors to ' follow . Sincerely, ' M . O . Bag ey, Director Industrial Development & Real Estate BLB/kp Enclosure Ph. (904) 826-2269 • fax: (904) 826-2322 One Malaga Street • P. O. Box 1048 9 St. Augustine, FL 9 32085- 1048 INDEMNITY OF FLORIDA EAST COAST RAILWAY, L.L. C. AND INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS ' The Contractor by execution and delivery hereof, agrees that it shall and will at all times hereafter indemnify, defend and save harmless the Florida East Coast Railway Company from and against all judgments, and all loss, claims , damages , costs, charges, and expenses (" Costs ") which it may suffer, sustain, or in anywise be subjected to on account of or occasioned by the operations of the Contractor, or any of the subcontractors, or both, whether directly or indirectly under, or pursuant to , this 1 construction contract, including any such Costs arising from the death, bodily injury or personal injury of, as follows : ' Of any person, including without limitation upon the generality of the foregoing description, employees and officers of Florida East Coast Railway Company, employees and officers of materialmen, - - employees and officers of the Contractor, employees and officers of all subcontractors , and from loss, damage, injury and loss of use of any . real or personal property (a) in which Florida East Coast Railway ' Company has any ownership interest, and (b) personal property in the custody of Florida East Coast Railway Company under any transportation contracts ; including without limitation upon the generality of the two foregoing enumerations , all railroad equipment commonly described as rolling stock and the ' contents of the same . In furtherance of its obligation to indemnify, defend and save harmless , Contractor shall procure ' and keep in effect comprehensive general liability insurance in the limits of $2 , 000 ,000 . 00 each occurrence for bodily injury or death and $2 , 000 , 000 . 00 property damage each occurrence, covering all obligations of Contractor to indemnify the Railway by Contractual Assumed Liability Endorsement, Alternatively, Contractor may procure and keep in effect during the life of this construction contract, as aforesaid, Railroad Protective Liability Policies insuring the Railway directly as insured against losses and damages with the limits specified in this paragraph. In addition to the above , Contractor shall, at its cost and expenses, maintain a Workman's Compensation Insurance Policy as required in the State of Florida. All such insurance, directly or indirectly for the benefit of the Railway, shall be in a form satisfactory to Railway's Manager of Insurance and issued by a casualty -company/insurance company authorized to do business in the State of Florida that has a "Best's " rating of A or A+ and a financial category size of Class XII or higher. FLORIDA EAST COAST RAILWAY, L . L. C . OFFICE OF CHIEF ENGINEER ' General Specifications for Sub-grade and Above Grade Utility Crossings of Railway's Right-of-Way I. General Provisions A. A plan and profile drawing containing all pertinent details measured in U . S. lineal feet for the proposed crossing shall be submitted to the Engineering Department for approval prior to the preparation of any agreement. (Metric Units, not ac- cepted) . All crossings (above grade/sub-grade) shall be substantially perpendicular to the FEC Main Line and location of 1 crossing shall be limited to crossing as few tracks as possible. B. The plan will show all information for the proposed crossing installation with reference to the nearest Railway Mile Post or centerline of nearest street intersection. C. Request for installation shall be accompanied with a letter signed by the owner, company officer, or government agent. D. The lessee will be responsible for any and all costs of repairs or maintenance of the Railway's property and structures dis- turbed or damaged due to the installation or construction aftereffects. E. The lessee of an installation approved by agreement will be required to provide proof of protective insurance for and dur- ing construction. F. As-built drawing of the installation shall be submitted with the completion report, which will include exact location refer- enced to nearest Railway milepost or centerline of nearest street intersection of installation, exact profile showing sub- grade elevations, and cross-sections. ' II. Subgrade Pipelines and Cables A. All subgrade carrier pipelines and electrical wirelines shall be installed within a casing pipe, except for telecommunication wirelines that may be installed without casings. 1 . All casing pipes will extend from right-of-way line to right-of-way line and shall be equipped with shut-off valves each side, protecting the entire R/W crossing . 2. The Railway will not permit casing installation by open-cut method through the track(s) roadbed . 3 . All electrical and gas pipelines shall be encased with steel pipe in accordance with Section II(C), page 2. B. Application will be accompanied with plans showing profile in relation to actual ground, track, and other facilities at the project site. i . The method of installation will be detailed, including the location of jacking pit as measured from centerline of near- est track. 2. The casing pipe must be installed at least 5 .5 feet below bottom of crosstie. 3 . Jacking pit locations must be outside of FEC right-of-way lines. No open-cut lateral crossings will be allowed. The pit will be protected with adequate sheeting, bulkheads, and sidewalls to protect the Railway's roadbed. Proper bar- ricades and lights, if necessary will be set around the pit for positive protection . 1 ' C. Casing pipe specifications are as follows. 1 . Metal casing pipe shall have a minimum diameter of 2 .0 inches. Size 2 .0 through 8 . 0-inch diameters, must be galva- nized, and meet standard weight ASTM Specification A53, Grade B. Thread coupling is allowed . 2. Casing pipe 8 . 0 inches and larger in diameter may be used, complying section C-3, page 2. 3 . Casing pipe shall be in accordance with current ASTM Specification A139 and be protected by black bituminous coat- ing for protection against corrosion . Wall thickness shall be as follows. Diameter Thickness Inch Inch B- 16 y, 18 - 20 5/ 16 22 - 24 3/8 ' 26 - 28 7/ 16 30 - 34 1 /2 36 - 38 9/ 16 40 - 48 5/8 ' 52 - 56 11 / 16 60 - 66 3/4 72 - 78 13/ 16 84 - 90 7/8 96 - 102 15116 108 . 114 1 120 1 - 1 /8 t4. All casing pipe joints will be welded in accordance with AISC Specifications, Section 1 -7-2. All joint welds will be full penetration . ' 5 . At no time will construction interfere with the normal and safe operation of the Railway. No construction, man- power, or equipment will enter or operate right-of-way within a safety clearance of 25 . 0 feet from the centerline of near track. 6. All casing pipe installations, where the diameter is greater than 48 inches, will require a pre-construction conference with all parties, at the project location. 7. Pre-construction arrangements will be made with the Engineering Department at least one week prior to construc- tion. A Railway inspector must be present during the entire construction of the casing pipe. The inspector will have complete authority over the project on the Railway's right-of-way. 8. All Safety Inspection Costs will be borne by the lessee. 1 D. Tunnel liner requirements are as follows. 1 . All applicable preceding sections will govern tunnel liner usage. 2. Tunnel liner plate will be 12-gauge, galvanized, and all bolts and nuts will be galvanized. 3 . Live load will be based on Cooper E-80 Railway Loading, using applicable formulae and computations performed by a ' registered professional engineer, State of Florida. The (signed/Sealed) computation results will accompany the plans for review by the Engineering Department, 4. Grout holes, if required will be provided at 10-foot intervals along the roof and sides. ' 5. The tunnel liner-jacking shield will protect 180 degrees of the upper section and material removed to allow for a minimum 1 : 1 slope, with a minimum 2. 0 feet of undisturbed soil supporting the overburden . 6. The tunnel liner installation will progress with sufficient manpower and supervision for around-the-dock construction ' until the liner is completed, through the limits of the right-of-way. E. Carrier pipeline specifications are as follows. ' 1. Reinforced concrete pipe : a . Materials : Modified bell and spigot or tongue and groove in accordance with current ASTM Specification C76 Class IV for Railway strength pipe or current specification for prestressed concrete pipe. ' 2 ' b. .Joints: Rubber and steel joint forp restressed pipe pe in accordance with current Lock Joint Pipe Company Specifi- cation on SP5, or equivalent. Joints for bell and spigot and tongue and groove pipe to be in accordance with ' current standard practice. Joints may be made using confined continuous rubber gasket. 2. Cast iron pipe : a . Materials : Pipe must conform to current ASTM Specification A142 for "Standard Pipe. " b. Joints: Bell and spigot, caulked with lead and oakum, or approved mechanical type joint. 3 . Polyethylene pipe : a . Materials: Pipe must conform to current ASTM Specifications D2104, Schedule 40, for standard pipe. 4. Steel pipe: a. Materials: Pipe must conform to current ASTM Specification A120. ' b. Joints: All joints must be welded or of an approved mechanical type . F. Carrier pipe with an internal pressure less than 30 psi shall have the ends of the casing pipe sealed after installation . G. Carrier pipe with an internal pressure of 30 psi or more shall have a steel casing pipe, and open at the ends if location conditions permit water from leaks to discharge into drainage ditch or storm drains. If this is not practicable, the casing pipe shall be sealed at both ends and flinch relief vent provided at either end outside the Railway's right-of-way limits, which shall discharge into a drainage ditch or sewer. Casing pipe shall have a minimum inside diameter of 6. 0 inches greater than the maximum outside diameter of the carrier pipe, including bell ends or flanges. tH. For directional bore installations: 1 . Minimum cover within 25 .0 feet centerline any track, 10-foot from bottom of the crosstie to top of pipe or casing . 2. Minimum cover outside 25 .0 feet centerline near track, 5-foot from natural ground to top of pipe or casing. III, Above Grade Structures A. Standard overhead clearances for fixed structures, such as bridges and other overhead fixed structures, will be 23 .0 feet above top of rail (T/R). Be Pre-design conference with the Engineering Department will set forth horizontal clearance of subgrade, grade, and above grade construction and structural limits. IV. Above Grade Wirelines 1 A. All aerial lines and cables will provide a minimum clearance above top of rail (T/R) of highest track. Standard overhead clearance for all aerial line crossings, both power and non-power line crossings, are as follows . 1 . 27 feet above T/R for lines 0 to 750 volts. 2. 30 feet above T/R for lines 750 to 50,000 volts. ' 3 . 30 feet above T/R for lines over 50,000 volts, plus an additional 0 .4 inch for each 1 ,000 volts in excess of 50,000 volts. ' Be Exceptions: For line crossings at or near other fixed facilities, such as automated crossing gate arms at highway grade crossings and any other facility that the Railway might deem additional clearance requirements necessary: an additional 3 . 0 feet of clearance will be required over and above the highest fixed facility at said location, but not less than 27 .0 feet T/R. ' C. Should the Railway add or modify existing crossing gate protection at any highway grade crossing, existing wire lines or cables shall be raised immediately on notice from Railway to lessee and at the sole cost and expense of the lessee. ' 3 V. Miscellaneous ' A. Cathodic protection ofi lines cables or casings: P Pe s:9 1 . When cathodic protection is provided, it shall be installed so as not to induce currents, which will interfere with the signal apparatus of the Railway. Any change required in the manner, method, or location of such cathodic protec- tion shall be made at the sole cost and expense of the lessee and to the satisfaction of the Engineering Department ' of the Railway. 8. Proposed structures must maintain a minimum 10-foot horizontal clearance to the face of any signal, post, crossing gate or other above grade obstruction. 1 Revised 1/8/02 r ' 4 1 FEDERAL AVIATION � ADMINISTRATION - LETTER TO W . KEITH McCULLY , INDIAN � RIVER COUNTY , DATED JUNE 15 , � 2001 (WITH ATTACHMENT ) 1 1 i 1 i 1 1 1 1 1 City of Ver® Beach ' P. O. BOX 1389 VERO BEACH, FLORIDA - 32961 -1389 Telephone: (561) 567-4526 * Fax: (561) 567-345 . OFFICE OF THE E-Mail: airport@covb. org JUN 19 2001 AIRPORT DIRECTOR ' PUBLIC WORKS DEPT. June 15 , 2001 ' Mr. W. Keith McCullY� P .E . Indian River County Stormwater Engineer ' 1840 251 Street Vero Beach, FL 32960 RE : Gifford Stormwater Improvements Dear Mr. McCully: Attached is a copy of the letter we recently received from the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) with reference to the above. The FAA has no objection to Indian River County's ' construction of the proposed wet retention pond on 41St Street. Please ensure that all construction and monitoring requirements are strictly adhered to in accordance with FAA and USDA documents (on file) . The establishment of a property easement for drainage improvements near the retention area is a separate issue that should be coordinated with the assistance of the City of Vero Beach Public Works and Engineering Department. Please contact Mr. Monte Falls at 978-4870. If the County proposes to use cranes during construction, please notify airport staff 72 hours in advance so that we may issue a Notice To Airmen (NOTAM). Once the retention pond is completed, please contact this office for inspection. Thank you for your cooperation. Sincer , ' Ericson W. Menger Airport Director 1 EWM cc : James D . Bursick, Assistant City Manager ' Clifford J. Suthard, Director, Public Works and Engineering ' N:\DOCS\WORDU,ETTERSWNE\14wkmen.doc U . S . Department of Transportation ORLANDO AIRPORTS DISTRICTOFFICE ' Federal Aviation 5950 Hazeltine National Dr. , Si 0ite 400 Orlando , Florida 32824-5024 Administration Phone : (407 ) 812 -6331 Fax: (407) 812-6978 tMay 29 , 2001 ' Mr. Eric Meager Airport Director City of Vero Beach ' PO Box 1389 Vero Beach , Florida 32961 . 1389 F Dear Mr. Menger: " 4 RE : Vero Beach Municipal Airport ; Vero Beach , Florida Gifford Stormwater Project ( Indian River County) NRA No , 01 -ASO -3102-NRA We have reviewed the plans for the proposed Gifford Stormwater project located approximately 4 , 000 feet from the end of the pavement on the approach to Runway 22 at Vero Beach Municipal Airport . We understand that this project has been coordinated with the Wildlife Services/Animal Damage Control of the U . S . . Department of Agriculture ( USDA) . Based on the recommendations of the USDA (reference USDA letter dated February 13 , 2001 ) , we concur with the project provided that all ponds are constructed on a 2 : 1 slope or greater and an aquatic vegetation control program be developed and implemented by Indian River County. We agree with the recommendation proposed by the USDA as follows : 1 . Ponds should be monitored monthly for the development of aquatic plant ' communities ; 2 . Ponds should be maintained using aquatic plant herbicides , if vegetative structure ( emergent vegetation height less than or equal to 3 feet) has not developed ; 3 . If emergent vegetation has grown to greater than or equal to 3 feet in height, ' mechanical removal of vegetation may be necessary; 4 . Aquatic vegetation may need herbicide treatments applied once a month or ' more , depending on how well established the aquatic plants are ; ' 5 . Once vegetation is under control , then herbicide treatments can be reduced to every 3 months or as needed ; PARTNERS IN CREATING TOMORROW ' S AIRPORTS —____,�. 2 ' 6 . Bira use of the ponds should be monitored on a regular bases ; and 7 . Airport should have a contingency plan to alleviate bird hazards before the pond is constructed . Should you have any questions , please do nbt hesitate to contact me at (407 ) 812- 6331 , extension 24 . Sincerely, , " P. r t Vernon R Rupinta ' Program Manager i i i 1 £ 00 - 06ti- aZ00Z � b39Wf1N 11W2l3d - NOilV011ddV 1IW213d 3Sf1 Ib213N30 21f10i 1oRI1SIa NOI1V1210dSNbRi1 1 JO 1N3W121Vd3a vaR101 :j � 1 1 i 1 NOTICE TO PERMITTEE This and attached pages, constitute your approved permit, a copy of which together with a copy of plans, must be on the job sight at all times . 1 . The permit is valid only for work proposed within D . . T . Right of way. ' 2 The applicant or the Prime Professional Engineer shall arrange a pre-construction meeting with D . O . T . Project manager at which time an emergency restoration plan to address eventualities such as hurricanes will be submitted together with a 24 hour telephone ' number by which the department may contact the person responsible for, and who has authority to act on the emergency restoration plan. ' 3 . The MOT plan approved as part of this permit appears to accommodate planned work. Additional MOT plans maybe needed to be employed and shall be in accordance with the F . D . O . T . Roadway and Traffic Design Standards . - 4 . All portions of the D . O . T . right of way disturbed in the construction of t� Y this project will be restored as per F . D . O . T . specifications . ' 5 . Existing ratio of pavement slope is to be extended across the proposed pavement for driveway connections , right turn deceleration and turn storage lanes , including tapers . 6 . Existing swales between the edge of pavement and the right of way lines shall be Maintained by the permittee . 7 . Swales to be constructed a minimum of eight (8 ) feet from the edge of pavement and at least six (6) inches below the edge of pavement . The driveways are to be constructed in such a manner that the water in the swale will not be blocked. 8 . Construct shoulders in the areas of driveways and turnouts as deemed necessary by the ' Department. 9 . All work shall be certified in writing by the Engineer of Record stating that the work has been completed in accordance with the permit and the department ' s standards. 10 . Validity of this permit is contingent upon permittee obtaining necessary permits from all other agencies involved. ' 11 . JIM DECARO OF F . D . O . T . SHALL BE NOTIFIED 48 HOURS IN ADVANCE OF BEGINNING WORK IN THE RIGHT OF WAY . Telephone number (772) 465 - 7396 ; Fax number ( 772) 489 - 7120 (Please include your name, telephone number and DOT permit ' number. 12 . Permits are good for one year from the date of approval . An extension may be granted if ' Requested prior to the expiration date . ' K. Forms : Notice to Permittee FDOT-D4 DESIGN Fax * 954-777-4482 Sep 4 2002 15 : 37 P. 02 FLORIDA DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION DISTRICT FOUR APPLICANT GENERAL USE PERMIT APPTCRbTI$I 0 0037 037 ' ' DATE OF DEPARTMENT RECETPTO -*/0? ROWS � 7 7D — 00.;'/' � � � HBRMIT N(JMBSRe ROAD 5rCT1CV9. R w . , }STATE OAD : 6. (US ) LIMITED ACCESS : Y N COUNTY : � I ✓er APPLICANT : YNR /AN RI VER COUAIrf 0 Tim VIS PHONE ; 771 ^ 547w Sc O ADDRESS : / 2 S �R�C l ` 2 ' Applicant requests permissio rom the State of Florida Departmen of Transportation (hereinafter called t1je Department ) to construct operate ma�ntain the facility shown in the accompanying eagineering rawings and descrx Meire : • �+ • C �or L4 O ' Ga (hereinafter referred to as the permitted workl . FROM MF OILor FR STATION — — _ _ — — TO OTATION Reference a sociated State P a tuber : _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ^ _ _ date completed : r�` rr� � under const uction ( da►ut )conntA I began) : _ _ — — _ — date to be let : The request d permit work is : din int x not is a city a� Applicant a 1SThOlf�lawrnV�tloi4e: ' I . The app ' cane , wit ngxneer of record , shall supervise the permitted work . The De� ppart es t e right to inspect the .cork ,. materials , or equipment at any time with Or WithOtlt prion notification , A � for traffic signals : for street lights : �+ for for 3 . The applicant certifies by signature hereon that the location of all affected utilities has been ascertained and that the applicant is in compliance with all applicable Florida Statutes . The applicant mailed letters of notification of pending permit work and requesting location to the following manieipalities and u elity owners on a dates shown ; '. 4 . It is expressly stipulated that thi # Permit is a license for permissive use only . The Placing Of facilities or Improvements within public right • of -ways pursuant to this permit , does not create or vest any property rights . boa fssmave� of The arlieant may be required to provide notice relating the plan to the public in a manner prescribed by the Department . The germxtted work shall not unduly interfere with the rights of others , including other permit holders , without . appropriate agreements with those others . 7 . The integrity of all deClsrations (whether expressed or implied) and of all design drawings presented to support this permit request is the responsibility of the applicant . Any misrepresentations of fact by the applicant may be cause for revocation of an issued permit . 8 . To the extent allowed by law the applicant , heirs , assigns , and successors in interest is bound and obligated to save and fiold the State of Florida , the Department , its agents , and employees harmless from mr any and all damages , claims , expense . or xujuries arising out of any act , bbyygreasonofo hisifacilithedepspilieant , heirs , assigns , and successors is isstereaE that may occur permitted work , except that the ap licantushall � noClbeel able undeor rnthieing existence of the ' arising from the sole negligence of the Department , provision for damages Y . The applicant agrees to safely conduct the public through the permitted work area from the time work begins to the time of acceptance of certification of work . Full compiianee with the current Department Roadway and Traffic Design Standards ( 600 serieal , is a minimum requirement . The Department May require the applicant to take further measures , including the aequisit4onreme Of the services of uniformed off duty police officers to assist in traffic safety . to be Completed by the Department D - 4 GU Revised March , 2002 FDOT-D4 DESIGN Fax : 954-777-4482 Sep 4 2002 15937 P003 ` APPLICANT Joe The applicant shall rovide for a � l , � �} � � C. ' engineer . Thea pp Pre - c�atYdetion " cf"eren a tiifh the D `jv reataration plas�to addresellvPrepaBhied such as hurricanes • The applicant nferartmeaa Project d present at the pre - construction conference an project tncy ,� G3 hour telephone number by which the De g authority . LO act on the ems FartmenL y contact the l p1. rovifle a 24 - emergency restoration fan and maiACenance dfztralficble for and who has u is the event the applicant Pails Co meet ari oft e pursuit of the yy provisi r ' Public Permit o lectave must cease And' the app ar+s of this permit ail work in I Ptinue t to a condition as good as or better th icant must immediatel restore affected j� � . well Department , to indemnify the Department as stated as before Department , above until restoration bs9acce ted applicantrot TheP y the 12 . closing applicant is required by Flore . State statute to notify local law enforcement agencies Prior to closing one or more lanes of he , State highway for Periods exceeding two hours . to ZIP �, 13a special Conditions for ��aa ,� CpI. Yens , �ry •.E♦!'R ,Per>zw,t BEFel t„ am t � 6^ TF a I+ 4'n Pao oei - r. k,, a y��, a 1 "� �_ ..e =. fir{ � e —i ' •� � ,n.. �. jh } ' we � �:.� �.L xfF�- Ni'� ' !�°rr3 f�j 1 • yYj T 4 x '� , � TH }v T �' I + L+ . {3- F " � L+ � '* ` 1r �"` .. ': .� . � �ac { ► r�lT�rtT } 10 Tc , 1 ; , — p ' S . ` �`i. 1V' iti le 6.. "••'`�T wS -� ri . ;. rr Lf�7. . . 4100 �y tfiL� Z O YoEh'ez"speZ�iZ conaiEion Cal? Ilei �ea) - - - - � - - - � - - - _ - - ! 4 • At the Completion of the construction , and prior to _ _ — _ — ' the engine c of record shall certify with orand p o tare that p Department acceptance of certification . C dated °mBIY with the Depggarnsrtment Standard specifications far he woRoad ark and materials ; s as accord with all p1aa�sDdcial r bridge .`4 O standards 9 Construction Pertaining to the permitted werk , P xsaony , Po acnes , z lations , anB safety .SOC RV ( c) Is in accord with all applicable local , Count codes, and laws _ Y . State , and national ordinances , rales , mJ •C O p lb . The Department may accep�t certification of the V V F4 public Facility and satiefdeEory completion of the Permitted work u a the restoration of the > accept certification prior to the applicant • s . submiss� on of two k . afeote sets me as -built plans Q' ' O and three sets if a bridge structure is involy PeIon of work • The department shall not a► a del and unless the Department xdv ed . bnleas the applicant ca show completed within Cas year Of app os an szteasioa, all petted construction cause for V ei Pern+3t approval . work shall be j i6 . The engineer of record is ; IIII QQ (` w S Mcg � .. professional Engineer License Number , 3 Telephone : (7 7 � 2- U Address : 21 St' S"f r'e�, 17a The prime professional Engineer ( PPE) £s res nsible to ceztii that all work Cab �-r1 herein £ s completed_ fiance with the terms of this Y FL (��1 permit . The PPE Perm ' t d Q Telephone ! �� ( P • E . Number ' low The Department �����►ddzess : office ie project engineer of the local main �a to accept the certification of the teaanee offeCe Or the resident conEtrueteon TL F:sgineer is . Telephoner ( Arime Professional En9�facer , The Department Project z9 •Indicated in a no for efie eat signingg for ELe a ) 7icanr TiE 'other Chan`tfie'�a¢pli�CantT Ys - " indicated is a notarized Jae?ter from the Address : c32� A, 99 part of this application . applicant- dated 20 . The applicant understands that alteration to this Zorm letter is made a spaces Pzovaded an the November revision) makes this a plicaCioAeeadh8 oval invalid . both front and back is required with y = p pp filling out the blank signature blocks below on the back of the forms . TIS? ' TH8 APPLICANT OR THE A?PLZCANT • S AGE1�1T ; FOR WORK it�pT is �� RCP r , 1v' fi , IT TeYE F, G � � L . Q,, . T.AKCS j - 1/V �1 : TYPBD OR PRINTED HAMS y $ ZGNATVRE : G� A.1 DATE .. TYPED OR PRZNTSn TITLE V• ? 138PAXT14ENT O9 TRANSPORTATION FOR A PPRovAL Sy : Ass . uric er 'ts r DnTa : IO /6 02 SIGNATuRs ; ` "FRono 70R TZE DSPARTM NT OF T RA a A NSPOATATTpfi SS s MIRRIMcla • s • Di tr i l©Z T=za SICZp►TVRB : to be completed by the Department 0 - 4 OU Revised March , 20Qa QEF' 8 ' DIST. IV � DEP CONTRACT NO . WM836 - FLORIDA DEPARTMENT OF � ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION 1 AGREEMENT FOR THE EAST � GIFFORD AREA STORMWATER IMPROVEMENT PROJECT 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 i 1 DEP CONTRACT NO , WM836 FLORIDA DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGREEMENT FOR THE EAST GIFFORD AREA ' STORMWATER IMPROVEMENT PROJECT ' This Agreement is made and entered into between the FLORIDA DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION , hereinafter referred to as the DEP , and the INDIAN RIVER COUNTY BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS , a political subdivision of the State of Florida , whose address is Public Works Department, Stormwater Management Section , Indian River County Administration Center, 1840 25'" Street, Vero Beach , Florida 32960 , hereinafter referred to as the GRANTEE or CONTRACTOR. WITNESSETH : ' WHEREAS , the DEP has received Section h 319 CFDA 66 . 460 rant fun ( ) ( ) g ds from the U . S . Environmental Protection Agency ( EPA) for the implementation of water quality Nonpoint Source ( NPS ) reduction and watershed restoration action strategies within the state ; and , WHEREAS , the DEP has identified a need to construct a 4-acre wet detention pond and swale to treat stormwater and provide flow equalization ; and , WHEREAS , the GRANTEE has the necessary expertise and has agreed to provide the services to complete the project as planned , and as set forth herein . NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants herein contained , and for other good and valuable consideration , the DEP agrees to employ the GRANTEE and the GRANTEE agrees to perform all work described herein , or hereinafter authorized , upon the terms and conditions stated . ' 1 SECTION I - SCOPE OF THE PROJECT A. General Provisions The GRANTEE shall perform , or shall subcontract for, the services and specific responsibilities as set forth in Attachment A, entitled "Scope of Services", attached hereto and made a part hereof. It is understood and agreed that the GRANTEE shall be responsible for the completion of all services associated with this Agreement as set forth in Attachment A, whether performed directly, or indirectly by the GRANTEE . The work performed under . this project shall consist of Tasks 5 , 6 , 7 , 10 and 11 of Attachment A. The parties understand and agree that Tasks 1 , 21 31' 41 8 ; and 9 are the responsibility of the GRANTEE and are not eligible for reimbursement under this Agreement. B . General Responsibilities of the GRANTEE 1 . The GRANTEE is responsible for the professional quality , technical accuracy, timely completion and coordination of all designs , drawings , specifications , reports and other services furnished by the GRANTEE under this Agreement. If the Agreement involves environmental measurements or data generation , the GRANTEE shall comply with EPA quality assurance requirements in 40 ' CFR 30 . 54 or 31 .45 , as applicable . The GRANTEE shall , without additional compensation , correct or revise any errors , omissions or other deficiencies in its designs , drawings , specifications , reports and other services . ' 2 . The GRANTEE guarantees for a period of at least one year from the date of substantial completion of the work that the completed work is free from all defects due to faulty materials , equipment or workmanship and that he shall promptly make . whatever adjustments or ' corrections which may be necessary to cure such defects , including repairs of any damage to other parts of the system resulting from such defects . The DEP shall promptly give notice to the DEP Contract No, WM836 Page 1 of 14 GRANTEE of observed defects . In the event that the GRANTEE fails to make adjustments , repairs , corrections or other work made necessary by such defects , the DEP may do so and charge the GRANTEE the cost incurred . The construction subcontractor's performance bond ' shall remain in full force and effect through the guarantee period . 3 . The GRANTEE shall perform the professional services necessary to accomplish the work specified in this Agreement in accordance with this Agreement and applicable EPA requirements in effect on the date of execution of the assistance agreement for this project. 4 . The DEP's or EPA's approval of drawings , designs , specifications , reports and incidental work or materials furnished hereunder shall not in any way relieve the GRANTEE of responsibility for the technical adequacy of its . work. Neither the DEP's nor EPA's review, approval , acceptance or payment for any of the services shall be construed as a waiver of any rights under this ' Agreement or of any cause for action arising out of the performance of this Agreement. 5 , The GRANTEE shall be , and shall remain , liable in accordance with applicable law for all damages to the DEP or EPA caused by the GRANTEE's negligent performance of any of the services furnished under this Agreement, except for errors , omissions or other deficiencies to the extent attributable to the DEP , DEP-furnished data or any third party. The GRANTEE shall not be responsible for any time delays in the project caused by circumstances beyond the GRANTEE's control . 6 . The GRANTEE's obligations under this clause are in addition to the GRANTEE's other express or implied assurances under this Agreement or State law and in no way diminish any other rights that the DEP may have against the GRANTEE for faulty materials , equipment, or work. 7 . When issuing statements , press releases , requests for proposals , bid solicitations , or other documents related to this project, the GRANTEE shall clearly state in each document: ( 1 ) the percentage of the cost of the project supported by EPA funding , and (2) the dollar amount of the EPA's support of the project. 8 . The GRANTEE agrees to ensure that all conference , meeting , convention , or training space funded in whole or in part with federal funds complies with The Hotel and Motel Fire Safety Act of 1990 , C . Specific Responsibilities of the GRANTEE The GRANTEE shall be responsible for obtaining the services of a . construction subcontractor through a competitive process comparable to Chapter 255 , Florida Statutes , D . Quality Assurance Plan All sampling and analyses performed under this Agreement must conform to the requirements set forth in Chapter 62- 160 , Florida Administrative Code ( F .A. C . ) and Attachment B , Quality Assurance Requirements for DEP Agreements , 1 SECTION II - SCHEDULE OF WORK This Agreement is effective on the date of execution and shall remain in effect for a period of forty-eight (48 ) months , by which date all requirements shall have been completed . REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK DEP Contract No , WM836, Page 2 of 14 SECTION III - REPORTS REQUIRED A. Use of Recycled Paper Pursuant to EPA Order 1000 .25 , dated January 24 , 1990 , the GRANTEE agrees to use recycled paper for all reports which are prepared as a part of this Agreement. This requirement does not apply to reports which are prepared on forms supplied by EPA. This requirement applies even when the cost of recycled paper is higher than that of virgin paper. B . Progress Reports The GRANTEE shall submit quarterly progress reports indicating work performed during the report period , work scheduled for the next report period , problems encountered , and planned solutions . The parties hereby agree that quarterly progress reports shall be submitted within fifteen ( 15) days following the completion of each calendar quarter. For the purposes of this Agreement, the term "calendar quarter" shall mean the period ending March 31st, June 30th , September 30th and December 31st, C . Final Report A draft comprehensive final report must be submitted no later than sixty (60) days prior to the completion date of the Agreement. Five (5) copies of a comprehensive final report must be submitted no later than thirty (30) days prior to the completion date of the Agreement. The GRANTEE's final report shall include copies of photographic slides documenting the entire project, an accounting of all ' project expenses , a report of all matching funds contributed on behalf of the GRANTEE , and a statement acknowledging that the project has been supported by a grant from the EPA. i The GRANTEE's final report shall include the following statement (Note : insert actual dollar costs in appropriate blank spaces ) : "This project and the preparation of this report (or booklet, pamphlet, etc. as appropriate ) was funded in part by a Section 319 Nonpoint Source Management Program grant from the U . S . Environmental Protection Agency ( US EPA) through a contract with the Nonpoint Source Management Program of the Florida Department of Environmental Protection . The total cost of the project was $ (show actual amount) of which $ (show actual amount) , or (show actual percent) % was provided by the US EPA. " The GRANTEE agrees to provide a copy ofanydraft report and/or final report to the DEP before making , .or allowing to be made , a , press release , publication , or other public announcement of the project's outcome . This shall not be construed to be -a limitation upon the operation and applicability of Chapter 119 , Florida Statutes . SECTION IV - COMPENSATION For satisfactory performance, the DEP agrees to compensate the GRANTEE on cost reimbursement basis not to exceed $264 ,400 towards the total project costs of $741 , 665 . The GRANTEE shall provide a non-federal match in the amount of $477 ,265 through in -kind services provided by the GRANTEE , or through other non-federal funding sources available to the GRANTEE . It is understood and agreed that non -federal funds expended on this project prior to execution of this Agreement, which were expended on or after October 1 , 1999 , may be used by the GRANTEE in fulfilling its match obligation under this Agreement. ' The State of Florida's performance and obligation to pay under this Agreement is contingent upon an annual appropriation by the Legislature and continuation of other funding presently anticipated , without liability for anticipated profits for unfinished work. tREMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK DEP Contract No . WM836, Page 3 of 14 SECTION V - PAYMENTS A. The GRANTEE shall submit invoices to the DEP on a quarterly basis , accompanied by the required progress reports . A final invoice must be submitted to the DEP no later than thirty (30) days following the completion date of the Agreement, to assure the availability of funds for payment. Each invoice submitted shall document all matching funds and/or match efforts (i . e . in-kind services) provided during the service period covered by each invoice . B . The State Comptroller requires detailed supporting documentation of all costs under a cost 1 reimbursement Agreement. In accordance with the Comptroller's Contract Payment Requirements ( attached hereto and made a part hereof as Attachment C ) , the GRANTEE shall comply with the minimum requirements set forth therein . Invoices shall be accompanied by supporting documentation and other requirements as follows : 1 . Salaries/Wages — All GRANTEE salaries/wages shall be documented and included under the GRANTEE's match amount identified under SECTION IV — COMPENSATION . 2 . Contractual - Reimbursement requests for payments to subcontractors must be substantiated by copies of invoices with backup documentation identical to that required from the GRANTEE . Subcontracts .which involve payments for direct salaries shall clearly identify the personnel 1 involved , salary rate per hour, and hours/time spent on the project. All multipliers used (i . e , fringe benefits , overhead , and/or general and administrative rates ) shall be supported by audit. If the DEP determines that multipliers charged by any subcontractor exceeded the rates supported by audit, the GRANTEE shall be required to reimburse such funds to the DEP within 30 days of written notification . Interest on the excessive charges shall be calculated based on the prevailing rate used by the State Board of Administration . For fixed price subcontracts , the following provisions shall apply: a . The GRANTEE may award , on a competitive basis , fixed price subcontracts to consultants/contractors in performing the work described in Attachment A. Invoices submitted to the DEP for fixed price subcontracted activities shall be supported with a copy of the subcontractor's invoice and a copy of the tabulation form for the competitive procurement process ( Invitation to Bid or Request for Proposals) resulting in the fixed price subcontract. b . The GRANTEE may request approval from the DEP to award a fixed price subcontract resulting from procurement methods other than those identified in paragraph B .2 . a . above. In this instance , the GRANTEE shall request the advance written approval from the DEP's Project Manager of the fixed price negotiated by the GRANTEE . The letter of request shall be supported by a detailed budget and Scope of Services to be performed by the subcontractor. Upon receipt of the DEP Project Manager's approval of the fixed price amount, the GRANTEE may proceed in finalizing the fixed price subcontract, subject to the provisions of SECTION XI — SUBCONTRACTING and any other appropriate provisions of this Agreement which affect subcontracting activities . 3 . Travel — Travel expenses are not authorized under the terms of this Agreement. 4 . Equipment - (Capital outlay over $ 1 , 000 in value ) — The purchase of non -expendable equipment . or personal property costing $ 1 , 000 or more is not authorized under the terms of this Agreement. 5 . Rental/Lease of Equipment - Include copies of invoices or receipts to document charges . 6 . Other Expenses - e . g . , Signage , materials , supplies , phone , reproduction , mailing , must be documented by itemizing and including copies of receipts or invoices . DEP Contract No. WM836 , Page 4 of 14 � $ C . Each invoice submitted must be in detail sufficient for preaudit and postaudit review. Five copies of each invoice , including appropriate backup documentation , shall be submitted to : Department of Environmental Protection Division of Water Resource Management Bureau of Watershed Management Attn : Mr, Richard Hicks 2600 Blair Stone Road ( MS3565) Tallahassee, Florida 32399-2400 D . Upon satisfactory completion of the work performed under this Agreement, as a condition before final payment under this Agreement or as a termination settlement under this Agreement, the GRANTEE shall execute and deliver to the DEP , using Attachment D - Release of Claims by Contractor on EPA Subagreement, a release of all claims against the DEP arising under, or by virtue of, this Agreement, except claims which are specifically exempted by the GRANTEE to be set forth therein . Unless otherwise provided in this Agreement by State law or otherwise expressly agreed to by the parties to this Agreement, final payment under this Agreement or settlement upon termination of this Agreement shall not constitute a waiver of the DEP's claims against the GRANTEE or the GRANTEE'S sureties under this Agreement or applicable performance and payment bonds . Release of claims in this section shall refer to contract claims . E . This Agreement is subject to availability of funds or continuation of funding anticipated at the time of execution . Should funding be discontinued or reduced , the Agreement will be terminated or amended , as appropriate . In this event, the GRANTEE shall be compensated for work or services satisfactorily completed . SECTION VI - MANAGEMENT The GRANTEE's Project Manager is Mr. Keith McCully, telephone 772/567-8000 , Ext. 1562 . The DEP's Project Manager is Mr. Richard Hicks , telephone 850/921 -9597. All matters shall be coordinated with or directed to the Project Managers for action or disposition . SECTION VII - TERMINATIONS A. This Agreement may be terminated in whole or in part in writing by either party in the event of substantial failure by the other party to fulfill its obligations under this Agreement through no fault of the terminating party, provided that no termination may be effected unless the other .party is given : ( l )-not less than 10 calendar days' written notice (delivered by Certified Mail , return receipt requested ) of intent to terminate , and (2 ) an opportunity for consultation with the terminating party prior to termination . B . This Agreement may be terminated in whole or in part in writing by the DEP for its convenience , provided that the GRANTEE is given : ( 1 ) not less than 10 calendar days ' written notice (delivered by Certified Mail , return receipt requested ) of intent to terminate , and (2) an opportunity for consultation 1 with the DEP prior to termination . C . If termination for default is effected by the DEP an equitable adjustment in the price provided for in this Agreement shall be made, but ( 1 ) no amount shall be allowed for anticipated profit on unperformed services or other work, and (2) any payment due to the GRANTEE at the time of the termination may be adjusted to cover any additional costs to the DEP because of the GRANTEE's default. If termination for default is effected by the GRANTEE , or if termination for convenience is effected by the DEP the equitable adjustment shall include a reasonable profit for services or other work performed . The equitable adjustment for any termination shall provide for payment to the GRANTEE for services rendered and expenses incurred prior to the termination , in addition to termination settlement costs reasonably incurred by the GRANTEE relating to commitments which had become firm prior to the termination . ' DEP Contract No. WM836, Page 5 of 14 l . D . Upon receipt of a termination action underparagraphs A or B above the GRANTEE shall : 1 promptly P P � ( ) P mptlY discontinue all effected work (unless the notice directs otherwise) , and (2 ) deliver or otherwise make available to the DEP all data, drawings , specifications , reports , estimates , summaries and such other information and materials as may have been accumulated by the GRANTEE in performing this Agreement, whether completed or in process . E . Upon termination under paragraphs A or B above, the DEP may take over the work or may award another party a contract to complete the work. F . If, after termination for failure of the GRANTEE to fulfill contractual obligations , it is determined that the GRANTEE had not failed to fulfill contractual obligations , the termination shall be deemed to have been for the convenience of the DEP . In such event, adjustment of the Agreement price shall be made as jprovided in paragraph C of this section . SECTION VIII - REMEDIES All services shall be performed by the GRANTEE to the satisfaction of the Secretary of. the DEP or his/her designated representative , who shall decide all questions , difficulties , and disputes of whatever nature which may arise under or by reason of the Agreement, the prosecution and fulfillment of the services ' hereunder and the character, quality, amount and value thereof, and the Secretary's decision upon all claims , questions , and disputes shall be final , conclusive and binding upon the parties hereto, to the extent provided by Florida law. SECTION IX - LIABILITY Each party hereto agrees that it shall be solely responsible for the wrongful acts of its employees and agents . However, nothing contained herein shall constitute a waiver by either party of its sovereign immunity or the provisions of Section 768 .28 , Florida Statutes , SECTION X - INTEREST OF GRANTEE The GRANTEE covenants that it presently has no interest and shall not acquire any interest, direct or indirect, which would conflict in any manner or degree with the performance of services required to be performed under this Agreement. The GRANTEE further covenants that in the performance of this Agreement no person having such interest shall be employed . SECTION XI - SUBCONTRACTING A. The GRANTEE shall not subcontract, assign , or transfer any work under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the DEP . When applicable , and upon receipt of such consent in writing , the GRANTEE shall cause the names of the firms responsible for such portions of the work to appear on such work. B . The GRANTEE agrees to notify the DEP of all subcontracts no less than ten ( 10 ) days prior to the effective date of the subcontracts for the purpose of approval by the DEP . The GRANTEE agrees to provide the DEP with an executed copy of all subcontracts within ten ( 10 ) days after the effective date of the agreement. C . The GRANTEE agrees to be responsible for the fulfillment of all work elements included in the 1 subcontracts and agrees to be responsible for the payment of all monies due under any subcontract and hold the DEP and the EPA harmless from any liability or damages arising under or from any subcontract hereinunder, to the extent provided by Florida law. ' DEP Contract No . WM836, Page 6 of 14 D . Pursuant to the Lobbying Disclosure Act of 1995 , the GRANTEE agrees to refrain from entering into any subcontracts under this Agreement with any organization described in Section 501 (c)(4 ) of the Intemal Revenue Code of 1986 , unless such organization warrants that it does not, and will not, engage in lobbying activities prohibited by the Act as a special condition of the subcontract. SECTION XII - MBE/WBE UTILIZATION In accordance with EPA's Program for Utilization of Small , Minority and Women 's Business Enterprises in procurement under assistance programs , the GRANTEE shall ensure , to the fullest extent possible , that at least the negotiated fair share percentages of Federal funds for subcontracts for supplies , construction , equipment or services are made available by the GRANTEE to organizations owned or controlled by socially and economically disadvantaged individuals , women and historically black colleges and universities . 1The GRANTEE agrees to include in their bid documents , and require all of its subcontractors to include in their bid documents , the fair share percentages set forth below. The GRANTEE agrees to achieve , to the fullest extent possible , the State of Florida 's fair share objective and to require those selected project participants to comply with 40 CFR 30 .44(b), 31 .36 (e ) , 35 . 3145(d ) , 35 . 6580 or the Drinking Water State Revolving Fund (SRF) Program Guidelines , as appropriate . The negotiated fair share commitments for the State of Florida are as follows : State Revolving Fund Construction : 11 % MBE and 3 % WBE (both SRF) Architectural & Engineering Services : 10 % MBE and 15% WBE Commodities : 7% MBE and 17% WBE Contractual : 14 % MBE and 36 % WBE Construction : 10 % MBE and 11 % WBE (non SRF) To evaluate compliance with the " Fair Share" policy, the GRANTEE also agrees to comply with the six affirmative steps stated in 40 CFR 30 .44(b) , 40 CFR 31 . 36 (e) , 35 . 3145(d ) , 35 . 6580 , as appropriate, and must retain all records documenting the GRANTEE 's and all its subcontractor's good faith efforts . In the event that the GRANTEE does not want to rely on the applicable State's MBE/WBE goals , the GRANTEE agrees to submit proposed MBE/WBE goals based on availability of qualified minority and women-owned businesses to do work in the relevant market for construction , services , supplies and equipment. "Fair share" objectives must be submitted to the MBE/WBE Coordinator, Grants Management Office, 61 Forsyth Street, Atlanta , GA 30303 , within thirty (30) days of Agreement execution . It is expected that EPA approval/disapproval of the GRANTEE's MBE/WBE objectives will be provided within thirty ( 30) days of submission to the EPA Grants Management Office , SECTION XIII - SMALL BUSINESS UTILIZATION K• In accordance with Section 129 of Public Law 100-590 , the Small Business Administration Reauthorization and Amendment Act of 1988 , the GRANTEE agrees to utilize , and to encourage its subcontractors under this Agreement to utilize , small businesses located in rural areas to the maximum 1 extent possible . The GRANTEE agrees to follow the six affirmative steps stated in 40 CFR 30 .44(b ), 31 . 36 or 35 . 6580 , as appropriate , in the award of any subcontracts under this Agreement. It is understood and agreed that compliance with this requirement will be monitored during management review conducted by the EPA. SECTION XIV - NOTICE Any notice or other written communication between the parties sha11 be considered delivered when posted by certified mail or delivered in person to the Project Manager, REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK DEP Contract No. WM836, Page 7 of 14 1 SECTION XV - PERSONNEL A. To the extent required by law, the GRANTEE will be self-insured against , or will secure and maintain such insurance as will protect it from claims under Workers ' Compensation Acts and from claims for bodily injury, death , or property damage which may arise from the performance of its services under this Agreement. B . No person , on the grounds of race, creed , color, national origin , age , sex , or disability, shall be excluded from participation in ; be denied the proceeds or benefits of, or otherwise be subjected to discrimination in performance of this Agreement. C . An entity or affiliate who has been placed on the discriminatory vendor list may not submit a bid on a contract to provide goods or services to a public entity, may not submit a bid on a contract with a public entity for the construction or repair of a public building or public work, may not submit bids on leases of real property to a public entity , may not award or perform work as a contractor, supplier, subcontractor or consultant under contract with any public entity, and may not transact business with any public entity. The Florida Department of Management Services is responsible for maintaining the discriminatory vendor list and intends to post the list on its website . Questions regarding the discriminatory vendor list may be directed to the Florida Department of Management Services , Office of Supplier Diversity at 850/487-0915 . ' SECTION XVI - DOCUMENTS AND NON- EXPENDABLE EQUIPMENT A. Ownership of Documents All reports produced and other data gathered by the GRANTEE for the purpose of this Agreement shall become the property of the DEP without restrictions or limitations upon their use and shall be made available by the GRANTEE at any time upon request of the DEP . B . Non- Expendable Equipment and Personal Property The purchase of non -expendable equipment costing $ 1 , 000 or more is not authorized under this Agreement. SECTION XVII - BONDING REQUIREMENTS CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTS A. Performance and Payment Bonds . Prior to commencing any construction activities by a subcontractor under this Agreement, GRANTEE will have executed and provide proof of such to the DEP : 1 . A performance bond by the construction subcontractor for 100 % of the agreement price to secure fulfillment of the GRANTEE's obligations to the DEP , and which names the DEP as payee ; and , 2 . A payment bond by the construction subcontractor for 100 % of the agreement price to assure payment as required by law to all persons supplying labor and material in the execution of the work provided for in this Agreement. B . Bid Bonds Where construction subcontracts exceeding $ 100 , 000 are to be let by Invitation to Bid or Request for Proposal ( RFP ) , the GRANTEE shall require a bid guarantee from each bidder equivalent to five percent of the bid price . The bid guarantee shall consist of a firm commitment such as a bid bond , certified check or other negotiable instrument accompanying a bid as assurance the bidder will, upon DEP Contract No . WM836, Page 8 of 14 acceptance of the bid , execute such contractual documents as may be required within the time specified . C . Sureties The required bonds shall be obtained from companies holding certificates of authority as acceptable sureties (31 CFR 223 ) , SECTION XVIII - CHANGES IN SERVICES REQUIREMENTS A. The DEP may at any time , without notice to any surety, by written order designated or indicated to be a change order, make any change in the work within the general scope of the Agreement, including but not limited to changes : 1 . In the specifications ( including drawings and designs); 2. In the time , method , or manner of performance of the work; 3 . In the DEP-furnished. facilities , equipment, materials , services , or site; or 4 . Directing acceleration in the performance of work. B . A change order shall also be any other written order (including direction , instruction , interpretation or ' determination ) from the DEP , which causes any change , provided the GRANTEE gives the DEP written notice stating the date , circumstances , and source of the order and that the GRANTEE regards the order as a change order. C . Except as provided in this section , no order, statement, or conduct of the DEP shall be treated as a change under this clause or entitle the GRANTEE to an equitable adjustment. D . If any change under this section causes an increase or decrease in the GRANTEE's cost or the time required to perform any part of the work under this Agreement, whether or not changed by any order, the DEP shall make an equitable adjustment and modify this Agreement in writing . Except for claims based on defective specifications , no claim for any change under paragraph B above shall be allowed for any costs incurred more than 20 days before the GRANTEE gives written notice as required in paragraph B . In the case of defective specifications for which the DEP is responsible , the equitable adjustment shall include any increased cost the GRANTEE reasonably incurred in attempting to comply with those defective specifications . E . If the GRANTEE intends to assert a claim for an equitable adjustment under this clause , he must, within 30 days after receipt of a written change order under paragraph A. 1 . or the furnishing of a written notice under paragraph B submit a written statement to the DEP setting forth the general nature and monetary extent of such claim . The DEP may extend the 30-day period . The GRANTEE may include the Istatement of claim in the notice under paragraph B of this change clause . F . No claim by the GRANTEE for' an equitable adjustment shall be allowed if made after final payment under this Agreement . SECTION XIX - DIFFERING SITE CONDITIONS IA. The GRANTEE shall promptly, and before such conditions are disturbed , notify the DEP in writing of: 1 . Subsurface or latent physical conditions at the site differing materially from those indicated in this Agreement; or DEP Contract No , WM836 , Page 9 of 14 2 . Unknown physical conditions at the site , of an unusual nature , differing materially from those ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inhering in work of the character provided for in this Agreement. B . The DEP shall promptly investigate the conditions . If it finds that conditions materially differ and will cause an increase or decrease in the GRANTEE's cost or the time required to perform any part of the work under this Agreement, whether or not changed as a result of such conditions , the DEP shall make an equitable adjustment and modify the Agreement in writing . C . No claim of the GRANTEE under this clause shall be allowed unless the GRANTEE has given the notice required in paragraph A of this clause . However, the DEP may extend the time prescribed in paragraph A. D . No claim by the GRANTEE for an equitable adjustment shall be allowed if asserted after final payment under this Agreement. SECTION XX - SUSPENSION OF WORK A. The DEP may order the GRANTEE in writing to suspend , delay or interrupt all or any part of the work for such period of time as the DEP may determine to be appropriate for the convenience of the DEP . B . If the performance of all or any part of the work is suspended , delayed or interrupted for an unreasonable period of time by an act of the DEP in administration of this Agreement, or by the DEP's ' failure to act within the time specified in this Agreement (or if no time is specified , within a reasonable time), the DEP shall make an adjustment for any increase in the cost of performance of this Agreement (excluding profit) necessarily caused by such unreasonable suspension , delay or interruption and modify the Agreement in writing . However, no adjustment shall be made under this clause for any suspension , delay or interruption to the extent: 1 . That performance would have been so suspended , delayed or interrupted by any other cause, Iincluding the fault or negligence of the GRANTEE ; or 2 . For which an equitable adjustment is provided for or excluded under any other provision of this Agreement. C . No claim for this clause shall be allowed : 1 . For any costs incurred more than 20 days before the GRANTEE notified the DEP in writing of the act, or failure to act, involved (this requirement does not apply to a claim resulting from a suspension order) , and 2 . Unless the amount claimed is asserted in writing as soon as practicable after the termination of such suspension , delay or interruption , but not later than the date of final payment under the Agreement. SECTION XXI - SUPERSESSION The DEP and the GRANTEE agree that this and other appropriate clauses in 40 CFR 31 . 36 apply to that work eligible for EPA assistance to be performed under this Agreement and that these clauses supersede any conflicting provisions of this Agreement. SECTION XXII - PRIVITY OF CONTRACT This Agreement is expected to be funded in part with funds from the U . S . Environmental Protection Agency . Neither the United States nor any of its departments , agencies or employees is , or will be , a party to ' DEP Contract No . WM836 Page 10 of 14 this Agreement or any lower tier subcontract. This Agreement is subject to regulations contained in 40 CFR, Part 31 . 36 in effect on the date of the assistance award for this project. 1 SECTION XXI11 - AUDIT: ACCESS TO RECORDS A. The GRANTEE shall maintain books , records , documents and other evidence directly pertinent to performance on EPA funded work under this Agreement in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and practices consistently applied , and 40 CFR, Part 30 or 31 , as applicable , in effect on the date of execution of this Agreement. The GRANTEE shall also maintain the financial information and data used in the preparation or support of the cost submission required under 40 CFR 31 . 36 for any negotiated contract or change order and a copy of the cost summary submitted to the DEP . The United States Environmental Protection Agency, the Comptroller General of the United States , the United States Department of Labor, the DEP and the State or any of their authorized representatives shall have access to all such books , records , documents and other evidence for the purpose of inspection , audit and copying during normal business hours . The GRANTEE will provide facilities for such access and inspection . B . If this is a formally advertised , competitively awarded , fixed price agreement, the GRANTEE agrees to make paragraphs A through G of this clause applicable to all negotiated change orders and Agreement amendments affecting the Agreement price. In the case of all other types of prime agreements , the GRANTEE agrees to make paragraphs A through G of this clause applicable to all agreements awarded in excess of $ 10 , 000 at any tier, and to make paragraphs A through G of this clause applicable to all change orders directly related to project performance . C . Audits conducted under this provision shall be in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards and with established procedures and guidelines of the reviewing or audit agency(ies ) . tD . The GRANTEE agrees to disclose all information and reports resulting from access to records under paragraphs A and B of this provision to any of the agencies referred to in paragraph A. I E . Records under paragraphs A and B above shall be maintained by the GRANTEE during performance on EPA assisted work under this Agreement for the time periods specified in 40 CFR, Part 30 or 31 , as applicable . In addition , those records which relate to any controversy arising under an EPA assistance agreement, litigation , the settlement of claims arising out of such performance or to costs or items to which an audit exception has been taken shall be maintained by the GRANTEE for the time periods specified in 40 CFR, Part 30 or 31 , as applicable . F . Access to records is not limited to the required retention periods . The authorized representatives designated in paragraph A of this clause shall have access to records at any reasonable time for as long as the records are maintained . G . This right of access clause applies to financial records pertaining to all agreements (except formally advertised , competitively awarded , fixed price agreements ) and all contract change orders regardless I of the type of agreement. In addition , this right of access applies to all records pertaining to all agreements , agreement change orders and agreement amendments : a) to the extent the records pertain directly to agreement performance ; b ) if there is any indication that fraud , gross abuse or corrupt practices may be involved ; or c) if the agreement is terminated for default or for convenience . H . In addition to the preceding paragraphs , the GRANTEE shall comply with the applicable provisions contained in Attachment E (Special Audit Requirements ) , attached hereto and made a part hereof. A revised copy of Attachment E , Exhibit- 1 , must be provided to the GRANTEE with each amendment which authorizes a funding increase or decrease . The revised Exhibit- 1 shall summarize the funding sources supporting the Agreement for purposes of assisting the GRANTEE in complying with the requirements of Attachment E . If the GRANTEE fails to receive a revised copy of Attachment E, DEP Contract No . WM836 , Page 11 of 14 r Exhibit- 1 , the GRANTEE shall notify the DEP's Contracts Administrator at 850/922-5942 to request a copy of the updated information 1 SECTION XXIV - COVENANT AGAINST CONTINGENT FEES The GRANTEE assures that no person or selling agency has been employed or retained to solicit or 1 secure this Agreement upon an agreement or understanding for a commission , percentage, brokerage or contingent fee excepting bona fide employees or bona fide established commercial or selling agencies maintained by the GRANTEE for the purpose of securing business . For breach or violation of this assurance , the DEP shall have the right to annul this Agreement without liability or, at its discretion , to deduct from the 1 Agreement price or consideration , or otherwise recover the full amount of such commission , percentage, brokerage or contingent fee . SECTION XXV - LOBBYING A. The GRANTEE certifies that no Federal appropriated funds have been paid or will be paid , on or after December 22, 19899 by or on behalf of the GRANTEE, to any person for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of an agency , a Member of Congress , an officer or employee of Congress , or an employee of a Member of Congress , in connection with the awarding , renewal , amending or modifying of any Federal contract, grant, or cooperative agreement . If any non-Federal funds are used for lobbying activities as described above , the GRANTEE shall submit Attachment F, Standard Form-LLL, "Disclosure Form to Report Lobbying" (attached hereto and made a part hereof), and shall file quarterly updates of any material changes . The GRANTEE shall require the language of this certification to be included in , all subcontracts , and all subcontractors shall certify and disclose accordingly. B . In accordance with Section 216 . 347 , Florida Statutes , the GRANTEE is hereby prohibited from using funds provided by this Agreement for the purpose of lobbying the Legislature, the judicial branch or a state agency. SECTION XXVI - GRATUITIES A. If the DEP finds , after a notice and hearing , that the GRANTEE or any of the GRANTEE's agents or representatives offered or gave gratuities ( in the form of entertainment, gifts or otherwise) to any official , employee or agent of the DEP, the State or EPA in an attempt to secure a contract or favorable treatment in awarding , amending or making any determinations related to the performance of this Agreement, the DEP may, by written notice to the GRANTEE , terminate this Agreement. The DEP may also . pursue other rights and remedies that the law or this Agreement provides . However, the existence of the facts on which the DEP bases such findings shall be in issue and may be reviewed in proceedings under Section VIII (REMEDIES ) of this Agreement. ' B . In the event this Agreement is terminated as provided in paragraph A, the DEP may pursue the same remedies against the GRANTEE as it could pursue in the event of a breach of the Agreement by the GRANTEE, and as a penalty , in addition to any other damages to which it may be entitled by law, be entitled to exemplary damages in an amount (as determined by the DEP ) which shall be not less than three nor more than ten times the costs the GRANTEE incurs in providing any such gratuities to any such officer or employee . ' SECTION XXVII - DEBARMENT AND SUSPENSION A. In accordance with Executive Order 12549 , Debarment and Suspension (40 CFR 32 ) , the GRANTEE shall agree and certify that neither it, nor its principals , is presently debarred , suspended , proposed for debarment, declared ineligible , or voluntarily excluded from participation in this transaction by any Federal department or agency; and , that the GRANTEE shall not knowingly enter into any lower tier ' DEP Contract No. WM836 , Page 12 of 14 r contract, or other covered transaction , with a person who is similarly debarred or suspended from participating in this covered transaction , unless authorized in writing by the EPA to the DEP . Be Upon execution of this Agreement by the GRANTEE, the GRANTEE shall complete , sign and return a copy of the form entitled "Certification Regarding Debarments , Suspension , Ineligibility and Voluntary Exclusion - Lower Tier Federally Funded Transactions" , attached hereto and made a part hereof as Attachment G . C . As required by paragraphs A and B above , the GRANTEE shall include the language of this section , and Attachment G in all subcontracts or lower tier agreements executed to support the GRANTEE 's work under this Agreement. SECTION XXVIII - PUBLIC ENTITY CRIMES A person or affiliate who has been placed on the convicted vendor list following a conviction for a public entity crime may not perform work as a contractor, supplier, subcontractor, or consultant under a contract with any public entity, and may not transact business with any public entity in excess of the threshold . amount provided in Section 287 . 017 , F . S . , for Category Two , for a period of 36 months from the date of being placed on the convicted vendor list. 1 SECTION XXIX - UNILATERAL CANCELLATION The DEP reserves the right to unilaterally cancel this Agreement for refusal by the GRANTEE to allow ' public access to all documents , papers , letters , or other material made or received by the GRANTEE in conjunction with this Agreement, unless the records are exempt from Section 24 (a) of Article I of the State Constitution and Section 119 .07(1 ) , F . S . ' F SECTION XXX - COMPLIANCE WITH HEALTH AND SAFETY REGULATIONS The GRANTEE shall comply with all federal , state and local rules and regulations in providing services to the DEP under this Agreement. The GRANTEE acknowledges that this requirement includes compliance with all federal , state and local health and safety rules and regulations . The GRANTEE further agrees to include this provision in all subcontracts issued as a result of this Agreement. SECTION XXXI - CHOICE OF LAW/FORUM The parties hereby agree that any and all actions or disputes arising out of this Agreement shall be governed by the Laws of the State of Florida . Any action hereon or in connection herewith brought by the DEP against the GRANTEE shall be brought in Indian River County, Florida . Any action hereon or in connection herewith brought by the GRANTEE against the DEP shall be brought in Leon County, Florida . SECTION XXXII - SEVERABILITY 1 In the event one or more provisions of this Agreement are declared invalid , the balance of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect. 1 REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK ' DEP Contract ntract No . WM836, Page 13 of 14 SECTION XXXIII - ENTIRE AGREEMENT i 1 It is expressly understood and agreed that this Agreement states the entire agreement and that the parties are not bound by any stipulations , representations , agreements , or promises , oral or otherwise , not printed or inserted in this Agreement. The GRANTEE agrees that no representations have been made by the ' DEP in order to induce the GRANTEE to enter into this Agreement other than as expressly stated in this Agreement. This Agreement cannot be changed orally, nor by any means other than by written amendments expressly referencing this Agreement and signed by all parties hereto , unless otherwise provided herein . INDIAN RIVER COUNTY BOARD OF FLORIDA DEPARTMENT OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION By: G By: n� Chairman ' \\ , \IrA - 1Z Director, ivision Water Resource Management or designee Date : August 61 2002 Date : / 0 D 'L ' r. James E . Chandler DEP Contracts Administrator1 ndian River County Administrator Approved as to form and legality : Y Mr. Paul Bangel DEP Attorney ' Indian River County Attorney *For Agreements with governmental boards/commissions : If someone other than the Chairman signs this Agreement, a resolution , statement or other document . authorizing that person to sign the Agreement on behalf of the GRANTEE must accompany the Agreement. Indian River County Approved Date ' Administration - r_- List of attachments/exhibits included as part of this Agreement: Budget , �(3' Co . Attorney to Q Specify Letter/ ha Risk Management Type Number Description , , _ a?- bepartmeni ' Attachment A Scope of Services (4 Pages) Division Attachment B Quality Assurance Requirements for DEP Agreements (4 Pages ) Attachment C Comptroller's Contract Payment Requirements ( 1 Page ) Attachment D Release of Claims Form ( 1 Pages ) Attachment E Special Audit Requirements (5 Pages ) Attachment F Disclosure of Lobbying Activities Form (2 Pages ) Attachment G Certification Regarding Debarments/Suspension (2 Pages ) DEP Contract No. WM836 , Page 14 of 14 ATTACHMENT A SCOPE OF SERVICES 1 ' PROJECT DESCRIPTION : The East Gifford Stormwater Improvement Project will incorporate best management practices to provide water quality treatment, reduce peak flows and flooding , and reduce the amount of pollutant loadings to the Indian River Lagoon . The construction of a 4+/- acre detention lake on the west side of the railroad track and a conveyance swale on the west side of U . S . 1 will ' provide flood protection , erosion control and promote health benefits by reducing the amount of stagnant surface water in the area . The frequent flooding of Gifford lying east of the one-mile ridge can be reasonably attributed to the construction of the Florida East Coast Railroad and to the U . S . Highway 1 roadway. Both transportation corridors were constructed on raised grades which has blocked historical sheetflows of runoff from west to east. The project will reduce flooding in a low-income area where some of the homes have finished floors elevations below flood levels . Also , the low lying local roads of the area are often flooded with pockets of stagnant water creating a public health concern with insects and decaying vegetation . The East Gifford Stormwater Improvement Project will provide a wet detention treatment ' system with a controlled discharge rate . The resulting flows to the Lagoon , a Class III , Outstanding Florida Water Body, will be improved through reduced sedimentation and nutrient uptake in the treatment lake. The project is currently in the final conceptual design phase. '+ Funding from the Department of Transportation ($ 100 , 000) and St. Johns River Water Management District ($ 50 , 000 ) will assist with the final design and some construction elements . This project has been approved as part of Indian River County's 2020 Comprehensive Plan and the matching funds provided by the county are being supplied from revenue generated by the one cent local option sales tax program and the Gifford Transportation and Drainage Program , 1 SCOPE OF WORK (A complete list of all tasks and their outputs) : Task 1 : Survey and Engineering Preparation Description : The County's engineering . consultant will prepare a conceptual plan and final engineering plan for the project. Expected Results : A conceptual plan and final engineering plan . ' Estimated Cost: The conceptual plan cost $ 13 , 190 and final engineering plan $ 30 , 315 , of which SJRWMD provided $ 10 , 000 in cash and Indian River County paid the balance . This money has been spent on the project but is not reflected as project match . ' Estimated Schedule : Finish Month 1 . Deliverables : A conceptual plan and final engineering plan for the project. 1 Task 2 : Permit Preparation and Responses to Permitting Agencies ' Questions Description : The County' s engineering consultant will prepare permit documents for submittal and shall respond to permitting agencies ' questions , until all permits are issued . Expected Results : Final permits to construct the project. Estimated Cost: Permit preparation and responses to agencies ' questions are estimated to cost $ 13 , 155 and will be provided by the MSTU . Estimated Schedule : Finish Month 1 . Deliverables : Final permits from regulatory agencies . DEP Contract No . WM836 , Attachment A, Page 1 of 4 i Task 3 : Land Acquisition Description : The County will acquire the land necessary for project completion . 1 Expected Results : Acquired land . Estimated Cost: Land acquisition cost is $ 194 , 110 (this includes $40 , 110 in- kind services by the County to clear abutting property, as part of the negotiated sale) . Estimated Schedule : Finish Month 1 . Deliverables: Acquired land . Task 4 : Prepare, Send , Receive , Evaluate and Award Construction Bid Description : The County will prepare , advertise for, send , receive , and evaluate bids for construction of the project. An award will be made , contracts signed and notice to proceed given . If needed , _ a separate notice to proceed for construction of the stormwater retention facility will be postponed until any required grant funding is received . Expected Results : A number of received competitive bids will be evaluated , a responsible low bid that is within budget will be selected . Estimated Cost: Administration of the bid process for the . project is estimated to cost $3 , 000 and will be provided by the County as in-kind services to the project. Estimated Schedule : Start Month 2 , finish Month 5 . Deliverables : A construction contract with a notice to proceed given to the responsible low bidder. ' Task 5 : Construction of Stormwater Retention Lake Facilities (Clearing and Excavation) Description : The County's selected contractor will clear and excavate the land for construction of the stormwater treatment lake that is currently being designed and will be permitted by SJRWMD , FDOT, and the Federal Aviation Administration , Expected Results : Clearing and excavation of the land . Estimated Cost: Clearing is estimated to cost $25 , 000 , and excavation is estimated to cost $ 141 , 600 of which $ 111 ,600 is being requested from 319 ( h ) for funding . Estimated Schedule : Clearing and excavation will begin in Month 8 and end in Month 15 . Deliverables: Clearing and excavation of the land . Task 6 : Construction of Lake Control Structures for Water Quality Treatment & Outfall Pipe Description : The County's selected contractor will construct a lake control structure and outfall pipe system . The control structure will consist of a concrete inlet structure with a bleed -down orphic, and attenuation weir, and an emergency overflow. The bleed -down orifice will limit the discharge to improve water quality. The outfall pipe will route the discharge east along 41st ' Street and eventually discharge into the IRL via the existing 41 st Street ditch . Expected Results : Installation of lake control structures and outfall pipe at the stormwater treatment lake . ' Estimated Cost: Construction of the stormwater facility structures and outfall pipe are estimated to cost $57 , 400 which is_ entirely being requested from 319 (h ) for funding . Estimated Schedule : Start Month 18 , finish Month 22 . Deliverables : Final lake structures and outfall pipe . Task 7 : Construction of Lake Inflow and Conveyance System Description : Simultaneous to the construction of the lake control structures and outfall pipe , the County's selected contractor will construct a lake inflow and conveyance system for the project. The stormwater runoff will be routed to the lake using a combination of swale and pipe improvements . ' Expected Results : Final lake inflow and conveyance system . DEP Contract No. WM836 , Attachment A, Page 2 of 4 V1 £ e6ed 'V IUGWyt) e:4d `9 £ 8WM 'oN Pe-11UO3 d30 , )iNVIS 1.431 tk7VN0I1N31N1 2SVd :10 �13QNI` HMI •laodej loafoid 6 LE leug ayl olid uoI}eaodaooul aol /( unoo ayl 01 papino.id aq IIIM salgeaanllap pue sllnsai uollenlena SV=l l ay} 6uIAanuoo laodaa U04eonpa . leull y • padolanap Apeaale sluawnilsul ucgenlena Sd� l �(q painseaw aq Illnn suol}dope dne Pje l ssluedloped wei5oid 6uowe uolldope sdWB NAJ to a6eluaojad pue ` slooyos dlIO/NA=l 6ulpu9:4e sleuolssaloid adeospuel to jegwnu ` spae�( palli:pao to jagwnu lelol eql ' ` sdoys� JOm NAA 6ulpualle suosied to aagwnu lelol ay} apnloul IIInn salgelanllad : salgejanllaa ' SZ yluolN yslug ` 6 yluOH lae1S : alnpayoS pa}ewils3 • saolnJas puN - ul w04 00049E $ 6ulleolpap sl wei6o.id uolsualx3 i4unoo s` .� i /. (n 4a14M 10 ` 000 ` SE $ lsoo o} palewllse uaaq sey loefoid sly} jol uolleonP3 :lsoO palewlls3 • uolleolllla90 pJeA Nkl pue sdoysilaonn NA=J : slinsa�j paloa x3 0e9le paoMIJ lse3 ay} ' ul 6ulnll sleuolsseloid adeospuel pue sjaunnoawoy ay} aleonpe of awed ewll yluow -gL a aano peluaweldwl eq IIIM wea6oad leuolleonp3 spooyjogy6laN pue spjeA epuo13 y : uoll�osaa ;ueuodwoC) uoI}eonP310 uogeluawaldwl : )lsel • pelaldwoo aq llnn :podai leu4 a pue s sa s1sel a dwes je eon uollonilsuoo-}sod pue ( s}sal E) sisal eldwes jalenn eulleseq uoilonilsuoo-aid : salgeJanllaQ ' bE yluolN yslu !j ` L yluoVq }ielS : alnpayoS pa}ewlls3 , ' 000 ` 0t7$ }soo of palewllso uaaq sey polla 6% upolluow ayl • u.ull leluewuoalnua papelas a �(q paleldwoo aq lleys uogaldwoo pue uollejedo" `dn :pels ayl :lsoo palewlls3 , papaau ' se 9� el luawleeil aalennwaols ay} to uollejado apin6 Ilion sllnsai to nnalnW aeln6aU • ells loefoid ayl le pa}uawaldwi aq limn wei6oid 6uuolluow aalenn eoe}jns aeln6aa y : sllnsazj paloa x3 papaau se uolleaado wals�(s ay} 6ulunl ' euq pue slinsai 6ulJolluow ay} BUIM91AGJ �(q pezlwlldo eq lleys sallllloel uollua}aj jeleMLwols ; asayl to uollejedo a.min � malls loefoad ayl le ielennwjols to weibo.id 6uuolluow A4! lenb jelenn luaweldwl IIIM �flunoo ay} ' a�lel luawleeil Jalewwols Aue jo uollonilsuoo o} JoPd : uoll�aa we.160ad 6uuolluow f4Ilenl) joleMlo uolle} uawaldwl sol )lsel r * sluawanadwl 96euleja : selgejanllaa ' S L y}uoW yslull ` 6 y}uoW bels : alnpayoS pa}ewI}s3 4000 ' SL L $ isoo o} palew►lsa We sluawanadwl 96eulejp L * ON . S . n :lsoO pa}ewllsa * sluawanadwl 96eulel (j : sllnsaZ:l P109=3 meeie sly} of 96eulejp ajolsei lllnn welsAs slyl mAenn-}o-ly6u L AmH ' ' S ' fl ay} to sllwll walsann ay} uI peuelsul aq IIIM wa}SAS aoueAeAuoo adid y : uol} p JG IosaQ sIuawanoldwl a6euiB . ' oN ' s71 06 )ISel - spuej�em pa}e6IlIW : selgeJanilaQ ' SL 41UOW 4SIu !l ` 6 41u0W :pe}S : alnpayoS pa}ewllsa 000 ` SE $ }soo of palewllsa sI uoI}e6lllw puel}aM :lsoO pa}ewlls3 ' aspuellem pa}e6IlIW : sllnse�j paloa x3 .fi4Iu101n saJoyS oJan ay} uI puelsl punoa woal ssaoe ` fqunoo Janld uelpul waylnos ui ells elowei a le loafed eql Aq peloedwl spuellem ay} ele6l}Iw pIM fqunoo eql 9W lueu4eail aalennwjols a to uoilonilsuoo o} JoiJd : uogdlj uol}e6IlIW PUellem 09 NSel • walsAS aoueAanuoo pue mogul a� el leuld : selge� anllao ' ZZ 41U0W qSlug 8 L 41U0W 1Je1S : alnpayoS palewl}s3 # 6ulpunl iol ( y ) 6 LE woal palsenbei 6ulaq Alaiijue Sl yolynn ` 00 -` SZ$ lsoo o} palewllsa sI wa}sAs aoueAanuoo pue nnollul 9� el ayl :lsoO pa}ewllsa BUDGET BY TASK , TASK 319 ( h ) FUNDS NON FEDERAL MATCH Task 1 . Conceptual & Final Plan 0 0 (spent before 10/ 1 /00 ) Task 2 . Permitting 0 $ 13 , 155 ( MSTU ) Task 3 . Land Acquisition 0 $ 1949110 ( IRC ) ' Task 4 . Award Contract 0 $3 , 000 ( IRC in -kind ) Task 5 . Construct Lakes $ 1117600 $40 , 000 ( SJRWMD ) ( Clearing & Excavating ) $ 5 , 000 ( IRC ) ' $ 5 , 000 ( MSTU ) Task 6 . Lake Control Structures & Outfall $ 57 ,400 0 Pipe Task 7 . Lake Inflow & Conveyance System $ 25 ,400 0 Task 8 . Wetlands Mitigation 0 $ 37 , 000 ( IRC ) Task 9 . U . S . No . 1 Drainage Improvements 0 $44 , 508 ( DOT.) $ 1309492 ( IRC ) Task 10 , Water Quality Monitoring Program $40 , 000 0 Task 11 . Education & BMP Implementation $ 30 , 000 $ 52000 ( FYN in - kind ) TOTAL2 477400 264 $ $477 , 265 ' % Match = 36 % % Match = 64 % AsT t 1 1 . 1 1 ' DEP Contract No . WM836 , Attachment A, Page 4 of 4 e` ATTACHMENT B QUALITY ASSURANCE REQUIREMENTS FOR DEP AGREEMENTS 1 . All sampling and analyses performed under this Agreement must conform to the requirements set forth in Chapter 62- 160 , Florida Administrative Code ( F . A. C. ) and the document " Requirements for Field and Analytical Work performed for the Department of Environmental Protection under Contract" (DEP-QA-002/02) , February 2002. 2 . LABORATORIES a . The CONTRACTOR shall ensure that all laboratory testing activities are performed by a laboratory certified by the Department of Health Environmental Laboratory Certification Program ( DoH ELCP ) for the test methods and analytes to be measured . b . If the laboratory is not certified for some or all of the proposed test measurements , the laboratory shall apply for certification within one month of Agreement execution , and shall be fully certified within six months . Regardless of when the laboratory receives certification , the laboratory must implement all applicable standards of the National Environmental Laboratory Accreditation Conference (NELAC) upon Agreement execution . c. Prior to providing analytical services , the laboratory must provide information for all test measurements that at least one set of performance test samples that meet the DoH ELCP certification requirements have been passed successfully within the last 6 months . d . Laboratories shall maintain certification for all test methods during the life of the Agreement. Should certification for an analyte or test method be lost, all affected tests shall be immediately contracted to a laboratory with current DoH ELCP certification . The laboratory shall notify the Project Manager in writing of any changes before such changes are made . e . A copy of the DoH Certificate and the list of test methods for each laboratory shall be ' provided to the Project Manager with submission of the . QAPP or upon receiving DoH certification (see 2 . b above ) . f. All non -standard laboratory procedures (i . e . those that do not appear on the DEP 's list of recognized methods ) whether DoH ELCP certification is required or not , shall be submitted for review and approval in accordance with DEP-QA-001 /01 "New and Alternative Analytical Laboratory Methods" , January 1 , 2002 . The method must be approved by the DEP before use . ' g . The CONTRACTOR shall ensure that the essential quality control measures , laboratory report content and documentation are consistent with Chapter 5 of the NELAC standards and DEP-QA-002/02 . In addition : i. The final concentration of any spike fortification must be at the laboratory's stated PQL or at the action level -if it exceeds the PQL. If the measured sample background exceeds the specified spike level by more than a factor of two , then the spike level must be 2-5 times the measured background level in the sample that is selected for spiking . If a spiked sample is spiked at an incorrect level , then the entire batch of samples must be re-prepared , a new aliquot of the same sample must be re-spiked at the correct level for this batch , and the batch reanalyzed . The sample to be spiked should be randomly selected , and it must be reported which sample was spiked . All spike fortification must take place prior to any necessary preparation . The results must meet the established laboratory acceptance criteria for the specific matrix . If none have been developed , the laboratory shall use the criteria for LCS until such limits are established . DEP Contract No . WM836, Attachment B , Page 1 of 4 Ji. No analyses may be performed using expired reagents , calibration solutions or check solutions iii. The concentration of each calibration standard used to generate a nonlinear calibration curve must be calculated based on the curve . All calculated calibration concentrations must be within 85 % to 115 % of the known concentration for that standard ' iv. If a relative response factor is used to determine the sample concentration , the continuing calibration checks must meet the method stated acceptance criteria . v. Analytical sensitivity must be evaluated using a check standard prepared at the practical quantitation limit for each analytical run as described above for PQLs . vi. The absolute value of the raw instrument value must be less than the MDL for all blanks . Wig. , If method control limits for any measurements are exceeded (including control limits for sample matrix spikes ) , then the analysis must be repeated if possible . All sample data that is associated with a failed quality control measure must be appropriately qualified as specified in Chapter 62- 160 , F .A. C. An explanatory comment must be attached to the final report for each result that has a qualifier code other than lJ , I , or A. Any additional qualifier codes used , but not explicitly provided for in Chapter 62- 160 , F .A. C . , ' must be identified and defined in the report. viii. The reported MDL and PQL for each sample must be adjusted for dilution factors , and any relevant preparation weights and volumes . ix. If a field blank , equipment blank or trip blank result is greater than the MDL, the result must be confirmed by reanalyzing a new aliquot of the sample . The laboratory must I nvestigate sufficiently to determine that positive blank results are not due to a laboratory error, and report results with appropriate qualifiers and/or comments . ' 3 . FIELD ACTIVITIES a . All sample collection and field activities shall be performed in accordance with the DEP's " Standard Operating Procedures for Field Activities" (DEP-SOP-001 /01 dated January 1 , 2002 . b . Any non -standard field procedure shall be submitted for review and approval in accordance with FA 2000 of the DEP's Standard Operating Procedures . The procedure must be approved by the DEP before use . 4 . REPORTING , DOCUMENTATION AND RECORDS RETENTION a . All laboratory and field records as specified in Chapter 62- 160 , F .A. C . shall be retained for a minimum of five years after the project completion . b . In addition to the NELAC-compliant laboratory report, the CONTRACTOR shall require that the laboratory provide additional information to satisfy the "Tier 1 " validation requirements as outlined in DEP-QA-002/02 . c. All applicable data qualifier codes as mandated by Chapter 62- 160 , F .A. C . and included in DEP-QA-002/02 shall be used . d . The CONTRACTOR shall adhere to the documentation and records requirements for project data contained in DEP-QA-002/02 . DEP Contract No, WM836 , Attachment B, Page 2 of 4 e . All field and laboratory records that are associated with work performed under this Agreement shall be organized so that any information can be quickly and easily retrieved . 5 . AUDITS ' a . AUDITS BY THE DEPARTMENT — Pursuant to 62- 160 . 650 , F . A. C. , the DEP may conduct audits of field and/or laboratory activities . In addition to allowing DEP representatives to conduct onsite audits , the CONTRACTOR, upon request, must provide the DEP with the requested information , including the raw analytical data for all analyses of a sample (regardless of ' whether the data are reported ) . If an audit by the DEP determines that the data are not usable for the proposed purpose , the DEP reserves the right to terminate the Agreement and require the CONTRACTOR to reimburse the DEP for all payments made for work done ' on the collection or analysis of data . b . PLANNING REVIEW AUDITS — 1 . Initial : Within one month after the second sampling and analysis event has been completed (including all analyses) , the CONTRACTOR and all associated subcontractors shall review the planning document (see 6 below) relative to the field ' and laboratory activities to determine if the data quality objectives are being met, identify any improvements to be made to the process , and refine the sampling design or schedule . A summary of the review, including any corrective action plans or amendments to the planning document shall be sent to the DEP Project Manager within one month of the review, and a copy shall be maintained with the permanent project records . 2 . Ongoing : Planning reviews as described in 1 above shall occur annually. C, QUALITY SYSTEMS AUDITS — The CONTRACTOR and all subcontractors shall ensure that the required laboratory and field quality system and management systems audits are ' performed , and documented in the organization 's records . d . STATEMENTS OF USABILITY — As a part of the audit process and the final report, the CONTRACTOR shall provide statements about data usability relative to the Project Data Quality Objectives and Data Quality Indicators . 6 , PLANNING DOCUMENTS - a . A Quality Assurance Project Plan (QAPP) shall be submitted to the DEP Project Manager ' for review and approval . The plan shall be consistent with the EPA Document EPA-QA/R- 51 EPA Requirements for Quality Assurance Project Plans , dated March 2001 . Failure to submit the required QAPP within six months of the initiation of sampling activities shall ' result in suspension of the Agreement until the document has been submitted to DEP . b . The CONTRACTOR and affected subcontractors have three (3) opportunities to submit their QA Plan documents to the DEP for approval . If any Plan fails the approval process ' three (3) times , the DEP may terminate the Agreement in its entirety. Failure to provide acceptable QA Plans as required will result in suspension or termination of this Agreement. c. The DEP Contract Number shall appear on the title page of the submitted QAPP . Within ' forty-five (45 ) days of receipt of properly identified documents by the DEP , the DEP shall review and either approve the QAPP , or provide comments to the CONTRACTOR and affected subcontractors as to why the Plan is not approved . If further revisions are needed , ' the CONTRACTOR shall then have fifteen ( 15) days from the receipt of such comments to respond . The DEP shall respond to all revisions within 30 days of receipt. DEP Contract No . WM836, Attachment B Page 3 of 4 ' d . If QA Plan review is delayed , through no fault of the CONTRACTOR, beyond sixty (60) days after the Plan is received by the DEP , the CONTRACTOR shall have the option , after the Plan is approved , of requesting and receiving an extension in the term of the Agreement for a time period not to exceed the period . that review was delayed . This option must be exercised at least sixty (60 ) days prior to the current termination date of the Agreement. e . Sampling and analysis may not begin until the QAPP has been approved . f. Once approved , the CONTRACTOR shall follow the protocols specified in the approved QAPP including , but not limited to : ' 1 . Ensuring that all stated quality control measures are collected , analyzed and evaluated for acceptability; 2 . Using only the protocols approved in the QAPP ; and 3 . Using only the equipment approved in the QAPP . g . If any significant changes such as changes in procedures or test methods , changes in organizations , or changes in - key . . personnel occur, the CONTRACTOR shall submit appropriate amendments to the DEP Project Manager for review and inclusion into the QAPP . Failure to submit the required amendments or to meet any of the above-stated conditions may result in the decision by the DEP Project Manager to suspend or terminate the Agreement. 7 . DELIVERABLES a . The following outlines the expected schedule for the deliverables that are associated with ' the Quality Assurance requirements of this Agreement: 1 . Copy of DoH ELCP certificate including the list of test methods and analytes shall be submitted with the draft QAPP . ' 2 . Copies of performance test results (see 2C of laboratory Option 1 and 2 above ) shall be submitted with the draft QAPP . ' 3 . Non-standard laboratory or field procedures — Prior written approval is required and will be provided upon submission of the complete packet of information for review. 4 . Planning review audits — As specified in 5 . b . ' 5 . Statement of Usability — As specified in 5 . d . 6 , Planning Document — see 6 . Note : All documents referenced in the Attachment are available at the following website : ' http ://www , dep .state,fl , us/labs/ ' REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK DEP Contract No. WM836 , Attachment B , Page 4 of 4 ATTACHMENT C Comptroller Contract Payment Requirements Department of Banldng and Finance, Bureau of Auditing Manual (10/07/97) Cost Reimbursement Contracts Invoices for cost reimbursement contracts must be supported by an itemized listing of expenditures by category (salary, travel, expenses, etc .) . Supporting documentation must be provided for each amount for which reimbursement is being claimed indicating that the item has been paid. Check numbers may be provided in lieu of copies of actual checks. Each piece of documentation should clearly reflect the dates of service . Only expenditures for categories in the approved contract budget should be reimbursed. Listed below are examples of types of documentation representing the minimum requirements : r ( 1 ) Salaries : A payroll register or similar documentation should be submitted. The payroll register should show gross salary charges, fringe benefits, other deductions and net pay . If an individual for whom reimbursement is being claimed is paid by the hour, a document reflecting the hours worked times the rate of pay will be acceptable . ' (2) Fringe Benefits: Fringe Benefits should be supported by invoices showing the amount paid on behalf of the employee (e. g. , insurance premiums paid) . If the contract specifically states that fringe benefits will be based on a specified percentage rather than the actual cost of fringe benefits , then the calculation for the fringe benefits amount must be shown. ' Exception: Governmental entities are e P not required to provide check numbers or copies of checks for fringe benefits . ` (3) Travel: Reimbursement for travel must be in accordance with Section 11 2 .061 , Florida Statutes, which includes submission of the claim on the approved State travel voucher or electronic means . (4) Other direct costs : Reimbursement will be made based on paid invoices/receipts. If nonexpendable property is purchased using State funds, the contract should include a provision for the transfer of the property to the State when services are terminated. Documentation must be provided to show compliance with Department of Management Services Rule 60A- 1 . 017, Florida Administrative Code, regarding the requirements for contracts which include services and that provide for the contractor to purchase tangible personal property as defined in Section 273 . 02, Florida Statutes, for subsequent transfer to the State. (5) In-house charges : Charges which may be of an internal nature (e. g. , postage, copies, etc .) may be reimbursed on a usage log which shows the units times the rate being charged. The rates must be reasonable . (6) Indirect costs : If the contract specifies that indirect costs will be paid based on a specified rate, then the calculation should be shown. ' Pursuant to 216 .346, Florida Statutes, a contract between state agencies including any contract involving the State University system or the State Community College system, the agency receiving the contract or grant moneys shall charge no more than 5 percent ' of the total cost of the contract or grant for overhead or indirect cost or any other cost not required for the payment of direct costs . ' DEP Contract No. WM836, Attachment C, Page 1 of 1 ' ATTACHMENT D RELEASE OF CLAIMS BY CONTRACTOR ON EPA SUBAGREEMENT IN ACCORDANCE with the final payment provisions of DEP Contract No . WM836 , the ' CONTRACTOR hereby releases the DEP and the EPA from any and all claims that may arise under, or by virtue of, the contract, except those claims which may be specifically exempted and set forth herein . ' Specific Exemptions: (attach additional sheet(s) if necessary) ' DEP CONTRACT NO . : WM836 CONTRACTOR: INDIAN RIVER COUNTY BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT 1840 251h STREET VERO BEACH , FLORIDA 32960 ' SIGNATURE OF AUTHORIZED INDIVIDUAL DATE ' TITLE : NOTARY: ' STATE OF COUNTY OF Sworn to and subscribed before me this day of , 20 ' Signature of Notary Public Print, Type or Stamp Commissioned Name of Notary Public tPersonally Known or Produced Identification tType of Identification Produced ' DEP Contract No . WM836, Attachment D , Page 1 of 1 ATTACHMENT E SPECIAL AUDIT REQUIREMENTS The administration of resources awarded by the Department of Environmental Protection (which may be ' referred to as the 'Department' 'DEP; 'FDEP" or "Grantor; or other name in the contract/agreemeno to the recipient (which may be referred to as the "Contractor; Grantee " or other name in the contractlagreement) may be subject to audits and/or monitoring by the Department of Environmental Protection, as described in this attachments . MONITORING In addition to reviews of audits conducted in accordance with OMB Circular A- 133 and Section 215 . 47, F. S ., as revised (see "AUDITS" below), monitoring procedures may include, but not be limited to, on -site visits by Department staff, limited scope audits as defined by OMB Circular A- 133, as revised, and/or other procedures . By entering into this Agreement, the recipient agrees to comply and cooperate with any monitoring procedures/processes deemed appropriate by the Department of Environmental Protection . In the event the Department of . Environmental Protection determines that a limited scope audit of the recipient 1 is appropriate, the recipient agrees to comply with any additional instructions provided by the Department to the recipient regarding such audit. The recipient further agrees to comply and cooperate with any inspections, reviews, investigations, or audits deemed necessary by the Comptroller or Auditor General . AUDITS PART I : FEDERALLY FUNDED This part is applicable if the recipient is a State or local government or a non-profit organization as defined in OMB Circular A433, as revised . 1 . In the event that the recipient expends $ 300, 000 or more in Federal awards in its fiscal year, the recipient must have a single or program-specific audit conducted in accordance with the provisions of OMB Circular A- 133, as revised . EXHIBIT 1 to this Agreement indicates Federal funds awarded 1 through the Department of Environmental Protection by this Agreement. In determining the Federal awards expended in its fiscal year, the recipient shall consider all sources of Federal awards, including Federal resources received from the Department of Environmental Protection . The determination of amounts of Federal awards expended should be in accordance with the guidelines established by OMB Circular A433, as revised . An audit of the recipient conducted by the Auditor General in accordance with the provisions of OMB Circular A-133, as revised, will meet the requirements of this part. 2 . In connection with the audit requirements addressed in Part I, paragraph 1 . , the recipient shall fulfill the requirements relative to auditee responsibilities as provided in Subpart C of OMB Circular A- 133, as revised . 3 . If the recipient expends less than $300, 000 in Federal awards in its fiscal year, an audit conducted in accordance with the provisions of OMB Circular A- 133, as revised, is not required . In the event that the recipient expends less than $ 300, 000 in Federal awards in its fiscal year and elects to have an audit conducted in accordance with the provisions of OMB Circular A-133, as revised, the cost of the audit must be paid from non -Federal resources ( i . e . , the cost of such an audit must be paid from recipient resources obtained from other than Federal entities) . 4 . The recipient may access information regarding the Catalog of Federal Domestic Assistance . (CFDA) 1 via the internet at http : //aspe . os . dhhs . 00v/cfda . iDEP Contract No. WM836, Attachment E, Page 1 of 5 PART II : STATE FUNDED This part is applicable if the recipient is a nonstate entity as defined by Section 215 . 97(2)( 1), Florida Statutes , 1 . In the event that the recipient expends a total amount of State financial assistance equal to or in excess of $ 300, 000 in any fiscal year of such recipient, the recipient must have a State single or project-specific audit for such fiscal year in accordance with Section 215 . 97, Florida Statutes; applicable rules of the Executive Office of the Governor and the Comptroller; and Chapters 10 . 550 ( local governmental entities) or 10 . 650 ( nonprofit and for-profit organizations), Rules of the Auditor General . EXHIBIT 1 to this Agreement indicates State financial assistance awarded through the Department of Environmental Protection by this Agreement. In determining the State financial assistance expended in its fiscal year, the recipient shall consider all sources of State financial assistance, including State financial assistance received from the Department of Environmental ' Protection, other state agenciesi and other nonstate entities. State financial assistance does not include Federal direct or pass-through awards and resources received by a nonstate entity for Federal program matching requirements. 2. In connection with the audit requirements addressed in Part II, paragraph 1, the recipient shall ensure that the audit complies - with the requirements of Section 215. 97(7), Florida Statutes . This includes submission of a financial reporting package as defined by Section 215 . 97(2)(d), Florida Statutes, and Chapters 10 . 550 ( local governmental entities) or 10 . 650 ( nonprofit and for-profit organizations), Rules of the Auditor General , 3 . If the recipient expends less than $ 300,000 in State financial assistance in its fiscal year, an audit conducted in accordance with the provisions of Section 215 .97, Florida Statutes, is not required . In the event that the recipient expends less than $ 300,000 in State financial assistance in its fiscal year and elects to have an audit conducted in accordance with the provisions of Section 215 . 97, Florida Statutes, the cost of the audit must be paid from the non-State entity's resources ( i .e., the cost of such an audit must be paid from the recipient's resources obtained from other than State entities) . 4 . For information regarding the Florida Catalog of State Financial Assistance (CFSA), a recipient should access the Florida Single Audit Act website located at http : //sun6 . dms . state . fl . usEsaa/catalog htm or the Governor's Office of Policy and Budget website located at http : //www . eoa .state . fl . us/ for assistance. In addition to the above websites, the following websites may be accessed for information : Legislature's Website http : //www, lea . state . fl . ust,. Governor's Website http : //www .flgov. com/,, Department of Banking and Finance's Website http : //www , dbf. state .fl . us/ , and the Auditor General's Website http : //www , state .fl . us/audgen . ' PART III : OTHER AUDIT REQUIREMENTS (NOTE.• This part would be used to specify any additional audit requirements imposed by the State awarding entity that are solely a matter of that State awarding entitys policy (i. e., the audit is not required by Federal or State laws and is not in conflict with other Federal or State audit requirements) . Pursuant to Section 215. 97(7)(m), Florida Statutes, State agencies may conduct or arrange for audits of State financial assistance that are in addition to audits conducted in accordance with Section 215. 97, Florida Statutes, In such an event, the State awarding agency must arrange for funding the full cost of such additional audits:) PART IV : REPORT SUBMISSION 1 . Copies of reporting packages for audits conducted in accordance with OMB Circular A- 133, as revised, and required by PART I of this Agreement shall be submitted, when required by Section . 320 (d ), OMB Circular A- 133, as revised , by or on behalf of the recipient directly to each of the following : 1 DEP Contract No. WM836, Attachment E, Page 2 of 5 A. The Department of Environmental Protection at each of the following address : Audit Director Florida Department of Environmental Protection Office of the Inspector General ( MS40) 2600 Blair Stone Road 1 Tallahassee, Florida 32399-2400 Be The Federal Audit Clearinghouse designated in OMB Circular A433, as revised (the number of copies required by Sections . 320 (d )( 1 ) and (2), OMB Circular A- 133, as revised, should be submitted to the Federal Audit Clearinghouse), at the following address : Federal Audit Clearinghouse Bureau of the Census 1201 East 10th Street Jeffersonville, IN 47132 co Other Federal agencies and pass-through entities in accordance with Sections . 320 (e) and (f), OMB Circular A433, as revised . 2. Pursuant to Section .320(f), OMB Circular A- 133, as revised, the recipient shall submit a copy of the reporting package described in Section .320(c), OMB Circular A433 , as revised, and any management letters issued by the auditor, to the Department of Environmental Protection at each of the following address : Audit Director Florida Department of Environmental Protection Office of the Inspector General (MS40) 2600 Blair Stone Road Tallahassee, Florida 32399-2400 3 . Copies of financial reporting packages required by PART II of this Agreement shall be submitted by or on behalf of the recipient direl each of the following : A. The Department of Environmental Protection at each of the following address : Audit Director Florida Department of Environmental Protection Office of the Inspector General ( MS40) 2600 Blair Stone Road Tallahassee, Florida 32399-2400 Be The Auditor General's Office at the following address : State of Florida Auditor General Room 401, Claude Pepper Building 111 West Madison Street Tallahassee, Florida 32399- 1450 4 . Copies of reports or management letters required by PART III of this Agreement shall be submitted by or on behalf of the recipient directly to the Department of Environmental Protection at each of the following address : ' DEP Contract No. WM836, Attachment E. Page 3 of 5 Audit Director Florida Department of Environmental Protection Office of the Inspector General ( MS40) 2600 Blair Stone Road Tallahassee, Florida 32399-2400 5 . Any reports, management letters, or other information required to be submitted to the Department of Environmental Protection pursuant to this Agreement shall be submitted timely in accordance with OMB Circular A433, Florida Statutes, or Chapters 10 . 550 ( local governmental entities) or 10 . 650 ( nonprofit and for-profit organizations), Rules of the Auditor General, as applicable . 6 . Recipients, when submitting financial reporting packages to the Department of Environmental Protection for audits done in accordance with OMB Circular A- 133, or Chapters 10 . 550 (local governmental entities) or 10 . 650 ( nonprofit and for-profit organizations), Rules of the Auditor General, should indicate the date that the reporting package was delivered to the recipient in correspondence accompanying the reporting package. PART V: RECORD RETENTION The recipient shall retain sufficient records demonstrating its compliance with the terms of this Agreement for a period of 5 years from the date the audit report is issued, and shall allow the Department of Environmental Protection, or its designee, Comptroller, or Auditor General access to such records upon request. The recipient shall ensure that audit working papers are made available to the Department of 1 Environmental Protection, or its designee, Comptroller, or Auditor General upon request for a period of 5 years from the date the audit report is issued, unless extended in writing by the Department of Environmental Protection . REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK DEP Contract No. WM836, Attachment E, Page 4 of 5 EXHiuff — l FUNDS AWARDED TO THE RECIPIENT PURSUANT TO THIS AGREEMENT CONSIST OF THE FOLLOWING : Federal Resources Awarded to the Re ci ient Pursuant to this Agreement Consist of the Following : Federal State Program CFDA Appropriation Number Federal Agency Number CFDA Title Fundin Amount Cate o Original Environmental ry Contract Protection Agency 66 . 460 Nonpoint Source Implementation Grants $2641000e00 140076 State Resources Awarded to the Reci lent Pursuant to this Agreement Consist of the Following MatchingResources for Federal Pro rams: Federal Program State Number Federal Agency CFDA Appropriation CFDA Title Fundin Amount -Category State Resources Awarded to the Reci lent Pursuant to this A reement Consist of the Following Resources Subject to Section 215 .97 F.S. : Catalog of State Financial CSFA Title State State State Assistance or Appropriation Program Funding Source Fiscal Year Number Funding Source Description Funding Amount Category Number Total Award $2641000v00 For each program identified above, the recipient shall comply with the program requirements described in the Federal Catalog of Domestic Assistance (CFDA) [http • //asoe os dhhs,qov/cfdal and/or the Florida Catalog of State Financial Assistance (CFSA) [htto ://sun6.dms state fl us/fsaa/cataloa htm) . The services/purposes for which the funds are to be used are included in the Contract scope of services/work. Any match required by the recipient is clearly Indicated in the Contract. DEP Contract No. WM836, Attachment E. Page 5 of 5 ATTACHMENT F Approved by OMB 0348-0046 DISCLOSURE OF LOBBYING ACTIVITIES Complete this form to disclose lobbying activities pursuant to 31 U.S .C. 1352 (See reverse for public burden disclosure.) 1. Type of Federal Action: 2. Status of Federal Action: 3. Report Type: F1a. contract a bid/offer/application � a. initial filing b. grant b. initial award b. material change c. cooperative agreement c. post-award d. loan For Material Change Only: e. loan guarantee I f. loan insurance year quarter date of last report 4. Name and Address of Reporting Entity: 5. If Reporting Entity in No. 4 is Subawardee, Enter ]Name and Address of Prime: Prime Subawardee Tier if known: Congressional District, f known: Congressional District, if known: 6. Federal Department/Agency: 7. Federal Program Name/Descriptioa : CFDA Number, ifapplicable: 8. Federal Action Number, ifknown: 9, Award Amount, if known: S 10. a. Name and Address of Lobbying Entity b. Individuals Performing Services (including address if (if individual, last name, first name, MI): differentfrom No. 1 Da) (last name, first name, W): I attach Continuation Sheets SF-LLL-A i necessa 11. Information requested through this form is authorized by title 31 U.S.C. Signature: section 1352. This disclosure of lobbying activities is a material print Name representation of fact upon which reliance was placed by the tier above when this transaction was made or entered into. This disclosure is required pursuant to 31 U.S.C. 1352. This information will be reported to Title: Congress semi-annually and will be available for public inspection. Any person who fails to file the required disclosure shall be subject to a civil Telephone No. : Date: penalty of not less than $10,000 and not more than $ 100,000 for each such failure. Federal Use Only: Authorized for Local Reproduction Standard Form — LLL (Rev 7 — 97) DEP Contract No. WM836, Attachment F, Page I of 2 INSTRUCTIONS FOR COMPLETION OF SF-LLL, DISCLOSURE OF LOBBYING ACTIVITIES This disclosure form shall be completed by the reporting entity, whether subawardee or prime Federal recipient, at the initiation or receipt of a covered Federal action, or a material change to a previous filing, pursuant to title 31 ' U.S.C . section 1352 . The filing of a form is required for each payment or agreement to make payment to any lobbying entity for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any agency, a Member of Congress, an officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a Member of Congress in connection with a covered Federal action. Complete all items that apply for both the initial filing and material change report. Refer to the implementing guidance published by the Office of Management and Budget for additional information. 1 . Identify the type of covered Federal action for which lobbying activity is and/or has been secured to influence the outcome of a covered Federal action. 2 . Identify the status of the covered Federal action. 3. Identify the appropriate classification of this report. If this is a followup report caused by a material change to the information previously reported, enter the year and quarter in which the change occurred. Enter the date of the last previously submitted report by the reporting entity for this covered Federal action. 4 . Enter the full name, address, city, state and zip code of the reporting entity. Include Congressional District, if known. Check the appropriate classification of the reporting entity that designates if it is or expects to be, a prime or subaward recipient. Identify the tier of the subawardee, e.g., the first subawardee of the prime is the 1st tier. Subawards include but are not limited to subcontracts, subgrants and contract awards under grants. 5. If the organization filing the report in item 4 checks "Subawardee", then enter the full name, address, city, state and zip code of the prime Federal recipient. Include Congressional District, if known. �\ 6. Enter the name of the Federal agency making the award or loan commitment. Include at least one organizational level below agency name, if known. For example, Department of Transportation, United States Coast Guard. 7. Enter the Federal program name or description for the covered Federal action (item 1). If known, enter the full Catalog of Federal Domestic Assistance (CFDA) number for grants, cooperative agreements, loans, and loan commitments. 8. Enter the most appropriate Federal identifying number available for the Federal action identified in item 1 (e.g., Request for Proposal (RFP) number; Invitation for Bid (IFB) number; grant announcement number; the contract, grant, or loan award number; the application/proposal control number assigned by the Federal agency) . Include prefixes, e.g., "RFP-DE-90-001 ." ' 9. For a covered Federal action where there has been an award or loan commitment by the Federal agency, enter the Federal amount of the award/loan commitment for the prime entity identified in item 4 or 5. 1 10. (a) Enter the full name, address, city, state and zip code of the lobbying entity engaged by the reporting entity identified in item 4 to influence the covered Federal action. (b) Enter the full names of the individual(s) performing services, and include full address if different from 10 (a) . Enter Last Name, First Name, and Middle Initial (NII). 11 . The certifying official shall sign and date the form, print his/her name, title and telephone number. Public reporting burden for this collection of information is estimated to average 30 minutes per response, including time for reviewing instructions, searching existing data sources, gathering and maintaining the data needed, and completing and reviewing the collection of information. Send comments regarding the burden estimate or any other aspect of this collection of information, including suggestions for reducing this burden, to the Office of Management and Budget, Paperwork Reduction Project (0348-0046), Washington, B.C. 20503. DEP Contract No. WM836, Attachment F, Page 2 of 2 INSTRUCTIONS FOR CERTIFICATION REGARDING DEBARMENT, SUSPENSION, INELIGIBILITY AND VOLUNTARY EXCLUSION- LOWER TIER FEDERALLY FUNDED TRANSACTIONS 1 . By signing and submitting this form, the certifying party is providing the certification set out below. 2. The certification in this clause is a material representation of fact upon which reliance was placed when this transaction was entered into. If it is later determined that the certifying party knowingly rendered an erroneous certification, in addition to other remedies available to the Federal Government, the Department of Environmental Protection (DEP) or agencies with which this transaction originated may pursue available remedies, including suspension and/or debarment. 1 3 . The certifying parparty provide immediate written notice to the person to which this contract is submitted if at any time the certifying party Teams that its certification was erroneous when submitted or has become erroneous by reason of changed circumstances. - - - - 4. he terms covered transaction, debarred, suspended, ineligible, lower tier covered transaction participant� g > P P >" person, primary �. covered transaction, principal, proposal, and voluntarily excluded, as used in this clause, have the meanings set out in the Definitions and Coverage sections of rules implementing Executive Order 12549. You may contact the person to which this contract is submitted for assistance in obtaining a copy of those regulations. 5 . The certifying party agrees by submitting this contract that, should the proposed covered transaction be entered into, it shall not knowingly enter into any lower tier contract, or other covered transaction with a person who is proposed for debarment under 48 lk CFR 9, stibpart 9 .4, debarred, suspended, declared ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from participation in this covered transaction, unless authorized by the DEP or agency with which this transaction originated. 6 . The certifying party further agrees by executing this contract that it will include this clause titled " Certification Regarding Debarment, Suspension, Ineligibility and Voluntary Exclusion-Lower Tier Covered Transaction," without modification, in all 1 contracts or lower tier covered transactions and in all solicitations for lower tier covered transactions. 7. A participant in a covered transaction may rely upon a certification of a prospective participant in a lower tier covered transaction that it is not is proposed for debarment under 48 CFR 9, subpart 9.4, debarred, suspended, ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from the covered transaction, unless it knows that the certification is erroneous. A participant may decide the method and frequency by which it determines the eligibility of its principals. Each participant may, but is not required to, check the Nonprocurement List (Telephone No. (202) 501 -4740 or (202) 501 -4873 .) 8 . Nothing contained in the foregoing shall be construed to require establishment of a system of records in order to render in good faith the certification required by this clause. The knowledge and information of a participant is not required to exceed that which is normally possessed by a prudent person in the ordinary course of business dealings. 9 . Except for transactions authorized under paragraph 5 of these instructions, if a participant in a covered transaction knowingly I enters into a lower tier covered transaction with a person who is proposed for debarment under 48 CFR 9, subpart 9 .4, suspended, debarred, ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from participation in this transaction, in addition to other remedies available to the Federal Government, the DEP or agency with which this transaction originated may pursue available remedies, including suspension and/or debarment. DEP FORM 55-220 (01/01 ) Page oft DEP Contract No. WM836, Attachment G, Page 2 of 2 ATTACHAIENT G ' CERTIFICATION REGARDING DEBARMENTS, SUSPENSION, INELIGIBILITY AND VOLUNTARY EXCLUSION-LOWER TIER FEDERALLY FUNDED TRANSACTIONS rDEP CONTRACT NO: WM836 1 . The undersigned hereby certifies that neither it nor its principals is presently debarred, suspended, proposed for debarment, rdeclared ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from participation in this transaction by any Federal department or agency. 2. The undersigned also certifies that it and its principals: (a) Have not within a three-year period preceding this certification been convicted of or had a civil judgment rendered against them for commission of fraud or a criminal offense in connection with obtaining, attempting to obtain, or performing a public (Federal, State or local) transaction or contract under a public transaction; violation of Federal or State anti-trust statutes or commission of embezzlement, theft, forgery, bribery, falsification or destruction of records, making false statements, or receiving stolen property. (b) Are not presently indicted for or otherwise criminally or civilly charged by a governmental entity (Federal, State or local) with commission of any of the offenses enumerated in paragraph 2.(a) of this Certification; and 1 (c) Have not within a three-year period preceding this certification had one or more public transactions (Federal, State or local) terminated for cause or default. 3 . Where the undersigned is unable to certify to any of the statements in this certification, an explanation shall be attached to this certification. r Dated this 6th day of _ _ AuquSt 20 02 By y Authorized 1ignature7Co actor , Typed Name/Title IL r ` do Contracto s Firm Name L a:5t`' F v Street Address Building, Suite Number rCity/State/Zip Code `7 7a • � • Qoo Area Code/Telephone Number Form DEP 55-220 (01/01) Page 1 of 2 DEP Contract No. WM836, Attachment G, Page 1 ort r e✓ ATTACHNIENT G CERTIFICATION REGARDING DEBARMENTS, SUSPENSION, INELIGIBILITY AND VOLUNTARY EXCLUSION-LOWER TIER FEDERALLY FUNDED TRANSACTIONS DEP CONTRACT NO: V M836 1 . The undersigned hereby certifies that neither it nor its principals is presently debarred, suspended, proposed for debarment, declared ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from participation in this transaction by any Federal department or agency. 2. The undersigned also certifies that it and its principals: (a) Have not within a three-year period preceding this certification been convicted of or had a civil judgment gment rendered against them for commission of fraud or a criminal offense in connection with obtaining, attempting to obtain, or performing a public (Federal, State or local) transaction or contract under a public transaction; violation of Federal or State anti-trust statutes or commission of embezzlement, theft, forgery, bribery, falsification or destruction of records, inking false statements, or receiving stolen property. (b) Are not presently indicted for or otherwise criminally or civilly charged by a governmental entity (Federal, State or local) with commission of any of the offenses enumerated in paragraph 2. (a) of this Certification; and (c) Have not within a three-year period preceding this certification had one or more public transactions (Federal, State or 1 local) terminated for cause or default. 3 . Where the undersigned is unable to certify to any of the statements in .this certification, an explanation shall be attached to this certification. Dated this 6th day of August 2002 By 200.70 Authorized Signature/ ontractor kj'*1 1003 10 • Typed Nam itle tv � ontractor's Firm Name Street Address Building, Suite Number YP12 IIP 7'' 4 LICZ L�o ' - City/State/Zip Code 7 ' bah Area Code/Telephone Number Form DEP 55-220 (Ol/Ol) Page 1 of 2 ' DEP Contract No. WM836, Attachment G, Page l of 2 7b'l1Nb'W S, 2/0103dSNl 702/1N0D � 1N3W/03S ONb' NO/S0213 b'O1Z107:7 � 3H1 JO A0211N0O N0I1V1N3W143S ' aNV NOIS0213 2lOJ S33I13b21d 1N3W30VNVW 1S381Y V 2131dVH3 � � 8 XIab�N3dd1 1 1 1 1 Florida Erosion and Sediment Control Inspector's Manual CHAPTER 4 BEST MANAGEMENT PRACTICES 4 FOR EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL 4 . 01 IMPORTANCE OF CONSTRUCTION SEQUENCING 1 4. 02 POLLUTION SOURCE CONTROLS ON CONSTRUCTION SITES 3 4. 03 TEMPORARY GRAVEL CONSTRUCTION ENTRANCE 7 4. 04 CONSTRUCTION ROAD STABILIZATION 11 4 . 05 STRAW BALE BARRIER 13 4. 06 SILT FENCE 21 4 . 07 BRUSH BARRIER 31 4 . 08 STORMDRAIN INLET PROTECTION 33 4 . 15 TEMPORARY DIVERSION DIKE 55 4 . 16 TEMPORARY FILL DIVERSION 59 4 . 17 TEMPORARY RIGHT-OF-WAY DIVERSION 63 4 .25 TEMPORARY SEDIMENT TRAP 67 1 4 .26 TEMPORARY SEDIMENT BASIN 79 4 . 30 TEMPORARY SLOPE DRAIN 99 4 . 38 TEMPORARY CHECK DAMS 105 4 . 40 DEWATERING 113 ' 4 . 45 FLOATING TURBIDITY BARRIER 115 ' CHAPTER NOTE Effective control of erosion and sedimentation depends on the proper use of a number of ' specific best management practices ( BMP's) . Each of these has a correct application , installation , and maintenance requirement. This chapter provides a 'toolbox" of BMP's with instructions for their use. Always remember that the rules are performance based . Implementation according to this manual is no guarantee of success , nor is it a constraint to prevent the use of other more efficient or cost effective measures . Chapter 4 .• Best Management Practices for Erosion and Sediment Control 4 . 01 IMPORTANCE OF CONSTRUCTION SEQUENCING Definition Coordinating the construction schedule to minimize the amount of area disturbed at any one time and coordinating land clearing with the installation of erosion control measures . Purpose To minimize the amount of disturbed area , thereby reducing erosion potential . Condition where Practice Applies This practice applies to all construction projects . The level of planning and management necessary to minimize erosion and control sedimentation adequately is dependent upon the size , location , and complexity of the construction site . Planning Considerations The key to efficient and cost-effective erosion control is to plan construction activities in phases to reduce the erosion potential of the site . By clearing only areas that are to be developed , only limited areas of land are disturbed , making it much easier to prevent and control erosion than if the entire site were exposed at once. On larger projects sub- phases should be used to minimize the area of exposed soil . Before site disturbance occurs perimeter controls , sediment traps , basins , and diversions should be in place to control runoff and capture sediments . Prioritize disturbed areas in the vicinity of water bodies, wetlands , steep grades , long slopes , etc. for effective stabilization within seven days of disturbance . Graded areas that will not be worked on should be seeded and mulched immediately, rather than waiting until all project grading is done. A well-planned and well - maintained construction entrance with stabilized construction roads can prevent offsite sedimentation , keep sediments off of roads , minimize complaints from neighbors , and reduce future expenses and aggravation . Land disturbing activities are best scheduled during periods of low precipitation . Generally,. Florida's wet season occurs from May to November with a dry season from November to May. Check with your local Water Management District (WMD) or Florida Department of Transportation ( FDOT) office for more precise information in your area . Specifications Management of construction projects can be viewed in three phases . Phase / is the initial installation of perimeter controls , sediment traps , basins , and diversions prior to site development. Phase // is an interim stormwater management plan whereby components of the permanent stormwater management system are constructed and connected to the stormwater facilities as the site is developed . Phase I// is the finished product and should perform as such . 4ml Florida Erosion and Sediment Control Inspector's Manual Phase This is the first construction related activity to occur on any site . Installation of initial controls shall be discussed at the pre-construction conference . The contractor and the inspector should understand the inspection and maintenance requirements of the specified BMPs , as well as the location and proper installation procedures . Offsite runoff should be diverted around the project if stabilized areas , adequate conveyance , and/or protected inlets are available . Sediment traps and basins should be built to receive the anticipated runoff and sediments . A temporary sediment basin in the location of the permanent stormwater facility makes efficient use of space and simplifies future tasks . Perimeter controls and diversions must be installed to keep sediments onsite and directed to the traps and basins . As clearing and grading progresses , temporary seeding and mulching should follow immediately for areas which will not be worked for a period of seven days or more . ( Phase 11 This phase is the interim phase of the project . The permanent stormwater ' management system is constructed in conjunction with the other construction activities . Before runoff is directed into it, the system must be properly stabilized . Additionally it must be protected from sedimentation until completion of the project. jAs the stormwater facilities are constructed , they should also be kept free of sediments. Special care must be taken if stormwater ponds are used as temporary sediment basins to ensure complete removal of accumulated sediments which ' would reduce stormwater storage volume and cause premature clogging . If possible , design and excavate the sediment basin bottom 6" to 12 " ( 15 - 30 cm) higher than the eventual pond bottom . Land disturbance should occur only in areas which are being actively worked . Graded areas should be seeded and mulched immediately if they will not be worked for a period of seven days or more . ' A regular maintenance program should insure inspection and maintenance of BMPs by the contractor weekly and/or after significant rain events . Any failures should be analyzed to prevent recurrence . Substantial changes to the approved plan must be made or reviewed by the designer and approved by the appropriate regulatory agency. Phase III This is the completed project . The entire stormwater management system should be built according to the approved plans . Substantial deviations from the plan may require revisions by the design professional , reapproval by the regulatory agency, ' and/or reconstruction by the contractor. The system must also function as designed and in compliance with applicable regulatory criteria . Any previously unforeseen activities which could compromise the function or maintainability of the system should be addressed immediately. 4-2 Chapter 4 - Best Management Practices for Erosion and Sediment Control 4 . 02 POLLUTION SOURCE CONTROLS ON CONSTRUCTION SITES ( SW BMP IN) Definition Minimizing nonpoint source pollution from construction sites through good management and " housekeeping " techniques . Purpose To reduce the availability of construction - related pollutants which can contaminate runoff water and , where runoff contamination cannot be avoided, to retain pollutants and polluted water on the site . Conditions Where Practice Applies This practice applies to all construction projects . The level of planning and management necessary to control nonpoint source pollution adequately is dependent upon the size and complexity of the construction site . Planning Considerations Construction activities , by their nature , create many sources of potential pollutants which can contaminate runoff and thereby affect the quality of downstream receiving waters . Accelerated erosion and sedimentation caused by land-disturbing activities are the major pollution problems caused by construction . There are , however, many other potential pollutants associated with construction activities such as gasoline , oils , grease , paints , cements , and solvents , to name only a few. Even relatively non-toxic materials such as paper and cardboard can be classified as potential pollutants when they are washed into streams and lakes . The best way to prevent nonpoint source pollution on construction sites is to use " good housekeeping " practices , which usually entails simply maintaining the site in a neat and orderly condition . Specific practices should be employed to retain runoff and to deal with toxic substances and materials . An overall plan for the control of nonpoint source pollution is advisable so that control measures can be specified and implemented effectively. Following are some elements which should be considered in nonpoint source pollution control planning on a construction site : 1 ) Erosion and Sediment Controls Practices which minimize erosion and retain sediment on site are effective in controlling many other nonpoint source pollutants associated with construction activities as well . Development and implementation of a good erosion and sediment control plan is a key factor in controlling nonpoint source pollutants other than sediment on a construction site . 4- 3 Florida Erosion and Sediment Control Inspector' s Manual 2 ) Equipment Maintenance and Repair Maintenance and repair of construction machinery and equipment should be confined to l - ` areas specifically designated for that purpose . Such areas should be located and ' designed so that oils , gasoline , grease , solvents and other potential pollutants cannot be washed directly into receiving streams , stormwater conveyance systems , or existing and potential wellfields . These areas should be provided with adequate waste disposal receptacles for liquid and solid wastes . Maintenance areas should be inspected and cleaned daily. On a construction site where designated equipment maintenance areas are not feasible , exceptional care should be taken during each individual repair or maintenance operation to prevent potential pollutants from becoming available to be washed into streams or ' conveyance systems . Temporary waste disposal receptacles should be provided and emptied as required . 3 ) Storm Sewer Inlet Protection Inlets to storm sewers should be protected by suitable filtering devices during construction ' to keep pollutants from entering conveyance systems . See STORM DRAIN INLET PROTECTION = Section 4 . 08 ( ES BMP 1 . 08) . 4) Waste Collection and Disposal A plan should be formulated for the collection and disposal of waste materials on a construction site . Such a plan should designate locations for trash and waste receptacles and establish a specific collection schedule. Methods for ultimate disposal of waste should be specified and carried out according to applicable local and state health and safety regulations . Special provisions should be made for the collection , storage , and disposal of liquid wastes and toxic or hazardous materials . Receptacles and other waste collection areas should be kept neat and orderly to the extent possible . Trash cans should have lids and dumpsters should have covers to prevent rainwater from entering . Waste should not be allowed to overflow its container or accumulate for excessively long periods of time . Trash collection points should be located where they will least likely be affected by concentrated stormwater runoff. 5 ) Demolition Areas Demolition projects usually generate large amounts of dust with significant concentrations of heavy metals and other toxic pollutants. Dust control techniques should be used to limit the transport of the airborne pollutants . However, water or slurry used to control dust should be retained on the site and not be allowed to run directly into watercourses or stormwater conveyance systems . 6 ) Washing Areas Vehicles such as cement or dump trucks and other construction equipment should not be washed at locations where the runoff will flow directly into a watercourse or stormwater 44 Chapter 4 : Best Management Practices for Erosion and Sediment Control conveyance system . Special areas should be designated for washing vehicles . These areas should be located where the wash water will spread out and evaporate or infiltrate directly into the ground , or where the runoff can be collected in a temporary holding or seepage basin . Wash areas should have gravel bases to minimize mud generation . 7) Storage of Construction Materials , Chemicals . Etc . Sites where chemicals , cements , solvents , paints , or other potential water pollutants are to be stored , should be isolated in areas where they will not cause runoff pollution . Toxic chemicals and materials , such as pesticides , paints , and acids, should be stored according to manufacturers' guidelines. Overuse should be avoided and great care should be taken to prevent accidental spillage. Containers should never be washed in or near flowing streams or stormwater conveyance systems . Groundwater resources should be protected from leaching by placing a plastic mat , tar paper, or other impervious materials on any areas where toxic liquids are to be opened and stored . 8) Sanitary Facilities All construction sites should be provided with adequate sanitary facilities for workers according to applicable health regulations . 9) Dust Control The use of calcium chloride , oils , or other chemical dust control agents on construction roads should be avoided . Periodic watering of these areas is a preferred alternative. 10) Dewatering Many improvements such as underground utilities , foundations , and stormwater management facilities require removal and disposal of water from excavations . A detailed discussion of this practice follows in DEWATERING - Section 4 . 40 . 4- 5 9-t� k 4 •)fuelq A11euoiJuaJui 4Ia1 96ed s a ranuew s ,jol�a sub 10a}u60 ivawipas puE uoisa3 ep !� � I � Chapter 4 - Best Management Practices for Erosion and Sediment Control 4 . 03 TEMPORARY GRAVEL CONSTRUCTION ENTRANCE & EXIT ( ES BMP 1 . 01 ) Definition A stone stabilized pad located at points of vehicular ingress and egress on a construction site . Purpose To stabilize entrances to the construction site and reduce the amount of sediment transported onto public roads by motor vehicles or runoff. Conditions Where Practice Applies Wherever traffic will be leaving a construction site and moving directly onto a public road or other paved area. Planning Considerations Construction entrances provide an area where mud can be removed from construction vehicle tires before they enter a public road . If the action of the vehicle traveling over the gravel pad is not sufficient to remove most of the mud , then the tires must be washed before the vehicle enters a public road . If washing is used , provisions must be made to intercept the wash water and trap the sediment before it is carried off-site . Construction entrances should be used in conjunction with the stabilization of construction roads to reduce the amount of mud picked up by construction vehicles . Design Criteria Aaamate Size FDOT No . 1 Coarse Aggregate ( 1 . 5 - 3 . 5 inch stone) (4 - 9 cm) should be used . Wood chips may be used for single family residential construction , provided that they can be prevented from floating away in a storm . Entrance Dimensions The aggregate layer must be at least 6 inches ( 15 cm) thick. It must extend the full width of the vehicular ingress and egress area. The length of the entrance must be at least 50 feet (20 m ) . The entrance must widen at its connection to the roadway in order to accommodate the turning radius of large trucks . (See Plate 4 . 03a) 4-7 DIVERSION - . RaiMUIREv - _ GRADE I EXCEEDS / - &REATE EXISTING PAVE - • - . n—a—Il—{{ ��={{={�— {- =u- •::--n:1={�.0 SECTIONFILTER FABRIC NOTEs USE SAINMAC75, 5TRMSALES (STRAH BALE TYPE SHOP" TO CrHANNELIZE RUNOFF • BASIN SUPPLY AATM . _ do ►�� FLOW , JZ�0 will �_ .y • /��� st� • -�� %112VAD ry ` Cc) � �a• , ' � •�". _ _ , � AGGREGATE \ Lu MINe 6 " THICK CL is�T A`�. � . r �;Y_.•`Y/ _ r. - A!I .c -Y'�*�.,z • \'•i•M�-^G.. 1'� � - .� \ �=� r -_'�;,. ' 1�-_�C.�. ' 7� - :�' DIVERSION _ _ _ I _ Lu • PLAN Nolmso LL BE CLEANED 1 . THE ENTRANCE 5HALL SM MAINTAINED IN A 2' KLfEN NECESSARY, P+ ELS SHA PRIOR • - r PUBLIC - Jr CONDM • - -a - � - -a -<q1 - 17ONE ON - - <�ICRUSHED STONE O �< t, -1 - SM MENT I - TRAP -<rz - - I I - cLeAfkovr I . Aw m_ - SEDIMENT BASIN. USED To - I DNA • • • • • • • r -- Frqlzwt _ « - l _ - Florida Erosion and Sediment Control Inspector's Manual Washing If conditions on the site are such that most of the mud is not removed by the vehicles traveling over the gravel , then the tires of the vehicles must be washed before entering a public road . Wash water must be carried away from the entrance to a settling area to remove sediment ( See Plate 4 . 03b) . A wash rack may also be used to make washing more convenient and effective (See Plate 4 . 03c) . Location ' The entrance should be located to provide for maximum utility by all construction vehicles . Construction Specifications The area of the entrance should be cleared of all vegetation , roots , and other objectionable material . A geotextile should be laid down to improve stability and simplify maintenance . The gravel shall then be placed over the geotextile to the specified dimensions . Any drainage facilities required because of washing should be constructed according to approved specifications . If wash racks are used , they should be installed according to manufacturer's specifications . Maintenance The entrance shall be maintained in a condition which will prevent tracking or flow of mud onto public rights-of-way. This may require periodic top dressing with 2- inch (5 cm) stone , as conditions demand , and repair and/or clean out of any structures used to trap sediments. All materials spilled , dropped, washed , or tracked from vehicles onto roadways or into storm drains must be removed immediately. Look for signs of trucks and trailered equipment "cutting comers" where the gravel meets the roadway. Sweep the paved road daily for sediments and stones . �..:. L • ..W Nwr. ilBlY.s . I..O. rl • Il�..b.n. ISN - - -NOW 1rM r.. rr AL1PM Plate 4 .03c Construction Entrance with Wash Rack Source : 1983 Maryland Standards for Soil Erosion and Sediment Control 4= 10 Chapter 4 - Best Management Practices for Erosion and Sediment Control 4 . 04 CONSTRUCTION ROAD STABILIZATION ( ES BMP 1 . 02 ) Definition The temporary stabilization of access roads , subdivision roads , parking areas , and other on -site vehicle transportation routes with stone immediately after grading . Purposes 1 . To reduce the erosion and degradation of temporary roadbeds by construction traffic, especially during wet weather. 2 . To reduce the erosion and minimize regrading of permanent roadbeds between the time of initial grading and final stabilization . Conditions Where Practice Applies Wherever stone-base roads or parking areas are constructed , whether permanent or temporary, for use by construction traffic. Planning Considerations Areas which are graded for construction vehicle transport and parking purposes are especially susceptible to erosion . The exposed soil surface is continually disturbed , leaving no opportunity for vegetative stabilization . Such areas also tend to collect and transport runoff waters along their surfaces . During wet weather, they often become muddy quagmires which generate significant quantities of sediment that may pollute nearby streams or be transported off-site on the wheels of construction vehicles . Dirt roads can become so unstable during wet weather that they are virtually unusable . Permanent roads and parking areas should be paved as soon as possible after grading . However, it is understandable that funds for this purpose may not be available in the early phases of the development project. As an alternative , the early application of stone may solve potential erosion and stability problems and eliminate later regrading costs . Immediate stabilization of such areas with stone may cost more money initially, but it may actually save money over the life of the project by increasing the usefulness of the road during wet weather. Some of the stone will also probably remain in place for use as part of the final base course of the road , thereby offsetting the initial expenditure . Specifications Temporary Access Roads and Parking Areas 1 . Temporary roads shall follow the contour of the natural terrain to the extent possible . Slopes should not exceed 10 percent . 2 . Temporary parking areas should be located on naturally flat areas to minimize grading . Grades should be sufficient to provide drainage but should not exceed 4- 11 Florida Erosion and Sediment Control Inspector's Manual 4 percent . 3 . Roadbeds shall be at least 14 feet. 5 . 5 m wide for one-wa traffic and 20 fee ( ) Y t ( 8 m ) wide for two-way traffic . 4 . All cuts and fills shall have side slopes that are p stable for the particular soil . Slopes of 2 : 1 or flatter are recommended for clay soils , and slopes of 3 : 1 or flatter are recommended for sandy soils . 5 . Stormwater system shall be provided as needed and shall be designed and constructed according to applicable regulations . 6 . The roadbed or parking surface shall be cleared of all vegetation , roots , and other objectionable material . 7. A 6 inch ( 15 cm ) course of FDOT No . 1 aggregate shall be applied immediately after grading or the completion of utility installation within the right-of-way. Filter fabric may be applied to the roadbed for additional stability according to the fabric manufacturer's specifications . Permanent Roads and Parking Areas Permanent roads and parking areas shall be designed and constructed according to applicable FDOT or local criteria except that an initial base course of gravel of at least 6 inches ( 15 cm) shall be applied immediately following grading . Vegetation ' All roadside ditches , cuts , fills and disturbed areas adjacent to parking areas and roads shall be stabilized with appropriate temporary or permanent vegetation according to the applicable vegetative practices contained in this handbook. Maintenance Both temporary and permanent roads and parking areas may require periodic top dressing with new gravel . Seeded areas adjacent to the roads and parking areas should be ' checked periodically to insure that a vigorous stand of vegetation is maintained. Roadside ditches and other drainage structures should be checked regularly to insure that they do not become clogged with silt or other debris . ' 4- 12 Chapter 4 - Best Management Practices for Erosion and Sediment Control 4 . 05 STRAW BALE BARRIER ( ES BMP 1M) Definition A temporary sediment barrier consisting of a row of entrenched and anchored straw bales . Purposes 1 . To intercept and detain small amounts of sediment from disturbed areas of limited extent . 2 . To decrease the velocity of sheet flows and low-to-moderate level channel flows . Conditions Where Practice Applies 1 . Below disturbed areas subject to sheet and rill erosion . 2 . Where the size of the drainage area is no greater than 1 /4 acre per 100 feet ( 1 . 3 ha/100 m) of barrier length ; the maximum slope length behind the barrier is 100 feet ( 30 m) ; and the maximum slope gradient behind the barrier is 50 percent (2: 1 ) . 3 . In minor swales or ditch lines where the maximum contributing drainage area is no greater than 2 acres (0 . 8 ha) . 4 . Where effectiveness is required for less than 3 months . 5 . Under no circumstances should straw bale barriers be constructed in streams or in swales where there is a possibility of a washout. Planning. Considerations Improper use of straw bale barriers has been a major problem . Straw bale barriers have been used in streams and drainageways where high water velocities and volumes have destroyed or impaired their effectiveness . Improper placement and installation of the barriers , such as staking the bales directly to the ground with no soil seal or entrenchment, has allowed undercutting and end flow. This has resulted in additions instead of removal of sediment from runoff waters. Finally, inadequate maintenance lowers the effectiveness of these barriers . Trapping efficiencies of carefully installed straw bale barriers on one project in Virginia dropped from 57 percent to 16 percent in one month due to lack of maintenance . There are serious questions about the continued use of straw bale barriers as they are presently installed and maintained . Averaging approximately $3 to $6 per linear foot installed ($ 10 to $20 / m) the thousands of straw bale barriers used annually in Florida represent sufficient expense that optimum installation procedures should be emphasized . If such procedures are carefully followed , straw bale barriers can be quite effective . 4- 13 Florida Erosion and Sediment Control Inspector's Manual 7 - — NMI Saovow snwn in Isis onsrf are Owed on FLOW RATES ( CFS ) VWWMI/:ea aQn°piens and sloua be adjus/ee Very Lignl 05 wed an *owl site perlorm•ve or mwellac s • b mneufalions. Yodende >• /a < 13 Memy > is 425 6 Very Howl > 25 e 40 t LEGEND + floe SOILS l Sons Coneslve Non - Coneslve . . 1 + Firm Ldan iMie Sone `` - - Cloy Sones Course Sand 5 ` Cloys Groveu \ L �, I Hardpans Sandy Loom \ I Silt loam I \% 1 x 4 `\ w1 3 — • ib s ` ' C6o • 2 hyo 'eai� ' i • C 0 - Consider We or rosparoory See 1 50 1017 150 200 250 300 350 400 Spacing ( in Feet ) CHAR T I. ' RECOMMENDED SPACING FOR TYPE I AND TYPE II HAY BALE BARRIERS , AND TYPE III SILT FENCES Plate 4. 05a FDOT Standard Index 102 , Chart 1 Source : FDOT Erosion and Sediment Control Handbook ' 4- 14 Chapter 4 - Best Management Practices for Erosion and Sediment Control Binding Wire Staked and Entrenched or Twine Straw Bale Compacted Soil to Prevent Piping Filtered Runoff l Sediment Laden 1 Runoff Properly Installed Straw Bale (Cross-Section) 1 . Excavate the Trench 2 Place and Stake Straw Bales Angle First Stake Toward Previously Laid Bale Flow —� 40 0 / Bale Width dOO �+ �y �� 4. Backfill and Compact the 3. Wedge Loose Straw Between Between Bales Excavated Soil Construction of Straw Bale Barrier Plate 4 .05b Construction of a Straw Bale Barrier Source : NRCS 4- 15 Florida Erosion and Sediment Control Inspector's Manual k BALES hUST BE TIGHTLY rx Lr STAN ASUTTM VITH NO CLAPS VEj ,GE L33SF STRAV SETVE_N BSS 4 ROES TIN 'slll$ulr" TVIAE/VIRE L EXCAVATE T1=1E TRENCH 2. PLACE AND STAKE STRAV BALES BAIL MATERLAL aE sQlalY�"' 3. BACIT LL AND COMPACT EXCAVATED SAIL STAKED AND E IRDEPIED 50 LB ! Tx 2 ,M= STAKE L492 i XIPOATE STRAV BALE ' F TVD�EivDZE CPAC7ED "SM TD PFEVW PIPM SEDD"ENr LADEN R.JC F FILTVaM SEEPAGE ala all: =Ua1 t _ pbU II�U a IN paro � 1 I� 1 I.a i Id IJ i I•a la i l l l 1I,I JIM 1!1 all "I U10 ' u u> •n6 6 DUES M ' CRESS - SECTION OF A PROPERLY INSTALLED STRAW BALE ' Plate 4 .05c Installation of Straw Bales Source : HydroDynamics , Inc . 4= 16 Chapter 4 - Best Management Practices for Erosion and Sediment Control Design Criteria A formal design is not required for many small projects and for minor or incidental applications . For larger projects refer to Figure 4 . 05a ( FDOT Standard Index 102 , Chart 1 ) for guidance on recommended spacing . Construction Specifications Sheet Flow Applications 1 . Bales shall be placed in a single row, lengthwise on the contour, with ends of adjacent bales tightly abutting each other. 2 . All bales shall be either wire- bound or string-tied . Straw bales shall be installed so that bindings are oriented around the sides rather than along the tops and bottoms of the bales (in order to prevent deterioration of the bindings) . (See Plate 4 . 05b) 3 . The barrier shall be entrenched and backfilled . A trench shall be excavated the width of a bale and the length of the proposed barrier to a minimum depth of 4 inches 0 0 cm) . After the bales are staked and chinked, the excavated soil shall be backfilled against the barrier. Backfill soil shall conform to the ground level on the downhill side and shall be built up to 4 inches ( 10 cm) against the uphill side of the barrier (See Plate 4 . 05c) 4. Each bale shall be securely anchored by at least two 2 " x 2 " (5 cm x 5 cm) minimum wooden stakes or two #5 ( 16 mm) minimum rebars at least 3 feet (0. 9 m) driven through the bale . The first stake in each bale shall be driven toward the previously laid bale to force the bales together. Stakes or rebars shall be driven deep enough into the ground to securely anchor the bales . Straw bale barriers placed on paved surfaces may be secured by placing heavy sand bags on top , and/or by bracing with 2 x 4's (5 x 10 cm) . (See Plate 4 . 05d) 5 . The gaps between bales shall be chinked (filled by wedging) with straw to prevent water from escaping between the bales . (See Plate 4 . 05b) Loose straw scattered over the area immediately uphill from a straw bale barrier tends to increase barrier efficiency. 6 . When bales are installed at the toe of a slope, they should be placed away from the slope for increased storage capacity. (See Plate 4 . 05e) 7. Inspection shall be frequent and repair or replacement shall be made promptly as needed . 8 . Straw bale barriers shall be removed when they have served their usefulness , but not before the upslope areas have been permanently stabilized. 4- 17 Florida Erosion and Sediment Control Inspector' s Manual 4 1 1 5 - 6 MINNIE W r / EMBED 5TRAW BALE 4' MIN. Z,\ 9 V INTO 501L. X5�10 ' I SECTION u A - A . ' AN&LE STAKE TOWARD _ PREVIOUS BALE TO pow A PROVIDE TIGHT FIT e 04� 0/1 Owl' /T 410 SECTION 8 - B yDI=N STAKE � . OR REAR DRIVEN n4ROUSH BALE, ' 3 0 0 PLAN ' NOTES: I . THE STRAW BALES SHALL BE PLACID ' ON SLOPE CONTOUR. 2. BALES TO BE PLACID IN A ROW WITH THE ENDS T16MY AaLP IN6. USE STRAW, ROCKS, Plate 4. 054 Strata Sale Barrier OR FILTER FABRIC TO FILL SAM SET?eEN THE SALE5 AND TAMP Ti-E BACKFILL MATERIAL TO Source: Erosion Draw PRAT FR05ION OR PLOW AROUND SALES, Plate 4 .05d Straw Bale Barrier Source: Erosion Draw 4- 18 Chapter 4 - Best Management Practices for Erosion and Sediment Control Channel Flow Applications 1 . Bales shall be placed in a single row, lengthwise , oriented perpendicular to the contour , with ends of adjacent bales tightly abutting each other. 2 . The remaining steps for installing a straw bale barrier for sheet flow applications apply here , with the following addition . 3 . The barrier shall be extended to such a length that the bottoms of the end bales are higher in elevation than the top of the lowest middle bale to assure that sediment= laden runoff will flow either through or over the barrier, but not around it . ( See Plate 4 . 05f) Maintenance 1 . Straw bale barriers shall be inspected immediately after each rainfall and at least daily during prolonged rainfall . 2 . Close attention shall be paid to the repair of damaged bales , end runs and undercutting beneath bales . 3 . Necessary repairs to barriers or replacement of bales shall be accomplished promptly. 4 . Sediment deposits should be removed after each rainfall . They must be removed when the level of deposition reaches approximately one- half the height of the barrier. 5 . Any sediment deposits remaining in place after the straw bale barrier is no longer required shall be dressed to conform to the existing grade , prepared , and seeded . L qi 1�=1 ill i iu i i lift i li i Ali I cul I iu i i � u ul io ul ai�ul i p 19M ,,,~7 !WV8 Plate 4 . 05e Proper Placement of Straw Bales at the Toe of a Slope Source : HydroDynamics , Inc . 4= 19 •..�ii�d .�/'P ' _ pct+ _ w� ����'__J � i Points A • • • _ Higher PROPER . . . PLACEMENT • . Chapter 4 - Best Management Practices for Erosion and Sediment Control 4 . 06 SILT FENCE (ES BMP 1 . 06 ) Definition A temporary sediment barrier consisting of a filter fabric stretched across and attached to supporting posts and entrenched . There are two types . The silt fence is a temporary linear filter barrier constructed of synthetic filter fabric , posts , and , depending upon the strength of the fabric used , wire fence for support. The filter barrier is constructed of stakes and burlap or synthetic filter fabric . Purposes 1 . To intercept and detain small amounts of sediment from disturbed areas during construction operations . 2 . To decrease the velocity of sheet flows and low4o-moderate level channel flows . Conditions When Practice Applies 1 . Below disturbed areas where erosion would occur in the form of sheet and rill erosion . 2 . Where the size of the drainage area is no more than 1 /4 acre per 100 feet ( 1 . 3 ha / 100 m) of silt fence length ; the maximum slope length behind the barrier is 100 feet (30 m) ; and the maximum gradient behind the barrier is 50 percent (21 ) . 3 . In minor swales or ditch lines where the maximum contributing drainage area is no greater than 2 acres (0 . 8 ha) . 4 . Under no circumstances should silt fences be constructed in live streams or in swales or ditch lines where flows are likely to exceed one cubic foot per second (cfs) (0 . 03 m3 / sec . ) . See Design Criteria for further clarification . Planning Considerations Silt fences can trap a much higher percentage of suspended sediments than can straw bales and may be preferable to straw barriers in many cases . While the failure rate of silt fences is lower than that of straw barriers , this failure rate is still due mainly to improper installation . The most effective application is to install two parallel silt fences spaced a minimum of three feet apart. The installation and maintenance methods outlined here can improve performance . Filter barriers are inexpensive structures composed of burlap or standard weight synthetic filter fabric stapled to wooden stakes . Flow rates through burlap filter barriers are slightly slower and filtering efficiency is significantly higher than for straw bale barriers . 4-21 ' Florida Erosion and Sediment Control Inspector's Manual ' i ' 7 nOT£s SooeNgs shorn in this chart are based an FLOW RATES ( CFS 1 generalized oandi/ions and should be edyasted very Light 05 based an ..hunt site perlaraanee of hydsovtie UW > 5 010 amomfayialm Moderate > A w15 Newry a 15 425 ' Very Keary a 25440 6 1 LEGEND ibar SOILS l Sala Cohesive Non - Cohesive . 1 Flrm Loam Fin• Sand Clay Sands Carse Sand 5 Clays Gravels t ♦ Nardpons Sandy loam \ \ ' \ \ Silt Loan \ WO ` \♦ ` e \♦ 1 ♦ 41 ♦♦ 3 Ar c a, Sly o� • 2 , e h'epy ed/r C� env • ---� Cansider rise Of ' Tegoorery Sad 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 ' Spacing fin Feel l CHART I ' RECOMMENDED SPACING FOR TYPE I AND TYPE H HAY BALE BARRIERS. AND TYPE III SILT FENCES Plate 4.06a FDOT Standard Index 102 , Chart 1 Source: FDOT Roadway and Traffic Design Standards 4-22 Chapter 4 - Best Management Practices for Erosion and Sediment Control Silt fences composed of a wire support fence and an attached synthetic filter fabric slow the flow rate significantly but have a higher filtering efficiency than burlap . Both woven and non -woven synthetic fabrics are commercially available . The woven fabrics generally display higher strength than the non-woven fabrics . When tested under acid and alkaline water conditions , most of the woven fabrics increase in strength . There are a variety of reactions among the non-woven fabrics . The same is true of testing under extensive ultraviolet radiation . Permeability rates vary regardless of fabric type . While all of the fabrics demonstrate very high filtering efficiencies for sandy sediments , there is considerable variation among both woven and non-woven fabrics when filtering the finer silt and clay particles . Design Criteria No formal design is required for many small projects and for minor, and incidental applications . For channel flow aplications refer to FDOT Standard Index 102 , Chart 1 ( Plate , 4 . 06a) ' for guidance on recommended spacing . 2 . Filter barriers shall have an expected usable life of 3 months . They are applicable in ditch lines , around drop inlets , and at temporary locations where continuous construction changes the earth contour and runoff characteristics and where low or moderate flows (not exceeding 1 cfs) (0 . 03 m3 / sec . ) are expected . 3 . Silt fences , because they have much lower permeability than burlap filter barriers , have their applicability limited to situations in which only sheet or overland flows are expected . They normally cannot filter the volumes of water generated by channel flows , and many fabrics do not have sufficient structural strength to support the weight of water ponded behind the fence line . Their expected usable life is 6 months . Construction Specifications Materials 1 . Synthetic filter fabric shall be a pervious sheet of propylene , nylon , polyester, or polyethylene yam . Synthetic filter fabric shall contain ultraviolet ray inhibitors and stabilizers to provide a minimum of 6 months of expected usable construction life at a temperature range of 0 ° F to 120 ° F (- 17C to 49C) . 2 . Burlap shall be 10 ounces per square yard (340 g/m2) fabric . 3 . Posts for silt fences shall be either 4 inch ( 10 cm) diameter wood , or 1 . 33 pounds per linear foot (2 kg/m ) steel with a minimum length of 5 feet ( 1 . 5 m) . Steel posts shall have projections for fastening wire to them . 4 . Stakes for filter barriers shall be 1 " x 2" (2 .5 x 5 cm) wood (preferred) , or equivalent metal with a minimum length of 3 feet (90 cm) . 4-23 ' I _y '�l • , l 1 ,t �`' • • + tlt � r . , t �11r/ � - '.1 t fit ' ,, � `t.� � •. • •t I•tt tt' . . i ` �,•' '�' 't, �t,` , �I SCI Set Stakes 2, Excavate a 4w x 47 Trench Upslope Along the Una of Stakes Row 3. Staple Filter Material to Stakes 4. Backfill and Compact the and Extend it into the Trench Excavated Soil SII •-�..�� Row �II•ill� J � J SKeet Flow Installation (Perspective View) Row f \\ Points Should • _ Kigher than Point B Chapter 4 - Best Management Practices for Erosion and Sediment Control 5 . Wire fence reinforcement for silt fences using standard strength filter cloth shall be a minimum of 36 inches (90 cm ) in height , a minimum of 14 gauge and shall have a maximum mesh spacing of 6 inches ( 15 cm ) . _m Sheet Flow Applications : Filter Barrier This sediment barrier may be constructed using burlap or standard strength synthetic filter fabric . It is designed for low or moderate flows not exceeding 1 cfs . (0 . 03 m' / sec . ) . (See Elate 4 . 06b) The height of a filter barrier shall be a minimum of 15 inches (38 cm) and shall not exceed 18 inches (45 cm) . 2 . Burlap or standard strength synthetic filter fabric shall be purchased in a continuous roll and cut to the length of the barrier to avoid the use of joints (and thus improve the strength and efficiency of the barrier) . 3 . The stakes shall be spaced a maximum of 3 feet (90 cm) apart at the barrier location and driven securely into the ground a minimum of 8 inches (20 cm) . 4 . A trench shall be excavated approximately 4 inches ( 10 cm) wide and 4 inches ( 10 cm) deep along the line of stakes and upslope from the barrier. 5 . The filter material shall be stapled to the wooden stakes , and 8 inches (20 cm) of the fabric shall be extended into the trench . Heavy duty wire staples at least 1 /2 inch ( 13 mm) long, hog rings , or tie wire shall be used . Filter material shall not be stapled to existing trees. 6 . The trench shall be backfilled and the soil compacted over the filter material . 7. Filter barriers shall be removed when they have served their useful purpose , but not before the upslope area has been permanently stabilized . Sheet Flow Application : Silt Fence This sediment barrier uses standard strength or extra strength synthetic filter fabrics . It is designed for situations in which only sheet or overland flows are expected . (See Plate 4 . 06d) 1 . The height of a silt fence shall not exceed 36 inches (90 cm) . Higher fences may impound volumes of water sufficient to cause failure of the structure . 2 . The filter fabric shall be purchased in a continuous roll cut to the length of the barrier to avoid the use of joints . When joints are necessary, filter cloth shall be spliced as described in item No . 8 below. 4-25 ' Florida Erosion and Sediment Control Inspector's Manual l 3' mill _ ' Staked and Trenched 5ilf Fence Wire Reinforced StaKed and Trenched Oe' Silt Fence 5vrfnce R off 4„TV. d� 4-” or IVOU SL E ROW STAKED SILT FENCE . ' XT5 Plate 4. 06c Double Row Staked Silt Fence ' Source: Reedy Creek Improvement District 3 . Posts shall be spaced a maximum of 10 feet (3 m) apart at the barrier location and ' driven securely into the ground a minimum of 12 inches (30 cm ) . When extra strength fabric is used without the wire support fence , post spacing shall not exceed 6 feet ( 1 . 8 m) . ' 4 . A trench shall be excavated approximately 4 inches ( 10 cm) wide and 4 inches ( 10 cm) deep along the line of posts and upslope from the barrier. 5 . When standard strength filter fabric is used , a wire mesh support fence shall be fastened securely to the upslope side of the posts using heavy duty wire staples at least 1 inch (25 mm) long , tie wires , or hog rings . The wire shall extend into the trench a minimum of 2 inches (5 cm) and shall not extend more than 36 inches (90 cm ) above the original ground surface . ' 6 . The standard strength filter fabric shall be stapled or wired to the fence , and 8 inches (20 cm ) of the fabric shall be extended into the trench . The fabric shall not ' extend more than 36 inches (90 cm) above the original ground surface . ' 4-26 Chapter 4 - Best Management Practices for Erosion and Sediment Control 7. When extra strength filter fabric and closer post spacing are used , the wire mesh support fence may be eliminated . In such a case , the filter fabric is stapled or wired directly to the posts with all other provisions of item No . 6 applying . 8 . When attaching two silt fences together, place the end post of the second fence inside the end post of the first fence . Rotate both posts at least 180 degrees on a clockwise direction to create a tight seal with the filter fabric . Drive both posts into the ground and bury the flap . (See Plate 4 . 06g) 9 . The trench shall be backfilled and the soil compacted over the filter fabric . 10 . The most effective appliction consists of a double row of silt fences spaced a minimum of three feet apart . The three foot separation is so , that if the first row collapses it will not fall on the second row. Wire or synthetic mesh is may be used to reinforce the first row. (See Plate 4 . 06c) 11 . When used to control sediments from a steep slope , silt fences should be placed away from the toe of the slope for increased holding capacity. (See Plate 4 . 06f) 11 . Silt fences shall be removed when they have served their useful purpose , but not before the upslope area has been permanently stabilized . Channel Flow Applications 1 . If a filter barrier is to be constructed across a ditch line or swale , the barrier shall be of sufficient length such that the bottom of the end sections of fence are higher in elevation than the top of the center section to eliminate end flow. The plan configuration shall resemble an arc or horseshoe with the ends oriented upslope . (See Plate 4 . 06b) . 2 . Use FDOT Standard Index 102 , Chart 1 ( Plate 4 . 06a) as a guide for spacing . 3 . The remaining steps for installing a filter barrier for sheet flow applications apply here . Maintenance 1 . Silt fences and filter barriers shall be inspected immediately after each rainfall and at least daily during prolonged rainfall . Any required repairs shall be made immediately. 2 . Should the fabric on a silt fence or filter barrier decompose or become ineffective before the end of the expected usable life and the barrier still be necessary, the fabric shall be replaced promptly. 3 . Sediment deposits should be removed after each storm event. They must be removed when deposits reach approximately one-half the height of the barrier. 4=27 FILTER FABRIC MATERIAL SPACM EF - .. • _ • FM APARTii u 2 FEET 04H r FOR ADDITIONAL STRENGTH. FILTER . . MATERIAL BACKFILLED TRENCH BE ATTACHED TO M G . WIRE SCREENWHICH BEEN FASTENED TO THE POSTS FASTEWD M rK P= CR CF U= ATTACHING TWO SILT FENCES TrE ORE s• \� APPROCIVATELY 0 MIES IFFXTER uv 13R FAIM PIATMAL . s aV STEEL POST \IINM • a - a • aD AO i BE • • T.a rl -I _– .RML ' . -�.TPE � . - ._ • VM OF TPE FFST FDA= fVTATE c . PCM At LEW - a • • • . E - r , AL MPG LlcYE WTH PMTS AIMUT 19 . ES 13112M APO BJ" FLAP STREN&TH FILTER FA5Rico rt/r jM1• � � •ir� / / / t %�ii �i�ii•��it��i�� � i .�i STEELOR tllirl/;�� I/��j%raj%�/�N%�%%•/jir'jlr :��! NOOV POST // 1/// 1111. ll/ l / /il/;�//lj//tt�///jtt/t/ //i• '•••• � � , _ 1111 11110 1S . /fl/ t1• 111 •rt 1/1/•r' II 1111 111 111 X11/ 11111j11111�III/I�Illl ��1/11 � �1/��tt/j; il; i�''• 11 111 111 111 111 11111/ X11 rp 11 11111111111111 111111 1111111111 111/1/ 111 111 rrr • JIIIIIt11111111111111//�/f1111%111 /11111i�tr •/ / r, �irrrr X1111 111111j11111111111 1111 /1/�t/tt � � 0000 FLOW 0000IIIIli111 /lilllili� l/ ll/ ' ' • 1j11t1 .11111 � / 1 /1 / ; . 11'i� t1111/ 11 ✓ iPQFm SUPPORT FENCE POND - . . STEELOR FILTER FABRIC . . . POST ATTACH SErAJREL%r UPSTREAM 51VE OF POST. RLNOFF MJNOI= v- STOR4646E 00 120 KN, \/ice\. — t1=11� r\\/\\/�\�� \/r\\/�\\�/\\% �\ �• ` // r/ _ 12m MIK NTH COMPACTED \ \\i r�\i\mss 5ACKFILL r/ STANDARD DETAIL ALTERNATE DETAIL KTH &RAVEL 1 , INSPEireT II REPAIR FENCE AFTER NECESSARY* L • .-li I .-1. I I ^ SHALL BE DEPOSITED TO AN AREA THAT KILL NOT - - W - I 1 . CAN _ PERMANENTLY_1t Imo . So 51LT FENCE SHALL BE qD ON i CONTOURSI - I 11 v E -' ' Florida Erosion and Sediment Control Inspector's Manual 4 . Any sediment deposits remaining in place after the silt fence or filter barrier is no ' longer required shall be dressed to conform with the existing grade , prepared , and seeded . 1 I oil I I - 1 - -' ' I _ - _ 111EII 091111akill 111 10 ' Plate 4 .06f Proper Placement of a Silt Fence at the Toe of a Slope Source: HydroDynamics , Inc ' Place the end post of the second fence inside the end post of the first fence Rotate both post at least 180 degrees in a MME clockwise direction to create a tight seal with ' the fabric material Direction of Runoff Waters Drive both post about — + + _ 10 inches into the ground and bury flap ' Plate 4. 06g Attaching Two Silt Fences Source: HydroDynamics, lnc . ' 4-30 Chapter 4 - Best Management Practices for Erosion and Sediment Control 4 . 07 BRUSH BARRIER ( ES BMP 1 . 07) Definition A temporary sediment barrier constructed at the perimeter of a disturbed area from the residue materials available from clearing and grubbing the site . Purpose To intercept and retain sediment from disturbed areas of limited extent, preventing sediment from leaving the site . Conditions Where Practice Applies Below disturbed areas subject to sheet and rill erosion , where enough residue material is available for construction of such a barrier. Planning Considerations Organic litter and spoil material from site clearing operations is usually burned or hauled away to be dumped elsewhere . Much of this material can be used effectively on the construction site itself. During clearing and grubbing operations , equipment can push or dump the mixture of limbs, small vegetation and root mat along with minor amounts of soil and rock into windrows along the toe of a slope where erosion and accelerated runoff are expected . Anchoring a filter fabric over the berm enhances the filtration ability of the barrier . Because brush barriers are fairly stable and composed of natural materials , maintenance requirements are small . Design Criteria A formal design is not required . Construction Specifications 1 . The height of a brush barrier shall be a minimum of 3 feet 90 cm) , 2 . The width of a brush barrier shall be a minimum of 5 feet ( 1 . 5 m) at its base . (The sizes of brush barriers may vary considerably based upon the amount of material available and the judgment of the design engineer. ) 3 . The barrier shall be constructed by piling brush , stone , root mat and other material from the clearing process into a mounded row on the contour. If a filter fabric is used ( Plate 4. 07a) . 4 . The filter fabric shall be cut into lengths sufficient to lay across the barrier from its upslope base to just beyond its peak. Where joints are necessary, the fabric shall be spliced together with a minimum 6 inch ( 15 cm) overlap and securely sealed . 4-31 DID IF A. •Ii-11 - - • ° tt-11= -11= =11=11= =11=11=tl=tl -� . • /•• � .� n=n ' u"nom Chapter 4 : Best Management Practices for Erosion and Sediment Control 4 . 08 STORM DRAIN INLET PROTECTION ( ES BMP 1 . 08) Definition A sediment filter or an excavated impounding area around a storm drain drop inlet or curb inlet. Purpose To prevent sediment from entering storm water conveyance systems prior to permanent stabilization of the disturbed area. Condition Where Practice Applies Where storm drain inlets are to be made operational before permanent stabilization of the disturbed drainage area. Different types of structures are applicable to different conditions (see Plates 4 . 08a through 4 . 08h ) . Planning Considerations Storm sewers which are made operational before their drainage area is stabilized can convey large amounts of sediment to receiving waters . In case of extreme sediment loading , the storm sewer itself may clog and lose most of its capacity. To avoid these problems , it is necessary to prevent sediment from entering the system at the inlets . This section contains several types of inlet filters and traps which have different applications dependent upon site conditions and type of inlet. Other innovative techniques for accomplishing the same purpose are encouraged , but only after specific plans and details are submitted to and approved by the stormwater permitting agency. Note that these various inlet protection devices are for drainage areas of less than one acre (0 . 4 ha) . Runoff from large disturbed areas should be routed through a TEMPORARY SEDIMENT TRAP - Section 4 .25 (ES BMP 1 . 25 ) . Design Criteria 1 . The drainage area shall be no greater than 1 acre (0 . 4 ha) . 2 . The inlet protection device shall be constructed to facilitate clean out and disposal of trapped sediment and to minimize interference with construction activities . 3 . The inlet protection devices shall be constructed so that any resultant ponding or stormwater will not cause excessive inconvenience or damage to adjacent areas or structures . 4-33 Florida Erosion and Sediment Control Inspector' s Manual r 4 . Design criteria more specific to each particular inlet protection device will be found on Plates 4 . 08a- h . Drop Inlet with Grate 1 Compacted Soil Staked to . Prevent Piping Straw Bale - o C Runoff Wate Filtered a � _ with Sed imen I Water 7 ' Straw Bales Staked with 2 ' Stakes Per Bale Specific Application This method of inlet protection is applicable where the inlet drains a relatively flat area ( slopes no greater than 5 percent ) where sheet or overland flows ( not exceeding 0 . 5 cfs ) are typical The method shall not apply to inlet* receiving concentrated flows , such as in street or highway medians , Plate 4 .08a Straw Bale Drop Inlet Sediment Filter Source : Michigan Soil Erosion and Sedimentation Control Guidebook ' 4= 34 SOIL.STRAW BALES ARE TO BE PLACED 4 INCHES IN THE ■ STAKEDAND BACKFILLED AROUND THE ENTIRE OUTSIDE PERIMETER AREA INLET WITH 1 GRATE RUNEFF T low orFILTERED SECTInN AA NOTE, E ' NOT ■ BE USED IF ADJACEN T - HOOD METAL RE5AR* 5TIRM . SALES T16HTLY STACKED OR � . • .1� � ' OfFSET CORNERS r, 10 AS 5HOY44L o)`RAA I N . 1 • �•.i \�• BACKFILL 0 all LESS THAN PLAN VIEW - O SALES SACKFILL I INLET INTOSOIL SECTION AwA - i - 1 . a . _� _ - - -< i TOP i _� -r - i v - io . - . FOR NEARLY -I _ - - 11 LE ELEVATION • 1 i _ e TO _ _< _ t - FROM _ i _ 28 WI SALESHE 49ITHE SOIL 11 PA55ING THE INLET. EXCAVATION OF A DA51H OFFWT -< OR I ft - I ` L HILL I - - DIKE ON THE I I ISI - - OF THE IFREVENT EROSION OR i - i 11THE SALE& STPJJCTUPZ 3 - Chapter 4 - Best Mana ement Practices for Erosion and Sediment Control Construction Specifications Straw bale drop inlet filter 1 . Bales shall be either wire- bound or string-tied with the bindings oriented around the sides rather than over and under the bales . ` . Bales shall be placed lengthwise in a single row surrounding the inlet , with the ends of adjacent bales pressed together. (See Plate 4 . 08a) s . The filter barrier shall be entrenched and backfilled . A trench shall be excavated around the inlet the width of a bale to a minimum depth of 4 inches ( 10 cm ) . After the bales are staked, the excavated soil shall be backfilled and compacted against the filter barrier. (See Plate 4 . 08b) Each bale shall be securely anchored and held in place by at least two stakes or rebars (See p . 4= 17) driven through the bale . Loose straw should be wedged between bales to prevent water from entering between bales . Gravel may be spread around the bales to improve stability. (See Plate 4. 08c) Fabric drop inlet sediment filter 1 . Fabric shall be cut from a continuous roll to avoid joints . 2 . Stakes shall be 2 " x 4" (5 cm x 10 cm) wood (preferred) or equivalent metal with a minimum length of 3 feet (90 cm) . (See Plate 4. 08d) 3 . Staples shall be of heavy duty wire at least 1 /2- inch ( 13 mm) long . 4. Stakes shall be spaced around the perimeter of the inlet a maximum of 3 feet (90 cm ) apart and securely driven into the ground minimum of 8 inches (20 cm) . A frame of 2 " x 4 " (5 cm x 10 cm) wood shall be constructed around the top of the stakes for proper stability. 5 . A trench shall be excavated approximately 4 inches ( 10 cm ) wide and 4 inches ( 10 cm) deep around the outside perimeter of the stakes . (See Plate 4. 08e) 6 . The burlap shall be stapled to the wooden stakes, and 8 inches (20 cm) of the fabric shall be extended into the trench . The height of the filter barrier shall be a minimum of 15 inches (38 cm) and shall not exceed 18 inches (45 cm) . 7. The trench shall be backfilled and the soil compacted over the burlap. 4 37 wA 4PLa�w� ul DRAIN .-. IIIIIIIIII PLAN VIEW ATTAC44 FILTER, FABRIC SECAMLY TO 2X4 AOOP � II � IIIIII , - - -_ FABRICFOR P0140INO "To 2x4 A000 FRAME too L 4 SIDES OF Polo 124 MIN INLET SECTION AwA NOTEST to 121ROF INLET SWItolENT USW BARRIERS. - t46T me PeLL mLot4 THE 6Ramv AREASo _ _2, LpSE 2X4 . . . . - wurvALEw METALK: _. IDASSINCY THE INLET. A TEMPORARY (a InTs MIK LmNalw BE - ON THE bOY4NSLOPE 5105 OF So INSTALL 2X4 • . . - • • _ i • ' • • • • PVTO =2 a • • . . i FRAME DROP INLET WITH GRATE L50 MAX. 0�0 31 MIN, FRAMEFR Iilllll II lir GATHER EXCESS AT CORNERS Perspective Views STAKE FABRIC Illn — yii 1 ' t 1 ` yl Iitill10 MIR 0 � 1 Elevation Fabric • ApplicationSpecific methodThis greater methodthan 5%) where the inlet sheet or overland f lovvos (not exceeding 1 c.f. s.) are typical. The shall not medians.apply to inlets receiving concentrated flows, such as in street or highway ' Florida Erosion and Sediment Control Inspector' s Manual Gravel and wire mesh drop inlet sediment filter 1 . Wire mesh shall be laid over the drop inlet so that the wire extends a minimum of one foot ( 30 cm ) beyond each side of the inlet structure . Hardware cloth or ' comparable wire mesh with 1 /2 inch ( 13 mm ) openings shall be used . If more than one strip of mesh is necessary, the strips shall be overlapped at least 1 ft . (30 cm ) . ' 2 . FDOT No . 1 Coarse Aggregate ( 15' to 35' stone ) (4 = 9 cm ) shall be placed over the wire mesh as shown on Plate 4. 08c . The depth of stone shall be at least 12 inches (30 cm ) over the entire inlet opening . The stone shall extend beyond the ' inlet opening at least 18 inches (45 cm) on all sides . (See Plate 4 . 08f) 3 . If the stone filter becomes clogged with sediment so that it no longer adequately performs its function , the stones must be pulled away from the inlet , cleaned and replaced . NOTE : This filtering device has no overflow mechanism . Therefore , ponding is likely especially if sediment is not removed regularly. This type of device must never be used where overflow may endanger an exposed fill slope . Consideration should also be given to the possible effects of ponding on traffic movement , nearby structures , working areas , adjacent property, etc. r ' •18" MIN. GRAVEL* ( 120MIN . DEPTH ) RUNOFF WATER WITH SEDIMENT L Li _ I I — 6v + � V _ • fill I 'M111111 WIRE MESH SEDIMENT FILTERED WATER ' �,e��ificA�elication This method of inlet protection is applicable where heavy concentrated flows are expected, but not where ponding ' around the structure might cause excessive inconvienee or damage to adjacent structures and unprotected areas . • Caravel Shag be VDOT #13 , x357, or #5 Coarse Aggregate. ' Plate 4.08f Gravel and Wire Mesh Drop Inlet Sediment Filter Source : Virginia DSWC 4=40 Chapter 4 = Best Management Practices for Erosion and Sediment Control Block and gravel drop inlet sediment filter 1 . Place concrete blocks lengthwise on their sides in a single row around the perimeter of the inlet , with the ends of adjacent blocks abutting . The height of the barrier can be varied , depending on design needs , by stacking combinations of 4 inch , 8 inch and 12 inch ( 10 , 20 , and 30 cm) wide blocks . The barrier of blocks shall be at least 12 inches (30 cm) high and no greater than 24 inches (60 cm) high . 2 . Wire mesh shall be placed over the outside vertical face (webbing) of the concrete blocks to prevent stone from being washed through the holes in the blocks . Hardware cloth or comparable wire mesh with 1 /2 inch ( 13 mm) openings shall be used. ( See Plate 4. 08g ) 3 . Stone shall be piled against the wire to the top of the block barrier. Suitable coarse aggregate shall be used . (See Plate 4. 08h ) 4 . If the stone filter becomes clogged with sediment so that it no longer adequately performs its function , the stone must be pulled away from the blocks , cleaned and replaced . 5 . As a very temporary alternative , pervious burlap bags filled with gravel may be placed around the inlet provided that there are no gaps between the bags . ( See Plate 4 . 081) 6 . Either of these two practices .may be installed on pavement or bare ground Sod drop inlet sediment filter 1 . Soil shall be prepared and sod installed according to the specifications in SODDING - Section 6 . 67 (ES BMP 1 . 67) . 2 . Sod shall be placed to form a turf mat covering the soil for a distance of 4 feet ( 1 . 2 m) from each side of the inlet structure . ( See Plate 4. 08j) Prefabricated drop inlet internal filter baa (ACF Silt Sack) 1 . Remove the grate over the catch basin and insert the filter- device , then replace grate to hold the device in position . 2 . When sediments have accumulated to within one foot (30 cm) of the grate the filter insert must be removed by a front-end loader or forklift. The filter may be discarded and replaced or it may be emptied , cleaned , and reused . NOTE: This segment does not constitute a product endorsement. 4=41 PRAIN SRATE 01 - . � . LOD 10 BLOCK VWO • 46 0 4a cQui 004p 0 � . c cm 000 aq� lop GRAVEL 5AaKFILL PLAN VIEW B C HIKE SC -.,a OR LO r FILTER FABRIC GRAVEL 5ACKFI AATrK JP. �. . . , .- � � ■ ; ■ � � �i �iO.�i✓i. PRJOP INLET 1 , DROP INLET SEDIMENT BARRIERS ARE TO 3, T�-e TOP OF THESTRL)CTLRpAM (PONDING HEIGHT) MUST 59 YeLL BEL004 THE 6RoOVNP ELEVATION BE USED FOR SMALL, NEARLY LEVEL DRAINAGE POANSLOPE TO PREVENT 14MNOFF FROM By� AREAS, (LESS THAN SP6) PASSING THE INLET, A TEMPORAR*f 2, EXCAVATE A BASIN OF SUF�FICIENT SIZE _ NECeSSARY ON THE POHNSLOPE . - . - Chapter 4 toot Best _ • ' for • • . • SedimentControl CONCRETEWIRE SCREEN • ��'iA ��� •'� � � � � � I;,. rpt ��"� 00 GRAVEL7 FILTER WIRE SCREEN ':��1%����i��►iii�1,�►i%�����!(��► FILTERED WATER OVERFLOw • wetoop * 000000000 00 *0000000 0000000000 �� �I WATERRUNOFFfill iJ► � WITH SEDIMENT 61001f. km%L Volk Till Mot _s8.At DROP INLET WITH GRATE IENT Specific This • • ofinlet protection. applicable flows - expected andwhere anoverflow - • - necessary to prevent excessive poonding aro und the structure, Gravel Shall be FDOT #30 #357, or *5 Coarow Aggregate, Plate 4. 08h Block and Gravel Drop Inlet Sediment uCDNCRM GRAVEL I ]- UVV%3CMTr.Y DRIP " I - i "R1 i_ . - CF U • •. [ .XSXT. - THAT NOCWS NM EVM i ♦ R Z6 -� �::•1$'1 � . IIID. IS ._. ( .. 00 a . e 3/4�N34 (PAVEL CcNT INN - a - 1. . WDE •.-.ii PLAIXD MEMO OPFROMATELY 24 VCHM •at CDO&M P r 1100 V= NO 6 NOSM laG, ■ x roaMmot IF A MRS LAYER DF GRAVEL FLIM SAU ME L= TrE CDOVE R= 717 BOW MIST IE PLA= MICH STACD 2 1IM THAT ■ GWS ARE V=NT • r LAYER OF n VVE q-.37 ■ PREVENT ■ ] a IF GRAVEL, GRAVEL FILTER M= CAN BE O;m • r r . • r r 10 F3 F 3i� - - FILTERED VATa. PLAM GRAVEL I a• SAM SUCH THAT • G01PS NM EVIXENT R , ■ ] a SIDE VIEW CONCRETE BLOCK FILTER GRAVEL FILTER 1 AGS GRAVEL . MAY BE USED ON PAVEMENT . BARE GROUND Chapter 4 - Best Management Practices for Erosion and Sediment Control Prefabricated drop inlet external filter ( Suntree Isles Grate Inlet Protector) 1 . Place the device over the inlet. If the inlet has a grate , the device shall be secured to the grate by means of a long toggle bolt . If the grate is not present , the device shall be bolted directly to the concrete . 2 . Sediments shall be removed when they have accumulated to within one foot (30 cm) of the top of the device . The filter fabric elements shall be cleaned or replaced at that time . NOTE: This segment does not constitute a product endorsement . Gravel curb inlet sediment filter 1 . Hardware cloth or comparable wire mesh with 1 /2 inch ( 13 mm ) openings shall be placed over the curb inlet opening so that at least 12 inches (30 cm) of wire extends across the top of the inlet cover and at least 12 inches (30 cm) of wire extends across the concrete gutter from the inlet opening . (See Plate 4. 08k) 2 . Stone shall be piled against the wire so as to anchor it against the gutter and inlet cover and to cover the inlet opening completely. FDOT No . 1 Coarse Aggregate shall be used . 3 . An overflow weir can be constructed of 2" x 4" (5 x 10 cm) boards to lessen ponding from this practice . ( See Plate 4 . 08L) 4 . If the stone filter becomes clogged with sediment so that it no longer adequately performs its function , the stone must be pulled away from the block, cleaned and replaced . Block and gravel curb inlet sediment filter 1 . Two concrete blocks shall be placed on their sides abutting the curb at either side of the inlet opening . 2 . A 2" x 4" (5 x 10 cm) board shall be cut and placed through the outer holes of each spacer block to help keep the front blocks in place . 3 . Concrete blocks shall be placed on their sides across the front of the inlet and abutting the spacer blocks . (See Plate 4 . 08m) 4 . Wire mesh shall be placed over the outside vertical face (webbing) of the concrete blocks to prevent stone from being washed through the holes in the blocks . Hardware cloth with 1 /2 inch ( 13 mm) openings shall be used . 5 . FDOT No . 1 Coarse Aggregate shall be piled against the wire to the top of the barrier. 4-45 n • FOUR `I �FOOT MOE STRIPS OF SOD ON EACH 1D OF DROP RUNOFF FILTERED WATER SEORAENT J _ •rte J •- �•/: _ �•s�� •� r-1' _ _ _ - - - - 8,0 00 0 .9 SPECIFIC APLUCATION THIS r=n�ii= r=� =tc= 1=11=11=11= 1t I ::�I : 11 : 1:: 1 {:I�:II :�I: 11 : 1 : ii :�I :il . 11: ll . 11: ll . 11 : il . 1111 . - =11= 11- 11= 11 = 11 --11 = 11 = - f1 - 11 -� 1 =11 = 11=11 1 = 11- 11= 11 -- 11 - - 11 =11 =11 = 11 : = 11= 11. 11 : METHOD OF INLET PROTECTION OF PERMANENT SEEDINGo TO PROTECT THE INLET FROM PERMANENTMULCH MATERIAL UNTIL 1 Chapter 4 - Best Management Practices for Erosion and Sediment Control 1 l�� J �Ir GRAVEL FILTER I t 2_ RUNOFF WATER WIRE MESH FILTERED WATER r d • � • 'sc,- oil delrr SEDIMENT 0 e .. CONCRETE GUTTER 120 CURB INLET o � ecific A ofication This method of inlet protection is applicable at curb inlets where ponding in front of the structure is not likely to cause inconvenience or damage to adjacent structures and unprotected ares. Gravel Shall be VDOT #3 , #357, or #5 Coarse Aggregate, Plate 4. 08k Gravel Curb Inlet Sediment Filter Source : Virginia DSWC 447 Florida Erosion and Sediment Control Inspector's Manual ' . • GRAVEL` 6' MAXIMUM SPACING OF 2' X4 SPACERS Y X $ ANCHORS ' EMERGENCY OVERFLOW 10 r •� ' Perspective View 0000 X 4' WEIR "/ ��• 2' X 4' SPACER SAND BAG OR 2' MINIMUM LENGTH ALTERNATE WEIGHT OF X4' 7 X 4' WEIR `"- a •":•SaCY.:jry„rv� r • ' GRAVEL Side Elevation � a � � • , f • •. • • • . Z X 4' SPACER WIRE MESH INLET SPECIFIC APPLICATION ' ' TO PIPE ' THIS METHOD OF INLET PROTECTION IS APPLICABLE TO CURB INLETS WHERE A STURDY, COMPACT INSTALLATION IS DESIRED . EMERGENCY OVERFLOW CAPABILITIES ARE ' MINIMAL. SO EXPECT SIGNIFICANT PONDING WITH THIS MEASURE, ' GRAVEL SHALL BE YDOT COARSE AGGREGATE #357 OR J5 ■ Plate 4 .08L Gravel Curb Inlet Sediment Filter with Overflow Weir Source : Maryland Standards and Specfications for Soil Erosion and Sediment Control ' 448 1 II . -,'W_ - ,• � ` •.-��:ice •_ ` '• \ . ,• - ��!�''�i: � � - � �•� ` • � ,• . �.: ,�� • � - I . II . i DGES EETWEENr(RAVEL VIRE ARMW _ m= TO PREVENT . . .al TO H)VE109 CF GRAVEL r EF .• r A TO HAVE 11 TICHT _ O. _ 1 CIM CONTACT WN N13 COPS APPROXNATELY • ] FRM PLET �•7��Q�lIrL$►�'H1 � _ _ PLACE r - 7 • u STUD BAM &JCH THAT NO I • • ■ • -. GAPS ARE EVUENT 3/444CH MAVEL CDfrAM IN - a- u n OR MTK= NET BAM I I • tC29 APPRWIATELY 24 MCS firm cLRB tEicKn1 f ■ / II 1 PAVEMENT CONCRETE VALH- • PAVEHNT HENK CrGRAVEL FLTER BOM • . KAM CRAVEL rLTERCRAVE • : ■ • • • I a -.a1 la N7F •• ■ •.E'm W&X GWS AM VilWlT FRONTCROSS �SECTION AA CONCRETE BLOCK FILTER GRAVEL FILTER BAGS Chapter 4 - Best Management Practices for Erosion and Sediment Control 6 . If the stone filter becomes clogged with sediment so that it no longer adequately performs its function , the stone must be pulled away from the block , cleaned and replaced . 7 . As an alternate , gravel filled burlap bags may be stacked tightly around the curb inlet . (See Plates 4 . 08n and 4 . 08o) Curb and Gutter Sediment Barrier 1 . Place gravel filled burlap bags on gently sloping street segments according to the spacing chart . (See Plate 4 . 08p) 2 . Place two or more bags at each interval in a manner which provides maximum support. 3 . When stacking several bags high , leave a one bag gap to provide an overflow - spillway, (See Plate 4 . 08q) 4 . Sediments must be removed after each rain event . Maintenance 1 . The structure shall be inspected after each rain and repairs made as needed . 2 . Sediment shall be removed and the trap restored to its original dimensions when the sediment has accumulated to 1 /2 of the design depth of the trap . Removed sediment shall be deposited in a suitable area and in such a manner that it will not erode . 3 . Structures shall be removed and the area stabilized when the remaining drainage area has been properly stabilized . 4= 51 BACK OF SiVeHALK moo A &RAVEL I'll I ED 1 . = AIRE STACKED TICPMY. CATCH BASIN BACK OF - - c4R5 INLET mow A PLAN VIEW - . , . SIMAALK r CATCH 13ASIN .� SECTION NOTESS 1. Fl.ACE CA" JiIMENT DAME" ON t� FONDAND ALLO" 5=041EW OR Hoyl!m LAYMMM 1IIwAC4aV 5, LEAVE ONE SAWDA6 OAP IN THE TOP ROA l To i 49 INSPECT _ y . _ _ r . _aq WIA _a ffVENTs W V •I � t Chapter 4 - Best Management Practices for Erosion and Sediment Control FF PLAM TW ER NX SETS ff BAGS Al A NArNER THAT RES LTS DLJ MA MJM SU:FW. TI"E FUN LX W MM WT FfIt3iT DEM 1K INLET SIDEWALK O SEDIMENT , LADEN MATO OVERFLOW FLOWS CURB SEDIMENT - TRAP HydroDynnrucs Incooroxed 1�f3 Ply 6M 1lmff Can� s8440ME PII 18] FA* an ""CM Pair �X3A SPACING BETWEEN GRAVEL . F BAG CURB FILTERS E E l000 T B In 11 NT JFHAF I ' E II 1 T 100FF i N = t B 10 ` I A R R R 0.1% 1% 10% S STREET SLOPE Plate 4.08p Gravel Bag Curb Sediment Filters Source: HydroDynamics , Inc . 4-53 ' Florida Erosion and Sediment Control Inspector's Manual BACK OF SIDEWALK BURLAP SACKS TO CATCoH BASIN ' OVERLAP ONTO CURB. CURB INLET BACK OF CURB RUNOFF—; ' RUNOFF 5 1LLWAY GRAVEL FILLED SANDBAGS ' STACKED TIGHTLY. PLAN VIEW 1 NOTES 1 . PLACE CUR$ TYPE SEDIMENT BARRIERS ON GENTLY SLOPIN6 STREET SEGMENTS, WHEIM WATER CAN POND AND ALLOW SEDIMENT TO ' SEPARATE FROM RUNOFF. 2 . SANDBAGS OF EITHER BURLAP OR WOVEN 'GEOTEXTILE' FABRIC, ARE FILLED WITH GRAVEL LAYERED AND PACKED TIGHTLY. ' 3 . LEAVE . A ONE SANDBAG GAP IN THE TOP ROW TO PROVIDE A SPILLWAY FOR OVERFLOW. 4. INSPECT BARRIERS AND REMOVE SEDIMENT AFTER EACH STORM EVENT, SEDIMENT AND ' GRAVEL MUST BE REMOVED FROM THE TRAVH_ED WAY IMMEDIATELY , Plate 4.08q Curb and Gutter Sediment Barrier Source : Erosion Draw 4=54 Chapter 4 - Best Management Practices for Erosion and Sediment Control 4 . 15 TEMPORARY DIVERSION DIKE ( ES BMP 1 . 15) Definition A temporary ridge of compacted soil located at the top or base of a sloping disturbed area . .Pur— 1 . To divert storm runoff from higher drainage areas away from unprotected slopes to a stabilized outlet. 2 . To divert sediment- laden runoff from a disturbed area to a sediment trapping facility. Condition Where Practice Applies Wherever stormwater runoff must be temporarily diverted to protect disturbed slopes or retain sediments on site during construction . These structures generally have a life expectancy of 18 months or less . Planning Considerations A temporary diversion dike is intended to divert overland sheet flow to a stabilized outlet or a sediment trapping facility during establishment of permanent stabilization on sloping , disturbed areas . When used at the top of a slope , the structure protects exposed slopes by keeping upland runoff away. When used at the base of a slope , the structure protects adjacent and downstream areas by diverting sediment- laden runoff to a sediment trapping facility. If the dike is going to remain in place for longer than 30 days , it is very important that it be established with temporary or permanent vegetation . The slope behind the dike is also an important consideration . The dike must have a positive grade to assure drainage , but if the slope is too great, precautions must be taken to prevent erosion due to high velocity flow behind the dike . This practice is considered an economical one because it uses material available on the site and can usually be constructed with equipment needed for site grading . The useful life of the practice can be extended by stabilizing the dike with vegetation . As specified herein , this practice is intended to be temporary. However, with more stringent design criteria , it can be made permanent in accordance with DIVERSIONS - Section 5 . 18 (ES BMP 1 . 18) . 4-55 ' Florida Erosion and Sediment Control Inspector's Manual Design Criteria No formal design is required . The following criteria shall be met : Drainage Area ' The maximum allowable drainage area is 5 acres (2 ha) . Dimensions ' The minimum allowable height measured from the upslope side of the dike is 18 inches 45 cm) . Top width shall be a minimum of 2 feet (60 cm) with a minimum base width of 4 . 5 feet ' ( 1 . 4 m) . (See Plate 4. 15a) Side Slopes 3 : 1 or flatter. ' Grade The channel behind the dike shall have a positive grade to a stabilized outlet . If the ' channel slope is less than or equal to 2%, no stabilization is usually required. If the slope is greater than 2 % , the channel shall be stabilized in accordance with STORMWATER CONVEYANCE CHANNEL - Section 5 . 35 (ES BMP 1 . 35) . ' Outlet ' 1 . The diverted runoff, if free of sediment, must be released through a stabilized outlet or channel ' 2 . Sediment- laden runoff must be diverted and released through a sediment trapping facility. ' Construction Specifications ' 1 . Whenever feasible , the dike should be built before construction begins on the project. ' 2 . The dike should be adequately compacted to prevent failure . 3 . Temporary or permanent seeding and mulch shall be applied to the dike within 15 1 days of construction . 4 . The dike should be located to minimize damages by construction operations and ' traffic . ' 4-56 Chapter 4 - Best Management Practices for Erosion and Sediment Control Maintenance The measure shall be inspected after every storm and repairs made to the dike , ' flow channel and outlet, as necessary. Approximately once every week, whether a storm has occurred or not , the measure shall be inspected and repairs made if needed . Damages caused by construction traffic or other activity must be repaired before the end of each working day. Compacted Soil 1 8o Min. • r • r • r • ' • ' • ' • r • r • ' • • • ' • ' � ' • ' • ' • ' • r • r • ' • , • , . , . • • 1 I � • • • • I • I . 1 . 1 � 1 � • • 1 , • • 1 , 1 , I . 1 , • s s s ' s • s s 1 • s s I r I s 1 1 � I s 1 ' • • ' r 'e ' f • • ' 1 ' • ' r frj • = • = • ' • ' • !• • • f , � • • • . . rt , . r . , E-- Flow• � . ' . • . • . • • • . • • . . • . . • r • . I I . • � I � I 99' 11111 L" 11111011111011111011111EV � I 4.5' Min. --� Plate 4 . 15a Temporary Diversion Dike Source : Virginia DSWC 4=57 Florida Erosion and Sediment Control Inspector' s Manual This page left intentionally blank 4-58 Chapter 4 - Best Management Practices for Erosion and Sediment Control 4 . 16 TEMPORARY FILL DIVERSION ( ES BMP 1 . 16) Definition A channel with a supporting ridge on the lower side cut along the top of an active earth fill . Purpose To divert storm runoff away from the unprotected slope of the fill to a stabilized outlet or sediment trapping facility Conditions Where Practice Applies Where the drainage area at the top of . an active earth fill slopes toward the exposed slope and where continuous fill operations make the use of a DIVERSION - Section 5 . 18 ( ES BMP 1 . 18) unfeasible.. This temporary structure should remain in place for less than one week. Planning Considerations One important principle of erosion and sediment control is to keep stormwater runoff away from exposed slopes. This is often accomplished by installing a dike , diversion or paved ditch at the top of a slope to carry the runoff away from the slope to a stabilized outlet or downdrain . In general , these measures are installed after the final grade has been reached . On cuts , the measures may be installed at the beginning since the work proceeds from the top and the measures have little chance of being covered or damaged. On fills, the work proceeds from the bottom to the top and the elevation changes daily. It is therefore not feasible to construct a compacted dike or permanent diversion which may be covered by the next day's activity. The temporary fill diversion is intended to provide some slope protection on a daily basis until final elevations are reached and a more permanent measure can be constructed . This practice can be constructed by the use of a motor grader or one of the smaller dozers . To shape the diversion , the piece of machinery used may run near the edge of the fill with its blade tilted to form the channel as described in Plate 4 . 16a . This work should be done at the end of the working day and should provide a channel with a berm on the lower side to protect the slope . Wherever possible, the temporary diversion should be sloped to direct water to a stabilized outlet. If the runoff is diverted over the fill itself, the practice may cause more problems than it solves by concentrating water at a single point. 4-59 1 Florida Erosion and Sediment Control Ins ector's Manual 1 � 1 1 1 1 ' FII Slope Earthen Ridge i 9� I- II II I IIIII IIN 111i � IlflI IIIIIEM 1 1 _ II !1 I I � 11111 �11111 IIIII 11111 �111111 � I I 111111 - IIIII I1111 � 11111 - 11111 IN 11111113111111 1 2' 1 i 1 . 1 1 . i 1 Plate 4 . 16a Temporary Fill Diversion Source : Virginia DSWC 1 4-60 Chapter 4 � Best Management Practices for Erosion and Sediment Control MMMU Good timing is essential to fill construction . The filling operation should be completed quickly as possible and the permanent slope protection measures and slope stabilization measures installed as soon after completion as possible . With quick and proper construction , the developer or contractor will save both time and money in building , repairing and stabilizing the fill area . The longer the time period for construction and stabilization , the more prone the fill operation is to damages .by erosion . Repairing the damages adds additional time and expense to the project. Design Criteria No formal design is required . The following criteria shall be met: Drainage Area The maximum allowable drainage area is 5 acres (2 ha) . Height The minimum height of the supporting ridge shall be 9 inches (23 cm) . (See Plate 4 . 16a) , G= The channel shall have a positive grade to a stabilized outlet. O._ The diverted runoff should be released through a stabilized outlet, slope drain or sediment trapping measure . Construction Specifications 1 . The diversion shall be constructed at the top of the fill at the end of each work day as needed. 2 . The diversion shall be located at least 2 feet (60 cm) inside the top edge of the fill . (See Plate 4 . 16a) . 3 . The supporting ridge of the lower 'side shall be constructed with a uniform height along its entire length . Maintenance Since the practice is temporary and under most situations will be covered the next work day, the maintenance required should be low. If the practice is to remain in use for more than one day, an inspection will be made at the end of each work day and repairs made to the measure if needed. The contractor should avoid the placement of any material over the structure while it is in use . Construction traffic should not be permitted to cross the diversion . 4-61 rFlorida Erosion and Sediment Control Inspector' s Manual This page left intentionally blank 1 r r r r r r r r r � . r r r r r r . r r 4=62 Chapter 4 - Best Management Practices for Erosion and Sediment Control 4 . 17 TEMPORARY RIGHT- OF-WAY DIVERSION (ES BMP 1 . 17) Definition A ridge of compacted soil or loose rock or gravel constructed across disturbed rights - of-way and similar sloping areas . d -- Punpose To shorten the flow length within a long sloping right-of-way, thereby reducing the erosion 1 .potential by diverting storm runoff to a stabilized outlet or sediment trapping device . Conditions Where Practice A lies Generally, earthen diversions are applicable where there will be little or no construction traffic within the right-of-way. Gravel structures are more applicable to roads and other rights-of-way which accommodate vehicular traffic. Planning Considerations Construction of utility lines and roads often requires the clearing of long strips of right-of-way over sloping terrain . The volume and velocity of stormwater runoff tend to increase in these cleared strips and the potential for erosion is much greater since the vegetative cover is diminished or removed. To compensate for the loss of vegetation , it is usually a good practice to break up the flow length within the cleared strip so that runoff does not have a chance to concentrate and cause erosion . At proper spacing intervals , Temporary Right-of--Way Diversions can significantly reduce the amount of erosion will occur until the area is permanently stabilized. which Design Criteria No formal design is required. The following criteria shall be met: Drainage Area Less than 5 acres (2 ha) . For larger drainage areas use a DIVERSION - Section 5 . 18 (ES BMP 1 . 18) . _ Dimensions The minimum allowable height measured from the upslope side of the diver sion is 18 inches (45 cm ) . The minimum top width shall be 2 feet (60 cm) and the base width minimum is 6 feet ( 1 . 8 m) . (See Plate 4 . 17a) Side Slopes 3 : 1 or flatter to allow the passage of construction traffic. 4-63 ' Florida Erosion and Sediment Control Inspector' s Manual Width ' The meas completely measure should be constructed com letel across the disturbed portion of the right-of-way. ' F�an4T #1 Ago CAin. Coarse Aggregate ' 6I,Ainimum Typical Gravel Structure Compacted Soil 16' Min• - k:. ...A``` � M;n;rnum Typical Earthen Structure ' Plate 4. 17a Temporary Right-of-way Diversions Source : Virginia DSWC ' 4-64 Chapter 4 - Best Management Practices for Erosion and Sediment Control Spacing The following table will be used to determine the spacing of right- of-way diversions . % Slope Spacing in feet ( m ) Less than 5 % 300 ( 90 m) Between 5 % and 10% 200 (60 m) Greater than 10 % 100 (30 m) Grade Positive drainage , with less than 2 % slope , should be provided to a stabilized outlet or sediment trapping facility. Outlet Interceptor dikes must have an outlet which is not subject to erosion . The on -site location may need to be adjusted to meet field conditions in order to utilize the most suitable outlet. Concentrated flows should spread over the widest possible area after release . Flows with high sediment concentrations should pass through a sediment trapping measure . (See Plate 4 . 17b) Construction Specifications 1 . The diversion shall be installed as soon as the right- of-way has been cleared and/or graded . 2 . All earthen diversions shall be machine- or hand-compacted in 8- inch (20 cm ) lifts . 3 . The outlet of the diversion shall be located on an undisturbed and stabilized area when at all possible . . The field location should be adjusted as needed to utilize, a stabilized outlet . Sediment laden flows shall be conveyed to a sediment trapping device . 4 . Earthen diversions which will not be subject to construction traffic should be stabilized in accordance with TEMPORARY SEEDING - Section 6 . 65 (ES BMP 1 . 65 ) . Maintenance The practice shall be inspected after every rainfall and repairs made if necessary. Approximately once every week, whether a storm has occurred or not , the measure shall be inspected and repairs made if needed . Diversions which are subject to damage by vehicular traffic should be reshaped at the end of each working day. 4-65 Florida Erosion and Sediment Control Inspector' s Manual cle xg ' 15 FT 25 TO 60 FT 1 � 400 ROLLING DIP STABILIZED OUTLET ..�G 409 Dp1„p.16R�`° •196/��S20 ' � II,, STABILIZED OUTLET WATERBAR ' 2: I SIDE SLOBS OR FLATTER. 3: 1 MAX FOR VEHICLE GROSSING SLOPE g . ID' MIN I � SECTION ' Plate 4 . 17b Rolling Dip and Water Bar Source : Erosion Draw ' 4=66 Chapter 4 - Best Manaqement Practices for Erosion and Sediment Control 4. 25 TEMPORARY SEDIMENT TRAP ( ES BMP 1 . 25) Definition A small temporary ponding area formed by excavation and/or an embankment across a rainageway. Purpose To detain sediment-laden runoff from small disturbed areas long enough to allow most of the sediment to settle out thereby protecting drainageways , properties , and rights-of-way from sedimentation . Conditions Where Practice Applies 1 . A sediment trap is usually installed in a drainageway, at a storm drain inlet or at other points of discharge from a disturbed area. 2. Below drainage areas of 5 acres (2 ha) or less . 3 . Where the sediment trap will be used less than 18 months . 4 . The sediment trap may be constructed either independently or in conjunction with a TEMPORARY DIVERSION DIKE - Section 4 . 15 ( ES BMP 1 . 15 ) , Planning Considerations The sediment trap should be located to obtain the maximum storage benefit from the terrain , for ease of clean out and disposal of the trapped sediment and to minimize interference with construction activities . Sediment traps should be used only for small drainage areas . If the contributing drainage area is greater than 5 acres (2 ha) , ' refer to SEDIMENT BASINS w Section 4 .26 ( ES BMP 1 . 26 ) . Sediment must be periodically removed from the trap . Plans should detail how this sediment is to be disposed of, such as by use in fill areas on site or removal to an approved off-site dump . Sediment traps , along with other perimeter controls , shall be installed before any land disturbance takes place in the drainage area. 4-67 Florida Erosion and Sediment Control Inspector' s Manual 1 Excavate, if Necessary, for Storage .r Flow Dike • _ • •. � ; : Flow1 . . .� �r . ♦. . ; _ w ;. .. Flow • 000 4a w Are ^ ,!r• 10 fl Earth ;- t � ' �1 '�• • .-. . I� �I , ' �. .,� •` ••�`:.. Embankment . , : ::": . . .:y .! i • � ' ' � Flow 4 Top Width =M-`-` IIs. " \. ..�r.. 2: 1 Slopes cies • ' ; ' ; �':.Ff;: Outlets. . . l Imo . - 1 =f'r�.. .. 1 • r.:,.yR. . . . Dike If Required to Divert Water to Trap 2: 1 or Flatter \ Width (ft. ) _ 6 x Drainage Area (Ac. ) Section A-A Outlet Section Excavated Earth Outlet Sediment Trap Embankment Earth Outlet SedimentTmp Construction Specifications 1 . Area under embankment shall be cleared, grubbed and stripped of any vegetation and root mat. The pool area shall be cleared. 2. The fill material for the embankment shall be free of roots or other woody vegetation as well as over- sized stones, rocks, organic material, or other objectionable material The embankment shall be compacted by traversing with equipment while it is being constructed 3. Sediment shall be removed and trap restored to its original dimensions when the sediment has accumulated to 1 /2 the design depth of the trap. Removed sediment shall be deposited in a suitable ' area and in such a manner that it will not erode. 4. The structure shall be Inspected after each rain and repairs made as needed. S. Constriction operations shall be carried out in such a manner that erosion and water pollution are minimized. 6. Tile structure shall be removed and area stabilized when the drainage area has been properly stabilized. 7. All cut and fill slopes shall be 2: 1 or flatter. 6. Outlet crest elevation shall be at least one foot below the top of the embankment. ' Plate 4.25a Earth Outlet Sediment Trap Source : NRCS 4-68 Chapter 4 - Best Management Practices for Erosion and Sediment Control Design Criteria Trap Capacity The sediment trap must have an initial storage volume of 134 cubic yards , or 3600 cubic feet per acre ( 252 m3/ha) of drainage area , measured from the low point of the ground to the crest of the gravel outlet . Sediment should be removed from the basin when the volume is reduced by one- half. For a natural basin , the volume may be approximated as follows : V = 0 . 4xAxD where : V = the storage volume in ft. ' A = the surface area of the flood area at the crest of the outlet , in ft. 2 D = the maximum depth , measured from low point in trap to crest of outlet , in ft . Excavation If excavation is necessary to attain the required storage volume, side slopes should be no steeper than 2: 1 . - Embankment Cross- Section The maximum height of the sediment trap embankment shall be 5 feet ( 1 . 5 m) as measured from the low point. Minimum top widths (W) and outlet heights ( Ho) for various embankment heights ( H) are shown in Table 4 . 25a . Side slopes of the embankment shall be 2 : 1 or flatter. Table 4.25a MINIMUM TOP WIDTH (W ) AND OUTLET HEIGHT ( Ho) REQUIRED FOR SEDIMENT TRAP EMBANKMENT ACCORDING TO HEIGHT OF EMBANKMENT (feet) H Ho W 2 . 0 1 . 0 2 . 0 2 . 5 1 . 5 2. 5 3 . 0 2 . 0 2 . 5 3 . 5 2 . 5 3 . 0 4 . 0 3 . 0 3 . 0 4 . 5 3 . 5 4. 0 5 . 0 4 . 0 4 . 5 4=69 Florida Erosion and Sediment Control Inspector' s Manual Excavate, if Necessary, for Storage 4000 A . • • '� .QTS • '� ILI' • ,. ' X4:7�-» Flow •. �• _ • �A �A . . �. A�`. • \A . 8j. % row ,-It IN 4 Oak%AIF 01, aa 4W op 0 o at So Ito �rc •.� .'i.. ..". Earth Embankment +` . ..of. .► 1L Outlet Protection • ' " •_ All Slopes 2: 1 or Flatter - r � A \ , V=V Min. 5' Max, PPerforated Riser _ � 45 Welded All Around Embankment SectionThru Riser Construction Specifications 1 . Area under embankment shall be cleared, grubbed and stripped of any vegetation and root mat The pool area shall be cleared. 2. The fill material for the embankment shall be free of roots or other woody vegetation as well as over- sized stones , rocks, organic material, or other objectionable material. The embankment shall be compacted by traversing with equipment while it is being constructed. 3 . Sediment shall be removed and trap restored to its original dimensions when the sediment has accumulated to 1 /2 the design depth of the trap. Removed sediment shall be deposited in a suitable area and in such a manner that it will not erode. 4. The structure shall be Inspected after each rain and repairs made as needed. 5. Construction operations shall be carried out in such a manner that erosion and water pollution are minimized. 6. Tile structure shall be removed and area stabilized when the drainage area has been properly stabilized. 7. All cut and fill slopes shall be 21 or flatter. So All pipe connections shall be watertight g . At least the top 2/3 of the riser shall be perforated with 1 /2-inch diameter holes spaced a inches vertically and 10 - 12 inches horizontally. 10. Fill matertail around pipe spillway shall be hand compacted in 4-Inch layers. A minimum of two feet of hand-compacted backfill shall be placed over the pipe spillway before crossing it with construction equip- ment. Plate 4.25b Pipe Outlet Sediment Trap Source : NRCS 4=70 Chapter 4 Best Manaqement Practices for Erosion and Sediment Control GROUND 1000 67 CU, YDO/ACRE •_lv �� VARWILE 67 CUla YM/ACRE (EXCAM7. COARSE40 LUX FILTER CLOTH ORIGINAL GROUND CrOsg�Sectl • of Outlet CLASS prkLENGTH (IN 7 46 J` \ DRAINAGE (IN ACJ ... � ftM DIVERSION DIKE doo � � • �c�r COARSE EXCAVATED AREA FILTER CL A • o COARSED • OR • (Perspective Plate 4.25c StoneSediment Trap FLOW FILTER FABRI6 �{T�S .•� i . SWIM" EMBED BALM 42 MIN. I OSECTI • STRAIN BALES u JL IS u • • MWolPI MIK w;P 0 MIK / �• C �A , PLAN MOOVEN STAKE OR FM5AM TOE OF POINT '15' THROIJ&H BALES OSMOSIS GOES 11" 111 \' �� ���� � = ' moi' � ' �:�'�i_ • A ,� KEY 15ALE INTO 13AW AT � . i... `�„yiai� - _ ,�_ •` .�•��((�/`moi / i���.� alr _ A�r . _ A�f/ ' I - • /ter ' \ BOTH ENDS I BARRIERS MEW • f KING UPSTREAMI 2, EMBM THE SALE 46 INTO 11olE SOIL AINV "KEYO THE EN17 BALES INTO THE C+IANNEL 3, SALES E . IN A MOA AM ENDS ABIJTTIN&w USE STRAKROCoKS OR FILTER ImABMCoI IFILL AW &ArS SETAMN SALES ■ TAW sAcoKFILL MATMIAL5 rwFm ! a- I I OR - . AROMP 1 ■ 4o POINT OA" SHALL Or: - THAN POINT 05m. 5. SPILLAAY SHALL I Z= 24*e SEEM Chapter 4 as Best Management Practices for Erosion and Sediment Control Outlet The outlets shall be designed, constructed and maintained so that sediment does not leave the trap and that erosion of the outlet does not occur. A trap may have several different outlets with each outlet conveying part of the flow based on the criteria below. The combined outlet capacity shall be sufficient for the drainage area . For example , a 12 foot (3 . 6 m) earth outlet, adequate for 2 acres (0 . 8 ha) , and a 12 inch (30 cm) pipe outlet , adequate for 1 acre (0 . 4 ha) , could be used for a three acre ( 1 . 2 ha) drainage area . There are four types of outlets for sediment traps. Each sediment trap is named according to the type of outlet that it has . Each type has different design criteria and will be discussed separately. 1 . An Earth Outlet Sediment Trap consists of a basin formed by excavation and/ or an embankment. The trap has a discharge point over or cut into natural ground . The outlet width (feet) shall be equal to 6 times the drainage area (acres) . If an embankment is used the outlet crest shall be at least one foot (30 cm) below the top of the embankment. The outlet shall be free of any restriction to flow. The earthen embankment shall be seeded with temporary or permanent vegetation (see Sections 6 . 65 and 6 . 66) within 15 days of construction . (See Plate 4.25a) 2 . A Pipe Outlet Sediment Trap consists of a basin formed by an embankment, or an excavation and an embankment. The outlet for the trap is though a perforated riser and a pipe through the embankment. The outlet pipe and riser shall be made of corrugated metal . The riser diameter shall be of the sarne� or larger diameter than the pipe . The top of the embankment shall be at least 1 . 5 feet (45 cm) above the crest of the riser. At least the top 2/3 of the riser shall be, perforated with 1/2 inch ( 13 mm) diameter holes spaced 8 inches (20 cm) vertically and 10- 12 inches (25 - 30 cm) horizontally. All pipe connections shall be watertight (See Plate 4 .25b) . Select pipe diameter from the following table . Minimum Pipe Diameter in inches (cm ) Maximum Drainage Area in acres (ha) 12 (30 cm) 1 (0. 4 ha) 18 (45 cm) 2 (0 . 8 ha) 21 (53 cm ) 3 ( 1 . 2 ha) 24 (60 cm) 4 ( 1 . 6 ha) 30 (75 cm) 5 (2 . 0 ha) 3 . A Stone Outlet Sediment Trap consists of a basin formed by an embankment or excavation and an embankment. The outlet for the sediment trap shall consist of a crushed stone section of the embankment located at the low point in the basin . The minimum length of the outlet shall be 6 feet times the acreage of the drainage area (4. 5 m times hectares) . The crest of the outlet must be at least 1 foot (30 cm) below the top of the embankment, to insure that the flow will travel over the stone and not the embankment. The outlet shall be constructed of FDOT No . 1 size crushed stone . (See Plate 4 .25c) A very temporary alternate trap can be constructed from straw bales with a stone outlet. (See Plate 4 .25d) Straw bales shall be installed per Section 4 . 05 STRAW BALE BARRIER ( ES BMP 1 . 05) . 4-73 Florida Erosion and Sediment Control Inspector' s Manual 4 . A Storm Inlet Sediment Trap consists of a basin formed by excavation or natural ground that discharges through an opening in a storm drain inlet structure . This opening can either be the inlet opening or a temporary opening made by omitting bricks or blocks in the inlet. The trap shall be between 1 ' and 2 ' (30 as 60 cm ) deep measured from the low point of the inlet. A yard drain inlet or an inlet in the median strip of a dual highway would use the inlet opening for an outlet . ( See Plate 4 .25e) A curb inlet would require a temporary opening . ( See Plate 4 .25f) The trap should be out of the roadway to avoid interference with construction . Placing the trap on the opposite side of the opening and diverting water from the roadway to the trap is one means of accomplishing this . 5 . Other applications At times a small trap may be constructed in a drainage channel using the culvert for a road crossing . Straw bales or gravel filled bags may be used provided that there are no gaps in the installation . ( See Plate 4. 258 ) In larger traps baffles may be required to insure adequate flow length and prevent short- circuiting . (See Plate 4.25h ) Construction Specifications 1 . The area under the embankment shall be cleared , grubbed , and stripped of any vegetation and root mat . To facilitate cleanout, the pool area should be cleared . 2 . Fill material for the embankment shall be free of roots or other woody vegetation , organic material , large stones , and other objectionable material . The embankment should be compacted in 8 inch (20 cm) layers by traversing with construction equipment . ' 3 . The earthen embankment shall be seeded with temporary or permanent vegetation ( see Sections 6 . 65 and 6 . 66) within 15 days of construction . 4 . Construction operations shall be carried out so that erosion and water pollution are minimized . 5 . The structure shall be removed and the area stabilized when the upslope drainage area has been stabilized . Maintenance 1 . Sediment shall be removed and the trap restored to its original dimensions when ' the sediment has accumulated to 1 /2 the design volume of the trap . Sediment removed from the basin shall be deposited in a suitable area and in such a manner that it will not erode . ' 2 . The structure should be checked regularly to insure that it is structurally sound and has not been damaged by erosion or construction equipment. The height of the ' outlet should be checked to ensure that its center is at least one foot (30 cm ) below the top of the embankment. ' 4-74 • i ' • ' • • • • • to • • Irlway • I � FLOW FWW 1 OEM 13a • • OF REQU= MAX. OPE 20 LARGER PARTICLES STORM -� � ' a-�� . � � r _•=o�-n� PARTICLESLARGER _ SETTLEHOLES 0 ��=� � . REMOVED FOR ' -" DEWAXERINC • - a A. u- - - APPLICATIONSPECIFIC THIS • • OF - • • FLOWS EXPECTEDARE AND WHERE AN OVERFLOW CAPABILITYAND EASE OF MAINTENANCE ARE DESIRABLEN 1 Florida Erosion and Sediment Control Inspector' s Manual 1 ` n Block Inlet with Plywood and Sandbags, as Necessary, to Prevent Water from Entering ? Flow / Flow , : \ ' Flow <�\ Ada AN V I Kxl: r4,�Ir Or I . 40 - „ � . Flow ar + ` Y ' ` Row ' : l' I ' a I • r � 7 1 _ �- ._ Remove Bricks or 1 Blocks for Outlet Trap may be Placed Behind As Required or at End of Inlet 1 - 1 Mal SO 2: 1 or Flatter 21 or Flatter - awwaaa im- 11Min. 1 ; Min,/:I' 1 s Section A-A Cross-Sectioo n Curb Drain 1 Yard Drain NOTE: Whore curb is in place, provide a 1 foot wide opening in the curb or use a sandbag dam to force water over the curb to the trap. 1 Construction Specifications 1 1 . Sediment shall be removed and trap restored to its original dimensions when the sediment has accumulated to 1/2 the design depth of the trap. Removed sediment shall be deposited in a suitable area and in such a manner that it will not erode. 2. The structure shall be inspected after each rain and repairs made as needed. 3. Construction operations shall be carried out in such a manner that erosion and water pollution shall be minimized. 4. The sediment trap shall be removed and area stabilized when the remaining drainage area has been 1 properly stabilized. 5. All cut and fill slopes shall be 2:1 or flatter. 1 1 Plate 4.25f Storm Inlet Sediment Trap Source : NRCS 4-76 (PAVEL I TBAGS • gl AT LEAST t LAYERS MCH • DAT / GAPS ARE EVEENr ] ] TI.EGUM CR AaYCDO BAGS EM - ■il TS ON MAT BE HIGIM ■ LM PMW ■ A CLLVERT aCAVAIa1 AREA FM Saul a t CAPS ffif: t K EVWU FRONTSIDE VIEW SCALE ) LEAVE A r l • 1 0201M COP W1761EEN PIPENO BAGS EXAVATED AREA F13R SMOVIT RACE A MNCLE Rall OF (RAVEL FILTER BAGS IN FRINT IT PM:ULY I • 1�A�J��:•;s✓6 SJ � STRAV BALM . �' Nrvov ,Zv *A FRONT VIEW CFEISS RW OVER 1 I c • a EACH BAG IS TO CONSIST OF 3/4 �INCH DIAMETER TOP VIEW GRAVEL CONTAINED IN PERVKUS qjRLAp BAGS OR SYNTHETIC NET mGS a/&NcH MESH AND BE APPROXIMATELY M 12 INCHES AND 6 INCHESc • [H: (FT) zo 25 3.0 3.5 5.0 4.S S.0 SEDIMENT TRAP GUIDELINES - EPSANcIMT SIDE . . . .. L=ATED AT LEAST as n=T g3.0v THE S"ILLvAy ELEvArxN SPILLWAY r . . PASS 10=M 24�*R PEAK FLOWS STCRI&M . 7 . BY . . FREEBOARD UWa • a ' EXCAVATEM VaJJIC CALCLZATa • BY SEMV*Nr ain.E7 PM S= M 3/4�VQCH MAMETER MTER DETENTION 3/44�INC)4 ,LME, ■ . - AND MINM ■ FLOWS STERAGE CALMLAMD POND • EMATEN IMP . Y � _ rrrrrr-rr r--. --rrrrrl • r a . v , r CALCLLAT . r 7 . By _7 . 11 E V404 MAPE70 ■ - r EDUATION ? 1 CAPPROXIMATO GRAVEI. SCREE PLACED ■ E ' CUTLET PURE rm FILTM • ' a a • - PUNOR WaPYEAR CAPACM • II F11OWS DETAILFLOW LENGTH DETAIL CrLIM TW04L FLOW , DAL. L L la Lei a ELEVATION RI= 09M r POSTSAwaxAm 1 FEET IN r-. mm. FLOV ELrVAT=4 Or 0^4SZN BOTTOM spoi=4 . a Chapter 4 - Best Manaqement Practices for Erosion and Sediment Control 4 . 26 TEMPORARY SEDIMENT BASIN ( ES BMP 1 .26 ) Definition A temporary basin with a controlled stormwater release structure , formed by constructing an embankment of compacted soil across a drainageway. Purpose To detain sediment- laden runoff from disturbed areas long enough for most of the sediment to settle out . Conditions Where Practice Applies Below disturbed areas greater than 5 acres (2 ha) . There must be sufficient space and appropriate topography for the construction of a temporary impoundment. These structures are limited to a useful life of 18 months unless they are designed as permanent ponds by a qualified professional engineer. Planning Considerations Effectiveness Sediment basins are at best only 70- 80% effective in trapping sediment which flows into them . Therefore , they should be used together with erosion control practices such as temporary seeding , mulching , diversion dikes , etc. to reduce the amount of sediment flowing into the basin . Location To improve the effectiveness of the basin , it should be located so as to intercept the largest possible amount of runoff from the disturbed area. The best locations are generally low areas and natural drainageways below disturbed areas . Drainage into the basin can be improved by the use of diversion dikes and ditches. The basin must not be located in a live stream but should be located to trap sediment- laden runoff before it enters the stream . The basin should not be located where its failure would result in the loss of life , damage to adjacent properties , or interruption of the use of public utilities or roads . Multiple Use Sediment basins may be designed as permanent structures to remain in place after construction is completed . The Stormwater Rule (Ch . 62-25 , F. A. C . ) makes the use of these structures desirable for stormwater detention purposes . Always leave the bottom of the sediment basin 6" = 12" higher than the eventual bottom of a retention basin . This will ensure removal of accumulated fine sediments which could prematurely clog the retention basin . Wherever these structures are to become permanent , or if they exceed the size limitations of the design criteria, they must be designed as permanent ponds by a qualified professional engineer. Permanent ponds are beyond the scope of this BMP . 4-79 Florida Erosion and Sediment Control Ins ector' s Manual 1 , Design Criteria Maximum Drainggaeg Area na Unless the structure is designed as a permanent pond by qualified acres( io ha) ngineer ,the maximum allowable drainage area into the basin shall ' Basin Capacity The design capacity of the basin must be at least the bottom4 cubic ofthe basin s or to theic feet crespof er acre (252 m3/ha) of drainage area measured the principal spillway ( riser pipe) . Sediment should btl removed er acrefrom( 104tme/ha) of drainage volume of the basin has beebasin when the n reduced to 55 cub y P alculatd and clearly area . The elevation of the sediment clean out level ebe higheethan one foot marked on the riser, In no case shall the sediment clean out level (30 cm) below the top of the riser. ( See Plate 4 .26a) . Basin Shape To improve sediment trapping efficiency of the basin , the effective flow length must be twice the effective flow width . This basin shape may les . See Appendix 1 be attained by I26Alfor design ecting the site of the basin , by excavation , or by the use of b details . ' 67 C.Y./ AC O" DRY ^STORAGE DEEVICE RING 67 C.Y./ AC. ;:.;:: - : ' ': WET STORAGE A . . . .. •s r•- x: ' SEDIMENT CLEANOUT POINT WET STORAGE REDUCED TO 34 C.Y./ ACRE) Plate 4 .26a Sediment Basin Storage Volumes ' Source : Virginia DSWC 4-80 Chapter 4 - Best Management Practices for Erosion and Sediment Control Embankment Cross- Section The embankment must have a minimum top width of 8 feet (2 . 5 m) . The side slopes must be 2 : 1 or flatter. The embankment may have a maximum height of 10 feet ( 3 m) if the side slopes are 2 : 1 . If the side slopes are 2 . 5 : 1 or flatter, the embankment may have a maximum height of 15 feet (4 . 5 m) . Spillway Design The outlets for the basin may consist of a combination of principal and emergency spillways or a principal spillway alone . In either case , the outlet (s ) must pass the peak runoff expected from the drainage area for a 10 year storm without damage to the embankment of the basin . Runoff computations shall be based upon the soil cover conditions which are expected to prevail during the life of the basin . Refer to Chapter 3 of this manual for calculation of the peak rate of runoff. The spillways designed by the procedures contained in this BMP will not necessarily result in any reduction in the peak rate of runoff. If a reduction in peak runoff is needed , the appropriate hydrographs should be generated to choose the basin and outlet sizes . To increase the efficiency of the basin , the spillway(s) must be , designed to maintain a permanent pool of water between storm events . Principal Spillway The principal spillway shall consist of a solid ( non- perforated) , vertical pipe or box of corrugated metal or reinforced concrete joined by a watertight connection to a horizontal pipe (barrel ) extending through the embankment and outletting beyond the downstream toe of the fill . If the principal spillway is used in conjunction with an emergency spillway, the principal spillway shall have a minimum capacity of 0.2 cfs per acre (0 . 015 m' /sec . per ha) of drainage area when the water surface is at the crest of the emergency spillway. If no emergency spillway is used, the principal spillway must be designed to pass the entire peak flow expected from a 10-year storm . See Appendix 1 .26A of The Florida Development Manual for design details . Design Elevations If the principal spillway is used together with an emergency spillway, the crest of the principal spillway shall be a minimum of one foot (30 cm) below the crest of the emergency spillway. If no emergency spillway is used , the crest of the principal spillway shall be a minimum of 3 feet (90 cm) below the top of the embankment . (See Plate 4.26b . ) In either case, a minimum freeboard of one foot (30 cm) shall be provided between the design high water and the top of the embankment . 4-81 Florida Erosion and Sediment Control Inspector's Manual ' CREST OF EMERGENCY SPILLWAY DESIGN HIGH WATER (25 =YR. STORM ELEV.) MIN. 1 .0' 0.5' MIN. 1 ,0* -------- ------ RISER CREST 67 C Y./ AC. : : : DEWATERING DRY ' STORAGE DEVICE 67 C.Y./ AC. wEr ' ::r: STORAGE SEDIMENT CLEANOUT POINT ( a WET a TO 34 C.Y STOAER EDUCED ' Design Elevations with Emergency Spillway DESIGN HIGH WATER (25—YR. STORM ELEV.) MIN . 2.0 MIN . 3.0 ' 0.5' MIN. 1 .0' 67 C.Y./ AC. .. . ...'. . . . . . :. . " DRY ' STORAGE RISER CREST --- - -- - - -- -- - ' 67 C.Y./ AC. DEWATERING " wET ' STORAGE DEVICE "-:--.�.• SEDIMENT CLEANOUT POINT I Design Elevations without Emergency Spillway (Riser Passes 25-Year Event) Plate 4 .26b Sediment Basin Schematic Elevations Source : Virginia DSWC ' 4- 82 Chapter 4 - Best Management Practices for Erosion and Sediment Control Anti-vortex device and trash rack An anti-vortex device and trash rack shall be attached to the top of the principal spillway to improve the flow of water into the spillway and prevent floating debris from being carried out of the basin . The anti-vortex device shall be of the concentric type . (See Plate 4 . 26c) , See Appendix 1 . 26A of The Florida Development Manual for design procedures for the anti-vortex device and trash rack. Jewaterinq Shall be done in a way that removes the relatively clean water without removing any of the sediment that has settled out and without removing any appreciable quantities of floating debris . As a minimum , provisions shall be made to dewater the basin down to the sediment cleanout elevation . This can be accomplished by providing a hole at the maximum sediment retention elevation (See Plate 4.26b) . The dewatering hole shall be no larger than 4 inches ( 10 cm) in diameter. Other means of automatic dewatering are detailed in Appendix 1 . 26A of The Florida Development Manual . It is also advantageous (but not required) to provide for dewatering of trapped sediment before clean out . Basin underdrains are generally installed for this purpose . Appendix 1 .26A contains details for the design of an underdrain system . Base The base of the principal spillway must be firmly anchored to prevent its floating . If the riser of the spillway is greater than 10 feet (3 m) in height, computations must be made to _ determine the anchoring requirements . As a minimum , a factor of safety of 1 . 25 shall be used (downward forces = 1 .25 x upward farces) . For risers 10 feet (3 m) or less in height , the anchoring may be done in one of the two following ways . 1 . A concrete base 18 inches (45 cm) thick and twice the width of riser diameter shall be used and the riser embedded 6 inches ( 15 cm) into the concrete . ( See Plate 4 .26d and Appendix 1 .26A of The Florida Development Manual for design details) . 2 . A square steel plate , a minimum of 1 /4 inch (6. 5 mm) thick and- having a width equal to twice the diameter of the riser, shall be welded to the base of the riser. The plate shall then be covered with 2 . 5 feet (76 cm) of stone , gravel , or compacted soil to prevent floatation . (See Plate 4 .26d and Appendix 1 .26A for design details) . Barrel The barrel of the principal spillway, which extends through the embankment , shall be designed to carry the flow provided by the riser of the principal spillway with the water level at the crest of the emergency spillway. The connection between the riser and the barrel must be watertight . The outlet of the barrel must be protected to prevent erosion or scour of downstream areas . See Appendix 1 .26A for design details . 4=83 0m • A .-F CD (D n 'p PRESSURE RELIEF HOLES 1/2' DIA. � A y AC \� A O / O TOP STIFFENER (IF REQUIRED) oL IS —X_X — ANGLE WELDED ------- OTO• TOP AND ORIENTED PER –PENDICULAR TO CORRUGATIONS . < ; i O O TOP IS —. GAGE CORRUGATED ' O , METAL OR 1 /8" STEEL PLATE. O PRESSURE RELIEF HOLES MAY BE OMMITTED , IF ENDS OF CORRUGATIONS ARE LEFT FULLY N Plan View OPEN WHEN THE TOP IS ATTACHED , CL D N ►) m TACKWELD ED CYLINDER IS GAGE CORRUGATED ALL AROUND 'tz ,�•i(�i•�s �,i•.:r��F �_r�.,';�;?':� ' to ' ` `��t3""� '�'' " ""� "�' - METAL PIPE OR FABRICATED FROM - � 8 .xei}.a 3:? $' •;{ Iitr.!(.�i•�•�{i{':f��:NSit�;.4 /S� j ,� • .:9 } ti»'iiE3{^ ilfCG�iiiiu'u".Etuurtn: .• St. .tCtCYfL11M3•A:�3�'lt7it4t'iCSi:Yi:::LC:tR:A:ii»..:.�T•�,�. rt:-- - STEEL PLATE. :.t�tp�y}••rrr {.1�.. ��y�,•_�._y��,:.i:Sr . t•'rr f. . . �!{�_ •��t•FMSL'Ldi{''} •G11YIMLRtl'i1JII.t111t11 • 111�1$$:T t�l•• ANNI6 'rit? µ'FI IW- 00118140lSlr ' rl:,S "f "id-f Q CD NOTES ; MEN Ir MIN. Q I . THE CYLINDER MUST BE ..... ,t . j. }.... ...,t FIRMLY FASTENED TO THE CD TOP OF THE RISER. ^ • jf6{•Wuid{f•{t}+'tiiff .e"£b'{3{ } C {' • lift' ` ! S X R SUPPORT BAR SIZE 2 . SUPPORT BARS ARE WELDED O SPACER eAR " '"'f' "*µ ` x: °°k^ ji_ ( 6 REBAR MIN.) TO THE TOP OF THE RISER (TYPICAL) "r!{ff3f{ i: ' {s_ Ei:l;lifft;` .;,. . . 0 ••:ttlt.Y:rvC:/.er.•:��a�•.^Srss•:R::tt: t:t: OR ATTACHED BY STRAPS RISER DL46METER BOLTED TO TOP OF RISER. I Cn CD Section A-A Isometric OD 01 •�•� Dzip c pl n rn z I L_I 11_ 11 a A r _ �+ a 00 ; m n cnn � v � D IOU w m o m cn' '- 0o 4 0 " CO) mu mo z o m 0 1 N D ;on �. 1 1 1 1 O (D N 1 11111 iliaiilil 1 411'1; Iil1 I Ih I r► W CD � III ,1 1 . 1 1 1 I I ..� 11 i e h �l Ilii Ih� tq ytllll;lp, � I I I NI 1 ' � '�' 711111 11!11 tI 1,1 I�1 o _ mu 'li; i, ' 1 41 �1 4 '1�i i4litil cn rri 11145�'�il ! ! �Illlll i11� 171i'i r'? tv 0 '1 0 cn SII I 11 ' I cn 1111111 I -* �'l;a�Il' O ; m I ill l� �11 11}I�Il' 1 I� f✓ 0 d I I I i� Il� �ii ilh ; Ij► — — 0 l al 1 1 I i=hliHill ''�? I'fllllll'If� Z 1 1'1 (D I,I,I,id,l,l D ,!ll,l'llr iy>y mrri , . o D M -o I cD W 00 O U O U) C O C O U c a� E v 'm v , ,. : , S I : � t iCi t t t�i! ; ! U:i i ! it ; , ,. • t C 'Z [ _{'(i(}{ !`�'� "t! '}`,i:�' ','I It`• e'! I �E: �I � �' � i !I � �:: 1�• Ilt�l! i o ( � O !l� .t���•I;t:f•� t �l�l}(�; �•! � ' I 'fMl t E E i lii �� N , .� ..}� , t illf I i� tti Ejttl � i1i lil��� =illli �II}I!I ll (!( 1. o � I! ! , li���; lf�{lll': �, tlll:: l� �'I•� , �lGiit } �! i . . ,(} LUas Z !jl;I �lIIGR}! rl�It li : '. i�ifE{EI I i ( � fbili ! Ili}I Jl� ' � ' I'Ikl`i t1!}[ .�!i`.`'I 1' `l1�� f : ill �• { ' _ g! ��1'I '!' = =Il) '� V '�i !}•i• ii:•tl �i' t;i`1 .Iji,s , , ,� }e t „t q y} € il,�f i „``''!! .` ' ll!( �ytx : � :INNS 14t I!��� �� � :s�� }! � [�t�l� E ! ! •E'it� (i�' �t9 t O LL tsil II�� �,��, `��I 'i!s'•s'= ! � o (�'•�li,�!! I �i (: �I (i{' `�• � _;}, �` �� ltii � ='I(I '� _�I�t ��ia •i� rj'� I�I!!' � 'i•[!� ���_�,�,� i 3 !m.,i'i$Ii , CL !�! 1�E ttlt�14!s , i � 'i{i •I4:ie,{j��I' i= Y l .. � 1l��l�{. ����}�•3� ' ¢ f ! �} I•i'E� }t • �•�tl��l��� j',� ! V l��mlil �1 :s Kid 1�'it I 1liil`Ilifi � mO � l w �, 9 ! U 8 A cm 'v, N et m 4" E 1p � G. c°n t rr r rr rr rr rr rr rr r rr err ri rr rr r� rr rir r� Mr Chapter 4 - Best Management Practices for Erosion and Sediment Control Anti- seep collars Anti - seep collars shall be used on the barrel of the principal spillway within the normal saturation zone of the embankment to increase the seepage length by at least 10% , if either of the following two conditions is met : 1 . The settled height of the embankment exceeds 10 feet ( 3 m ) . 2 . The embankment has a low silt-clay content ( Unified Soil Classes SM or GM ) and the barrel is greater than 10 inches (25 cm) in diameter. The anti-seep collars shall be installed within the saturated zone . The maximum spacing between collars shall be 14 times the projection of the collar above the barrel . Collars shall not be closer than 2 feet (60 cm) to a pipe joint. Collars should be placed sufficiently far apart to allow space for hauling and compacting equipment . Connections between the .ollars and the barrel shall be watertight. See Plate 4 .26e and Appendix 1 .26A for design procedure and details. Emergency Spillway The emergency spillway shall consist of an open channel constructed next to the embankment over undisturbed material or properly compacted fill . The spillway shall have a control section at least 20 feet (6 m) in length . The control section is a level portion of the spillway channel at the highest elevation in the channel . (See Appendix 1 .26A and Plate 4 . 26f) . The primary spillway and the emergency spillway shall both discharge to stabilized outlets . (See Plate 4 .268) . Capacity The emergency spillway shall be designed to carry the peak rate of runoff expected from a 10- year storm , less any reduction due to the flow through the principal spillway. See Appendix 1 .26A for design details . Design elevations The design high water through the emergency spillway shall be at least one foot (30 cm) below the top of the embankment . The crest of the emergency spillway channel shall be at least one foot (30 cm) above the crest of the principal spillway. Location The emergency spillway channel shall be located to avoid fill material . If constructed on fill , the fill will be properly compacted in lifts . The channel shall be located so as to avoid sharp turns or bends . The channel shall return the flow of water to a defined channel downstream from the embankment. 4-87 1 Florida Erosion and Sediment Control Inspector's Manual 5FILLWAY TOP OF EMBANKMI=NT ARKEL SEDIMENT RISER WITH BA51N TRASH RACK STA13IL12MD OUTLET PLAN TRASH RACK EMBANKMENT CLEANOUT /� EMERGI=HNGY SPILLP r STABILIZED WITH VEGETATION MARK % 1 FT i I FT MIN FTSELECTED�FILL_—� I 6 Y L IN LA C00141PAGTI=D-� STABILIZED ISI -1I � II-. � �II � ILII «m.ET DRAINA6= HOLES AN T F COLLAR ANTI —FLOTATION TrPe OF 2 BLOCK SECTION NOTES■ I . THE TEMPORARY SEDIMENT BASIN, DESIGNED BY A G2UALIFIEV PROt=SSIONAL, 15 REGUIRED FOR DISTURBED AREAS GREATER THAN 5 ACRE5 WITHIN A DRAINA6E AREA LE-55 THAN 100 ACREES, Z . TF =E SEVIMENT BASIN WILL BE REMOYED WITH- IN 3 Y-r.AAR5. Plate 4.26g Sediment Basin Source : Erosion Draw 1 4=88 Chapter 4 Best Management Practices for Erosion and Sediment Control Maximum velocities The maximum allowable velocity in the emergency spillway channel will depend upon the type of lining used . For vegetated linings , allowable velocities are listed in Table 5 . 35a ( STORMWATER CONVEYANCE CHANNEL - Section 5 . 35 - ES BMP 1 . 35 ) . For non -erodible linings, such as concrete or asphalt paving and riprap , design velocities may be increased. However, the emergency spillway channel shall return the flow to the natural channel at a non -eroding velocity. See Appendix 1 . 26A for design details . Stabilization of the Embankment and Basin The embankment of the sediment basin shall be temporarily seeded within 15 days after its completion as per TEMPORARY SEEDING - Section 6 . 65 ( ES BMP 1 . 65 ) . If excavation is required in the basin , side slopes should not be steeper than 2: 1 . Cleanout Sediment shall be removed from the basin when the capacity is reduced to 55 cubic yards per acre ( 104 m3lha) of drainage area. This elevation should be clearly marked , preferably on the riser. Plans for the sediment basin shall state the methods for disposing of sediment removed from the basin . Possible alternatives are the use of the material in fill areas on -site or removal to an approved off-site dump . Final removal Sediment basin plans shall show the final disposition of the sediment basin after the upstream drainage area is stabilized . The plans shall specify methods for the removal of excess water lying over the sediment, stabilization of the basin site , and the disposal of any excess material . Sediment shall not be flushed into the stream or drainageway. Safety Sediment basins are attractive to children and can be very dangerous . Therefore , they should be fenced or otherwise made inaccessible to persons or animals unless this is deemed unnecessary due to the remoteness of the site or other circumstances . Strategically placed signs around the impoundment reading " DANGER-QUICKSAND" should also be installed . In any case , local ordinances and regulations regarding health and safety must be adhered to . Construction Specifications Site Preparation Areas under the embankment and any structural works shall be cleared , grubbed , and stripped of topsoil to remove trees , vegetation , roots , or other objectionable material . In order to facilitate cleanout and restoration , the pool area (measured at the top of the principal spillway) will be cleared of all brush and trees . 4- 89 Florida Erosion and Sediment Control Inspector' s Manual D t D /2 NO SCALE INFLOW - �` . 49� RISER L TOTAL DISTANCE FROM NORMAL POOL THE POINT OF INFLOW AROUND 7HE BAFFLE TO THE RISER. NORMAL POOL �-� C)/2 L RISER� D ��� BAF NORMAL P001 RISER INFLOW mop de BAFFLE L — LI + LZ INFLOW SHEETS OF 4• X V X 1 /2* EXTERIOR pLY1N000 OR EOLRVALENr RISER CREST f1EYAT10N It I II it 1 I 11 49 11 POSTS RAIN. SIZE r SQUARE OR S ROUND, SET AT I I LEAST X INTO THE GROUND. 8' Plate 4 .26h Example Plan Views of Baffle Locations in Sediment Basins Source : NRCS 4-90 Chapter 4 - Best Manaqement Practices for Erosion and Sediment Control Cutoff Trench For earth fill embankments , a cutoff trench shall be excavated along the centerline of the r dam . The minimum depth shall be 2 feet (60 cm ) . The cutoff trench shall extend up both abutments to the riser crest elevation . The minimum bottom width shall be 4 feet ( 1 . 2 m) , but wide enough to allow operation of compaction equipment. The side slopes shall be no steeper than 1 : 1 . Compaction requirements shall be the same as those for the - embankment. The trench shall be drained during the backfilling - compacting operations . Embankment The fill material shall be taken from approved borrow areas . It shall be clean mineral soil , free of roots , woody vegetation , oversized stones , rocks , or other objectionable material . Areas on which fill is to be placed shall be scarified prior to placement of fill . The fill material should contain sufficient moisture so that it can be formed by hand into a ball without crumbling . If water can be squeezed out of the ball , it is too wet for proper compaction . Fill material will be placed in 6 to 8 inch ( 15 to 20 cm) continuous layers over the entire length of the fill Compaction shall be obtained by routing the hauling equipment over the fill so that the entire surface of the fill is traversed by at least one wheel or tread track of the equipment , or by using a compactor. The embankment shall be constructed to an elevation 10% higher than the design height to allow for settlement if compaction is obtained with hauling equipment. If compactors are used for compaction , the overbuild may be reduced to not less than 5 %. Principal Spillway The riser of the principal spillway shall be securely attached to the barrel by a watertight connection. The barrel and riser shall be placed on a firm compacted soil foundation . The base of the riser shall be firmly anchored according to design criteria to prevent its floating . Pervious material such as sand , gravel or crushed stone shall not be used as backfill around the barrel or anti-seep collars . Fill material shall be placed around the pipe in 4 inch ( 10 cm) layers and compacted by hand at least to the same density as the embankment. A minimum of two feet (60 cm) of fill shall be hand-compacted over the barrel before crossing it with construction equipment. Emergency Spillway The emergency spillway should not be constructed over fill material . Design elevations , widths , entrance and exit channel slopes are critical to the successful operation of the spillway and should be adhered to closely during construction . Vegetative Stabilization The embankment and emergency spillway of the sediment basin shall be stabilized with temporary vegetation within 15 days of completion of the basin as per TEMPORARY SEEDING - Section 6 . 65 ( ES BMP 1 . 65 ) . 4- 91 EMERGENCY CREST DESIGN E - Amn.v �la - DEVICE f - � Dr COLLARS . I. BARREL It-11-11=1I:J ' -11=11=11_-11= I���II'-f11=7T-=11=t� = �f•-..- __ II :.tt=11=11=1 ' 11=11=11=1 .-1t . ' 11- 11=11-11 -Ir=u. .._ . II=1t= ..�. 11_� 1=JI= 11=11==11=11= 11 =11=11=11=1t =11=11-11=11=u- .L 11-11=11-11-11`=11=I f.-11=11=11=11-11=11- 11= 11=11= IL :i=11- 11=11. .11=1 = 1=11=11 =' 11=11=11=11- 11=11=11=11= .t- 11 .11 - 1f I1- 11. -11 - 11-11 -11- 11 -1 -1 CONCRETEBASE11=11 -11'=11=1 - =11=11-11=11 I ON PIPE THROUGH EMBANKMENT . OVER RISER CREST THROUGH . DIAMETER THROUGH DIAMETER Chapter 4 - Best Management Practices for Erosion and Sediment Control Erosion and Sediment Control The construction of the sediment basin shall be carried out in a manner such that erosion and water pollution are minimized downstream . Final Disposal When temporary structures have served their intended purpose and the contributing drainage area has been properly stabilized , the embankment and resulting sediment deposits are to be leveled or otherwise disposed of according to the approved pollution control plan . Maintenance The embankment of the basin should be checked regularly to ensure that it is structurally sound and has not been damaged by erosion or construction equipment . The emergency spillway should be checked regularly to ensure that its lining is well established and erosion - resistant. The basin should be checked after each runoff-producing rainfall for sediment cleanout . When the sediment reaches the cleanout level mark, it shall be removed and properly disposed of. Information to be Submitted for Approval Sediment Basin designs and construction plans submitted for review to the appropriate regulatory agency shall include: 1 . Specific location of the dam . 2 . Plan view of dam , storage basin and emergency spillway. 3 . Cross -sections and profiles of dam , principal spillway and emergency spillway. 4 . Details of pipe connections , riser to pipe connection , riser base , anti -seep collars , trash rack, and anti-vortex device . 5 . Runoff calculations for 10-year frequency storm . 6 . Storage Computations a . Total required b . Total available c. Level of sediment at which cleanout shall be required ; to be stated as a distance from the riser crest to the sediment surface . 7. Calculations showing design of pipe and emergency spillway. 4- 93 •LEVEL PORTION CREST ANIO . . APPROACH CHANNEL EXIr SECTOR BERM MR ALIGNMENT OF THE M - COWCIDE VM THE t CHANNELPlan %fiew WATER SURFACE SrAGE (Hp) CONML SECTION Rogow 20WO son E)aT SECTOR UVEL OR . _.=11=11 =11=11=11=11=11 = 11 lr� t -11 = CREAIM APPROACH CHANNELsProfile Along Centerline low IIS _ CrossmSection at Control Section . 1 -. 11-1(-11ct1-1f-11-1 �-11=1t= 11=11=11=11.=�= Chapter 4 Best Manaqement Practices for Erosion and Sediment Control • - LESS . . .. -_ 00 111 . - 1 - 1 -IL�'i1-11-11 -f1-11- 11-11-11 .+ 11 =11=ii �'IL-11 =� �=! 1 = 11= 11=11=11= [i=11= _ = BONN ff wNFIIIIIIIIII2D f =11 =- 11 = 11 =11 = II =11= 1 =11=Ii=11 = 11 = - - 11!`=11fi =11 = 11= 11 = - - - -- - - -- Concrete Base for Embankment 10 ' or Less in Height 10, . LESS - IF MIN pip. ���=- - 1=11 =11= 11= 11= 11=11 = 11 =-11=11=11= 11 -=11=11=11 11=113CF , 2 11= 1= 11=11 = 11 = 1l =11= 11= 20 �41 114" MIEEL PLATE Steel Base for Embankment 10 ' or Less In Height Plate 4.26k Riser Pipe Base Conditions for Embankments Less than 10 Feet High Source : Virginia DSWC - 11 = 1 - 11=11=_�.�11 = 11 = 11 =11 = Florida Erosion and Sediment Control Inspector' s Manual NVAu. COUAR tmH CORRUGATIONS VERIIM COLUX 70 .E Or SANE GAGE AS INC rlrc mm IrIrIc71 rt is Lam oorm+uovs waa mmmm . 1 /? X T SLUM HOLES FOR It NUI. 3/Ir I)MUER iOT]S. + = . B C D sumBANo sc.D Bort+ sroEs `Gaa COIOMOA7ED METAL �"""' 1M°D SECTION B - B cum or„'° ELEVATION OF UNASSEMBLED COLLAR 3. UNASSEMBLED COLLARS SHALL BE MARKED 8Y NOTES FOR COLLARS* PAINTING OR TAGGING TO IDENTIFY MATCHING PAIRS. 1 . ALL MATERIALS TO BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH {, THE LAP BETWEEN THE TWO HALF SECTIONS CONSTRUCTION AND CONSTRUCTION MATERIAL AND BETWEEN THE PIPE AND CONNECTING BAND SPECIFICATIONS. SHALL BE CAULKED WITH ASPHALT MASTIC AT L WHEN SPECIFIED ON THE PLANS. COATING OF TIME OF INSTALLATION. COLLARS SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH S, EACH COLLAR SHALL BE FURNISHED WITH TWO CONSTRUCTION AND CONSTRUCTION MATERIAL 1 /Z DIAMETER RODS WITH STANDARD TANK SPECIFICATIONS. LUGS FOR CONNECTING COLLARS TO PIPE. DETAIL Corrugated Metal WELD 1 A aC 1 SIZE AND SPACING OF SLOTTED AHMZ 1111 XWIK AS wWOW epi AICAMI TO cou�w OR DOM OPENINGS SHALL BE THE SAME AS SHOWN FOR CM COLLAR . 1 1/or NOTE FOR BANDS AND COLLARS: USE RODS AND LUGS TO CLAMP �r MODIFICATIONS OF THE DETAILS SHOWN MAY BE USED PROVIDING BANDS SECURELY TO PIPE. 1 1� EQUAL WATERTIGHTNESS IS MAINTAINED AND DETAILED DRAWINGS ARE ARE SUBMITTED AND APPROVED BY THE ENGINEER PRIOR TO DELIVERY. SANG OF "emu. Pvc ISOMETRIC VIEW bV& OOLUur R s+uLL ME O 70 FR Comwimamm or HUXAM WO, MID ROO MC LTX'. TEAMM MIH A CONTINUOUS VA= NOTE: FOR DETAILS OF FABRICATION DIMENSIONS. MINIMUM GACES. ISLOTTED HOLES, AND NOTES, SEE DETAIL ABOVE. max COLLM To 99 vamm 10 CENM or NOTE: TWO OTHER TYPES OF MITI—SEEP COLLARS ARE: N URAL KE MIO 1 . CORRUGATED METAL, SIMILAR TO UPPER. EXCEPT SHOP WELDED TO A SHORT (AIT.) SECTION OF THE PIPE AND PARTIAL ELEVATION z cCOwcRETETE,Os 114CREWITH SNT14IICKGFORMR ED AROUNDTO THE THEPIPE low,, ENO& rm,a MANUAL WITH f3 REBAR SPACED 1S HORIZONTALLY AND VERTICALLY. DETAIL Helical Pipe Plate 4.26L Anti - seep Collar Details Source : NRCS 4-96 Chapter 4 - Best Management Practices for Erosion and Sediment Control PROVIDE ADEOUATE POLYETHYLENE CAP STRAPPING .. __ DEPTH TACK WELD RE VARIES AS - - PERFORATED POLYETHYLENEFOR UI DRY DRAINAGE TUBING, DIAMETER STORAGE VARIES (SEE CALCULATIONS IN APPENDIX 3. 14-A) 3 WET FERNCO-STYLE - COUPUNG STORAGE DEWATERING ORIFICE, CORRUGATED METAL RISER SCHEDULE 40 STEEL STUB 1 -FOOT MINIMUM, DIAMETER VARIES (SEE CALCULATIONS IN APPENDIX. 3. 14-A) Plate 4.26m Perforated Pipe Sediment Basin Dewatering Device Source : Virginia DSWC 5 dso dean Masonry Sand Riser Z 4' Pedor�tad Plastic Placed MWelded or onared Joint Minimum with Perforations Down Ou" 3• Badding Place Filter Fabric Over Pips 1o' Minvrwm Riser connection crms•Section Drain Pipe in Trench Edge of Pool Embanlunent Riser f-8ane1 S 2S S S Perforated Pipe it Trench NOTE: S . tS ic 25' Plan View Bottom of Basin Profile 5% Minimum Grade — —� Plate 4.26n Dewatering a Sediment Basin with Subsurface Drain Source : NRCS 4-97 Florida Erosion and Sediment Control Inspector's Manual This page left intentionally blank r 4=98 Chapter 4 - Best Management Practices for Erosion and Sediment Control 4 . 30 TEMPORARY SLOPE DRAIN ( ES BMP 1 " 30) Definition A flexible tubing or conduit extending from the top to the bottom of a cut or fill slope . Purpose To temporarily convey concentrated stormwater runoff safely down the face of a cut or fill slope without causing erosion problems on or below the slope . Conditions Where Practice Applies On cut or fill slopes before permanent stormwater drainage structures are installed . Planning Considerations There is often a significant lag between the time a cut or fill slope is completed and the time a permanent drainage system can be installed. During this period , the slope is usually not stabilized and is particularly vulnerable to erosion . This situation also occurs on slope construction which is temporarily delayed before final grade is reached . Temporary slope drains can provide valuable protection of exposed slopes until permanent drainage structures can be installed . Earthen Dike Corrugated Metal ( Compacted ) Extension Collar Waterproof Seal rA 24 : 1 ` Provide Outlet _ I _ c =A N, 113 II o — . - li - lif-- II X111 11I0 Protection _ Standard Flared _ Ilj End Section I Il � lul_7111:�!If�� r Section Earthen Dike ( Compacted ) 3 :l .« <.. .� r° . . . ...: D+6 " II �I III — I If IIIA I --— IIII Section A4 Plate 4.30a Temporary Slope Drain Source : Virginia SWCC 4-99 DIVERSION PIKE ILISTANDARD METAL ND . • . SECTION loo STI So • . ` I�III��I �II�I�II ��IIIIIIIIIII � 1 c �� ILII r\• ' ` � � <a . 1 OUTLET - \ � \IIIIIIIII, FLEXIME . • i O • • 100 OR FLASI I--eImIre o - • • p � • � '. - WCK' SEHN FILTER ISLAND OVER INLET um PLAN VIEW DIVERSION ISLAND PIKE STRAP ovm INLET n=i i ✓ - -ii✓i��i �i��'�������tj`� �� � � � STABIL12W SECTIONOUTLET Chapter 4 - Best Management Practices for Erosion and Sediment Control When used in conjunction with diversion dikes , temporary slope drains can be used to convey stormwater from the entire drainage area above a slope to the base of the slope without erosion . It is very important that these temporary structures be installed properly since their failure will often result in severe gully erosion . The entrance section must be securely entrenched , all connections must be watertight , and the conduit must be staked securely. Design Criteria Drainage Area The maximum allowable drainage area per drain is 5 acres (2 ha) . Flexible Conduit 1 . The slope drain shall consist of heavy duty flexible material designed for this purpose . The diameter of the slope drain shall be equal over its entire length . Reinforced hold-down grommets shall be spaced at 10 foot (3 m ) maximum intervals . 2 . Slope drains shall be sized according to the following table : Table 4.30a SIZE OF SLOPE DRAIN Maximum Drainage Area (Acres) Pipe Diameter (in .) 0 . 5 12 1 . 5 18 2 . 5 21 3 . 5 24 5 .0 30 Overside drain For small flows and/or short slopes , an open top chute may be used in place of a pipe . ( See Plate 4 . 30c) . Entrance Sections The entrance to the slope drain shall consist of a Standard FDOT " Flared End- Section for Metal Pipe Culverts . " Extension collars shall consist of 12 inch (30 cm) long corrugated metal pipe . Watertight fittings shall be provided . (See Plates 4. 30d & 4 . 30e) . 4- 101 10 FT RA%X IL Crem TOP ra^0 W� � TAPERLM INLET PISCHARL&E TO STASIUZW KAATER. i • • IL PLAN VIEW PIKE OPEN TOP CHLrr.= MIK or 568 SECTION ��/'U • �� ij , Chapter 4 - Best Management Practices for Erosion and Sediment Control Dike Design 1 . An earthen dike shall be used to direct stormwater runoff into the temporary slope -� drain and shall be constructed according to the practice entitled DIVERSION Section 5 . 18 ( ES BMP 1 . 18) . (See Plate 4 . 30a) 2 . The height of the dike at the centerline of the inlet shall be equal to the diameter of the pipe ( D) plus 6 inches ( 15 cm) . Where the dike height is greater than 18 inches (45 cm ) at the inlet , it shall be sloped at the rate of 3 : 1 or flatter to connect with the remainder of the dike . (See Plate 4 . 30a ) Outlet Protection The outlet of the slope drain shall be protected from erosion according to the practice entitled OUTLET PROTECTION - Section 5 . 36 (ES BMP 1 . 36) . (See Plate 4 . 30b) . Construction Specifications 1 . The measure shall be placed on undisturbed soil or well-compacted fill . 2 . The entrance section shall slope toward the slope drain at the minimum rate of 1 /2 inch per foot (4 cm/m) . 3 . The soil around and under the entrance section shall be hand-tamped in 8 inch (20 cm) lifts to the top of the dike to prevent piping failure around the inlet. 4 . The slope drain shall be securely staked to the slope at the grommets provided . 5 . The slope drain sections shall be securely fastened together and have watertight fittings . Maintenance The slope drain structure shall be inspected weekly and after every storm , and shall have repairs made if necessary. The contractor should avoid the placement of any material on and prevent construction traffic across the slope drain . r . r. wr.11il.lw _ 1 Man E1tnHaa Plate 4.30d Flared End Section Schematic Source : VDH &T Road Designs and Standards 4- 103 Florida Erosion and Sediment Control Inspector' s Manual Alternate Connection Dia -+ Am "Q Ss W Toe pate , wnere needed , to be punched to match holes in skirt lip . 3 /8 " gats . bons to be furnished Length of toe plate Is W • t0 " for 12" to 30 " dia. pipe and W at 22 " for 36 " to 60" did . pope. Skirt Section for 12 " to 30" dig. pipe to be made to one piece . Skirt Sect ton for 36" to .4" dta pope may be moos f ram two shoots joined by rivet ' ►ng or bolting on censer . Iute. 60" may be constructed in 3 poeces. Connector Section , Corner Plate and TOO Plate to be tiarhs sttwt thowiessas skirt Eno - sections and htmgs are to be galvanized steel or aluminum alloy for use with like pope. I L 1 1 � ApprO:. 2 S4 : 1 Slope I � . 1 1 . Typical Cross - Section T- PIPE SHEET DIMENSIONS B' Toa THICK- A 8 M L W C L plate D1A NESS •T M i " " T OTOI 1 ,20 4r 60 " " 171 74 " ( d7d" I S " 1 .064 " 1 7" I 6 " 1 6 " 26 ( 300 1 24" 18 " 1064 " 8 " 1 i 6" I3 1 " 1 " 24" 064 10 " 13 " 6 " ( 4 10 1 460 1 24" 30" .079 " 12 " 16 " 8 " I S In 60" 24" 36" 1 .079 " 14 " I 19 " 9" 600 1 7 " 1 3 " 42 109 15 22 ' I I I ' 6 9 64 36 " 48 11290 '. 1 e " 2 . ' : 2 e" 90 " 24' ' 54" 1 10901 18" 30" ` 12 " 4" 1 " 36" 1 6G t1¢ 0i3e I le __ 12 18 7" t I14 " 36" ' FLARED END- SECTION ( Continued ) ' Plate 4.30e Flared End Section Specifications Source : VDH &T Road Designs and Standards 4- 104 Chapter 4 - Best Management Practices for Erosion and Sediment Control 4 . 38 TEMPORARY CHECK DAMS Definition Small temporary dams constructed across a swale or stormwater conveyance channel . Purpose To reduce the velocity of concentrated stormwater flows , thereby reducing erosion of the Swale or ditch . This practice also traps small amounts of sediment generated in the ditch { tself . These sediments will require periodic removal . However, this is not a sediment trapping practice and should not be used as such . Conditions Where Practice Applies This practice is limited to use in small open channels which drain 10 acres (4 ha) or less . It should not be used in a live stream . This practice is especially applicable to sloping sites where the gradient of waterways is close to the maximum for a grass lining . Some specific applications include : 1 . Temporary ditches or swales which , because of their short length of service , cannot receive a non -erodible lining but still need some protection to reduce erosion . 2 . Permanent ditches or swales which for some reason cannot receive a permanent non -erodible lining for an extended period of time . 3 . Either temporary or permanent ditches or swales which need protection during the establishment of grass linings . Planninq Considerations Temporary check dams can be constructed of filter fence or straw bales for very short term applications ; or either stone or logs for longer or permanent applications . Filter fence and straw bale check dams are economical to purchase and simple to install . Log check dams are economical as for material costs , since logs can usually be salvaged from clearing operations . However, log check dams require more time and hand labor to install . Stone for check dams , on the other hand , must generally be purchased . - However, this cost is offset somewhat by the ease of installation . Specifications No formal design is required for a check dam ; however, the following criteria should be adhered to when specifying check dams . 4- 105 - LL Ill m PLAN MEW 40 T40 60 LO&S 1 � 111,, 11.11 . . 000 MAX 1111 � ZA 16 " TO 244 00 .o LOOKINGWEW AID ARE COP EWAL. EIEVATIOK POINT 'A ' POINT 151 �'���'��'�'��rte• , _ _ SPACING BETWEEN CHECK /i /i // 04i /i /ice/ �i �� . . • �- �i���i/`i/`moi/`i/�i1i/``iii/\,,`�i`\ `�`�'\�✓/\� • KEY THE ENDS OF THE C+ECK DAM INTO THE C+tANNr=L BANK. LO&S SHALL BE FReSSURE - - ILIZATION -a 15 INTENCeD TO - - = Chapter 4 - Best Management Practices for Erosion and Sediment Control The drainage area of the ditch or swale being protected should not exceed 10 acres (4 ha ) . The maximum height of the check dam should be 2 feet (60 cm ) . The center of the check dam must be at least 6 inches ( 15 cm) lower than the outer edges . ( See Plate 4 . 38a) The cross - sections of the dams should be as shown in Plates 4 . 38a through 4 . 38d , respectively, for logs , stone, straw bales , and filter fence . The maximum spacing between the dams should be such that the toe of the upstream dam is at the same elevation as the top of the downstream dam . (See Plate 4 . 38c) . Log check dams should be constructed of 4 to 6 inch ( 10 to 15 cm) logs salvaged from clearing operation site , if possible . The logs should be embedded into the soil at least 18 inches ( 45 cm) . The 6 inch ( 15 cm) lower height required at the center can be achieved either by careful placement of the logs or by cutting the logs after they are in place . (See Plate 4. 38a) . Logs and/or brush should be placed on the downstream side of the dam to prevent scour during high flows . Stone check dams should be constructed of FDOT No . 1 Coarse Aggregate ( 1 . 5 to 3 . 5 inch stone) (4 to 9 cm) . The stone should be placed -according to the configuration in Plate 4. 38b. Hand or mechanical placement will be necessary to achieve complete coverage of the ditch or swale and to insure that the center of the dam is lower than the ends . ( See Plates 4 . 38b & 4 . 38e) Straw bale and filter fence check dams shall be installed as per STRAW BALE BARRIER - Section 4 . 05 (Channel Flow Applications ) (See Plates 4 . 38c & 4 . 38f) and SILT FENCE - a Section 4 . 06 (Channel Flow Applications) (See Plate 4 . 38d) . Sediment Removal While this practice is not intended to be used primarily for sediment trapping , some sediment will accumulate behind the check dams . Sediment should be removed from behind the check dams when it has accumulated to half of the original height of the dam . Removal Check dams must be removed when their useful life has been completed . In temporary ditches and swales , check dams should be removed and the ditch filled in when it is no longer needed . In permanent structures , check dams should be removed when a permanent lining can be installed . In grass-lined ditches , check dams should be removed when the grass has matured sufficiently to protect the ditch or swale . The area beneath the check dams should be seeded and mulched or sodded (depending upon velocity) immediately after they are removed . If stone check dams are used in grass- lined channels which will be mowed , care should be taken to remove all the stone from the dam when the dam is removed . This should include any stone which has washed downstream . Since log check dams are embedded in the soil , their removal will result in. more disturbance of the soil than will removal of stone check dams . Consequently, extra care should be taken to restabilize the area when log dams are used in permanent ditches or swales . 4- 107 ' Florida Erosion and Sediment Control Inspector's Manual 1A 18g � • +. o h VIEW LOOKING UPSTREAM NOTE: KEY STONE INTO THE DITCH BANKS AND EXTEND IT BEYOND THE ABUTMENTS A MINIMUM OF 16 " TO PREVENT OYM FLOW AROUND DAM. FLOW 04 a ft. SECTION A - A L' = THE DISTANCE SUCH THAT POINTS 'A' AND 'B ' ARE OF MUAL MZVATIOK POINT 'A' POINT 8 ' VW SPACING BETWEEN CHECK DAMS Plate 4.38b Rock Check Dam Source : Erosion Draw 4- 108 Chapter Best • ' for • • and ' • -Control is DCH SY OF Z OF SALES END ' . "ZT HIGwR"� 36 • H BALES 00 POINT • OR •`;\ • ♦ \\\ • • 400 7.0 CR up1 WT CC= 6 VCHES ENI) pMNTS OK MUST BE HIGmER POINT BALES ON FLOV OVERLAP SIDE Lm BALEcm M PREVENT WS Air IV BA= MLIST 1E TI(HTLY QUI UrAT= OF Ixva VM TK Tw Pmwr Ir is1 LtNM TMT POW T IS APPFUGWELY LM VM TK LDWM G .. • u Plate 4.38c Straw Bale Check Dam -T.rr• 1 Source : • • 4 , • Silt Flow 46 Note : Spacing for Type X Fence to be in accordance with Chof and ditch installations at drainage structures Sheet 2 of Type // Silt Fence • ■ ■ ShouldPoints A be Higher than Point Drainageway Installation (Front Elevation) • =1M • • • • • c • • • • • • _ • A • Chapter 4 Best Management Practices for Erosion and Sediment Control OF R:XX 035 030 0.25 020 DJS 0jo aNCHEMMAX" Y DEPTH • T R00< 1 • 6 • - • • : 1 L3 19 L4 1b • 2wG 3.9 RECOMMENDED ROCK S17F & 1 DEPTHS • POINTSIr • 5 OR "TTHAN FLOV r UA&NMK FUN LINE • ■P COLPSE i/ / A A FLM B� a NNW II i:ori:iw.- - Y MINI" DEPTH OF COLMSE 05 TO 15 FEET ROCI< SET IN 4 No/ ROCK PLA= IN DW44EL DIFFERENCE 01MMM TRENCH FLDVaS FEET SIDE VIEW FRONT .• N-11• �N..... • - NN.1.•.1.•1.• I..IINI• M .1.....1. •.•......• •... . . . . . . . . . . . ..•..•.N US. .• ..•.. .��N... N • • SII FLAM . • 1 • "T FMU 7 A APPFUX"My LM WTH 1 THE - :w w-i•M.. Plate 4.38e Rock Check Dam Details HydroDynamics, Inc . Florida Erosion and Sediment Control Inspector' s Manual O O SPILLY4AY O � O CHAWEL 13AW PLAN POINT 'A' gull SPILLWAY — — — 24 ' POINT 'B' 11 II11H 1 u VIEW LOOKING UPSTREAM PONDING HEIGHT t' = THE DISTANCE SUCH THAT POINTS 'C ' AND POINTS 'D' ARB OF BG UAL ELEVATION, n POINT 'C ' POINT 'D' I I OPTIONAL. 01551PATOR 10111; 1 ! v I EMBED STRAH BALE 4 . HIN. U INTO SOIL I I U SECTION A A SPACING BETWEEN CHECK DAMS U NOTES. 3 . PLACE SALES PERPENDICULAR TO TrE I . EMBED BALES 4' INTO THE SOIL AND WEI PLOW KTH ENOS TIC-�Y ABUTTING. US'c 5ALI INTO Time CHANNEL BANKS. STRAWt ROCKS OR FILTER FABRIC TO FILL 2 . POINT 'A' MUST BE HIGHEiZ THAN POINT 'S'. ANY &APS AND TAMP BACKFILL MATERIAL (SPILLY�IAY HEI6HT) TO PR>=VENT EROSION OR FLOW AROUND THE BALES, 4. SPILLAAY HE16HT SHALL NOT EXCEED 24 ". 5. INSPECT AFTER EACH SI &NIFICANT STORM, MAINTAIN AND REPAIR PROMPTLY. Plate 4.38f Straw Bale Check Dam Details Source : Erosion Draw ' 4- 112 Chapter 4 - Best Manaqement Practices for Erosion and Sediment Control 4 . 40 DEWATERING Definition Lowering the water table by means of pumping . t Purpose To allow the construction of structural and stormwater improvements by removing water ;rom excavation areas and allowing construction by conventional " dry" methods . Planning Considerations The major planning consideration in dewatering is disposal of removed water. Volume , quality, and topography are the factors governing the method and destination of removed water . Discharge from well -point dewatering is relatively clear except for the initial discharge after installation or inactivity. Water pumped from a sump hole is thoroughly sediment laden and must always be treated . Turbid water must either be filtered before leaving the site or must be impounded onsite and allowed to settle . In flat terrain it is sometimes more economical to impound relatively clean water rather than pipe it long distances to a receiving water body. Specifications The two most common methods of dewatering used in Florida are well-point systems and sump pumps . A well-point system consists of one or more rows of small 2" (5 cm) collector pipes which are jetted vertically into the ground near the proposed excavation . The small pipes are connected by a larger 6 " ( 15 cm) manifold pipe which is connected to the pump and discharge line . The sump method is simply a hole in the ground with a pump drawing al of the water flowing into the hole . Excess water is conveyed to the sump by open ditches or perforated pipes embedded in sand or gravel . Sumps and Ditches The water table is lowered by ditching and conveying water to a lowered sump hole. Water pumped from a sump hole is usually heavily laden with sediments . Water flowing over disturbed and saturated ground detaches and transports all sizes of soil particles into the sump pit to be sucked up by the pump . Saturated liquid soil (mud) is also drawn into the pump. The discharged water must be treated before release into a receiving water body or stormwater system. Placing haybales around the pump intake or outlet is not sufficient filtration by itself. Turbid water must either be impounded long enough for effective settling of fines , or filtered through a temporary filter or sediment tank. Initially -the water may percolate freely into the ground , however this will diminish as the fine particles settle and clog the surface layer of soil . In situations which preclude the use of filtration or settlement facilities , and turbid water is discharged directly into a water body, a suitably designed floating turbidity barrier must be. used . Note that this method does not remove any sediments , it merely allows for dilution to lower the turbidity level . 4- 113 Florida Erosion and Sediment Control Inspector's Manual Horizontal Wells ' This system also consists of a series of ditches leading to a sump hole or pump . The ditches are filled with sand or gravel surrounding a perforated pipe . A geotextile may also be used to prevent excessive migration of fines into the system . The discharged water must be treated before release as described above . Well - point Systems The well-point system is the preferred system for dewatering and should be used whenever possible . The initial discharge yields the sediments displaced by the installation of the small collector pipes . This can be directed into the excavation , a small settling or filtration facility, or larger temporary impoundment . Thereafter the water is generally clear ground water and may be discharged into a receiving water body provided that there is suitable conveyance . Maintenance 1 . Any water impoundment must be inspected daily to prevent failure of dikes , berms , ior control structures . Minor problems should be repaired at once . Major problems will require a redesign and plan modification . 2 . Any filtration device must be inspected and cleaned frequently. The discharge should be monitored daily and whenever the pumps are started . Inspection and maintenance of the system are best performed when the facility is dry. The first signs of diminished performance should be an alarm that maintenance is required . If the facility will no longer drain itself, the untreated water must be pumped back to its source, rather than by-passing the facility and discharging to the water body ror stormwater system . 3 . Floating turbidity barriers shall be maintained as per FLOATING TURBIDITY BARRIER - Section 4 . 45 4- 114 Chapter 4 - Best Management Practices for Erosion and Sediment Control 4 . 45 FLOATING TURBIDITY BARRIER Definition A floating geotextile material which minimizes sediment transport from a disturbed area adjacent to or within a body of water. Purpose f To provide sedimentation protection for a watercourse from up- slope land disturbance where conventional erosion and sediment controls cannot be used , or from dredging or filling within the watercourse . Conditions Where Practice Applies Applicable to non -tidal and tidal watercourses where intrusion into the watercourse by construction activities has been permitted and subsequent sediment movement is unavoidable . Planning Considerations Soil loss into a watercourse results in long-term suspension of sediment. - In time , the suspended sediment may travel large distances and affect widespread areas . A turbidity curtain is designed to deflect and contain sediment within a limited area and provide enough residence time so that soil particles will fall out of suspension and not travel to other areas . Turbidity curtain types must be selected based on the flow conditions within the water body, whether it be a flowing channel , lake , pond , or a tidal watercourse . The specifications contained within this practice pertain to minimal and moderate flow conditions where the velocity of flow may reach 5 feet ( 1 . 5 m) per second (or a current of approximately 3 knots) . For situations where there are greater flow velocities or currents , a qualified engineer and product manufacturer should be consulted . Consideration must also be given to the direction of water movement in channel flow situations . Turbidity curtains are not designed to act as water impoundment dams and cannot be expected to stop the flow of a significant volume of water. They are designed and installed to trap sediment, not to halt the movement of water itself . In most situations , turbidity curtains should not be installed across channel flows . In tidal or moving water conditions , provisions must be made to allow the volume of water contained within the curtain to change . Since the bottom of the curtain is weighted and external anchors are frequently added , the volume of water contained within the curtain will be much greater at high tide verses low tide and measures must be taken to prevent the curtain from submerging . In addition to allowing slack in the curtain to rise and fall , water must be allowed to flow through the curtain if the curtain is to remain in roughly the same place and maintain the same shape. Normally, this is achieved by constructing part of the curtain from a heavy woven filter fabric. The fabric allows the water to pass through the curtain , but retains the sediment particles . Consideration should be given to the volume 4- 115 Florida Erosion and Sediment Control Inspector's Manual of water that must pass through the fabric and sediment particle size when specifying fabric permeability. Sediment which has been deflected and settled out by the curtain may be removed if so directed by the on-site inspector or the permitting agency. However, consideration must be given to the probable outcome of the procedure - will it create more of a sediment problem by resuspension of particles and by accidental dumping of the material by the equipment involved ? It is , therefore , recommended that the soil particles trapped by a turbidity curtain only be removed if there has been a significant change in the original contours of the effected area in the watercourse . Regardless of the decision made , soil particles should always be allowed to settle for a minimum of 6- 12 hours before their removal by equipment or before removal of a turbidity curtain . It is imperative that the intended function of the other controls in this chapter , to keep sediment out of the watercourse , be the strategy used in every erosion control plan . However, when proximity to the watercourse makes successfully mitigating sediment loss impossible , the use of the turbidity curtain during land disturbance is essential . Under no circumstances shall permitted land disturbing activities create violations of water quality standards! Design Criteria 1 . Type I configuration (see Plate 4 . 45a) should be used in protected areas where there is no current and the area is sheltered from wind and waves . 2. Type II configuration (see Plate 4 . 45a) should be used in areas where there may be small to moderate current running ( up to 2 knots or 3 . 5 feet ( 1 m) per second ) and/or wind and wave action can affect the curtain . 3 . Type III configuration (see Plate 4.45b) should be used in areas where considerable current ( up to 3 knots or 5 feet ( 1 . 5 m ) per second) may be present , where tidal action may be present, and/or where the curtain is potentially subject to wind and wave action . 4 . Turbidity curtains should extend the entire depth of the watercourse whenever the watercourse in question is not subject to tidal action and/or significant wind and wave forces . This prevents silt laden water from escaping under the barrier, scouring and resuspending additional sediments . 5 . In tidal and/or wind and wave action situations , the curtain should never be so long as to touch the bottom . A minimum 1 foot (30 cm) " gap " should exist between the weighted lower end of the skirt and the bottom at " mean " low water . Movement of the lower skirt over the bottom due to tidal reverses or wind and wave action on the flotation system may fan and stir sediments already settled out. 6 . In tidal and/or wind and wave action situations , it is seldom practical to extend a turbidity curtain depth lower than 10 to 12 feet (3 to 4 m ) below the surface , even in deep water. Curtains which are installed deeper than this will be subject to very ' large loads with consequent strain on curtain materials and the mooring system . ' 4- 116 Chapter 4 : Best Management Practices for Erosion and Sediment Control t' j t In addition , a curtain installed in such a manner can " billow up " toward the surface under the pressure of the moving water, which will result in an effective depth which is significantly less than the skirt depth . j 7 . Turbidity curtains should be located parallel to the direction of flow of a moving body of water. Turbidity curtains should not be placed across the main flow of a sionificant body of moving water. 8 . When sizing the length of the floating curtain , allow an additional 10 - 20% variance in the straight line measurements . This will allow for measuring errors , make installing easier and reduce stress from potential wave action during high winds . 9 . An attempt should be made to avoid an excessive number of joints in the curtain ; a minimum continuous span of 50 feet ( 15 m ) between joints is a good " rule of thumb . " 10 . For stability reasons , a maximum span of 100 feet (30 m) between anchor or stake locations is also a good rule to follow. 110 The ends of the curtain , both floating upper and weighted lower, should extend well up into the shoreline , especially if high water conditions are expected . The ends should be secured firmly to the shoreline to fully enclose the area where sediment may enter the water. 12 . When there is a specific need to extend the curtain to the bottom of the watercourse in tidal or moving water conditions , a heavy woven pervious filter fabric may be substituted for the normally recommended impervious geotextile . This creates a "flow through " medium which significantly reduces the pressure on the curtain and will help to keep it in the same relative location and shape during the rise and fall of tidal waters . 13 . Typical alignments of turbidity curtains can be seen in Plate 4. 45c . The number and spacing of external anchors may vary depending on current velocities and potential wind and wave action ; manufacturer's recommendations should be followed . 14 . Be certain that the type , location , and installation of the barrier is as shown on the approved plan and permit. Additional permits may be required in navigable waterways , especially when the barrier creates an obstruction . 4- 117 Florida Erosion and Sediment Control Inspector's Manual x 5/8 IN . POLYPROPYLENE ROPE 1 /4 IN. TIE ROPE FLOATATION ' I � I FOLDS FOR COMPACT STORAGE IECONOMY FABRICS AVAILABLE ' DEPTH ACCORDING TO NEED I 18 OZ. 300 LB/IN. STANDARD ez 00 NYLON REINFORCED VINYL ALL SEAMS HEAT SEAU_'D 1 /4 IN. CHAIN (BLOW-UP OF SHACKLE CONNECTION O Type I 18 (OR 22) 02, VINYL COVERED NYLON GALVANIZED #24 SAFETY HOOK ' WATER TOP LOAD LINE PVC SLOT-CONNECTOR SEAL 5/ 16 M L COATED CABLE STRESS PLATE (TO REMOVE FLOATATION PRESSURE FROM FLOATS) F DARD LENGTH FOLDS EVERY 6 FEET DEPTH ACCORDING TO NEED i i STRESS BAND STRESS PLATE 5/ 16 IN, CHAIN BALLAST do LOAD UNE Type II ' Plate 4.45a Type I and II Floating Turbidity Barriers Source : American Boom and Barrier Corporation 4- 118 Chapter 4 - Best Management Practices for Erosion and Sediment Control 60 t Construction Specifications Materials ' Barriers should be a bright color (yellow or " international " orange are recommended ) that will attract the attention of nearby boaters . 2 . The curtain fabric must meet the minimum requirements noted in Table 3 . 27-A. 3 . Seams in the fabric shall be either vulcanized welded or sewn , and shall develop the full strength of the fabric . 4 . Floatation devices shall be flexible , buoyant units contained in an individual floatation sleeve or collar attached to the curtain . Buoyancy provided by the floatation units shall be sufficient to support the weight of the curtain and maintain a freeboard of at least 3 inches ( 8 cm) above the water surface level . (See Plate 4 . 45c) 5 . Load lines must be fabricated into the bottom of all floating turbidity curtains . Type II and Type III must have load lines also fabricated into the top of the fabric. The top load line shall consist of woven webbing or vinyl -sheathed steel cable and shall have a break strength in excess of 10, 000 pounds (4 . 5 t) . The supplemental (bottom) load- line shall consist of a chain incorporated into the bottom hem of the curtain of sufficient weight to serve as ballast to hold the curtain in a vertical position . Additional anchorage shall be provided as necessary. The load lines shall have suitable connecting devices which develop the full breaking strength for connecting to load lines in adjacent sections ( See Plates 4 . 45a and 4. 45b which portray this orientation) . 6 . External anchors may consist of 2 x 4 inch (5 x 10 cm) or 2= 1 /2 inch (6 cm) minimum diameter wooden stakes, or 1 .33 pounds/linear foot (2 kg/m ) steel posts when Type I installation is used ; when Type II or Type III installations are used , bottom anchors should be used . . 7 . Bottom anchors must be sufficient to hold the curtain in the same position relative to the bottom of the watercourse without interfering with the action of the curtain . The anchor may dig into the bottom (grappling hook, plow or fluke-type) or may be weighted (mushroom type) and should be attached to a floating anchor buoy via an anchor line . The anchor line would then run from the buoy to the top load line of the curtain . When used with Type III installations, these lines must contain enough slack to allow the buoy and curtain to float freely with tidal changes without pulling the buoy or curtain down and must be checked regularly to make sure they do not become entangled with debris . As previously noted , anchor spacing will vary with current velocity and expected wind and wave action ; manufacturer's recommendations should be followed . See orientation of external anchors and anchor buoys for tidal installation in Plate 4 . 45b . 4- 119 Florida Erosion and Sediment Control Inspector's Manual Type III ' 22 OZ. NYLON REINFORCED VINYL CESS BAND PVC SLOT - CONNECTOR FLOATATION O O DEPTH ACCORDING TU NEED 5/16 VINYL COATING CABLE J24 SAFETY HOOK STRESS PLATE LAP LINK 5/16 IN. (DN' TO REDUCE BOTH DES OF STRAIN) CURTAIN CHAIN Orientation When Installed Widal Situation - Type III) ' NOTE ANCHORING WITH BUOYS. ATTACH LINES AUTOMATIC FLASHING AS SHOWN, REMOVES ALL TO SHACKLE LIGHT (ON AT DUSK- VERTICAL FORCES FROM THE BUOY OFF AT DAWN) 100' CURTAIN, HENCE. THE CURTAIN I � � I ON CENTER SHALL BE WILL NOT SINK FROM WINO OR — / USED IN NAVIGABLE CURRENr LOADS. —I'T CHANNELS ONLY IN r '� STANDARD CONTAINMENT iL SYSTEMS LIGHT BUOY 5' 5' ANCHOR (AS WATER SURFACE RECOMMENDED BY THE MANUFACTURER) asMIN. 1Z' CURTAIN RIVERBED � o v o 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 v o v o 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 o v o o � v o v o 0 o v o o v o o v o v o 0 00 0 0 0 0 0 D o v o 0 0 o p o . o Plate 4.45b Type III Floating Turbidity Barrier Source: American Boom and Barrier Corporation and VDOT Standard Sheets ' 4= 120 Chapter 4 - Best Management Practices for Erosion and Sediment Control Installation 1 . In the calm water of lakes or ponds (Type I installation ) it is usually sufficient to merely set the curtain end stakes or anchor points ( using anchor buoys if bottom anchors are employed) , then tow the curtain in the furled condition out and attach it to these stakes or anchor points . Following this , any additional stakes or buoyed anchors required to maintain the desired location of the curtain may be set and these anchor points made fast to the curtain . Only then , the furling lines should be cut to let the curtain skirt drop . 2 . In rivers or in other moving water (Type II and Type III installations) it is important to set all the curtain anchor points . Care must be taken to ensure that anchor points are of sufficient holding power to retain the curtain under the expected current conditions , before putting the furled curtain into the water. Anchor buoys should be employed on all anchors to prevent the current from submerging the flotation at the anchor points . If the moving water into which the curtain is being installed is tidal , and will subject the curtain to currents in both directions as the tide changes , it is important to provide anchors on both sides of the curtain for two reasons : a) Curtain movement will be minimized during tidal current reversals . b) The curtain will not overrun the anchors pull them out when the tide reverses . When the anchors are secure, the furled curtain should be secured to the upstream anchor point and then sequentially attached to each next downstream anchor point until the entire curtain is in position . At this point, and before unfurling , the " lay" of the curtain should be assessed and any necessary adjustments made to the anchors. Finally, when the location is ascertained to be as desired , the furling lines should be cut to allow the skirt to drop . 3 . Always attach anchor lines to the flotation device not to the bottom of the curtain The anchoring line attached to the floatation device on the downstream side will provide support for the curtain . Attaching the anchors to the bottom of the curtain could cause premature failure of the curtain due to the stresses imparted on the middle section of the curtain . 4 . There is an exception to the rule that turbidity curtains should not be installed across channel flows ; it occurs when there is a danger of creating a silt buildup in the middle of a watercourse , thereby blocking access or creating a sand bar. Curtains have been used effectively in large areas of moving water by forming a very long-sided , sharp "V" to deflect clean water around a work site , confine a large part of the silt-laden water to the work area inside the " V" and direct much of the silt toward the shoreline . Care must be taken , however, not to install the curtain perpendicular to the water current. 5 . See Plate 4 . 45c for typical installation layouts . 4- 121 ' Florida Erosion and Sediment Control Inspector' s Manual Typical Layouts Streams, Ponds , and Lakes ( Protected and Non -Tidal ) ' STREAM FLOW ANCHOR PT. --�• STAKE OR ANCHOR , ' EVERY 100 ' (TYPICAL) SHORELINE ® FILL AREA LIMITS OF 10I CON51'R. SHORELINE ANCHOR PT. TURBIOITY CVRTAIN THIS DISTANCE IS VARIABLE Tidal Waters and/or Heavy Wind and Wave Action FLOOD r-- EBB PROPOSED TOE . OF SLOPE • s i f `dd • EXISTING CAUSEWAY r- oil . ANCHOR do ANCHOR BUQY SHORELINE BARRIER MOVEMENT SHORELINE ' ANCHOR PT. DUE TO TIDAL CHANGE ANCHOR PT. • THIS DISTANCE IS VARUBLE ® FILL AREA Plate 4.45c Typical Installation Layouts ' Source : FDOT Roadway and Traffic Design Standards ' 4= 122 Chapter 4 . - Best Management Practices for Erosion and Sediment Control f f 2 6 . The effectiveness of the barrier can be increased by installing two parallel curtains , separated at regular intervals by 10' (3 m) long wooden boards or lengths of pipe . Removal 1 . Care should be taken to protect the skirt from damage as the turbidity curtain is dragged from the water. 2 . The site selected to bring the curtain ashore should be free of sharp rocks , broken fi cement , debris , etc. so as to minimize damage when hauling the curtain over the area . 3 . If the curtain has a deep skirt, it can be further protected by running a small boat along its length with a crew installing furling lines before attempting to remove the curtain from the water. Maintenance 1 . The developer/owner shall be responsible for maintenance of the filter curtain for the duration of the project to ensure the continuous protection of the watercourse . 2 . Should repairs to the geotextile fabric become necessary, there are normally repair kits available from the manufacturers; manufacturer's instructions must be followed to ensure the adequacy of the repair. 3 . When the curtain is no longer required as determined by the inspector, the curtain and related components shall be removed in such a manner as to minimize turbidity. Sediment shall be removed and the original depth (or plan elevation) restored before removing the curtain. Remaining sediment shall be sufficiently settled before removing the curtain . Any spoils must be taken to an upland area and stabilized. 4- 123 Florida Erosion and Sediment Control Inspector's Manual This page left intentionally blank 4= 124 VI IQf.JIGI Y LJC.OL IYIGiI IGiyril l IWO IL I I G %0LI VGaJ Ivr ateo vv . vr r ur raa va. � n . rv . ra vv . . ar yr REFERENCES Florida Department of Environmental Regulation , 1988 , The Florida Development Manual * A Guide to Sound Land and Water Management (Chapter 6) . Tallahassee , FL 4- 125